Featured

Blog to stop publishing

To my loyal followers; it has become economically impossible to continue publishing this blog due to personal circumstances so please be advised that this blog will cease to exist as of 7-10-22.

Thank you for your previous support and stay safe.

Featured

Your future?

Though liberty is established by law, we must be vigilant, for liberty to enslave us is always present under that very liberty. Our Constitution speaks of the “general welfare of the people.” Under that phrase all sorts of excesses can be employed by lusting tyrants to make us bondsmen.

-Marcus Tullius Cicero

Featured

Bio Labs

I’m going to list all the countries I found interesting other than Nicaragua and Nigeria that I covered earlier.

Bangladesh- there are 4 BSL-2 labs listed. One funded by the US CDC, 2 funded by the USAID, on funded by The Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, and one is also funded by the OIE which is the World Organization for Animal Health. Keep in mind the focus of the Russian Military on Veterinary labs. Deep State using animals as vectors to spread pathogens.

Democratic Republic of the Congo- there is 1 BSL-3 lab funded by the US GOV via the Presidential Malaria Initiative.

Egypt- there is 1 BSL-2 and 1 BSL-3 lab listed, the BSL-3 is directly funded by the US DoD via US Navy Medical Research. Keep in mind Russia accused elements of US Navy research of being implicated in the biological network in Ukraine. Think Walter Reed and Fort Detrick.

Ethiopia- there are 5 BSL-3 labs listed. One is funded by the US GOV, in is funded by the World Bank, and the others are funded by other countries or unknown funding. My question is, why the hell does the World Bank have a BSL-3 biolab in Ethiopia?

Georgia- there is 1 BSL-3 listed that is funded by the US GOV. Another whopping 8 BSL-3 labs with no data listed. Georgia has been the source of many accusations from Russia in the past about the US creating bioweapons, dating back to 2014.

Ghana- there are 5 BSL-3 labs in Ghana. With a high presence of US and Canadian funding.

Haiti- there are 3 BSL-3 labs, all of which are completely funded by the US GOV. The CDC, NIH, Armed Forces. Huge American presence in Haiti. Think Clinton Foundation.

India- there are 44 BSL-3 labs in India and 1 BSL-4 lab, which is funded by the WHO. There’s no nefarious details to report on here. India has 1.4 billion people so this many labs is not as wild as you might think. But I would like to point out that India did a much better job stopping the spread of C19 and has a vastly different approach than the Western Hemisphere. They prescribed a cocktail of preventative medicine which included Ivermectin. Funny how there is no US involvement and India was logical and successful. Imagine that.

Indonesia- there are 22 listed BSL-3 labs, 8 Veterinary labs, and 10 unknowns. Many of these are funded by US GOV, Japanese GOV, and Indonesian GOV.

Kenya- there are 9 BSL-3 labs, funded by the US Army Medical Research Unit.

Ukraine- there 4 listed BSL-3 labs in Ukraine part of the FSU (Former Soviet Union Thread Reduction). According to the NIH, “No funding described”. Think Hunter Biden.

There are a lot more countries than what I listed. Please look for yourselves. This is just a snapshot of the type of network we are dealing with and the overall scale of the US biological capabilities worldwide.

I don’t know how this gets cleaned up, if it gets cleaned up, or if it will be bloody or not.

US GOVT SOURCE: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK542569/#!po=25.0000

Featured

Russian troops in Nicaragua 1600 miles from US!

This is from CBS on Saturday, Nicaragua gives Russia permission for Russian troops to enter the country?!?

For those who don’t know geography, Nicaragua is in Central America, 1600 miles from the Texas border.

Nicaraguan President, Daniel Ortega, signed a decree on 06/08/22, allowing Russian troops to carry out law enforcement duties, “humanitarian aid, rescue and search missions in emergencies or natural disasters.”

Russian spokeswoman, Maria Zakharova, made the following statement on the activities in Nicaragua:

“We are talking about a routine — twice a year — procedure for the adoption of a Nicaraguan law on the temporary admission of foreign military personnel to its territory in order to develop cooperation in various areas, including humanitarian and emergency responses, combatting organized crime and drug trafficking,”.

So the Russian Military are moving into North America, looking for organized crime? My first reaction was… “DO WE HAVE BIOLABS IN NICARAGUA?!”.

Lo and behold, we do. And it’s worse than I imagined.

As it turns out, not only do we have a BSL-3 Veterinary biolab in Nicaragua, the Biden STATE DEPT added the Nicaraguan government officials to the “Corrupt and Undemocratic List” on 03/09/22, barring them from entering the country.

Keep in mind that’s the same day the State Dept put out their disinformation statement claiming there are no biolabs in Ukraine, right after Victoria Nuland from the State Dept just admitted there were Biolabs in Ukraine, the day before in congressional testimony.

Ten days later, the Nicaraguan government would publicly call for the US to get investigated for its biological activity in Ukraine.

“It is not only the United States who is has the obligation and responsibility to provide an explanation. The UN and Europe have a duty to take action on this issue rather than turn a blind eye. This discovery (of US biolabs in Ukraine) confirms Russian discourse and gives grounds for its position. The time is right to clear things up, because the world needs a peaceful life without threats,”.

There are more similar statements from Nicaraguan lawmakers in the article, calling out the US to be investigated by the international UN Security Council.

So Nicaragua joins Russia and calls out the US for biological activity in Ukraine. Russia takes out US biological activity in Ukraine. Then Russian Military moves into Nicaragua (North America) for “support”. While still in ongoing missions in Ukraine, which is actually a US proxy.

This why Russia is in Nicaragua. DO NOT FORGET, the main target for the Russian Military Operation in Ukraine was the Veterinary Lab in Mariupol. This was the one the Nazi forces protected so heavily. Remember the big presentation from Russian Military on the evidence they found? The one where they accused the DNC of facilitating the whole plot. That was the Veterinary Lab in Mariupol.

Nigeria has 10 BSL-3 with numerous BSAT (EBOLA). And the main kicker here… the main country funding the US NIH Nigerian labs is… CANADA!?!

So Russia wages a war to take over a US funded Veterinary lab in Mariupol, Ukraine, and claims they found biological weapons created by the US DNC Party. While that’s going on, Russian forces move into Nicaragua at their request, where the US funds a BSL-3 Veterinary Lab.

It’s pretty safe to conclude that Russia is targeting US/Deep State biological activity WORLDWIDE.

LIST OF LABS IDENTIFIED IN LOW-RESOURCE COUNTRIES – Developing Norms for the Provision of Biological Laboratories in Low-Resource Contexts – NCBI Bookshelf

To sum it up, the Nicaraguans are letting Russian Military into their country to root out US biological activity.

From an American standpoint, this could potentially be really, REALLY bad. I mean Russian is at war with the US proxy Ukraine. Openly declaring they are at war with nazis and biological activity from the US/NATO. And now they are nonchalantly moving their military onto North America, 1600 miles from our border.

You guys remember the Cuban Missile Crisis? Where we almost went into Nuclear fallout with Russia for looking to move into Cuba… which is very close to Nicaragua… this could be a potentially hostile situation.

It’s about the biolabs. The media doesn’t want any attention drawn to it. The same media that said this was WW3 and Putin is going to take over the world, well now they aren’t concerned about Russian military in Nicaragua now, because it leads to more US biological activity which they claimed didn’t exist.

This is undoubtedly the most volatile story on the planet… And every single person needs to see it.

Featured

A point of view to consider

The United States is going into Civil War. I do not see how this will be avoided.

The left are full-on terrorists. They always are decade after decade, generations and more.

There will be no “common ground”. There is no slippery slope fallacy. The slippery slope, incrementalism, and terrorism, are just how they slither to strike. Snakes slither. Roaches roach. The left are terrorists. Always have been. Always will be.

They want war. They think they can win. Our borders are wide open.

When wars start, by definition, they go out of control. Highly unpredictable. Notice how many so-called experts got Vietnam wrong, Iraq, Afghanistan, Ukraine….

When we go into civil war, countries like Taiwan will be in extreme danger. Complex system. Nobody knows how it plays out. Nobody.

The left are extremely dangerous. This border invasion is not about votes. That is ‘little thinking.’ This is a playbook move. This is about replacement. Weaponizing the invaders. Really weaponizing. Most are military-aged males.

We need a President and government who will deport millions of combatants. Take them off our battlefields by sending them home.

Featured

Run up to Star Wars?

I thought this was worth a heads up so we’ll at least be aware that it’s taking place.

Today, June 5th, China will launch the Shenzhou 14 manned mission to their currently orbiting space station core module.

The three taikonaut crew (taikonaut being their term for astronaut) will be there for the arrival and docking/assembly of the habitation module “Wentian” (July launch date) and the laboratory module “Mengtian” (October launch date).

That will complete their planned Tiangong space station (it will be about the size of Mir) and Wikipedia says it will then be permanently manned.

The next manned mission (Shenzhou 15) will arrive ten days before Shenzhou 14 undocks.

Featured

Bill of Non-rights

This did not have a “share” button, so I had to cut & paste;

New preamble to the constitution .

This has been attributed to Lewis Napper, a Jackson, Mississippi computer programmer. He didn’t expect his essay — a tart 10-point list of “rights” Americans don’t have — to become an Internet legend.

‘We the sensible people of the United States, in an attempt to help everyone get along, restore some semblance of justice, avoid more riots, keep our nation safe, promote positive behavior, and secure the blessings of debt-free liberty to ourselves and our great-great-great-grandchildren, hereby try one more time to ordain and establish some common sense guidelines for the terminally whiny, guilt ridden, delusional.

We hold these truths to be self-evident: that a whole lot of people are confused by the Bill of Rights and are so dim they require a Bill of NON-Rights.’

ARTICLE I:

You do not have the right to a new car, big screen TV, or any other form of wealth.. More power to you if you can legally acquire them, but no one is guaranteeing anything.

ARTICLE II:

You do not have the right to never be offended. This country is based on freedom, and that means freedom for everyone — not just you! You may leave the room, turn the channel, express a different opinion, etc.; but the world is full of dummies, and probably always will be.

ARTICLE III:

You do not have the right to be free from harm. If you stick a screwdriver in your eye, learn to be more careful; do not expect the tool manufacturer to make you and all your relatives independently wealthy.

ARTICLE IV:

You do not have the right to free food and housing. Americans are the most charitable people to be found, and will gladly help anyone in need, but we are quickly growing weary of subsidizing generation after generation of professional couch potatoes who achieve nothing more than the creation of another generation of professional couch potatoes.

ARTICLE V:

You do not have the right to free health care. That would be nice, but from the looks of public housing, we’re just not interested in public health care.

ARTICLE VI:

You do not have the right to physically harm other people. If you kidnap, rape, intentionally maim, or kill someone, don’t be surprised if the rest of us want to see you get the blue juice.

ARTICLE VII:

You do not have the right to the possessions of others. If you rob, cheat, or coerce away the goods or services of other citizens, don’t be surprised if the rest of us get together and lock you away in a place where you still won’t have the right to a big screen color TV or a life of leisure..

ARTICLE VIII:

You do not have the right to a job. All of us sure want you to have a job, and will gladly help you along in hard times, but we expect you to take advantage of the opportunities of education and vocational training laid before you to make yourself useful.

ARTICLE IX:

You do not have the right to happiness. Being an American means that you have the right to PURSUE happiness, which by the way, is a lot easier if you are unencumbered by an overabundance of idiotic laws created by those of you who were confused by the Bill of Rights.

ARTICLE X:

This is an English speaking country. We don’t care where you came from, English is our language. Learn it!

Lastly

ARTICLE XI:

You do not have the right to change our country’s history or heritage. This country was founded on the belief in one true God. And yet, you are given the freedom to believe in any religion, any faith, or no faith at all; with no fear of persecution. The phrase IN GOD WE TRUST is part of our heritage and history, sorry if you are uncomfortable with it.

If you agree, share this with a friend. No, you don’t have to, and nothing tragic will befall you if you don’t. I just think it’s about time common sense is allowed to flourish. Sensible people of the United States must speak out because if you do not, who will?

Featured

The “NORM” is failure

Look around and all you see is failure.

A bunch of kids are being murdered by some semi-human, so what do you do? Draw your weapon and put him down or die trying? Or do you sit there, doing nothing?

The same government we’re supposed to give up our guns to because they have it all under control chose Option B. It chose failure.

Tell me more about how the real problem is that we have the capacity to defend ourselves.

But the real problem, to our enemies, is not that murderers murder. The real problem, to our enemies, is the very fact that we can defend ourselves. The objective of our trash elite is not to have a country that runs well, where people are secure, and where rights are respected. The objective is to rule. And if a bunch of kids die for that, they’re fine with it.

They can live with failure, but not accountability.

https://townhall.com/columnists/kurtschlichter/2022/05/30/the-new-normal-is-failure-n2607940

Featured

History is a hard teacher

Those who refuse to learn from history are doomed to repeat it.

Biden just signed an executive order limiting the equipment that local law enforcement may acquire from the Federal government surplus.

What you are about to read you may not remember, however I remember it like it was yesterday because the rank& file police were still carrying revolvers. The LAPD officers involved in this shoot out had to go to gun shops and physically take better firearms, not that the shop owners minded, to end this threat.

How soon people forget:

The North Hollywood shootout was a confrontation between two heavily armed and armored bank robbers, Larry Phillips Jr. and Emil Mătăsăreanu, and members of the Los Angeles Police Department (LAPD) in the North Hollywood district of Los Angeles, California, United States on February 28, 1997.

Both robbers were killed, twelve police officers and eight civilians were injured, and numerous vehicles and other property were damaged or destroyed by the nearly 2,000 rounds of ammunition fired by the robbers and police.

At 9:16 a.m., Phillips and Mătăsăreanu entered and robbed Bank of America’s North Hollywood branch. The two robbers were confronted by LAPD officers when they exited the bank and a shootout between the officers and robbers ensued. The robbers attempted to flee the scene, Phillips on foot and Mătăsăreanu in their getaway vehicle, while continuing to exchange fire with the officers.

The shootout continued onto a residential street adjacent to the bank until Phillips, mortally wounded, succumbed to a self-inflicted gunshot wound; Mătăsăreanu was incapacitated by officers three blocks away and subsequently bled to death before the arrival of paramedics more than an hour later.

Phillips and Mătăsăreanu are believed to have robbed at least two other banks using similar methods for entry past “bullet-proof” security doors, taking control of the entire bank, and firing weapons illegally modified to enable fully-automatic fire. They were also suspects in two armored car robberies.

Standard issue sidearms carried by most local patrol officers at the time were 9mm pistols or .38 Special revolvers; some patrol cars were also equipped with a 12-gauge shotgun.

Phillips and Mătăsăreanu carried Norinco Type 56 rifles (a Chinese AK-47 variant), a Bushmaster XM-15 Dissipator with a 100-round drum magazine, and a Heckler & Koch HK91 rifle, all of which had been illegally modified to be select-fire capable, as well as a Beretta 92FS pistol.

The robbers wore homemade body armor which successfully protected them from handgun rounds and shotgun pellets fired by the responding officers. A law enforcement SWAT team eventually arrived with higher-caliber weapons, but they had little effect on the heavy body armor used by the two perpetrators. The SWAT team also commandeered an armored car to evacuate the wounded.

Several officers additionally equipped themselves with AR-15s and other semi-automatic rifles from a nearby firearms dealer.

The incident sparked debate on the need for patrol officers to upgrade their firepower in preparation for similar situations in the future.

Due to the large number of injuries and rounds fired, equipment used by the robbers, and overall length of the shootout, it is regarded as one of the most intense and significant gun battles in U.S. police history. Combined, the two men had fired approximately 1,100 rounds in total, while approximately 650 rounds were fired by police. Another estimate is that a total of nearly 2,000 rounds were fired collectively.

Featured

Consent is being withdrawn

Sent to me by a friend. Long, but well worth the read;

The foundation of any government is the consent of the governed.Democracies and republics are founded on the consent of the governed earned via representational or direct democracy: those who have a say and a stake in the system will give their consent to the government, even if an opposing view is in the majority because their opinion is part of the governance structure.

Even totalitarian states ultimately depend on the consent of the governed, as repressive states that lose legitimacy cannot imprison or kill a majority of their populaces, or restore legitimacy via coercion once the populace has nothing left to lose and the organs of state oppression realize the regime is doomed.

It feels like the consent of the governed is slipping away in the U.S. The reason is so obvious we dare not acknowledge it or discuss it: those in power–elected and unelected–only give lip-service to “serving the public interest and common good.” Beneath this flimsy facade of PR, every action serves the interests of a wealthy, politically potent elite or the self-interests of those in power.

Commoners have no real say in governance. We are consenting to rule by self-interested elites under the guise of being represented by an elite who governs at the behest and expense of hyper-wealthy individuals, families, corporations, cartels and monopolies.

Consider the issue of legalizing cannabis. Poll after poll shows the majority of the American citizenry favor legalizing cannabis, yet our federal representatives and regulators insist on ignoring the public will, public interest and the common good by continuing to classify cannabis as a Schedule 1 drug, as addictive and dangerous as heroin and fentanyl.

This is patently false and absurd. Hundreds of thousands of American die from alcohol and opioids every year, while deaths attributed solely to cannabis use are near-zero. Yet the federal government and our elected representatives refuse to accept the reality that cannabis isn’t equivalent to fentanyl and other synthetic opioids which continue to kill thousands every year.

Why? It’s the money, honey, greasing their palms and paychecks. Big Pharma views cannabis as a competitor so it lavishes billions of dollars on campaigns, lobbying and shaping the media narrative to serve their agenda of maximizing profits by any means available.

The War on Drugs Gulag of private prisons, law enforcement and the judiciary also skim billions of dollars as a result of cannabis being Schedule 1 (i.e. just as deadly as fentanyl). These powerful elites would lose billions in funding if the will of the people actually counted for something.

The realization that we’re not actually being represented at the federal level has eroded the consent of the governed for the national government, and pushed the electorate to seek legitimate representation at the state and local level. In response, states are openly flouting federal statutes (for example, the Schedule 1 absurdity of federal cannabis regulations) and claiming sovereign rights on issues such as currency (declaring gold coins as legal tender in the state, etc.) and cryptocurrency.

We can anticipate a cross-migration as residents who disagree with the majority views in their state move to states where the majority-approved policies align with their own preferences. This cross-migration will strengthen existing majorities into super-majorities, further accelerating cross-migration as policies that were considered extreme are normalized within states.

Within states, this relocalization of the consent of the governed is trickling down to counties, which are increasingly under pressure from the citizenry to ignore (or leave unenforced) state mandates which the residents disagree with.

Capital also manifests the consent of the governed. Capital will migrate away from states where it’s treated poorly, science-based enterprises will migrate away from states which restrict or starve research and development and manufacturing will migrate to states with willing, educated workforces and attractive infrastructure and tax structures.

States and counties whose policies are detrimental to capital will become poorer as capital chooses to locate to places where it has a say in governance, just as individuals want to live in a place where they have a say.

As the consent of the governed unravels, citizens may increasingly decide which statutes they’re going to obey and which ones they’ll ignore. Locales with strong community values will rely less on statutes and enforcement and more on social norms and community standards to maintain social order, while locales without any coherent community standards and shared values will have to rely on enforcement to avoid social disorder or meltdown.

Choose your community wisely. Thousands of pages of regulations won’t preserve the social order if the the consent of the governed and the social contract both unravel.

Featured

Monkepox?

Professor David Heymann, an expert on infectious disease epidemiology at The London School of Hygiene & Tropical Medicine, said: ‘What seems to be happening now is that it has got into the population as a sexual form, as a genital form, and is being spread as are sexually transmitted infections, which has amplified its transmission around the world.

He said close contact was the key transmission route, as lesions typical of the disease are very infectious.For example, parents caring for sick children are at risk, as are health workers, which is why some countries have started inoculating teams treating monkeypox patients using vaccines for smallpox, a related virus.Many of the current cases have been identified at sexual health clinics.

https://nextstrain.org/…/babar…/cov/monkeypoxvirus-small

This shows info about the changes in Monkeypox virus. I don’t understand if this is significant, but there are 4 samples that look to have a large number of changes compared with the rest of the samples. I don’t know how strongly this shows if they are lab produced or if this much variation could be naturally occurring.

Perhaps we will have a good evaluation from somebody who understands this.

Related to smallpox…Despite international success in eradicating smallpox, the variola virus remains a hazardous, Category A (CDC category) biological warfare agent. During World War II, the US and UK considered weaponizing smallpox, but with smallpox vaccines readily available, decided smallpox would be ineffective as a weapon.

During the Cold War, in 1974, the Soviet Union initiated Biopreparat, a civilian pharmaceutical company, as a front for the Soviet biological weapons program. Vladimir Pasechnik, a Soviet microbiologist who defected in 1989, provided information on the Soviet development of India 67 or India 1, a particularly virulent strain of smallpox, as a biological weapon. Scientists used embryonic chicken eggs to cultivate large amounts of smallpox virus. In addition, Dr. Ken Alibek (formerly Kanatjan Alikbekov), the former First Deputy Director of Biopreparat, reported the Soviet development of chimera viruses by inserting genetic material from other viruses into smallpox.

Reports suggested that the North Korean biological weapons program conducted research on smallpox as a possible biological agent.

Widespread fears remain that the smallpox virus can be used as a weapon of bioterrorism as populations are no longer vaccinated against the virus.

So basically, this monkey-pox is only upon NATO or NATO affiliated countries. By looking at that map.

Sleep well, children

Featured

Follow the science?

It’s totally safe…REALLY it IS

Follow the science?

The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) announced late Thursday afternoon that it has limited the authorized use of the Johnson & Johnson vaccine to adults who cannot receive other coronavirus vaccines.
The FDA said in a statement, “After conducting an updated analysis, evaluation and investigation of reported cases, the FDA has determined that the risk of thrombosis with thrombocytopenia syndrome (TTS), a syndrome of rare and potentially life-threatening blood clots in combination with low levels of blood platelets with onset of symptoms approximately one to two weeks following administration of the Janssen COVID-19 Vaccine, warrants limiting the authorized use of the vaccine.”
SOURCE: http://dlvr.it/SPr5zl
The FDA said that the potential benefits for the vaccine outweighed its potential risks “for individuals 18 years of age and older for whom other authorized or approved COVID-19 vaccines are not accessible or clinically appropriate, and for individuals 18 years of age and older who elect to receive the Janssen COVID-19 Vaccine because they would otherwise not receive a COVID-19 vaccine.”

Featured

Warts and all

NOT ORIGINAL TO ME BUT WELL WORTH THE READ

The supreme target is regime change in Russia, Ukraine is just a pawn in the game – or worse, mere cannon fodder.

All eyes are on Mariupol. As of Wednesday night, over 70% of residential areas were under control of Donetsk and Russian forces, while Russian Marines, Donetsk’s 107th batallion and Chechen Spetsnaz, led by the charismatic Adam Delimkhanov, had entered the Azov-Stal plant – the HQ of the neo-Nazi Azov batallion.

Azov was sent a last ultimatum: surrender until midnight – or else, as in a take no prisoners highway to hell.

That implies a major game-changer in the Ukrainian battlefield; Mariupol is finally about to be thoroughly denazified – as the Azov contingent long entrenched in the city and using civilians as human shields were their most hardened fighting force.

Meanwhile, echoes from the Empire of Lies all but gave the whole game away. There’s no intention whatsoever in Washington to facilitate a peace plan in Ukraine – and that explains Comedian Zelensky’s non-stop stalling tactics. The supreme target is regime change in Russia, and for that Totalen Krieg against Russia and all things Russian is warranted. Ukraine is just a pawn in the game – or worse, mere cannon fodder.

This also means that the 14,000 deaths in Donbass for the past 8 years should be directly attributed to the Exceptionalists. As for Ukrainian neo-Nazis of all stripes, they are as expendable as “moderate rebels” in Syria, be they al-Qaeda or Daesh-linked. Those that may eventually survive can always join the budding CIA-sponsored Neo-Nazi Inc. – the tawdry remix of the 1980s Jihad Inc. in Afghanistan. They will be properly “Kalibrated”.

A quick neo-Nazi recap

By now only the brain dead across NATOstan – and there are hordes – are not aware of Maidan in 2014. Yet few know that it was then Ukrainian Minister of Interior Arsen Avakov, a former governor of Kharkov, who gave the green light for a 12,000 paramilitary outfit to materialize out of Sect 82 soccer hooligans who supported Dynamo Kiev. That was the birth of the Azov batallion, in May 2014, led by Andriy Biletsky, a.k.a. the White Fuhrer, and former leader of the neo-nazi gang Patriots of Ukraine.

Together with NATO stay-behind agent Dmitro Yarosh, Biletsky founded Pravy Sektor, financed by Ukrainian mafia godfather and Jewish billionaire Ihor Kolomoysky (later the benefactor of the meta-conversion of Zelensky from mediocre comedian to mediocre President.)

Pravy Sektor happened to be rabidly anti-EU – tell that to Ursula von der Lugen – and politically obsessed with linking Central Europe and the Baltics in a new, tawdry Intermarium. Crucially, Pravy Sektor and other nazi gangs were duly trained by NATO instructors.

Biletsky and Yarosh are of course disciples of notorious WWII-era Nazi collaborator Stepan Bandera, for whom pure Ukrainians are proto-Germanic or Scandinavian, and Slavs are untermenschen.

Azov ended up absorbing nearly all neo-Nazi groups in Ukraine and were dispatched to fight against Donbass – with their acolytes making more money than regular soldiers. Biletsky and another neo-Nazi leader, Oleh Petrenko, were elected to the Rada. The White Führer stood on his own. Petrenko decided to support then President Poroshenko. Soon the Azov battalion was incorporated as the Azov Regiment to the Ukrainian National Guard.

They went on a foreign mercenary recruiting drive – with people coming from Western Europe, Scandinavia and even South America.

That was strictly forbidden by the Minsk Agreements guaranteed by France and Germany (and now de facto defunct). Azov set up training camps for teenagers and soon reached 10,000 members. Erik “Blackwater” Prince, in 2020, struck a deal with the Ukrainian military that would enable his renamed outfit, Academi, to supervise Azov.

It was none other than sinister Maidan cookie distributor Vicky “F**k the EU” Nuland who suggested to Zelensky – both of them, by the way, Ukrainian Jews – to appoint avowed Nazi Yarosh as an adviser to the Commander-in-Chief of the Ukrainian Armed Forces, Gen Valerii Zaluzhnyi. The target: organize a blitzkrieg on Donbass and Crimea – the same blitzkrieg that SVR, Russian foreign intel, concluded would be launched on February 22, thus propelling the launch of Operation Z.

All of the above, in fact just a quick recap, shows that in Ukraine there’s no difference whatsoever between white neo-Nazis and brown-colored al-Qaeda/ISIS/Daesh, as much as neo-Nazis are just as “Christian” as takfiri Salafi-jihadis are “Muslim”.

When Putin denounced a “bunch of neo-Nazis” in power in Kiev, the Comedian replied that it was impossible because he was Jewish. Nonsense. Zelensky and his patron Kolomoysky, for all practical purposes, are Zio-Nazis.

Even as branches of the United States government admitted to neo-Nazis entrenched in the Kiev apparatus, the Exceptionalist machine made the daily shelling of Donbass for 8 years simply disappear. These thousands of civilian victims never existed.

U.S. mainstream media even ventured the odd piece or report on Azov and Aidar neo-Nazis. But then a neo-Orwellian narrative was set in stone: there are no Nazis in Ukraine. CIA offshoot NED even started deleting records about training members of Aidar. Recently a crappy news network duly promoted a video of a NATO-trained and weaponized Azov commander – complete with Nazi iconography.

Why “denazification” makes sense

The Banderastan ideology harks back to when this part of Ukraine was in fact controlled by the Austro-Hungarian empire, the Russian empire and Poland. Stepan Bandera was born in Austro-Hungary in 1909, near Ivano-Frankovsk, in the – then autonomous – Kingdom of Galicia.

WWI dismembered European empires into frequently non-viable small entities. In western Ukraine – an imperial intersection – that inevitably led to the proliferation of extremely intolerant ideologies.

Banderastan ideologues profited from the Nazi arrival in 1941 to try to proclaim an independent territory. But Berlin not only blocked it but sent them to concentration camps. In 1944 though the Nazis changed tactics: they liberated the Banderanistas and manipulated them into anti-Russian hate, thus creating a destabilization force in the Ukrainian USSR.

So Nazism is not exactly the same as Banderastan fanatics: they are in fact competing ideologies. What happened since Maidan is that the CIA kept a laser focus on inciting Russian hatred by whatever fringe groups it could instrumentalize. So Ukraine is not a case of
“white nationalism” – to put it mildly – but of anti-Russian Ukrainian nationalism, for all practical purposes manifested via Nazi-style salutes and Nazi-style symbols.

So when Putin and the Russian leadership refer to Ukrainian Nazism, that may not be 100% correct, conceptually, but it strikes a chord with every Russian.

Russians viscerally reject Nazism – considering that virtually every Russian family has at least one ancestor killed during the Great Patriotic War. From the perspective of wartime psychology, it makes total sense to talk of “Ukro-nazism” or, straight to the point, a “denazification” campaign.

How the Anglos loved the Nazis

The United States government openly cheerleading neo-Nazis in Ukraine is hardly a novelty, considering how it supported Hitler alongside England in 1933 for balance of power reasons.

In 1933, Roosevelt lent Hitler one billion gold dollars while England lent him two billion gold dollars. That should be multiplied 200 times to arrive at today’s fiat dollars. The Anglo-Americans wanted to build up Germany as a bulwark against Russia. In 1941 Roosevelt wrote to Hitler that if he invaded Russia the U.S. would side with Russia, and wrote Stalin that if Stalin invaded Germany the U.S. would back Germany. Talk about a graphic illustration of Mackinderesque balance of power.

The Brits had become very concerned with the rise of Russian power under Stalin while observing that Germany was on its knees with 50% unemployment in 1933, if one counted unregistered itinerant Germans.

Even Lloyd George had misgivings about the Versailles Treaty, unbearably weakening Germany after its surrender in WWI. The purpose of WWI, in Lloyd George’s worldview, was to destroy Russia and Germany together. Germany was threatening England with the Kaiser building a fleet to take over the oceans, while the Tsar was too close to India for comfort. For a while Britannia won – and continued to rule the waves.

Then building up Germany to fight Russia became the number one priority – complete with rewriting of History. The uniting of Austrian Germans and Sudetenland Germans with Germany, for instance, was totally approved by the Brits.

But then came the Polish problem. When Germany invaded Poland, France and Britain stood on the sidelines. That placed Germany on the border of Russia, and Germany and Russia divided up Poland. That’s exactly what Britain and France wanted. Britain and France had promised Poland that they would invade Germany from the west while Poland fought Germany from the east.

In the end, the Poles were double-crossed. Churchill even praised Russia for invading Poland. Hitler was advised by MI6 that England and France would not invade Poland – as part of their plan for a German-Russian war. Hitler had been supported financially since the 1920s by MI6 for his favorable words about England in Mein Kampf. MI6 de facto encouraged Hitler to invade Russia.

Fast forward to 2022, and here we go again – as farce, with the Anglo-Americans “encouraging” Germany under feeble Scholz to put itself back together militarily, with 100 billion euros (that the Germans don’t have), and setting up in thesis a revamped European force to later go to war against Russia.

Cue to the Russophobic hysteria in Anglo-American media about the Russia-China strategic partnership. The mortal Anglo-American fear is Mackinder/Mahan/Spykman/Kissinger/Brzezinski all rolled into one: Russia-China as peer competitor twins take over the Eurasian land mass – the Belt and Road Initiative meets the Greater Eurasia Partnership – and thus rule the planet, with the U.S. relegated to inconsequential island status, as much as the previous “Rule Britannia”.

England, France and later the Americans had prevented it when Germany aspired to do the same, controlling Eurasia side by side with Japan, from the English Channel to the Pacific. Now it’s a completely different ball game.

So Ukraine, with its pathetic neo-Nazi gangs, is just an – expendable – pawn in the desperate drive to stop something that is beyond anathema, from Washington’s perspective: a totally peaceful German-Russian-Chinese New Silk Road.

Russophobia, massively imprinted in the West’s DNA, never really went away. Cultivated by the Brits since Catherine the Great – and then with The Great Game. By the French since Napoleon. By the Germans because the Red Army liberated Berlin. By the Americans because Stalin forced to them the mapping of Europe – and then it went on and on and on throughout the Cold War.

We are at just the early stages of the final push by the dying Empire to attempt arresting the flow of History. They are being outsmarted, they are already outgunned by the top military power in the world, and they will be checkmated. Existentially, they are not equipped to kill the Bear – and that hurts. Cosmically.

Featured

We will know when it starts

The “News” tells us that China has allied with Russia on Ukraine. They also tell us that Russian military units are moving toward the Ukraine border and that the Ukraine military has been gifted weaponry by the Biden administration. The countdown to hostilities has begun.

We’ll know when it starts.

The Russians are masters of deception and blitzkrieg and along with the Chicoms who have softened the world with their bioweapons and filled our electronic devices with fail chips will bring down the hammer quickly and decisively.

The internet will go dead when the remote mines kill the underwater cables.

Satellites will fail when the chips installed get a signal and self-destruct.

The sleeper agents who have streamed across the border and prepositioned themselves will decapitate the government and the military.

The grid will go down across the world as energy nexus are sabotaged.

The boomers will disappear as the nuclear torpedoes home in and destroy them.

The navy will explode and disappear beneath the waves under a barrage of hypersonic ship killers.

Planes will fall out of the sky as comms, controls, and navigation are jammed.

Normal life will be gone in about 20 minutes. Cities will go hunger games. Country folk will sit back and watch the show.

Prep, lock, load and Pray for our deliverance.

Featured

WHEN?

Copied from a friend

People always want to know “when?”. When will the market crash? When will the credit facade implode? When will the reset occur? When will truth and the rule of law return? When will we return to “normal”? When, when when!

First things first, were things “normal” prior to Covid? Or, were we like frogs in a pot of heating water and accepting each expansion of the tyranny envelope as the new normal? Only now do people (some) see the world as off the rails, and it wasn’t just a couple of years ago? And what about the people who see our new world as something just, right and the way it should be?

In case you are wondering, our current state of affairs did not just happen, or happen by mistake. It all started on Nov. 22, 1963 when JFK was assassinated. The Warren commission signed off and whitewashed the affair…and the American public didn’t say boo. Then the US defaulted on Aug.15 1971 by going off the gold standard. The dollar began to seriously debase, there were a couple of recessions and then it was off the “nominal” races. The markets crashed in 1987 but were saved by a paltry $6 million jam job to Value Line futures. Governments learned a valuable lesson here, market pricing could be “forced” via derivatives!

Then along came 911. Just as today with Covid’s antivaxxers, and horse paste promoters, anyone who questioned the official narrative was deemed a conspiracy theorist. The average American did not want to hear common sense nor truth. No, they just wanted to ignore it all and go on with their lives…because it really didn’t affect them. The problem is, 911 brought forward all sorts of government skullduggery versus the citizenry in the form of terrorism laws, surveillance, etc. Again, few spoke up so we now see and live a “new normal”.

So here we are today in the new normal with no currency on the planet backed by anything real, only government promises and hopium to lend any value. Almost every western nation today fits the 1970’s definition of banana republic…both financially and how badly the rule of law has failed. Populations have been sliced and diced by age, sex, skin color, religion, political/sexual preference etc. etc. Divide and conquer at its best!

Insane asset valuations have been created and funded by debt and fine-tuned by derivatives. Debt has become the “foundation” to everything, again, part of the new normal. We have even seen make believe assets (NFT’s) soar to mighty heights, but not to worry as this is now normal? Right has become wrong, up is now down, black is now white. If you have and use common sense then you are considered a racist, bigoted, homophobic/islamaphobic/misogynist pig. If you believe assets should be real rather than fake, or stand on their own rather than propped up by debt, then you are considered a dinosaur doomed to extinction.

Just in the last two years alone, the Fed has increased money supply outstanding by over 35%…and had at least four cases (never to be prosecuted?) of members caught insider trading. We had very dubious elections, the largest bank in the land plead guilty to their 4th and 5th felonies, a bad case of the flu that preceded experimental injections made mandatory, leaving many sterile, immunocompromised or even dead. Follow the science they say? I am here to tell you that this particular brand of science will lead only to outright tyranny…I could go on and on as the above doesn’t even scratch the surface.

My point is this, if you ask “when”, then you have not been paying attention. “When” has already happened and is happening daily, and it was all pretty much done in broad daylight if you knew how and where to look. They have already told you the plan…to build back better. Do you get it? In order to build back better, they must tear the system down first. Look around you? There is nothing but lies and bogus policy that anyone with a functioning brain can decipher.

We are way beyond “math” now, isn’t it obvious to you yet that they plan to pull the rug out from under everything they possibly can? At this point, the spark could be anything from the little boy who exclaims the king as naked to some sort of horrific false flag? With the speed of destruction we have already experienced, what makes you believe there is ANY time left?

And lastly, if you believe there is going to be a White Knight who rides in to save the day and bring back “normal”, you are sorely mistaken. As it stands now, inflation (even as per BLS) is sniffing at 10%. Do compressed interest rates under 3% make any sense? What effect will higher interest rates have on the most highly levered system the world has ever seen? I’ll leave you with this…The Fed is dead, cash is trash, and return OF capital should be your highest financial concern!!!

Featured

A Pledge to Freedom

Despots are about power, not principle. They only use principle as a stage prop.

A creed in the nation of the Free People of America:

I pledge to live free and responsibly, and to respect the freedom of my fellow citizens.

That’s it. But those sixteen words encompass a universe of truth.

The word I is the first person pronoun, and this nation is about the people, the I’s that make up the nation. The United States of America is apparently about some coagulation of political and regulatory entities, with scant concern for the people who give it life. Without respect for the I’s, the US has sickened, and suffers its last death throes. The nation of the Free People of America is a nation of, by, and for the people, not the government. You have heard that there was another nation based on that principle, but it soon went astray.

The word pledge implies that person is making a commitment. In the US today, the concept of commitment is antiquated, where marital commitment is obsolete, commitment to the country is offensive, and commitment to ideals and particularly morality is gauche. But we in the Free People of America have personal fiber strong for commitment, and the fortitude to keep our commitments in the face of opposition.

The verb live free contains an understanding of the effort, work, and treasure required to not only live free but preserve that freedom, at all costs. Living free is not easy, and never has been. Despots see free people as prey, and our living free is a mortal threat to them. Our creed is poison to them. The nation which we overlay is threatened and scared by our freedom, and that nation is acting as our slave master.

The word responsibly is the other side of the coin of rights. Too often in the US we demand our rights, while abdicating our responsibilities. I need not provide examples; you can provide numerous ones from your own experience with irresponsible people who demand their rights.

Responsibility prompts the question, Responsible to what? Or whom? Our creed does not mention God any more than it mentions gravity or Euclid’s Elements or the basic truths of science, but these are assumed and valued, not taken for granted. Our responsibility incorporates the principles of Godly human interaction, including the Golden Rule, respect for others’ lives and property, telling the truth tenaciously, and living out virtue, courage, and honor. Our responsibility stretches from returning a lost wallet, to raising our children right, to risking our life for our neighbor as their home burns.

Responsibility also extends to the defense of freedom. We all know, or have been, members of the military whose lives are on the line to protect our freedom.

Respecting the freedom of our fellow citizens outlines those things we will not do. For example, we will not demand a day’s pay without working. We will also not stand idly by while our injured or sick neighbor who cannot work starves. We will not enslave our neighbor. We will not falsely accuse our neighbor. We will not spread gossip or lies. We will not steal. We will not support governmental systems which put our neighbor into economic or physical or medical bondage. And we will not manipulate the systems we create to oppress our neighbors simply because we disagree with their course of action or specific beliefs, or we want their wealth.

The word freedom does not mean freedom to do just anything, of course, but the freedom to be a whole, contributing member of our society, enjoying its benefits. You are not free to be a moron. Freedom empowers rich life, but is not free and comes at a cost, sometimes a great cost.

Last, the term fellow citizens implies that we have brothers and sisters of all colors and creeds who are living free. It also implies there are others who are not fellow citizens. There are always evil people in the world who would enslave and use us. Those people are not our fellow citizens. They must be fought and defeated, else we would in the end become their slaves. As an example, consider the United States of America, which is full of would-be slave masters, many of whom are highly successful at enslavement.

A poor or oppressed person reaching our shores penniless but ready to work can certainly be a fellow citizen, as has been the case in the past even in the United States. A person seeking the welfare state can not.

The creed incorporates so many virtuous ideas that have been poisoned by the economic slavery and political power greed we see in the US. For example, environmentalism has been co-opted by the liberals as a vehicle of economic suppression and political control. But the basic notions of clean air and water, good stewardship of the land in agriculture, and not poisoning the country in which we live are all right and proper. A responsible person farming their land responsibly in the nation of the Free People of America will take care of the land because they know it supports their life. They love the land. The left despises the concept of land ownership, but only when each acre has a ‘lover’ as a land owner does it thrive. The free areas are beautiful because they are loved by their responsible owners. Thus, stewardship of the environment reaches full adulthood through a free people, without the burden of greedy politicians or government regulations.

Our banking system in the US is corrupt, being easily manipulated by those in government. For example, why are interest rates near zero percent for individuals and businesses who would put money on deposit? It’s because the banks are receiving free fiat money from the government, through the Federal Reserve. If they receive free money, why should they pay you interest for yours? This is a crime and a distortion of the marketplace. Economic responsibility extends even to those who would be bankers in the nation of the Free People of America, so that they would never participate in such a criminal scam to debase and inflate their own currency.

Isn’t this simple?

Featured

Fot those who were awake two years ago

What happens when 90% of the media is controlled/owned by (6) corporations?
What happens when those same corporations are operated and controlled by a political ideology?
What happens when the news is no longer free from bias?
What happens when the news is no longer reliable and independent?
What happens when the news is no longer trustworthy?
What happens when the news simply becomes an extension/arm of a political party?
Fact becomes fiction?
Fiction becomes fact?
When does news become propaganda?
Identity creation?
How does the average person, who is under constant financial stress (by design), find time to research and discern fact v fiction?
Majority of people more prone to believe someone in power sitting behind a big brand ‘news’ name?
Do people [human psyche] tend to follow the ‘majority/mainstream viewpoint’ in fear of being isolated and/or shunned?
‘Mainstream’ is used for a reason [dominate trend in opinion].
[If majority of people believe ‘x’ then ‘x’ must be validated / true]
Why do ‘mainstream’ media heads, within different orgs, always use the same keywords and/or catch phrases?
Coordinated? By who? Outside entity providing instructions?
Do they count on the fact that people [human psyche] are more prone to believe something if heard over-and-over again by different ‘trusted’ sources?
Do ‘echo chamber’ tactics provide validation / credibility to the topic/point being discussed?
Threat to intellectual freedom?
Would control over[of] these institutions/organizations allow for the mass control of a populations viewpoint re: a desired topic?
Read again – digest.
Would control over[of] these institutions/organizations allow for the mass control of a populations viewpoint re: a desired topic?
Logical thinking.
Why, after the election of 2016, did [D]’s and media corps jumpstart a [coordinated & planned] divisive blitz intended to create falsehoods re: illegitimacy of election, character assassination of POTUS through sexism, racism, every other ‘ism’?
Pre/post 2016 election?
Why were violent [masked] terror orgs such as Antifa immediately created/funded?
Why were these orgs tasked w/ immediate intimidation/shut down of any pro-POTUS rally and/or events?
Why were marches immediately organized to counter and silence pro-POTUS rally and/or events?
Why were marches immediately organized which divided people into sex/gender, race, [ism]?
When you control the levers of news dissemination, you control the narrative.
Control of the narrative = power
When you are blind, what do you see?
They want you divided.
Divided by religion.
Divided by sex.
Divided by political affiliation.
Divided by class.
When you are divided, and angry, and controlled, you target those ‘different’ from you, not those responsible [controllers].
Divided you are weak.
Divided you pose no threat to their control.
When ‘non-dogmatic’ information becomes FREE & TRANSPARENT it becomes a threat to those who attempt to control the narrative and/or stable [livestock kept – sheep].
When you are awake, you stand on the outside of the stable (‘group-think’ collective), and have ‘free thought’.
“Free thought” is a philosophical viewpoint which holds that positions regarding truth should be formed on the basis of logic, reason, and empiricism, rather than authority, tradition, revelation, or dogma.

It’s not a conspiracy theory if it is truth!

Featured

False Flag

 The “Support of the Political Prisoners” rally in Washington, DC was made to be the classic “false flag.”

Most MAGA humans were forewarned. I expect most intelligent and aware ones stayed away on that account.

And even with ZERO attendees of the MAGA/Trump crowd, there was still seen to be THOUSANDS of errant destructive, illegal, even brazen protesters – and – then – someone got shot, and died.

Those in Washington WANT you to be to blame for their problems. It’s called OPTICS.

They have the MEDIA – they can make it say anything they want.

And they want you dead.

And making you to blame is where that process starts.

“Demonize” your enemy.

It didn’t work with the Rittenhouse jury. Be aware of a false flag for Thanksgiving.

Featured

Once upon a time

Government’s most basic responsibility is the preservation of civil order. The fundamental compact between government and citizens is that in return for paying taxes, government protects us from marauders. There is no point having a government if it takes the position that it cannot protect its constituents.


We can be certain that fundamental compact between government and citizens is gone, and the trial of Kyle Rittenhouse demonstrates this.


Rittenhouse was 17 years old when he traveled a few minutes from his home to the town where some of his family and friends lived to help clean graffiti, tend to injured people, help put out fires, and help keep the peace by guarding stores from looters. There is ample video coverage that proves he was doing these things.


Kyle Rittenhouse was doing what the government would not. He stepped up while local government ordered police to hang back. We saw burning, looting and violence against innocent people and businesses and our government, that has a responsibility to preserve civil order, did nothing. These weren’t protesters peacefully marching and giving speeches. These were thugs. Antifa and BLM have demonstrated in many cities over a long period of time that they are nothing more than violent thugs. Our government rolled over.


Actually, it’s worse than that. We have local and Federal elected officials calling these thugs “heroes” and “victims” and refer to them as “protesters”. They’re not just turning a blind eye to the marauders, they are lionizing them.


This is not acceptable.


You want to protest? Fine, that’s your constitutionally-acknowledged right. March, make speeches, write to officials, etc. You want to burn, loot and hurt people? You should be shot on sight.


And maybe if our local governments won’t step up and do what they should, we need to be like young Mr. Rittenhouse and step up. And if you live in an area where your local government protects thugs rather than law-abiding citizens, then maybe, just maybe, we need to remove those officials for destroying the social compact that allows the government to exist at all.


Perhaps we need to revise our history books so they begin “Once upon a time” just like all the other fairy tales.

Featured

A little Labor reality

Smithfield Foods is the largest pork producer and processor in the world. It has facilities in 26 U.S. states and it employs tens of thousands of Americans. It directly owns 460 farms and has contracts with approximately 2,100 others.But now a Chinese company has bought it for $ 4.7 billion, and that means that the Chinese will now be the most important employer in dozens of rural communities all over America.

In the future China will employ millions of American workers and dominate thousands of small communities all over the United States .

Chinese acquisition of U.S. businesses set a new all-time record last year, and it is on pace to shatter that record this year.

The Smithfield Foods acquisition is an example. Smithfield Foods is the largest pork producer and processor in the world. It has facilities in 26 U.S. states and it employs tens of thousands of Americans. It directly owns 460 farms and has contracts with approximately 2,100 others.But now a Chinese company has bought it for $ 4.7 billion, and that means that the Chinese will now be the most important employer in dozens of rural communities all over America.

Thanks in part to our massively bloated trade deficit with China, the Chinese have trillions of dollars to spend. They are only just starting to exercise their economic muscle. It is important to keep in mind that there is often not much of a difference between “the Chinese government” and “Chinese corporations”.

In 2011, 43 percent of all profits in China were produced by companies where the Chinese government had a controlling interest in.

Last year a Chinese company spent $2.6 billion to purchase AMC entertainment – one of the largest movie theater chains in the United States. Now that Chinese company controls more movie ticket sales than anyone else in the world.

But China is not just relying on acquisitions to expand its economic power.“Economic beachheads” are being established all over America.

For example, Golden Dragon Precise Copper Tube Group, Inc. recently broke ground on a $100 million plant in Thomasville, Alabama. Many of the residents of Thomasville, Alabama will be glad to have jobs, but it will also become yet another community that will now be heavily dependent on communist China.

And guess where else Chinese companies are putting down roots? Detroit.Chinese-owned companies are investing in American businesses and new vehicle technology, selling everything from seat belts to shock absorbers in retail stores, and hiring experienced engineers and designers in an effort to soak up the talent and expertise of domestic automakers and their suppliers.

If you recently purchased an “American-made” vehicle, there is a really good chance that it has a number of Chinese parts in it.

Industry analysts are hard-pressed to put a number on the Chinese suppliers operating in the United States.

China seems particularly interested in acquiring energy resources in the United States. For example, China is actually mining for coal in the mountains of Tennessee.Guizhou Gouchuang Energy Holdings Group spent 616 million dollars to acquire Triple H Coal Co. in Jacksboro, Tennessee.

At the time, that acquisition really didn’t make much news, but now a group of conservatives in Tennessee is trying to stop the Chinese from blowing up their mountains and taking their coal.

And pretty soon China may want to build entire cities in the United States just like they have been doing in other countries. Right now, China is actually building a city larger than Manhattan just outside Minsk, the capital of Belarus.

Are you starting to get the picture?

China is on the rise.

If you doubt this, just read the following:
* When you total up all imports and exports, China is now the number one trading nation on the entire planet.
* Overall, the U.S. has run a trade deficit with China over the past decade that comes to more than 2.3 trillion dollars.* China has more foreign currency reserves than anyone else on the planet.
* China now has the largest new car market in the entire world.
* China now produces more than twice as many automobiles as the United States does.
* After being bailed out by U.S. taxpayers, GM is involved in 11 joint ventures with Chinese companies.
* China is the number one gold producer in the world.
* The uniforms for the U.S. Olympic team were made in China.
* 85% of all artificial Christmas trees the world over are made in China.
* The new World Trade Center tower in New York is going to include glass imported from China .
* China now consumes more energy than the United States does.
* China is now in aggregate the leading manufacturer of goods in the entire world.
* China uses more cement than the rest of the world combined.
* China is now the number one producer of wind and solar power on the entire globe.
* China produces 3 times as much coal and 11 times as much steel as the United States does.
* China produces more than 90 percent of the global supply of rare earth elements.
* China is now the number one supplier of components that are critical to the operation of any national defense system.
* In published scientific research articles China is expected to become the number one in the world very shortly.

And what we have seen so far may just be the tip of the iceberg.

For now, I will just leave you with one piece of advice – learn to speak Mandarin.

Featured

Chaos, coming to a state near you

I can tell you, the people that supply the manufacturing industry in this country have … never… seen it this bad. Absolutely terrible. The back orders in dollars are ridiculous. Anything coming from overseas especially China, can be months away with zero expected dates to ship. Hitting the electronic industry very hard. Any thing electronic, batteries, computer chips, chargers, computer boards that run CNC and many other machines, etc.

Many things made here as well as much raw product comes from China. All this has Got to blow sometime soon. When the manufacturing stops or slows to a crawl … get ready. It could happen very soon.

Add all this to all the other troubling things that have gone on the last 11/2 years. Covid and truth getting out about it, job losses, Antifa, BLM, all being kept fed and well. Being infiltrated on our southern border when the scream at us to get jabbed, putting more stress on our economy that can’t take much more.

Yeah … it’s gonna blow at some point soon. They can’t pay or bribe their way out of this.

Featured

Follow the science

The “tentacled” organism described by Dr Carrie Madej from the Moderna vaxx as this endocellular parasite called Polypodium hydriforme, a metazoan with “unusual characteristics” that is in the same Cnidaria phylum as coral and jellyfish and it is not known to infect humans, which is why Dr Madej had never run into it before, as an internist with 20 years of practice.

Polypodium hydriforme is one of the few animals that live inside the cells of other animals. It spends most of its life inside the oocytes (egg cells, i.e., immature eggs) of sturgeons and paddlefish but you can’t get it from the caviar.

Polypodium hydriforme is a parasite that lives in an egg cell, has an “unusual lifecycle, a peculiar morphology and high rates of DNA evolution”. It forms a “binucleated cell” similar to cancer.

Why is this  in the vaxx? To speed up DNA replication? Or to transport spike proteins into a cell host? Or is it for some other transhumanist purposes?

Cnidaria species have very dynamic properties. The Immortal Jellyfish is the only animal known to be able to reverse its life cycle. It does this through the cell development process of transdifferentiation. An adult or juvenile under stress can, instead of dying revert back to a polyp and begin the life cycle all over again, which makes it an important target of aging and pharmaceutical research.

Recall that Dr Robert Young found a different parasite, T. cruzi in the Johnson & Johnson vials. T. cruzi causes Chagas disease, which is incurable if left untreated within 4 weeks of infection and after which the infection becomes chronic. It can shorten the lifespan by decades if left untreated.

After initial infection, benznidazole and nifurtimox are the antiparasitic drugs of choice for treating Chagas disease.

If you are facing forced vaccination, it would be a good idea to prepare to be tested and treated for such a parasitic infection, to at least not have to worry about that, on top of the superconducting graphene and SPIONs, the latter of which can be treated with ivermectin and nutritional supplements.

If you were force-vaccinated more than a month ago, you may want to be screened for T. cruzi and other parasites.

Good night, sleep tight… don’t let the bedbugs bite!

Featured

America-an obituary?

We’ve traded the American Revolution for the Cultural Revolution.

“Going thru my e mails, I found this, Called America. “


“… In the springtime of youth, an endless summer beckons. As you pass 70, it’s harder to hide from reality.Nations also have seasons: Imagine a Roman of the 2nd century contemplating an empire that stretched from Britain to the Near East, thinking: This will endure forever…. Forever was about 500 years, give or take.


France was pivotal in the 17th and 18th centuries; now the land of Charles Martel is on its way to becoming part of the Muslim ummah.


In the 19th and early 20th centuries, the sun never set on the British empire; now Albion exists in a perpetual twilight. Its 95-year-old sovereign is a fitting symbol for a nation in terminal decline.


In the 1980s, Japan seemed poised to buy the world. Business schools taught Japanese management techniques. Today, its birth rate is so low and its population aging so rapidly that an industry has sprung up to remove the remains of elderly Japanese who die alone.


I was born in 1942, almost at the midpoint of the 20th century – the American century. America’s prestige and influence were never greater. Thanks to the ‘Greatest Generation,’ we won a World War fought throughout most of Europe, Asia and the Pacific. We reduced Germany to rubble and put the rising sun to bed. It set the stage for almost half a century of unprecedented prosperity.


We stopped the spread of communism in Europe and Asia, and fought international terrorism. We rebuilt our enemies and lavished foreign aid on much of the world. We built skyscrapers and rockets to the moon. We conquered Polio and now COVID. We explored the mysteries of the Universe and the wonders of DNA…the blueprint of life.


But where is the glory that once was Rome? America has moved from a relatively free economy to socialism – which has worked so well NOWHERE in the world.


We’ve gone from a republican government guided by a constitution to a regime of revolving elites. We have less freedom with each passing year. Like a signpost to the coming reign of terror, the cancel culture is everywhere. We’ve traded the American Revolution for the Cultural Revolution.


The pathetic creature in the White House is an empty vessel filled by his handlers. At the G-7 Summit, ‘Dr. Jill’ had to lead him like a child. In 1961, when we were young and vigorous, our leader was too. Now a feeble nation is technically led by the oldest man to ever serve in the presidency.


We can’t defend our borders, our history (including monuments to past greatness) or our streets. Our cities have become anarchist playgrounds. We are a nation of dependents, mendicants, and misplaced charity. Homeless veterans camp in the streets while illegal aliens are put up in hotels.


The president of the United States can’t even quote the beginning of the Declaration of Independence (‘You know — The Thing’) correctly. Ivy League graduates routinely fail history tests that 5th graders could pass a generation ago. Crime rates soar and we blame the 2nd. Amendment and slash police budgets.


Our culture is certifiably insane. Men who think they’re women. People who fight racism by seeking to convince members of one race that they’re inherently evil, and others that they are perpetual victims. A psychiatrist lecturing at Yale said she fantasizes about ‘unloading a revolver into the head of any white person.’


We slaughter the unborn in the name of freedom, while our birth rate dips lower year by year. Our national debt is so high that we can no longer even pretend that we will repay it one day. It’s a $28-trillion monument to our improvidence and refusal to confront reality. Our ‘entertainment’ is sadistic, nihilistic and as enduring as a candy bar wrapper thrown in the trash. Our music is noise that spans the spectrum from annoying to repulsive.


Patriotism is called insurrection, treason celebrated, and perversion sanctified. A man in blue gets less respect than a man in a dress. We’re asking soldiers to fight for a nation our leaders no longer believe in.


How meekly most of us submitted to Fauci-ism (the regime of face masks, lockdowns and hand sanitizers) shows the impending death of the American spirit.


How do nations slip from greatness to obscurity?
• Fighting endless wars they can’t or won’t win
• Accumulating massive debt far beyond their ability to repay
• Refusing to guard their borders, allowing the nation to be inundated by an alien horde
• Surrendering control of their cities to mob rule • Allowing indoctrination of the young
• Moving from a republican form of government to an oligarchy
• Losing national identity
• Indulging indolence
• Abandoning faith and family – the bulwarks of social order.


In America, every one of these symptoms is pronounced, indicating an advanced stage of the disease.


Even if the cause seems hopeless, do we not have an obligation to those who sacrificed so much to give us what we had? I’m surrounded by ghosts urging me on: the Union soldiers who held Cemetery Ridge at Gettysburg, the battered bastards of Bastogne, those who served in the cold hell of Korea, the guys who went to the jungles of Southeast Asia and came home to be reviled or neglected.


This is the nation that took in my immigrant grandparents, whose uniform my father and most of my uncles wore in the Second World War. I don’t want to imagine a world without America, even though it becomes increasingly likely.


During Britain’s darkest hour, when its professional army was trapped at Dunkirk and a German invasion seemed imminent, Churchill reminded his countrymen, ‘Nations that go down fighting rise again, and those that surrender tamely are finished.’


The same might be said of causes. If we let America slip through our fingers, if we lose without a fight, what will posterity say of us?


While the prognosis is far from good, only God knows if America’s day in the sun is over.”

Featured

Another unsettling email

The military has ruled if you are not fully vaxxed, you are not deployable.

An unsettling email I received…take it for what it is worth.


Fayetteville Technical Community College (FTCC) has a very close working relationship with Ft. Bragg and they have a number of programs to assist troops transitioning to the civilian world. I talked to one of my folks who works with troops wanting to transition to starting their own business.

He told me that all of the transition programs are totally swamped with senior troops saying F**k it, I’m getting out, and looking for help to what they will do after the military. The next biggest group are all the rest saying the same thing. Senior NCOs and officers are bailing out.


Also, this is having a significant economic impact on Fayetteville. Fayetteville survives on selling crap to soldiers and the base. Soldiers aren’t spending money. They are hording their cash because they don’t know how long they will have a pay check.

This is a big hit on retailers because younger troops tend to blow their money every two weeks because they have no obligations and like their toys. That has all stopped. Some retailers of such toys are reporting a 50% drop in revenue/sales. Many of these businesses survived during Covid because of the troop spending never stopping. That isn’t the case anymore.


I also talked to a recently retired Special Forces (SF) senior NCO who is still plugged into SF on Bragg. The base is FULL. The main reason for this is that the .MIL had ruled weeks ago that if you weren’t fully vaxxed, then you are not deployable. Most, if not all, units on Bragg are now undeployable because too many of their troops are not vaxxed reducing their deployable troop strength below minimums. As Bragg is the home of Army SF, this is having a major impact on mission capability worldwide.


Troops that are currently deployed can’t come home because no units are available to replace them. New mission requirements can’t be fielded because they don’t have the full strength units to deploy. He told me that all of this was intentional and the opinion of senior NCOs on Bragg is that this is intentional to weed out the “undesirables” and leave a weakened force that are woke.

He also said that it was going to be cluster f**k that was going to get a lot of people killed when a nation decides to take advantage of this. The conversation included Taiwan.


The rest of what he told me I can’t share here. But needless to say, it was damn ugly.


On a side note, I had to block most of the Bragg police channels from my scanner starting a few weeks ago because their levels of calls was overwhelming the other jurisdictions that are closer to home.

Featured

Armageddon? Maybe…

Differently though as covid 19 has about a 1% mortality rate the new virus from building number 666 has about a 75 % mortality rate . There at this time is no cure or treatment .

Another virus has emerged from building number 666 in Wuhan China .

They have developed another virus derived from bats . A visiting doctor testified the Chinese lab were developing the nipah virus when he visited the lab in December of 2019 .

Like covid 19 began the nipah virus is now spreading among the population.

Differently though as covid 19 has about a 1% mortality rate the new virus from building number 666 has about a 75 % mortality rate . There at this time is no cure or treatment .

The nipah virus has about a 45 day incubation period giving it lots of time to spread from human to human before the carrier knows of his or her looming death . The Chinese lab workers were probably delighted when they discovered it would also readily transmit from ticks to humans .

Nipah Virus
Featured

Well, isn’t that special?

CAMBRIDGE, Mass., October 2, 2013—Moderna Therapeutics, the company pioneering messenger RNA therapeutics™, a revolutionary new treatment modality to enable the in vivo production of therapeutic proteins, announced today that the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) has awarded the company up to $25 million to research and develop its messenger RNA therapeutics™ platform as a rapid and reliable way to make antibody-producing drugs to protect against a wide range of known and unknown emerging infectious diseases and engineered biological threats.Messenger RNA therapeutics™ can be designed to tap directly into the body’s natural processes to produce antibodies without exposing people to a weakened or inactivated virus or pathogen, as is the case with the vaccine approaches currently being tested. As a result, Moderna’s messenger RNA therapeutics™ platform has the potential to speed the development and manufacture of treatments that can produce a safer, more reliable and more robust immune response than existing technologies…

https://investors.modernatx.com/news-releases/news-release-details/darpa-awards-moderna-therapeutics-grant-25-million-develop

Featured

Not a lot of info, not a lot of time

And we are wondering right now what is in those containers that are floating out there.

There has been much talk about the number of cargo ships anchored off our West coast causing supply shortages.


I’m almost getting cynical enough to believe that the ports being blocked and a lot of traffic coming in from Mexico into the US and Canada is part of their plan.


The way I see it, there are MULTIPLE countries right now heading into winter, with either FOOD, or FUEL, OR BOTH sourcing problems that have really started to come to a boil.


I get it, I am an old wolf, and the memory of history classes 45-60… years ago are rather, whats the word, AGED, yes aged. BUT, I vaguely remember that a LOT of wars were started when one country ran out of one of those resources inside of it’s borders, couldn’t afford to buy it from other countries, and resorted to war to try to get them.


Now we have not just one of two countries with one resource getting low and going into winter, we have several of them that are missing one or both. That is BAD.


And we are wondering right now what is in those containers that are floating out there. It could be supplies and Chinese crap that we bought months ago and nothing bad. Could be. They could be full of munitions and war footing equipment, waiting for either people inside the USA to get a hold of them, or come up with the Chinese soldiers that are all through South and Central America.
It could also be more Chinese troops (they have a lot of people over there, and their gov considers most of them “expendable”).


It could be just that they want to flood the ports down there, and that way have a massive armada of 18-wheelers that need to come up here pronto and have very little “inspection” going on. OR, it could be a mixture of all of these possibilities.


We have seen in the RECENT past that they DO like to ship a LOT of weaponry in CONEX and SeaPac boxes. They also have been proven to send human cargo that way.
There are at least 100+ container ships on our west coast at the moment. Each one of them holding between 7,000 and 20,000 TEU (Twenty-foot Equivalent Units) worth of CONEX or SeaPac boxes (a 40 foot box is two TEUs).


If you wanted to ride in style, you could easily put 5-10 people in a TEU for a short while, bunks hooked to the wall, food and supplies in the cabinets underneath…
Or you could lay them in there like sardines and probably get 20 in a TEU. Let them out once a day to exercise and more often to eat and “take care of things”.


Let’s now say that all of the TEUs at “ground level” are “human”, and the ones above storage for “supplies and weaponry”, so we have a roughly 5 to 1 ratio of supply TEUs to soldier TEUs.
At let’s say an average of 18,000 TEUs per ship, that leaves 3,000 of them inhabited (times 10-20 each), and 15,000 TEUs full of supplies.


Just one or two ships doing this (or several that are partially loaded this way could cause massive trouble. Ask yourself, is China insane enough to try something like that?
What if they have complicit “assistance” from TPTB, and from people like General “Phone Tree” Milley? What if china was promised the land decades ago?


Lot of questions, lot of serious questions. Not a lot of info. Not a lot of time.

Featured

Define your adversary

just because millions of people are wary, leery, and cautious when it comes to the mRNA vaccine doesn’t mean that we’re “anti-vaxxers.”

(from an email I received)


We’ve all heard of “smear tactics” or a “smear campaign” and various “smear terms.” Some of us have bore the brunt of said name-calling. When I figured out that it was an ideological weapon used (primarily) by the left wing against the right wing I became far less concerned, vulnerable, or “guilty” when I found myself as the intended target of such political weaponry. These days, I’m not one bit afraid to use those tactics on the left. Doesn’t hurt to give them a dose of their own medicine from time to time.


Anyway, I was thinking of the new smear term: “anti-vaxxer.” I’m seeing it all over the place these days. If a person is opposed to taking the Covid vaccine then he or she is automatically an “anti-vaxxer.” It’s very much like calling someone who’s opposed to illegal immigration a “racist” or a man who leads his household a “patriarchal misogynist” or a person who believes homosexuality is morally wrong a “homophobe.” Well … you get the picture.


But I want to focus on the newest smear: anti-vaxxer. Though there are people in the world and in the USA who are wholly opposed to ALL forms of vaccination I’d say that most of us are willing to accept the fact that some vaccines have been quite beneficial over the decades. I’d also say that most of us aren’t opposed to people “choosing” to be vaccinated even if we don’t believe it’s necessary. I don’t personally care what someone else pumps into his or her veins. I’m all about a person’s “right to choose” in this instance.


But we live in a world where some of the FDA “approved” medicines have turned out to be downright dangerous. We’re also aware that medical malpractice is a leading cause of death in the USA. We also know that viruses can’t be cured by vaccination (a fact that’s currently unfolding before our very eyes). When we read an Israeli study that strongly suggests that folks who’ve had Covid and recovered from it are better off than vaccinated folks, we take note.


So just because millions of people are wary, leery, and cautious when it comes to the mRNA vaccine doesn’t mean that we’re “anti-vaxxers.” It means that we don’t trust what we’re being told and we want to see what the long term effects of a new and untested and unproven vaccine will do over the long term.


I like natural, grass-fed beef while avoiding meats high in antibiotics, hormones, and that have been fed GMO grains. Does that mean that I am “anti-beef?” No … it means that I’m health-conscious.


So those willing to call me an “anti-vaxxer” should be willing to accept being called “anti-choicer” or “anti-free will” or “anti-liberty.” Turnabout is fair play.

Featured

A Rant

No one is entitled to anything. You have a choice to work, to stay off drugs- a choice tomake something of yourself. I have nothing to do with your choice. That’s all on you. You are entitled to what you earn.

Copied from an email.


I need to rant for a minute.


I’m getting old and I’ve worked hard all my life. I have made my reputation – the good and the bad. I didn’t inherit my job or my income, and I have busted ass to get where I am in life.
I have juggled my job, my family, and I’ve made countless sacrifices up front to secure a good life for myself and my children. It wasn’t always easy and still isn’t, but I did it all while maintaining my integrity and my principles. I’ve never put anyone beneath myself or denied help to anyone. I have friends of every walk of life and if you’re in my circle, it should be understood that I don’t have to remind you of what I’d be willing to do for you.


However….I’m tired of being told that I have to “spread the wealth” to people who don’t have my work ethic. People who have sacrificed nothing and feel entitled to receive everything.


I’m tired of being told the government will take the money I earned, by force if necessary, and give it to people too lazy to earn it themselves.


I’m tired of being told I must lower my living standard to fight global warming, which, no one is allowed to debate.


I’m tired of hearing wealthy athletes, entertainers and politicians of all parties talk like their opinions matter to the common man. I’m tired of any of them pretending they can even relate to the life and bank account that I have.


I’m tired of people with a sense of entitlement, rich or poor. I’m tired of the greed, everybody always wanting more.I’m tired of being labeled as a racist because I am white. Because I am proud of my heritage, the same way black, Asian and native people are proud of theirs.


I never stole any ones land, I never owned slaves and neither has anyone in my line of genealogy…


I’m tired of being told I need to accept the latest political fad, or politically correct stupidity, or blindly accept a group that would smile while stoning me because I won’t convert to their point of view. I’m really tired of people who don’t take responsibility for their lives and actions. Especially the ones that want me to fund it. I’m tired of hearing them blame the government, or discrimination, or big-whatever for their problems.


No one is entitled to anything. You have a choice to work, a choice to stay off drugs – a choice to make something of yourself. I have nothing to do with your choice. That’s all on you. You are entitled to what you earn.


I didn’t earn this for you. I didn’t put in the time, and the effort, and miss out on Christmases and birthdays and kid’s baseball games for you. I did this for my family. I EARNED this life for my family. You could have done the same.


You, and your government, have no right to reach into the pot I work so hard to fill.

Featured

Guest Editorial- (WARNING, ROUGH LANGUAGE)

Their entire goal is to lose. If you ever doubted, you’ve had the better part of a year of their stupidity to reflect on.

US, AT THE GATE A GUEST POST BY THOMAS
KENDALL

I was talking to Sarah yesterday and I had a revelation I think is worth sharing.

Let’s begin at the beginning. About a month ago, Instapundit posted this.

Now, I’ve been thinking of the rise and fall of civilizations lately. I can’t think why it’s been on my mind. It’s a tale as old as time—a civilization emerges, establishes a new worthwhile order, the good things brought forth by said order soften up the people maintaining it, the softening turns to decadence, and the decadence gives way to the barbarians, who clean the slate. Where would you say things are lately?

Here’s a hint. A friend and I were discussing another observation that someone made in an article recently (I wish I could find the original. I’d give credit if I could find it). The basic idea is—

In short—the federal government of the United States of America has become impotent at almost all good things.

Expanded out—There is no start to its talents. It cannot maintain its borders. Since the “election” it doesn’t even try. No surprise there. It cannot maintain friendly relationships with allies—as our recent screwing of Britain on our way out of Afghanistan shows. The “leader” of the “free world” could not be bothered to pick up the phone for our closest ally. Speaking of Afghanistan, it can’t win a war. It can’t even lose gracefully. In fact it ****ed up leaving so badly some people are entertaining that it intended to **** it up, because how the **** does somebody above the age of six not notice that pulling the military out first and the civilians out second is not even a remotely workable strategy? Resulting in leaving millions of dollars of equipment—and—excuse me, what? Millions of dollars of dollars in the desert? Fantastic.

It makes self sabotaging and idiotic choices to stymie its own domestic oil industry, while accepting a pipeline not from Canada, but one that’s a joint Russian-German venture instead. Which means the problem, contrary to any environmentalist whining, isn’t the pipeline—it’s the pipeline with a friendly country. Big surprise— its only true interest in the environment lies in international agreements that hamstring us while doing nothing to China, the world’s largest polluter. It either can’t be trusted on energy production and the environment, or is trying to get it wrong.

It can’t manage its economy. What could have been a “V” shaped recovery has been turned into an “L” shaped one. What could be contributing? Paying people to do nothing? Rampant inflation? Meanwhile all the dumbasses running the country can think of is spending several billion more dollars that don’t exist. The country has infrastructure problems for a fact, but they’ll only acknowledge that to the extent of cynically plastering the word on an “infrastructure” bill which is in fact just a far Left wishlist that largely ignores actual infrastructure, in the hopes people will be dumb enough to support it because it has the right label.

And on.

And on.

And on.

What aptitudes does it have besides taking money, trampling civil liberties, and ignoring constitutional laws at gunpoint? News flash, dummies: We don’t need peaceful protestors incarcerated without a trial. We don’t need the weight of the federal government turned to the problem of violating states rights because Texas passed a law Biden doesn’t like. We need military egresses that look like they weren’t planned by Bozo the clown and an economic plan better than something China would design for us as an attempt to permanently sink the country. Is there anyone at all in DC who can provide that? If not, is there anything useful they can do? I’ll wait.

For this shit, shit that makes even most Americans roll their eyes, which nobody at all takes seriously except dipshit Leftists who have reached the form of retardation accessible only to those with PhDs—for this we have spent 20 years sending American farm kids to their death in the sandbox? Did anyone tell them that before they signed up? I wish I could go back in time and do it. These were the ideals we were supposed to be standing for this whole time? These were the things we were going to inculcate in orthodox muslims? While giving them semi-automatic rifles and training on how to use them? Are you ****ing kidding me right now?

This is what decadence looks like. When the government stops even attempting competence because nothing and nobody that currently exists can replace or displace them so who cares about results? When comfort and plenty have become so common, been taken for granted for so long, that the question of utility or even basic sanity isn’t even distantly considered. When it’s assumed that self-harming policies that will obviously damage the country won’t really matter because nobody has ever known a world without America and fundamentally has no idea how the present day came to be. When the country’s most educated start chasing bizarre and unimaginably stupid ideas on economics that boil down to “inflation won’t happen if you double the monetary supply by printing money, if only you just believe hard enough”. In fact, when education stops being a means to greater insight, more useful abilities, and a better life, and becomes a cult devoted to the kind of idiocy that can survive only with strenuous censorship, the tenets of the cult being treated by the indoctrinated as a collection of sacred mysteries and deeply-thought paradoxes— while to those not similarly trained it is self-obviously a collection of contradictory and self-serving lies.

Verily, decadence is here. We can infer that what comes next is the barbarians. And we have options. Mexican illegals? A heady mixture of poverty-stricken Marxists who have never known a system that wasn’t corrupt, functionally lawless, and devoted to the tenets of voting oneself rich; and outright criminals with lives like “a demon’s resumé”? Perhaps radical Muslims? By sheer numbers worldwide they’re the most likely option. The Taliban just got a huge infusion of cash and a big boost in morale. In a few short days we’ll know whether they’ve arranged a thank you gift for Zho Bi-Xen and his kleptocrat marching band to commemorate his intended pull-out date. But even if, and God I hope, they have not, we can expect an uptick in terrorism and quite shortly. Or perhaps China? The Middle Kingdom would laugh at being called barbarians, but I call genocidal communists like I see them. Mao was morally three steps below a pig and Xi has enough power to aspire to greater depths. As is I wouldn’t dream of feeding a pig Mu Shu Xi due to the great risk of poisoning the pig.

But there is a barbarian group not considered. Us.

Hang on. Before you balk, listen. Look again at what these idiots are selling as the fruits of civilization. Defenses of pedophilia and urinals as art. And more, too—sterilization and disfigurement of teenagers in the form of sex changes. Black supremacy as a panacea to made up threats of white supremacy. Books nobody reads, movies nobody watches, paintings that exist only to launder money—even the ones not made by Hunter Biden.

What good person would not be proud to be considered a barbarian by these miserable, over-decorated Faberge people? I’d be mortified if they agreed with me! So they think I’m a sexist or a racist or whatever. Fine. They do not use these words to mean the same things I mean, so it’s a pointless argument, and they are now officially beneath my explaining myself to them. When the people who are calling me names are so morally opaque that the Taliban can make devastating critiques of them just by referencing the foundational works of their own gender studies programs, I’m done caring about the names. Fine. I’m what you think is a racist. I’m what you think is a sexist. But you think a lot of very stupid things, and as the curtain continues to draw back on the carnival of madness that’s been behind the scenes the entire time it’s occurring to me that what you think and reality overlap so seldom that the only time not to ignore you is when I can ridicule you. If that is your civilization, someone hand me a pointy horned helmet.

So you disagree with the conservative standpoint? Fascinating. From your track record that means it’s probably correct. Also we did the Pepsi challenge. We’ve tried turning the spigot of Leftist bullshit on, off, and recently on again. The results correlate closely with you being full of shit. So blow it out your ass.

Yes, this is a moment of peril, but also opportunity. See in your country what every hostile group listed above sees in it—the makings of great civilization, along other, less stupid lines. All of it guarded by weak, fat, stupid people with no will and no self-belief. Take that mindset and go forth.

Get involved in your local systems. There is an old prayer for God to make ones enemies ridiculous. Congratulations to whomever was still praying it. Your prayers have been answered. Will you tell me that you cannot defeat these people? People who lose casual debates to terrorists not on principle but on basic facts?

Emulate those who are taking back their school boards. The educational system was the place where the corruption started, it’s fitting it’s the first place to start getting won back. It’s defended by fluffy fools whose highest moral value is their own paycheck and the accolades of equally soft idiots on Twitter. They’re rooting for COVID in the hopes they can maximize their time to not teach your kids while getting paid, and the worst part is that given what they were probably teaching your kids that would actually maybe be a win-win.
You can’t reason with them so don’t bother. Recent events have made it clear you may as well try to talk sense into a three-day-old mackerel. Just confront them with their own stupidity so that people who see the inevitable video understand what this is about, and don’t feel that you are too good to shout them out of the room. You’re the barbarian, remember? Not like the nice civilized people with their gender-queer Tik-Tokers pushing vaccine propaganda. That means you’re excused from conversations with morons. Don’t bother trying to find common ground. Look at where they’re standing! Do you want to try to find the midpoint between that and reality? Silly. Pointless. Send them back to their walled online gardens to whine to their equally stupid friends about the barbarians.

Can we take it back from the ground up? I don’t know. But hey, it’s got to be worth a shot. Join the fun! Find some friends and locate a low-hanging political event to raid. When was the last time you went to a town hall for your town? Isn’t just a part of you curious to know whether your local county commissioner starts by declaring her pronouns? Wouldn’t it be wonderful to see someone like that made very uncomfortable? You can make that happen. You can probably do it within the next month. Bring a few friends! Or a few dozen. Some of the people reading this probably were afraid to do that kind of thing for fear of losing their job. The Biden economy might have freed up some of your time. What have you got to lose now? More importantly, the way things are going, are you going to lose it anyway if things continue as they are? Think on it.

And consider this—the odds are in our favor, in that we’re well positioned. All the other barbarian groups have to come over here. We just have to drive down the block. The engine of our government is undoubtedly and unquestionably corrupt. But it’s also begging to be rendered irrelevant. There are more of us than them, and more than that, there are more of us than they can imagine.

You can certainly be assured that they will not win. That’s not at issue. Their entire goal is to lose. If you ever doubted, you’ve had the better part of a year of their stupidity to reflect on. You can quit wondering. They will lose. They want to lose. The only question is who they lose to. They want to lose to China, but I think losing to the radical Islamic world is their consolation prize.
Let’s spoil their day. Let’s make them lose to America.

*Now read it again, while listening to this, for mood music: We ARE Odds, we ARE not gas-lit, we are the barbarians. And yes, to these pampered jades (not of Asia though paid by it) being rendered irrelevant and ridiculous is worse than being physically killed, so let’s shoot for that. And if you think the “metaphorical” battle needs less courage? You have no idea. Let’s go. Yeah, this might all tip in the kaki earlier than not, but until then, let’s fight by other means. Put your helmet on, and the wings too if you wish. (Hey, we’re odds and they’re cool. Our fabulous detachment will appreciate them.) Let’s go.

Featured

The only thing we have to fear is…GOVERNMENT ITSELF

truth, then why are governments working with Google, Facebook, and Twitter to censor scientific debates? Is truth so fragile that it will not survive false attacks?

“I wish it need not have happened in my time,” said Frodo. “So do I,” said Gandalf, “and so do all who live to see such times. But that is not for them to decide. All we have to decide is what to do with the time that is given us.”

I am of the opinion that we are all a part of one of the great epochal shifts in human history and that what we fight to secure today will reverberate through society for generations. We did not ask for this moment — most of us, in fact, have hoped that by quietly enduring the hardships that come our way, our toleration of what is intolerable would somehow be rewarded with comfort and peace. As with all turning points in human history, however, the desire to ignore obvious trespasses in order to forestall conflict has had the effect of encouraging further harm until conflict is all but certain. Like a garden hose tied into a knot, societal pressure has been steadily building, and everybody senses that it could pop at any time.

As with all revolutionary moments, at the root of this conflict is an idea. In one word, that idea is freedom. Now, governments have been manipulating this word for as long as humans have been demanding it. Lenin seized power in Russia while claiming to “free” the proletariat masses. In FDR’s famous Four Freedoms State of the Union address in 1941, the president defended freedom of speech and freedom of religion but also insisted that it is government’s responsibility to ensure “freedom from want” and “freedom from fear.” In the days since the United States Supreme Court refrained from interfering with the State of Texas’s decision to limit abortion after the detection of a baby’s heartbeat, pro-abortion Americans have insisted that a woman’s “freedom” to terminate her pregnancy up to the moment of childbirth supersedes the baby’s freedom to live. So when I say this revolutionary moment is at its heart a conflict over “freedom,” I must be clear that it is an ideological battle pitting human life and free will against the commands of collectivist authorities — namely, that individual liberty is a moral imperative being threatened by an increasingly all-powerful globalized government run by a small handful of decision-makers in the name of the “greater good.”

Every interaction between government and citizen today tests how far individual liberty may be diminished before the public pushes back. Should authorities have had the power to close businesses and prohibit public gatherings in the name of health? What if the risk to the public’s health is less than one percent? What if the risk is merely one-hundredth of one percent? If government can interfere with liberty whenever there is any degree of risk, can there be any degree of liberty?

If government can make you afraid of something — imaginary or not — may it then control your life completely in order to guarantee FDR’s “freedom from fear”? Does depending on government to ensure “freedom from fear” not incentivize government to invent new fears that only additional government powers can vanquish? Does this not subsidize fear with taxpayer dollars and guarantee that government will always strive to make citizens afraid? Can it really be true that individual liberty should be “allowed” to exist only when there is nothing that can hurt us? Isn’t that what a master might tell his slaves?

If truth exists independently from governmental decree, and science is a process in search of truth, then why are governments working with Google, Facebook, and Twitter to censor scientific debates? Is truth so fragile that it will not survive false attacks? Is science so dependent on “official edicts” that it must be regulated and practiced only by a small priestly caste? If scientific consensus depends on government creating a monopoly over information, does this mean that truth is whatever government deems it to be? Since government is incentivized to invest in fear, is it likely that government will ever declare a truth that isn’t also scary?

If government power grows by monopolizing information and weaponizing fear, then isn’t the greatest threat to government an independent citizen unafraid of thinking for himself? Is it not true, then, that every single person is capable of destroying the illusion of total government control? Is it not true that leaders can rise from anywhere — whether at local school board meetings, in football stadiums, or even from spontaneous testimonials during Red Lobster dinners? Is it difficult to imagine “freedom speakeasies” popping up wherever freedom is outlawed? Is it not true that there are more citizens than jail cells and that when enough people choose to disobey unjust laws, government must choose either to change the laws or lose its powers? Is it not true that every fight for freedom throughout history has started with a spark that catches fire? Is it not also true that sometimes the worst brushfires spread, and things get unbearably hot for a while, but then great growth rebounds after that?

I am of the firm opinion that not only does the course of history refuse to follow some linear arrangement dictated by those in positions of power, but that it also often ricochets against the most concerted efforts of those attempting to direct its currents. During these moments of self-inflicted backfire, history is up for grabs, great leaders rise, and even greater ideas emerge. For Americans, the propositions that set our ancestors free beckon once again.

As President Coolidge observed in his timeless 1926 speech celebrating the 150th anniversary of America, some truths are set in stone: “If all men are created equal, that is final. If they are endowed with inalienable rights, that is final. If governments derive their just powers from the consent of the governed, that is final. No advance, no progress can be made beyond these propositions. If anyone wishes to deny their truth or their soundness, the only direction in which he can proceed historically is not forward, but backward toward the time when there was no equality, no rights of the individual, no rule of the people.”

We didn’t ask for this moment, but should we have the strength of character to see it for what it is, then we have the power to determine what happens next. All we have to decide is that freedom is worth defending with the time that is given to us.

Featured

Fellowship and humanity

Our liberty is inherent.
Our freedom is inherent.

The removal of both requires consent.

I will not divide my humanity, nor concede my core view of fellowship, simply to comply with the demand of another that I consider my brother or sister of greater or less equity than myself. Any business that chooses that path will not benefit from my economic participation. I choose freedom!

Not only are various governmental agencies forcing the separation of people from their community networks, we are also seeing faith-based organizations, churches, buying into the fear. Even in areas where churches are not forcibly shut down, many are seeing a structural shift where some faith leaders are willingly ostracizing their community under the guise of various COVID alarms. This is not good…. not good at all.

Fellowship is the essential ingredient to a purposeful life. How and why we interact with each other is how and why we recharge our core humanity. To see faith leaders willing to separate from the function of fellowship is alarming. However, as individuals we must not allow this foreboding sense to become the normal expectation.

Throughout history, large armies have been defeated through the process of division. It is not a leap to see the same strategic objectives being deployed against social assemblies including congregations. It is puzzling how many in leadership cannot see the danger in social and spiritual distance when the bond of fellowship is needed more than ever.

Each of us has a different connection to our community. Each of us has a different level of internal strength… such is the nature of living. However, the distance between people is manifestly not a good outcome when combined with the lack of food for the soul.

Ultimately, it is the currency of human connection that is the true value in our lives.

We have each felt how our positive influence upon the lives of others nourishes our own sense of purpose and fulfillment. Do not lose that. Do not think you can compensate for that through other arbitrary measures; you cannot.

With local, state and federal leaders moving beyond the workplace distance; and beyond the community distance; and beyond the church distance; and now entering your home to tell you the importance of separating yourself from your family, we must evaluate these arbitrary decrees very deliberately.

Evaluate very closely what we are willing to give up. Perhaps we are in this position today because we didn’t sit still enough and contemplate the real priorities in our lives.

Our liberty is inherent.

Our freedom is inherent.

The removal of both requires consent.

I choose not to disconnect.

I choose purpose.

I choose my own humanity.

Featured

Shared from a friend

In wartime we naturally expect civil liberties to be suspended. Likewise, the reasoning goes, during a pandemic we need to act in a unified way under some central command to fight this viral existential threat. Individual rights and freedoms must be curtailed for the sake of the greater good. 

But that’s a false analogy. A pandemic is not a war. It’s a natural disaster. (Granted, SARS-CoV-2 may not be so “natural,” but still, the virus is not an “enemy” waging a war on us.) 

Michel Accad, MD
09/15/2021


The main reason we are seemingly so accepting of lockdowns and vaccine mandates is that we have been conditioned to view a pandemic or an epidemic as a war being waged on our society. 

In wartime we naturally expect civil liberties to be suspended. Likewise, the reasoning goes, during a pandemic we need to act in a unified way under some central command to fight this viral existential threat. Individual rights and freedoms must be curtailed for the sake of the greater good. 

But that’s a false analogy. A pandemic is not a war. It’s a natural disaster. (Granted, SARS-CoV-2 may not be so “natural,” but still, the virus is not an “enemy” waging a war on us.) 

A natural disaster doesn’t intend to subjugate cities and countryside, take natural resources and wealth, rape women, or enslave men. The virus doesn’t intend any of this. It has no intentions whatsoever. Heck, it is not even alive.

The only similarity between a war and a pandemic, then, is that oftentimes many lives are lost in both cases. I say “oftentimes” because it is actually not the case that lives are always lost during war, even if the war itself is lost. The enemy may be so powerful as to take over the country without a shot being fired. In fact, war rarely aims to kill citizens for the sake of killing. Deaths are usually the consequence of one state trying to control another. Once control is achieved, the killing usually stops. 

But not so with the virus. So far as we know, it just kills individuals mindlessly. It has neither the intention nor the capability of taking over the country or subjugating the people. Therefore, it is not a threat to the common good, only to many individual goods.

And that’s a major difference. It’s for the sake of the common good that, in wartime, we accept the sacrifice of the individual good. And, particularly if it’s a “just war,” the sacrifice is actually embraced by the individual. The hero may regret leaving behind wife and children but he is propelled to move to the front by the greater attraction of safeguarding the greater good.

Granted, human nature being what it is, wars are rarely just and individuals are rarely heroes, so the sacrifice often involves forced conscription. But still, we can have a sense of how things are supposed to be in time of a “good” war when all citizens are “good” and ready to enlist.

But a pandemic is clearly not like war. It does not bring forth the same motivations of heroic self-sacrifice and reactions of solidarity that a just war brings. If a heroic action takes place during a pandemic (and clearly such action does take place from the ranks of frontline workers) it is a self-sacrifice aimed at saving the lives of particular individuals and is therefore indistinguishable from peacetime heroic action, as when a person jumps into a torrent to save a drowning baby. It is motivated by the love of neighbor, not love of country (i.e., common good love), precisely because it is not the country nor its common good that is under threat.

This is particularly true of this covid pandemic which attacks individuals with such discrimination, generally sparing the young and healthy while slamming the old or those with metabolic or immune vulnerabilities. But discriminate destruction is, in fact, typical of natural disasters: It is the Gulf Coast, Florida, and the Eastern Seaboard that are the target of the hurricane while the earthquake shakes California; Vesuvius was fatal for Pompeii, but hardly for the rest of Campania or for Naples; the flood affects those living on the plain, not the mountain dwellers; etc. It is not the common good that is undermined by the disaster, but only many individual material properties and many individual lives. War, on the other hand, aims at controlling the whole land.

That’s why lockdowns and vaccine mandates are so wrong. They are a kind of collective action that would be justified in wartime but is applied in actual peacetime. 

And it’s easy to see the difference in effect: when the state mobilizes factories to build weapons to defend from the invasion, the good that results benefits everyone, since the threat itself is collective. But when the state shuts down restaurants and churches allegedly to save hospitals, while the Zoomocracy thrives, it has pitted one part of the nation against another, thus manufacturing winners and losers from within its own people.

And likewise with these horrendous vaccine mandates that overtly do violence to the unvaccinated who are plainly innocent of any wrongdoing. By coercing vaccination on one group to “protect” another group from the virus, state mandates treat some people as human shields for the benefit of others. Yet all are within the same commonwealth!

Our preconditioned way of thinking about pandemics in martial terms may unfortunately turn into reality. The virus may eventually recede but many common goods may not survive the response to the pandemic.

After it was announced that the administration would decree a nationwide vaccine mandate that could affect 100 million people, the Babylon Bee immediately put up a headline “Joe Biden Announces Civil War.” 

It wasn’t fake news. Unfortunately it was not satire either.
Featured

Jabberwocky

There are people in the world who put no value on human life, even their own. They would say or do anything to do harm to someone else and not think twice about it. Some cultures hate other cultures simply for being a different culture. They live to kill people they do not see eye to eye with. Heck, many live to kill other humans simply to kill them.

I talked with some of my Democrat/progressive friends the other day. They believe Joe Biden is on the right path for the country. They get most of their ‘news’ from Alexa/MSM, so no surprise there.

Also interesting. They do not have a concept of things outside of the United States and how other cultures live. Living with blinders on so to speak. Our conversation got around to immigration and the Afganies being brought over. We also chatted about our open southern border and letting anyone in who just happened to show up. They agree both these are good things. I disagreed.

Living in a Christian country, where we believe in a live and let live, everyone is free to do as they please society, it is hard for them to view anything else. They cannot fathom that other ‘cultures’ and philosophies put a different value on “life, Liberty and the pursuit of happiness”. It seems they cannot imagine anyone thinking any differently. They live in a land of make believe. 

Early in the President Trump term, we heard a lot about “MS13”. I had heard of them, but never really gave it much thought. So I did some reading around. I read police reports, saw extremely graphic pictures and even a video one of them had taken while preforming ‘machete work’ on a live victim. Do not go looking for them if you are faint of heart.

There are people in the world who put no value on human life, even their own. They would say or do anything to do harm to someone else and not think twice about it. Some cultures hate other cultures simply for being a different culture. They live to kill people they do not see eye to eye with. Heck, many live to kill other humans simply to kill them.

This needs to be understood when they are spreading around “Immigrants”. If you are awake and look for the truth, the Somalies in Europe think nothing of raping and killing the local inhabitants of the country that took them in. Many of a certain faith will kill “infidels” simply for being infidels. They will kill you just because you do not think like they do or you look different. Yeah, they are not “Woke” like we in the United States are.

“Mass immigration” exacerbates the situation. Especially a mono-culture Mass immigration then putting them all in one area. They do not assimilate into their new culture, they continue as they had before. Taking in immigrants and assimilating them into their new culture is what is needed if they are to thrive in a new socity. Even then, the worst of the lot will not.

President Putin understands this. I believe he has been fighting the Globalists all alone until President Trump came along. He knows what the mass immigration means to his country, and it is not a good thing. Here is a short blurb about the Afghan’s the USA is taking in thousands of unvetted, and President Putin’s view of it. He is not taking any in. Remember, he was the only country to offer asylum to the white South African farmers and he has not taken in any of the others whom mass migrated into the rest of Europe.

Vladimir Putin says he’s not allowing Afghan refugees into Russia

Russian President Vladimir Putin said Sunday his country won’t accept Afghan refugees because he doesn’t want to deal with “militants” masquerading as asylum-seekers.

The Russian strongman slammed Western nations for placing Afghan refugees in countries even near his border while their US and European visas are being processed.

“Does that mean that they can be sent without visas to those countries, to our neighbors, while they themselves don’t want to take them without visas?” Putin raged to the Russian TASS news agency. “Why is there such a humiliating approach to solving the problem?’

He said he will not accept “militants showing up here under cover of refugees.”

The US has negotiated with various countries to at least temporarily accept Afghans who are fleeing their country

Russian officials have not joined in the effort to evacuate thousands of desperate Afghans at Kabul airport seeking to flee the country.

Rather, the Kremlin has praised the Taliban for “restoring order” to Afghanistan.

“We are seeing the statements the Taliban made about ceasing combat actions, an amnesty for all of those involved in the confrontation, about a need for a nationwide dialogue,” Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov said. “They are being implemented.”

Since nothing in today’s world is as it seems, has the “Clown Invitational Association” set the Taliban up as a buffer between the Communist Chinese and the Middle Eastern oil fields?

Featured

Pfizer working on twice a day Covid treatment pill you’ll have to take with the vax and boosters

In Singapore, a 16-year-old boy was ruled to be eligible for a $225,000 settlement this week after suffering a myocarditis cardiac arrest event that doctors ruled was likely in response to receiving his first dose of the Pfizer BionTech vaccine.

@AlbertBourlaChairman and CEO of @Pfizer”Success against #COVID19 will likely require both vaccines & treatments. We’re pleased to share we’ve started a Phase 2/3 study of our oral antiviral candidate—specifically designed to combat SARS-CoV-2—in non-hospitalized, low-risk adults…” https://on.pfizer.com/38xBiAF

PRESS RELEASE: First Participant Dosed in Phase 2/3 Study of Oral Antiviral Candidate in Non-Hospitalized Adults with COVID-19 Who Are at Low Risk ofSevere Illness .

New York, N.Y., September 1, 2021 – Pfizer Inc. (NYSE:PFE) today shared that the first participant has been dosed in a pivotal Phase 2/3 clinical trial to evaluate the safety and efficacy of PF-07321332 – an investigational orally administered protease inhibitor antiviral therapy designed specifically to combat COVID-19 – in non-hospitalized, symptomatic adult participants who have a confirmed diagnosis of SARS CoV-2 infection and are not at increased risk of progressing to severe illness, which may lead to hospitalization or death.
Protease inhibitors, like PF-07321332, are designed to block the activity of the main protease enzyme that the coronavirus needs to replicate. Co-administration with a low dose of ritonavir is expected to help slow the metabolism, or breakdown, of PF-07321332 in order for it to remain in the body for longer periods of time at higher concentrations, thereby working continuously to help combat the virus. Ritonavir has previously been used in combination with other antivirals to similarly inhibit metabolism.

This study is part of a global clinical development program, consisting of multiple ongoing and planned clinical trials to evaluate this early-intervention, outpatient therapeutic candidate for potential use in a broad population of patients.
The first registrational trial in this program, a pivotal Phase 2/3 study of PF07321332/ritonavir in non-hospitalized, symptomatic adult participants who have been diagnosed with SARS-CoV-2 infection and are at increased risk of progressing to severe illness, began enrollment in July 2021.

If successful, PF-07321332/ritonavir has the potential to address a significant unmet medical need, providing patients with a novel oral therapy that could be prescribed at the first sign of infection, without requiring hospitalization.


Pfizer is so confident the pill will be approved and likely mandated that it has started production before the end of clinical trials.

Other companies are also hard at work on COVID pills to be taken indefinitely while governments and media corporations focus on COVID.

In Singapore, a 16-year-old boy was ruled to be eligible for a $225,000 settlement this week after suffering a myocarditis cardiac arrest event that doctors ruled was likely in response to receiving his first dose of the Pfizer BionTech vaccine.


Trust the “science”.

Featured

History Repeats

“Those who refuse to be vaccinated should be interred in re-education camps.”

Juden

History repeats itself (Vaccination edition)

1. PrejudiceThe Nazi government actually fostered and promoted prejudice. According to the dictionary definition, prejudice is comprised of “unreasonable feelings, opinions, or attitudes, especially of a hostile nature, regarding an ethnic, racial, social or religious group.”“Those who refuse the injection are trying to kill Grandma and the Children.”

2. ScapegoatingThe Nazis scapegoated the Jews, blaming them for every societal problem in German society. They published an enormous quantity of propaganda that blamed the Jews for the wrongdoings, mistakes, or faults that plagued “civilization;” and declared Jews and others untermenschen, or sub-human.“It’s the fault of the unvaccinated that we still have the pandemic.”

3. DiscriminationIn the case of the Jews, the Nazi’s prejudice against them made them easy to scapegoat. This naturally led to discriminatory laws by the government, and caused violent acts against them that individuals could perpetrate with impunity.Jews were required to wear a yellow Star of David sewn onto their outerwear like a badge of shame so others could see and avoid them. Or they could, if so moved, hurl epithets towards them and even physically assault them with the awareness they could do so without consequence.“You cannot attend the concert, fly, make a living unless you can prove vaccination.”

4. PersecutionPersecution of minorities isn’t new. The persecution of the Christians by the Romans is one example, and another glaring case in point is the current situation of the Baha’is in Iran. But the system created and utilized by the Nazis against the Jews was likely the most organized and efficient one in history.Jews were forced from their homes, their valuables confiscated, crowded into ghettoes, homes, businesses and temples lost during Kristallnacht, a two-day pogrom (November 9 and 10, 1938) commonly called the “Night of Broken Glass.“Those who refuse to be vaccinated should be interred in re-education camps.”

Awake yet?

Featured

Coming to a gulag near you…

Once you are labeled a terrorist, they can do what they want with you.

DOJ, FBI and the Military have all been stating that the greatest threat to the U.S. is “White Supremacy” while simultaneously trying to define and declare “White Supremacy” as “domestic terror”.


If they succeed in doing so, anyone with an opposing viewpoint will immediately get labeled racist to silence them, lest they be further accused of being a domestic terrorist.
Make no mistake, conservatives, Trump supporters, and especially white males are a target for retribution by the left.


Leftist politicians, propagandists of the media and other talking heads have openly proposed , reeducation camps, penalties, black lists, and various other punishments for Trump supporters/conservatives.


Once you are labeled a terrorist, they can do what they want with you.


Anti-vaxxers, anti-maskers, election audit states, Mike Lindell symposium attendees, people opposed to CRT, people who stand up against commie school boards, people who talk about all the above on social media, Trump supporters/voters.


All they need to do is stage a false flag event and blame it on any one of the above groups.
It’s coming…

Featured

Informed consent

The Moderna COVID-19 Vaccine is an unapproved vaccine that may prevent COVID-19. There is no FDA-approved vaccine to prevent COVID-19.

Fact Sheet For Recipients And Caregivers
Emergency Use Authorization (EUA) Of The Moderna COVID-19 Vaccine to Prevent Coronavirus Disease 2019
(COVID-19) In Individuals 18 Years of Age and Older

You are being offered the Moderna COVID-19 Vaccine to prevent Coronavirus Disease 2019 (Covid-19) caused by SARS-COV-2. This Factsheet contains information to help you understand the risks and benefits of the Moderna COVID-19 Vaccine, which you may receive because there is currently a pandemic of COVID-19.

The Moderna COVID-19 Vaccine is a vaccine and may prevent you from getting Covid-19.
There is no U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved vaccine to prevent COVID-19.
Read this fact sheet for information about Moderna COVID-19 Vacine. Talk to the vaccination provider if you have questions. It is your choice to receive the Moderna COVID-19 Vaccine.

The Moderna COVID-19 Vaccine is administered as a 2-dose series, 1 month apart, into the muscle.

The Moderna COVID-19 Vaccine may not protect everyone.

This fact sheet may have been updated for the most recent factsheet, please visit www.modernatx.com/covid19vaccine-eua .

What you need to know before you get this vaccine

What is COVID-19?
COVID-19 is caused by a coronavirus called SARS-COV-2. This type of Coronavirus has not been seen before. You can get COVID-19 through contact with another person who has the virus. It is predominantly a respiratory illness that can affect other organs. People with COVID-19 have had a wide range of symptoms reported, ranging from mild symptoms to severe illness.
Symptoms may appear 2 to 14 days after exposure to the virus. Symptoms may include; fever or chills; cough; shortness of breath; fatigue; muscle or body aches; headache; new loss of taste or smell; sore throat; congestion or runny nose; nausea or vomiting; diarrhea.

What is The Moderna COVID-19 Vaccine
The Moderna COVID-19 Vaccine is an unapproved vaccine that may prevent COVID-19. There is no FDA-approved vaccine to prevent COVID-19.

The FDA has authorized the emergency use of Moderna COVID-19 Vaccine to prevent COVID-19 in individuals 18 years of age and older under an Emergency Use Authorization (EUA).

For more information on EUA, see the “What is an Emergency Use Authorization (EUA)?” section at the end of this factsheet.

What Should You Mention to Your Vaccination Provider Before You Get The MODERNA COVID-19 VACCINE?
Tell your vaccination provider about all of your medical conditions, including if you:
Have any Allergies
Have a Fever
Have a Bleeding Disorder or are on Blood Thinner
are immunocompromised or on medicine that affects your immune system
are pregnant or plan to become pregnant
are breastfeeding
have received anothe COVID Vaccine

Who Should Get the Moderna COVID-19 Vaccine?
FDA has authorized the emergency use of Moderna COVID-19 Vaccine in individuals 18 years of age and older.

Who Should Not Get The Moderna COVID-19 Vaccine?
You should not get the Moderna COVID-19 Vaccine if you:
Had a severe allergic reaction after a previous dose of this vaccine
Had a severe allergic reaction to any of the ingredients of this vaccine

What Are The Ingredients In The Moderna COVID-19 Vaccine?
The Moderna COVID-19 Vacine contains the following ingredients: Messenger ribonucleic acid (mRNA), Lipids (SM-102, polyethylene glycol [PEG] 2000 dimyristoyl glycerol [DMG] cholesterol, and 1.2-distearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine [DSPC], tromethamine, tromethamine hydrochloride, acetic acid, sodium acetate, and sucrose.

How is the Moderna COVID-19 Vaccine Given?
The Moderna COVID-19 Vaccine will be given to you as an injection into the muscle.

The Moderna COVID-19 Vaccine vaccination series is 2 doses given 1 month apart.

If you receive one dose of the Moderna COVID-19 Vaccine, you should receive the second dose of the same vaccine 1 month later to complete the vaccination series.

Has The Moderna COVID-19 Vaccine Been Used Before?
The Moderna COVID-19 Vaccine is an unapproved vaccine. In clinical trials, approximately 15,400 individuals 18 years of age and older have received at least 1 dose of the Moderna COVID-19 Vaccine.

What are the Benefits of the Moderna COVID-19 Vaccine?
In an ongoing clinical trial, the Moderna COVID-19 Vaccine has been shown to prevent COVID-19 following 2 doses given 1 month apart. The duration of protection against COVID-19 is currently unknown.

What are the Risks of the Moderna COVID-19 Vaccine?
Side effects that have been reported with Moderna COVID-19 Vaccine include:
Injection site reaction: pain, tenderness and swelling of the lymph nodes in the same arm of the injection, swelling (hardness), and redness.
General side effects: fatigue, headache, muscle pain, joint pain, chills, nausea and vomiting, and fever.

There is a remote chance that the Moderna COVID-19 Vaccine could cause a severe allergic reaction. A severe allergic reaction would usually occur within a few minutes to one hour after getting a dose of the Moderna COVID-19 Vaccine. For this reason, your vaccination provider may ask you to stay at the place where you received your vaccine for monitoring after vaccination. Signs of severe allergic reaction can include:
Difficulty breathing
Swelling of your face and throat
a fast heart beat
a bad rash all over your body
dizziness and weakness

These may not be all the possible side effects of the Moderna COVID-19 Vaccine. Serious and unexpected side effects may occur. The Moderna COVID-19 Vaccine is still being studied in clinical trials.

What Should I Do About Side Effects?
If you experience a severe allergic reaction, call 9-1-1, or go to the nearest hospital.
Call the vaccination provider or your health care provider if you have any side effects that bother you or do not go away.

Report vacine side effects to FDA/CDC Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS). The VAERS toll-free number is 1-800-822-7967 or report online to VAERS – Report an Adverse Event. Please include “Moderna COVID-19 Vaccine EUA” in the first line of box #18 of the report form.

In addition, you can report side effects to ModernaTX, Inc. at 1-866-MODERNA (1-86-663-3762).

You may also be given an option to enroll in v-safeV-safe is a new voluntary smartphone-based tool that uses text messaging and web surveys to check in with the people who have been vaccinated to identify potential side effects after COVID-19 vaccination. V-safe asks questions that help CDC monitor the safety of COVID-19 vaccines. V-safe also provides second-dose reminders if needed and live telephone follow-up by CDC is participants report significant health impact following COVID-19 vaccination. For more information on how to sign up, visit: www.cdc.gov/vsafe.

Featured

Sometimes, the TRUTH is very ugly

A letter to the American Infidels


The first time I saw you was in the Khyber pass. You came with your technology, elite fighters fueled by revenge, and the hubris to believe you could disprove history.


This was a war that you didn’t have the stomach to fight. But I’m glad you tried.


We bled you the same way we bled the Soviets in our Holy Land. We bled you the same way the Vietnamese bled you in their home land. We did it patiently and deliberately.
Patience. Something Westerners never learn.


Our history is millennial. We don’t yearn for an early victory when the Infidel ravages our Holy Land. Our victory is celebrated decades from now. We’ve endured, then ravaged every standing military that crossed our borders. Why? How? We’re patient. In 30 days, we’ll be stronger, richer, and have control over precious natural resources that you need for your pathetic life dictated by comfort. We will have women, riches, land, guns, and ownership of one of the greatest chapters in military history. You lose.


If you want to try again, we welcome the challenge. You will fail regardless of how much money you burn in our deserts. For pity, here is free advice that may contribute to your future success; should you ever decide to invade again.


You recruit your warriors and supporters from a drug addicted, distracted, disillusioned population that’s obsessed with comfort and entertainment. A population obsessed with altering their mundane reality. Alcohol, marijuana, pills, and our new favorite — Tide Pods.


Every time your doctors prescribe opiate painkillers, you line our coffers with gold. Your population’s thirst for our pristine heroin has never been more lucrative for our warrior tribes. We will keep feeding you poison for as long as you keep your hands out. If your population wasn’t so spineless, undisciplined, and self-loathing, then you might be able to compile a raiding party with enough tenacity to outthink ours.

Our fighters are born into war. Raised in it. It’s a way of life that evades your “first world” nations. They live a life of such immense misery and pain that they’re willing to fight barefoot in the snow for the opportunity to martyr themselves. They yearn for the opportunity to die. When they do have the blessed opportunity to sacrifice themselves, they sit above Mohammed at the right hand of God. Blessed in Allah for eternity


What honors do your fighters receive? Their empty sacrifice is remembered in the form of a “three day weekend.” The majority of your population uses this sacred time to get drunk and grow more fat as a way to celebrate their fallen warriors. Sadly, we pay tribute to their death more honorably.
The colored pieces of cloth you pin on their chests are similar to the jewelry worn by our women. What good are accolades and vanity if you don’t have the stomach to endure a fight?


We don’t offer the burden of healthcare to our fighters as they often want to die for Allah. Your fighters fight to live. Their inability to reconcile the inevitable outcome of our patience leads them to kill themselves. Your medications, counselors and non-profits will never undo the pain and suffering you’ve forced them to endure. It will never remove the pain we’ve caused your broken nation. You are your own worst enemy.

We will give your fighters credit. Some are creative, tenacious, and fierce. They outgun us in every way possible. But again, we simply wait them out. Allah is patient. You cycle them through our Holy Lands every 3 to 12 months for their combat rotations. After their tour is complete, they return to the comfort of their warm beds and endless entertainment. If you left them here, in our Holy Land, with no way out but to win, then you might of have had a chance of success. The longer you poisoned our Holy Land with your presence, your “rules of engagement” only strengthened our position. There is only one rule in war – that is to win.

Your commanders made you fight with your hands tied behind your back. Your rules also confused our fighters too. “We’re clearly the enemy; why are they letting us go?” Thank you for your compassion as it allowed our fighters to kill more Infidels. We began to feel as if your commanders were on our side. We’re thankful your most vicious dogs were never allowed off their leash.

Your showcase Generals make us laugh. You spend millions of dollars flying them around our country, inventing new ways to win while ignoring the guidance of our most capable foes. Your Generals make decisions to minimize risk to their fragile reputation with the ultimate goal of securing a lucrative retirement–jobs with suppliers that fuel your losing force. A self-serving circle that’s built on the backs of your youngest and most naive fighters.


Your retired Generals “earn” tens of thousands of dollars talking to your political, industrial, and financial leaders about “teams, winning, and discipline.” It’s a mockery of the war they refused to fight. It’s a mockery of the Infidel warriors who died in our lands. We urge you to continue following their vacuous personalities so we can further watch your once great nation collapse.

Your statesman and elected officials are spineless, narcissistic, and more cowardly than your Generals. They crave power over you above all else. They come to our country, hide behind blast walls, and only heed the word of the indigenous leader they put in power. I believe your soldiers call this a “self licking ice cream cone.” They’ve burned billions of dollars in a wasted effort to bring clean water, electricity, business, education, agriculture, and exports to a region that didn’t ask for it. You should have saved yourself the effort and simply given the money directly to us.

Don’t worry; your diplomatic friends gave us plenty of your American tax dollars. If you want to give it another shot with your “soft power,” send those with real experience, not fancy degrees and silver tongues.

Over the next few months, we will make the world understand that you failed worse than any fighting force that’s ever invaded our lands. Today we celebrate victory. As you evacuate your embassy, our fighters will be standing in the shade. Our RPG marksmen will be patient. We thank you for the parting gifts. You’ll find surface-to-air missiles staged in the back of Toyota pickup trucks that you purchased for us.

We saw what Extortion 17 did to your nation and the morale of your fighting force. Do your citizens even remember that victory? We’ll be repeating and improving upon our victory while your citizens and sympathizers evacuate in disgrace. Every one of your foes around the world will know exactly how to break you. You are welcome to fly your empty drones, target our cell phones, and send your spies. But they, too, will ultimately fail. We’ll use their failures to show the world that you’re not all-powerful. You’re a false front–an empty shell. You lie, cheat, steal, and are easily defeated because you lack the spine to fight.

This is your history now. We’re grateful Allah gave us the opportunity to show the world how to defeat the Infidels.

We look forward to seeing you again across the battlefield.
Praise be to God,The Taliban

Featured

America, occupied Part 2 “The Big Lie”

The real “big lie” is that the regime is a legitimate “democracy.”

The real “big lie” is that the regime is a legitimate “democracy.” As the saying goes, the lady doth protest too much. Just like January 6, the regime cannot talk about the 2020 election without hyperbole. It was not only legitimate, they tell us, but the very most legitimate, most fair, most robust, most democratic election ever. It is “not hyperbole,” Biden says, to call it “the fullest expression of the will of the people in the history of this nation.” We can never go back, then, to the way we voted before the coronavirus. That would be “Jim Crow on steroids.” And why should we? Only insurrectionists worry about voter fraud.

With its obnoxious “big lie” rhetoric, the regime is scapegoating the people for their legitimate grievances. If they can be forced to pretend that the 2020 election was fair and that Biden is not a crooked gerontocrat installed in a ruthless power grab, then they will have acquiesced to the rule of the oligarchy and may never expect legitimate elections ever again.

The 2020 election was a sham, a Third World farce. It is not necessary to consider ballot shenanigans to acknowledge this. The sheer volume of lies the regime told to take down Donald Trump, the extent of the dirty cover-ups to protect Biden, were unlike anything in American history. The media behaved, as they do now, like Pravda.

For these same people to now shriek about “the big lie” can be nothing other than a boast, a flex of power meant to demoralize.

After all, didn’t these very same people spend years frothing about the “pee tape” at ear-shattering volume to discredit Trump? Yes, they did that. They know that we know that they did that, and they don’t care. They’re saying, “we can do whatever we want, tell whatever lies we want, tamper how we please with your elections, but you’re never allowed to push back. If you should dare, we’ll make certain to destroy you—in the name of democracy.”

Featured

America occupied, Part 1

The American people are no longer sovereign. We have no control of our borders, and if the regime gets its way we will soon have no control of our elections. Our country has been stolen from us.

Every American institution of influence has been taken over by radical ideologues who believe they have an unconditional right to rule.


Public schools are the regime’s reeducation camps, where the next generations are brainwashed into hating America and advocating that it must be replaced by the regime.

Unelected bureaucrats in our military and intelligence agencies are loyal to the regime, on whose behalf they police dissent. Our military leaders are self-righteous maniacs who believe they are in no way under the control of the civilian population, but rather have a sacred mission to keep “democracy” safe and secure from “Nazis” in flyover country. They made this very clear by turning our nation’s capital into a fortress after the “insurrection.” The message: this is not your country anymore, rubes.


Like similar regimes from the past, ours uses absurd, malicious propaganda to justify its depredations. We are told that a riot that was over in hours, in which the only person killed was an unarmed female veteran who was there to protest and whose killer remains protected by the regime, was an “insurrection”—an existential threat to “democracy” worse than 9/11 and the Civil War combined.


As our elected officials carry on a sentimental parade about this “insurrection” behind a wall of protection, the nation’s borders are being overrun by foreigners invited here by the regime to transform the nation’s demographics and secure the regime’s hold on power.


The American people are no longer sovereign. We have no control of our borders, and if the regime gets its way we will soon have no control of our elections. Our country has been stolen from us.

That is an act of war, compared to which January 6 was less than nothing.

Featured

Cluster What?

Rest easy America. Everything is under control. CNN says eveything will be alright.

Other than a royal cluster f***, what did Biden leave behind in Afghanistan?


-The Taliban now has javelin missiles as well as the OS for Strykers and other military vehicles.
-An F-15 flight simulator was also left in Bagram, the Taliban has that now.
-surface to aim missiles
-killer drones
– information on computers and drives
-F-15 fighters
-Blackhawk helicopters
-Mraps
-automatic battle rifles
-stockpiles of ammunition
-US credibility as an ally

– Hundreds of Afghan soldiers fled to Uzbekistan taking 22 military planes and 24 helicopters with them

And hat’s off for our ace intelligence community who just a couple days ago said there was no immediate threat. Think of the human intelligence that will be compromised. Before they chop heads off, people will be tortured to reveal the names of CIA and other operatives.

I can not believe this was not the planned outcome.Biden just gave away some of our high-tech equipment to China and the rest of the hostile world.

Rest easy America. Everything is under control. CNN says everything will be alright. They reported from outside the Embassy in Kabul, saying that the Taliban were chanting “Death to America” but that they seem mostly friendly

Featured

The consent of the governed

#withdrawconsent

As the government grows more powerful, elected officials seem to forget that they are public servants of the people.


Soon, their political agenda surfaces as they begin to legislate their own interests, often times against the people’s wishes.


Elected officials derive their legitimacy to govern through the consent of the governed.


#withdrawconsent

Featured

Apocalypse Now?

When more of the people finally realize that they are the enemy of the state, their numbers are going to cause sedition, separation, division, and war.

In history, there have been multiple accounts of governments losing their way, enslaving the populace and eventually failing.

I believe we’re just about there.

The United States Government and many of the Governors of states have turned on the American People.We are now, for all intents and purposes, at the start of a civil war.


I hate saying this.
I hate the situation.
I hate the rhetoric!


But the government has turned its power on the people of the country for their own personal political desires.
Their legitimacy is gone. Their credibility is GONE! They do not hold sway to the level they want and a revolt is starting.


When more of the people finally realize that they are the enemy of the state, their numbers are going to cause sedition, separation, division, and war.

There is little doubt of this!

We are here!

Featured

For those not afraid to think for themselves…

Them: You can’t be part of society

Me: I’ve already checked out!
Who is John Galt?

Them: You won’t be able to attend a concert or football games if you don’t take the jab 

Me: I couldn’t care less

Them: You can’t go to a large shopping mall

Me: I’ll survive

Them: You can’t drink at the bar

Me: I’ll drink at home

Them: You can’t enter night clubs

Me: I don’t go out at night

Them: We’ll tell your employer

Me: I’m self employed

Them: You can’t be in the city

Me: I prefer living out in nature

Them: You can’t go to McDonald’s or Burger King

Me: It’s gross anyways

Them: You can’t eat at restaurants

Me: I’ll order takeaway or I will cook at home (preferred)

Them: You can’t shop at large grocery stores

Me: I can grow my own food and continue to buy from local farmers

Them: You can’t be part of society

Me: I already checked out

Them: Your kids can’t come to school

Me: I’ll homeschool

Them: You’ll be on your own

Me: I’m surrounded by my family and tribe and all the people reaching the same conclusion all over the world

Them: You can’t choose for yourself

Me: I just did

Them: What can we tempt you with?

Me: Nothing

***
“When they have nothing you want they have no power. And that’s when power comes to the people.”

Featured

Learning from History

What we, as a society, have learned from history is that we, as a society have learned NOTHING from history!

Does any of this sound familiar?

10 Steps to genocide


1. CLASSIFICATION: All cultures have categories to distinguish people into “us and them” by ethnicity, race, religion, or nationality: German and Jew, Hutu and Tutsi. Bipolar societies that lack mixed categories, such as Rwanda and Burundi, are the most likely to have genocide.


2. SYMBOLIZATION: We give names or other symbols to the classifications. We name people “Jews” or “Gypsies,” or distinguish them by colors or dress; and apply the symbols to members of groups. Classification and symbolization are universally human and do not necessarily result in genocide unless they lead to dehumanization. When combined with hatred, symbols may be forced upon unwilling members of pariah groups: the yellow star for Jews under Nazi rule, the blue scarf for people from the Eastern Zone in Khmer Rouge Cambodia.


3. DISCRIMINATION: A dominant group uses law, custom, and political power to deny the rights of other groups. The powerless group may not be accorded full civil rights, voting rights, or even citizenship. The dominant group is driven by an exclusionary ideology that would deprive less powerful groups of their rights. The ideology advocates monopolization or expansion of power by the dominant group. It legitimizes the victimization of weaker groups. Advocates of exclusionary ideologies are often charismatic, expressing resentments of their followers, attracting support from the masses. Examples include the Nuremberg Laws of 1935 in Nazi Germany, which stripped Jews of their German citizenship, and prohibited their employment by the government and by universities. Denial of citizenship to the Rohingya Muslim minority in Burma is a current example.


4. DEHUMANIZATION: One group denies the humanity of the other group. Members of it are equated with animals, vermin, insects or diseases. Dehumanization overcomes the normal human revulsion against murder. At this stage, hate propaganda in print and on hate radios is used to vilify the victim group. The majority group is taught to regard the other group as less than human, and even alien to their society. They are indoctrinated to believe that “We are better off without them.” The powerless group can become so depersonalized that they are actually given numbers rather than names, as Jews were in the death camps. They are equated with filth, impurity, and immorality. Hate speech fills the propaganda of official radio, newspapers, and speeches.


5. ORGANIZATION: Genocide is always organized, usually by the state, often using militias to provide deniability of state responsibility. (An example is the Sudanese government’s support and arming of the Janjaweed in Darfur.) Sometimes organization is informal (Hindu mobs led by local RSS militants during Indian partition) or decentralized (jihadist terrorist groups.) Special army units or militias are often trained and armed. Arms are purchased by states and militias, often in violation of UN Arms Embargos, to facilitate acts of genocide. States organize secret police to spy on, arrest, torture, and murder people suspected of opposition to political leaders. Special training is given to murderous militias and special army killing units.


6. POLARIZATION: Extremists drive the groups apart. Hate groups broadcast polarizing propaganda. Motivations for targeting a group are indoctrinated through mass media. Laws may forbid intermarriage or social interaction. Extremist terrorism targets moderates, intimidating and silencing the center. Moderates from the perpetrators’ own group are most able to stop genocide, so are the first to be arrested and killed. Leaders in targeted groups are the next to be arrested and murdered. The dominant group passes emergency laws or decrees that grants them total power over the targeted group. The laws erode fundamental civil rights and liberties. Targeted groups are disarmed to make them incapable of self-defense, and to ensure that the dominant group has total control.


7. PREPARATION: Plans are made for genocidal killings. National or perpetrator group leaders plan the “Final Solution” to the Jewish, Armenian, Tutsi or other targeted group “question.” They often use euphemisms to cloak their intentions, such as referring to their goals as “ethnic cleansing,” “purification,” or “counter-terrorism.” They build armies, buy weapons and train their troops and militias. They indoctrinate the populace with fear of the victim group. Leaders often claim that “if we don’t kill them, they will kill us,” disguising genocide as self-defense. Acts of genocide are disguised as counter-insurgency if there is an ongoing armed conflict or civil war. There is a sudden increase in inflammatory rhetoric and hate propaganda with the objective of creating fear of the other group. Political processes such as peace accords that threaten the total dominance of the genocidal group or upcoming elections that may cost them their grip on total power may actually trigger genocide.


8. PERSECUTION: Victims are identified and separated out because of their ethnic or religious identity. Death lists are drawn up. In state sponsored genocide, members of victim groups may be forced to wear identifying symbols. Their property is often expropriated. Sometimes they are even segregated into ghettoes, deported into concentration camps, or confined to a famine-struck region and starved. They are deliberately deprived of resources such as water or food in order to slowly destroy them. Programs are implemented to prevent procreation through forced sterilization or abortions. Children are forcibly taken from their parents. The victim group’s basic human rights become systematically abused through extrajudicial killings, torture and forced displacement. Genocidal massacres begin. They are acts of genocide because they intentionally destroy part of a group. The perpetrators watch for whether such massacres meet any international reaction. If not, they realize that that the international community will again be bystanders and permit another genocide.


9. EXTERMINATION begins, and quickly becomes the mass killing legally called “genocide.” It is “extermination” to the killers because they do not believe their victims to be fully human. When it is sponsored by the state, the armed forces often work with militias to do the killing. Sometimes the genocide results in revenge killings by groups against each other, creating the downward whirlpool-like cycle of bilateral genocide (as in Burundi). Acts of genocide demonstrate how dehumanized the victims have become. Already dead bodies are dismembered; rape is used as a tool of war to genetically alter and eradicate the other group. Destruction of cultural and religious property is employed to annihilate the group’s existence from history. The era of “total war” began in World War II. Firebombing did not differentiate civilians from non-combatants. The civil wars that broke out after the end of the Cold War have also not differentiated civilians and combatants. They result in widespread war crimes. Mass rapes of women and girls have become a characteristic of all modern genocides. All men of fighting age are murdered in some genocides. In total genocides all the members of the targeted group are exterminated.


10. DENIAL is the final stage that lasts throughout and always follows genocide. It is among the surest indicators of further genocidal massacres. The perpetrators of genocide dig up the mass graves, burn the bodies, try to cover up the evidence and intimidate the witnesses. They deny that they committed any crimes, and often blame what happened on the victims. They block investigations of the crimes, and continue to govern until driven from power by force, when they flee into exile. There they remain with impunity, like Pol Pot or Idi Amin, unless they are captured and a tribunal is established to try them.


What we, as a society, have learned from history is that we, as a society have learned NOTHING from history!

Featured

NAZI!

“Totalitarianism didn’t come quickly, it took 5 years from 1938 until 1943, to realize full dictatorship in Austria. Had it happened overnight, my countrymen would have fought to the last breath. Instead, we had creeping gradualism. Now, our only weapons were broom handles. The whole idea sounds almost unbelievable that the state, little by little eroded our freedom.”

It is easier to fool people than to convince them they have been fooled. We are living in dangerous times. This time I believe time is short.


An eyewitness account…


“I cannot tell you that Hitler took Austria by tanks and guns; it would distort history.
If you remember the plot of the Sound of Music, the Von Trapp family escaped over the Alps rather than submit to the Nazis.


Kitty wasn’t so lucky. Her family chose to stay in her native Austria. She was 10 years old, but bright and aware. And she was watching.“We elected him by a landslide – 98 percent of the vote,” she recalls.She wasn’t old enough to vote in 1938 – approaching her 11th birthday. But she remembers.


“Everyone thinks that Hitler just rolled in with his tanks and took Austria by force.”No so.Hitler is welcomed to Austria


“In 1938, Austria was in deep Depression. Nearly one-third of our workforce was unemployed. We had 25 percent inflation and 25 percent bank loan interest rates.
Farmers and business people were declaring bankruptcy daily. Young people were going from house to house begging for food. Not that they didn’t want to work; there simply weren’t any jobs.


“My mother was a Christian woman and believed in helping people in need. Every day we cooked a big kettle of soup and baked bread to feed those poor, hungry people – about 30 daily.’


“We looked to our neighbor on the north, Germany, where Hitler had been in power since 1933.” she recalls. “We had been told that they didn’t have unemployment or crime, and they had a high standard of living.


“Nothing was ever said about persecution of any group – Jewish or otherwise. We were led to believe that everyone in Germany was happy. We wanted the same way of life in Austria. We were promised that a vote for Hitler would mean the end of unemployment and help for the family. Hitler also said that businesses would be assisted, and farmers would get their farms back.


“Ninety-eight percent of the population voted to annex Austria to Germany and have Hitler for our ruler.“We were overjoyed,” remembers Kitty, “and for three days we danced in the streets and had candlelight parades.

The new government opened up big field kitchens and everyone was fed.
“After the election, German officials were appointed, and, like a miracle, we suddenly had law and order. Three or four weeks later, everyone was employed. The government made sure that a lot of work was created through the Public Work Service.


“Hitler decided we should have equal rights for women. Before this, it was a custom that married Austrian women did not work outside the home. An able-bodied husband would be looked down on if he couldn’t support his family. Many women in the teaching profession were elated that they could retain the jobs they previously had been required to give up for marriage.


“Then we lost religious education for kids“Our education was nationalized. I attended a very good public school.


The population was predominantly Catholic, so we had religion in our schools. The day we elected Hitler (March 13, 1938), I walked into my schoolroom to find the crucifix replaced by Hitler’s picture hanging next to a Nazi flag. Our teacher, a very devout woman, stood up and told the class we wouldn’t pray or have religion anymore. Instead, we sang ‘Deutschland, Deutschland, Uber Alles,’ and had physical education.


“Sunday became National Youth Day with compulsory attendance. Parents were not pleased about the sudden change in curriculum. They were told that if they did not send us, they would receive a stiff letter of warning the first time. The second time they would be fined the equivalent of $300, and the third time they would be subject to jail.”


And then things got worse.“The first two hours consisted of political indoctrination. The rest of the day we had sports. As time went along, we loved it. Oh, we had so much fun and got our sports equipment free.


“We would go home and gleefully tell our parents about the wonderful time we had.


“My mother was very unhappy,” remembers Kitty. “When the next term started, she took me out of public school and put me in a convent. I told her she couldn’t do that and she told me that someday when I grew up, I would be grateful. There was a very good curriculum, but hardly any fun – no sports, and no political indoctrination.


“I hated it at first but felt I could tolerate it. Every once in a while, on holidays, I went home. I would go back to my old friends and ask what was going on and what they were doing.“Their loose lifestyle was very alarming to me. They lived without religion. By that time, unwed mothers were glorified for having a baby for Hitler.


“It seemed strange to me that our society changed so suddenly. As time went along, I realized what a great deed my mother did so that I wasn’t exposed to that kind of humanistic philosophy.


“In 1939, the war started, and a food bank was established. All food was rationed and could only be purchased using food stamps. At the same time, a full-employment law was passed which meant if you didn’t work, you didn’t get a ration card, and, if you didn’t have a card, you starved to death.


“Women who stayed home to raise their families didn’t have any marketable skills and often had to take jobs more suited for men.“Soon after this, the draft was implemented.


“It was compulsory for young people, male and female, to give one year to the labor corps,” remembers Kitty. “During the day, the girls worked on the farms, and at night they returned to their barracks for military training just like the boys.


“They were trained to be anti-aircraft gunners and participated in the signal corps. After the labor corps, they were not discharged but were used in the front lines.


“When I go back to Austria to visit my family and friends, most of these women are emotional cripples because they just were not equipped to handle the horrors of combat.


“Three months before I turned 18, I was severely injured in an air raid attack. I nearly had a leg amputated, so I was spared having to go into the labor corps and into military service.


“When the mothers had to go out into the work force, the government immediately established child care centers.“You could take your children ages four weeks old to school age and leave them there around-the-clock, seven days a week, under the total care of the government.


“The state raised a whole generation of children. There were no motherly women to take care of the children, just people highly trained in child psychology. By this time, no one talked about equal rights. We knew we had been had.


“Before Hitler, we had very good medical care. Many American doctors trained at the University of Vienna..


“After Hitler, health care was socialized, free for everyone. Doctors were salaried by the government. The problem was, since it was free, the people were going to the doctors for everything.


“When the good doctor arrived at his office at 8 a.m., 40 people were already waiting and, at the same time, the hospitals were full.“If you needed elective surgery, you had to wait a year or two for your turn. There was no money for research as it was poured into socialized medicine. Research at the medical schools literally stopped, so the best doctors left Austria and emigrated to other countries.


“As for healthcare, our tax rates went up to 80 percent of our income. Newlyweds immediately received a $1,000 loan from the government to establish a household. We had big programs for families.


“All day care and education were free. High schools were taken over by the government and college tuition was subsidized. Everyone was entitled to free handouts, such as food stamps, clothing, and housing.


“We had another agency designed to monitor business. My brother-in-law owned a restaurant that had square tables.


“Government officials told him he had to replace them with round tables because people might bump themselves on the corners. Then they said he had to have additional bathroom facilities. It was just a small dairy business with a snack bar. He couldn’t meet all the demands.
“Soon, he went out of business. If the government owned the large businesses and not many small ones existed, it could be in control.


“We had consumer protection, too…“We were told how to shop and what to buy. Free enterprise was essentially abolished. We had a planning agency specially designed for farmers. The agents would go to the farms, count the livestock, and then tell the farmers what to produce, and how to produce it.


“In 1944, I was a student teacher in a small village in the Alps. The villagers were surrounded by mountain passes which, in the winter, were closed off with snow, causing people to be isolated.
“So people intermarried and offspring were sometimes retarded. When I arrived, I was told there were 15 mentally retarded adults, but they were all useful and did good manual work.


“I knew one, named Vincent, very well. He was a janitor of the school. One day I looked out the window and saw Vincent and others getting into a van.


“I asked my superior where they were going. She said to an institution where the State Health Department would teach them a trade, and to read and write. The families were required to sign papers with a little clause that they could not visit for 6 months.


“They were told visits would interfere with the program and might cause homesickness.
“As time passed, letters started to dribble back saying these people died a natural, merciful death.

The villagers were not fooled. We suspected what was happening. Those people left in excellent physical health and all died within 6 months. We called this euthanasia.


“Next came gun registration. People were getting injured by guns. Hitler said that the real way to catch criminals (we still had a few) was by matching serial numbers on guns. Most citizens were law-abiding and dutifully marched to the police station to register their firearms. Not long afterwards, the police said that it was best for everyone to turn in their guns. The authorities already knew who had them, so it was futile not to comply voluntarily.


“No more freedom of speech. Anyone who said something against the government was taken away. We knew many people who were arrested, not only Jews, but also priests and ministers who spoke up.


“Totalitarianism didn’t come quickly, it took 5 years from 1938 until 1943, to realize full dictatorship in Austria. Had it happened overnight, my countrymen would have fought to the last breath. Instead, we had creeping gradualism. Now, our only weapons were broom handles. The whole idea sounds almost unbelievable that the state, little by little eroded our freedom.”


“This is my eyewitness account.“It’s true

.
Those of us who sailed past the Statue of Liberty came to a country of unbelievable freedom and opportunity.“America is truly is the greatest country in the world. “Don’t let freedom slip away.“After America, there is no place to go.”

Kitty Werthmann


Sound familiar?

Featured

From the mind of a friend

Wake up America. The great unsinkable ship knows as America is taking on water and sinking fast.

I had a cup of super strong black coffee this morning, after my daily exercise and meditation routine, and these thoughts came to mind as I sat there in my sun room watching the sun come up this morning.

No matter what anybody says, something evil has invaded our nation, and I’m not talking just about a Chinese virus.

Our lives are never going to be the same because a “new normal” has been instituted right before our very eyes. I look at people I have known all my life, family and friends, who are so filled with angst, hate, hostility and confusion and watch as they agree with views and opinions, that if they were in their right minds, they would never express or hold as their own. It’s absolutely unbelievable. I think that I may well have entered Rod Serling’s “Twilight Zone.”

I’m not starting a fight, but it’s something to think about. This may outrage some who will argue how “wrong” this post is. However, your anger will not change the reality of what we are living by or trying to somehow justify this insanity. We have become a nation that has lost it’s collective mind.

We have truly entered the “Twilight Zone.” Here are some examples:

• If a man pretends to be a woman, you are required to pretend with him.
• Somehow it’s un-American for the census to count how many Americans are in America.
• Russians influencing our elections are bad, but illegals voting in our elections are good.
• Twenty is too young to drink a beer, but eighteen is old enough to vote and go to war.
• People who have never owned slaves should pay slavery reparations to people who have never been slaves.
• Inflammatory rhetoric is outrageous, but harassing people in restaurants, public places, and on live television is virtuous.
• People who have never been to college should pay the debts of college students who took out huge loans for their degrees.
• Immigrants with tuberculosis, polio, COVID or other diseases are welcome, but you’d better be able to prove your dog is vaccinated.
• Irish doctors and German engineers who want to immigrate must go through a rigorous vetting process, but any illiterate gang-bangers who jump the southern fence are welcome.
• $5 billion for border security is too expensive, but $1.5 trillion for “free” health care is not.
• If you cheat to get into college you go to prison, but if you cheat to get into the country you go to college for free.
• People who say there is no such thing as gender are demanding a female President.
• We see other countries going Socialist and collapsing, but it seems like a great plan to us.
• Some people are held responsible for things that happened before they were born, and other people are not held responsible for what they are doing right now.
• Criminals are catch-and-released to hurt more people, but stopping them is bad because it’s a violation of THEIR rights.
• Pointing out all this hypocrisy somehow makes us “racists”? As one hypocrite loves to say, “C’mon man, gimme a break.”

Nothing makes sense anymore. We are clearly living in an upside down world where right is wrong and wrong is right; where moral is immoral and immoral is moral; where good is evil and evil is good; where killing murderers is wrong, but killing innocent babies is right; where darkness is light and light is now darkness.

Wake Up America! The great unsinkable ship “Titanic America” has hit an iceberg and is taking on water and sinking fast. Look how far she has sunk in just the past 6 months! Very accurate and disturbing!What happens next, when our Congress returns from it’s August recess, could very likely determine what our grandchildren and great-grandchildren have to deal with for the rest of their lives.

Featured

The Conspiracy Theorists Were Right!

“The unusual features of the virus make up a tiny part of the genome (<0.1%), so one has to look closely at all the sequences to see that some of the features potentially look engineered.”

‘Covid-19 has a survival rate of 98% based on 194 million cases and 4.16 million deaths worldwide. While one end is too many, context is essential when discussing these topics, and recent findings are undoubtedly important.

Over representation of Covid-19 infection results, both false and vibrant, has been a talking point since the beginning of the pandemic, and it turns out they were right.

So, what does this mean? It means that “conspiracy theorists” were 100% correct when they said that Covid-19 tests showed false readings. This information was flagged as misinformation but turned out to be true.

The same thing has come out about the “Lab Leak Theory.”Dr. Anthony Fauci received an email from Kristian Andersen, Scripps Research Translational Institute infectious disease expert, “The unusual features of the virus make up a tiny part of the genome (<0.1%), so one has to look closely at all the sequences to see that some of the features potentially look engineered.” Engineered, as in created in the lab?

I thought social media companies banned this type of talk? They did.

It was a partisan misinformation campaign just like Hydroxychloroquine and face mask efficiency. This leaves one to wonder when genuine scientific medical information and freedom of choice is going to come back?’

Probably not any time soon.

Featured

Glutathione

NAC (N-acetyl cysteine), an antioxidant food supplement that is a precursor to glutathione, counters the toxic effects of graphene oxide and has also been shown to cure “COVID”

Glutathione

https://www.healthline.com/health/glutathione-benefits

Why is this important?
Scientists have concluded that the symptoms of “COVID-19” are, in fact the symptoms of graphene oxide poisoning and that the graphene oxide nanoparticles discovered in the Pfizer vials by Dr. Pablo Campra Madrid at the University of Almería are also found in surgical masks, thus confirming of the suspicions of a British doctor, featured here last April. Surgical masks produced by Shandong Shenquan New Materials were taken off the market in Spain by the national health authority, Sanidad last April, due to the discovery of graphene oxide.


Graphene oxide is found in the testing swabs used in both the PCR and the antigen tests, as well as in all the flu shots after 2019.


In other words, everybody using Chinese surgical masks and taking COVID tests has been getting hit with graphene oxide – not just the vaccinated people!

NAC (N-acetyl cysteine), an antioxidant food supplement that is a precursor to glutathione, counters the toxic effects of graphene oxide and has also been shown to cure “COVID” Glutathione is found in very high levels in children. Therefore, “COVID” has hardly any impact on the child population. Glutathione levels drop considerably after 65 years of age, which is why “COVID” is more prevalent in older people.


Graphene oxide is particularly tuned to absorb electronic frequencies in the same bandwidth of the 5G network, which excites and oxidizes this material very rapidly. This has the effect of attacking our bodies’ natural antioxidant glutathione reserves.

Interestingly enough, Amazon just de-platformed – stopped selling – NAC!

Make of this what you will.

Featured

Nuremburg Code?

The voluntary consent of the human subject is absolutely essential.

What is generally lost in all the static over the COVID 19 injections is that ALL OF THEM are experimental and are being used under an emergency declaration. Medical experimentation is still medical experimentation even during a crisis.


After WW II the United States lead the allies in conducting the Nuremburg war crimes trials. Part of those trials dealt with medical experimentation on unwilling subjects. The following was the result:


NUREMBERG CODE (DIRECTIVES FOR HUMAN EXPERIMENTATION)The Nuremberg Military Tribunal’s decision in the case of the United States v Karl Brandt et al. includes what is now called the Nuremberg Code, a ten point statement delimiting permissible medical experimentation on human subjects. According to this statement, humane experimentation is justified only if its results benefit society and it is carried out in accord with basic principles that “satisfy moral, ethical, and legal concepts.” To some extent the Nuremberg Code has been superseded by the Declaration of Helsinki as a guide for human experimentation.


–“Permissible Medical Experiments.” Trials of War Criminals before the Nuremberg Military Tribunals under Control Council Law No. 10. Nuremberg October 1946 – April 1949, Washington. U.S. Government Printing Office (n.d.), vol. 2., pp. 181-182.


1. The voluntary consent of the human subject is absolutely essential. This means that the person involved should have legal capacity to give consent; should be situated as to be able to exercise free power of choice, without the intervention of any element of force, fraud, deceit, duress, over-reaching, or other ulterior form of constraint or coercion, and should have sufficient knowledge and comprehension of the elements of the subject matter involved as to enable him to make an understanding and enlightened decision. This latter element requires that before the acceptance of an affirmative decision by the experimental subject there should be made known to him the nature, duration, and purpose of the experiment; the method and means by which it is to be conducted; all inconveniences and hazards reasonably to be expected; and the effects upon his health or person which may possibly come from his participation in the experiment. The duty and responsibility for ascertaining the quality of the consent rests upon each individual who initiates, directs or engages in the experiment. It is a personal duty and responsibility which may not be delegated to another with impunity.


2. The experiment should be such as to yield fruitful results for the good of society, unprocurable by other methods or means of study, and not random and unnecessary in nature.


3. The experiment should be so designed and based on the results of animal experimentation and a knowledge of the natural history of the disease or other problem under study that the anticipated results will justify the performance of the experiment.


4. The experiment should be so conducted as to avoid all unnecessary physical and mental suffering and injury.


5. No experiment should be conducted where there is an a priori reason to believe that death or disabling injury will occur; except, perhaps, in those experiments where the experimental physicians also serve as subjects.


6. The degree of risk to be taken should never exceed that determined by the humanitarian importance of the problem to be solved by the experiment.


7. Proper preparations should be made and adequate facilities provided to protect the experimental subject against even remote possibilities of injury disability or death.


8. The experiment should be conducted only by scientifically qualified persons. The highest degree of skill and care should be required through all stages of the experiment of those who conduct or engage in the experiment.


9. During the course of the experiment the human subject should be at liberty to bring the experiment to an end if he has reached the physical or mental state where continuation of the experiment seems to him to be impossible.


10. During the course of the experiment the scientist in charge must be prepared to terminate the experiment at any stage, if he has probable cause to believe, in the exercise of the good faith, superior skill and careful judgment required by him that a continuation of the experiment is likely to result in injury, disability, or death to the experimental subject.


On February 20, 1905, Supreme Court Justice John Marshall Harlan wrote about the police power of states to regulate for the protection of public health: “The good and welfare of the Commonwealth, of which the legislature is primarily the judge, is the basis on which the police power rests in Massachusetts,” Harlan said “upon the principle of self-defense, of paramount necessity, a community has the right to protect itself against an epidemic of disease which threatens the safety of its members.”
So, the question remains which law is in force here?

If the SCOTUS decision of Jacobson v Massachusetts, (https://www.oyez.org/cases/1900-1940/197us11 ), prevails, you can be forced to take the stick.

If the Nuremburg Code prevails many employers, city, county, state and Federal officials will have committed what are considered war crimes.

Featured

Book Excerpt-Viral Outrage

As harsh as truth sounds to the civilized human ears, it is a fact that nature is centered around survival.
Evolution and food chain being the first examples, it is ingrained in the living system to create space and resources for survival and the only achieve the same as by compromising lives.

Viral Outrage

This story was begun in late 2017 as a sequel to my first novel; “A Wake of Vultures”. I hit a wall in early 2020 when real life overtook my story.

Here are the first couple of chapters of the book…

Whence Came You?

​As harsh as truth sounds to the civilized human ears, it is a fact that nature is centered around survival.
Evolution and food chain being the first examples, it is ingrained in the living system to create space and resources for survival and the only achieve the same as by compromising lives.

Accounts of historical epics picked wars and the massive destruction of lives, be it in the battles of Odyssey and Iliad; the world wars or even the modern-day military sieges of countries and resources, wars have always proven to be a method of purging the earth of massive population as each war erases tons of lives.
As crude as it sounds, every war, stemming from either religious/political conflicts or personal/racial odds, if we open up our minds to the ultimate results and overlook the grotesque details of lives lost, we see the much-needed balance reinforced by nature in the process.

As good and bad takes precedence in the civilized human mind, we often tend to forget our core existence on the planet as basic animal life. It is not a surprise that we are forever attempting to climb up the ladder of existence, erasing weaker forms of life as we go by. It’s no different in practice than a male tiger killing cubs when the forest area is low on prey animals for the predators.

Bioterrorism dates back to 1340 or so, when diseased horse corpses were catapulted over castle walls in France. Human bodies infected with plague were also used as ammunition in central Europe during the 14th and 15th century.
In 1763, a British army general ordered the blankets used on smallpox patients to be sent to American Indian tribes. British Revolutionary war troops would also infect themselves with traces of smallpox, rendering themselves immune, in hopes of passing the disease along to the enemy. During World War I, Germans infected livestock headed for the Allies with anthrax. Even though the attack proved unsuccessful, it led to the creation of the Geneva protocol in 1925. This prohibited the use of biological and chemical agents during wartime, while allowing research and development of these agents to continue.

During World War II British and German armies had small biological warfare programs, but the Japanese had a full and robust program in the years that preceded World War II. Hundreds of thousands of Chinese civilians were killed by biological means at the hands of the Japanese army. One of these attacks included dropping paper bags containing plague infested fleas from low flying airplanes.

Smallpox has been used for millennia to wipe out whole continents. People don’t know the history of smallpox anymore, but it is THE most lethal of all bioterror’s used throughout history. It is effective in decimating and exterminating entire countries and peoples, and entire continents.
But you might ask, hasn’t smallpox been eradicated?

Routine vaccination of the American public against smallpox stopped in 1972 after the disease was declared eradicated in the United States. There is no herd immunity anymore.
“Variola Major” unleashed in the general community would lead to a great culling of the population for which only massive quarantines, around the clock curfews and massive inoculation around disease clusters could stop the spread. Just a reminder the spores are spread airborne from coughing.
Smallpox is the deadliest disease in history, that’s not hyperbole but FACT.

And remember the Dryvax smallpox vaccine in US Center for Disease Control stockpiles has been destroyed. Taking its place is ACAM 2000-an untested synthesized version of one of the cell lines used in the original Dryvax vaccine.
This might sound like a bad apocalyptic “made-for-TV” movie… A plot to destroy our country, and it seems that the deep state politicians are all in on that plot.

The following story is fiction, but fiction based on fact. Our government, or any other number of sovereign state players could unleash anything they wanted on the earth’s population. Our political leaders, institutions of higher learning and multinational corporations have created an environment that is totally conducive to such an action… Heads-up folks, it’s coming. The question is not if, but when…

Chapter 1

​The officially unexplained death of octogenarian Gwennie Warren leads attorney Keren Odensdotter to once again partner with the quirky Noble Petris. Their investigation uncovers a part of the Deep State plan to cull the myriads of useless eaters consuming scarce natural resources and create a smaller-much smaller-and better world, or at least their idea of what constitutes a better world.

“Man is of no importance. Look at what happens when you starve him. He begins to eat his dead companions to stay alive. Man is only interested in his own survival. That is all that counts. –Felix Dzerzinski
“Whereas, the United Nations agenda 21 is a comprehensive plan of extreme environmentalism, social engineering, and global political control… And,
Whereas, the United Nations agenda 21 is being covertly pushed into local communities throughout the United States of America through the international Council of local environmental initiatives (ICL EI) through local “sustainable development” policies such as smart growth, wildlands project, resilient cities, regional visioning projects, and other “green” or “alternative” projects; and, whereas, this United Nations agenda 21 plan of radical so-called “sustainable development” use the American way of life of private property ownership, single-family homes, private car ownership and individual travel choices, and privately owned farms; all is destructive to the environment…”
The agenda, which grew out of the 1992 Earth Summit in Rio, is a call for international cooperation to address “poverty”, “hunger”, and a host of other “issues” tied to the unraveling of natural ecosystems. It calls for “the broadest public participation in the active involvement of the nongovernmental organizations.”

Something was wrong, very wrong. In all her 80 plus years Gwennie had not experienced much sickness, apart from an occasional head cold every few years.

This was different. It was more than the average aches and pains experienced by most older people. She had a dull headache, itchy burning eyes, some dizziness, and a general feeling of what she expected was the flu.
Gwennie was quite aggravated with her body for letting her down this way. She wanted to get her current project completed before she left on her next “auntie-Mame” type excursion.

Since Jack’s death a few years ago, she made it a point to keep herself busy by visiting all the exotic places the world had to offer. She was looking forward to the excursion to the Aztec ruins in the Yucatán and hope to return with another addition to what she referred to as her “in-house cultural museum”. Perhaps one of those dumpy little female fertility idols with round belly and droopy breasts. With her off-center sense of humor Gwennie pictured her sister Dee–Dee and her last pregnancy and giggled at the resemblance.

She had decided that it was finally time to get involved in plowing through all the junk that Jack had accumulated in his office before his death. Most of it made little or no sense to her.
Jack had been one of the leading microbiologists at Micro–Tech, a company on the leading edge of vaccine research in just a few months before his death he had inexplicably resigned from his position. The resultant jumble of files and boxes paperwork, slides and strange specimens had been crammed into file cabinets and cluttered the floor of Jack’s office.

After Jack’s sudden and inexplicable death four years ago, she had neither the heart nor the motivation to plow through the mess. But now, realizing that she was getting older, and not wanting to leave it for her children to clean up she decided to go through, organize, and throw out all the strange artifacts Jack had left behind.

She never understood Jack’s work, he was the analytical engineering kind not much into people except Gwennie of course and most of the time their kids. It was a blended family of yours, and mine, but not ours.
They had met at the club, introduced by helpful friends after both had suffered painful divorces. After a surprisingly short courtship they decided to marry but considering that they were both in their 40s they had made the decision not to have any more children.

Gwennie was hell-bent to get through this mess before her scheduled departure for the Yucatán trip next week. She was plowing through more and more piles of paper trying to make heads or tails of the gibberish and gobbledygook written there trying to make sure she didn’t throw away anything important.

The cell phone ringing in her pocket caused her to sigh in exasperation. “Hello, this is Gwennie” she answered the phone.

“Hey girlfriend, it’s Gracie Nuveen, what are you up to today?”

“Trying to get through Jack’s rats’ nest of paperwork before I leave on my trip next week. I hadn’t realized that he was such a pack rat. I hope I can get through all it.”

“Well, I was hoping you could join me for lunch at the Crutch and Cane this afternoon. Chef Bill has made his famous Wild mushroom and Sherry soup and I was looking forward to sharing a little gossip.”

“I’ll meet you Gracie but I don’t have much of an appetite. I seem to be coming down with some damn bug and I can’t taste much of anything, but I will meet you there in about ten minutes.

The lunch was never to happen. That last thing Gwennie remembered before she awoke in the hospital bed was feeling faint as she walked toward the restaurant door and seeing the cement sidewalk rushing up toward her as she fell.

Chapter 2
Karen Odensdotter was frightened, more frightened than she had been during the gun battle in Las Vegas. It didn’t seem possible that aunt Gwennie was dead. She seemed so normal, so full of life just last week when Karen had visited her in the hospital.

She had assured Karen that her hospitalization for the upper respiratory infection was just an overreaction by her doctor based on her age. “It’s just that damn bug that’s had everybody hacking and coughing for the past few months. They’ll shoot me full of antibiotics and in a few days, I’ll be up and around good as new.” 48 hours later Gwennie was gone and with her the last link to Karen’s family.

Karen’s conversation with Dr. Tom Zatorski after the autopsy was performed offered little comfort and, if anything, raised Karen’s stress level to the stratosphere.

“I’m sorry Karen,” Tom said “but Gwennie’s body will have to be cremated and the cremains handled like the biohazard they are.”

“Biohazard? What the hell do you mean biohazard?”

“Karen, what you don’t understand is that Gwennie didn’t die from garden-variety flu bug. She died of a pathogen that resists almost all the drugs we have developed to treat or kill it. It is moving rapidly across the world and frankly we’re stymied on how to stop it. This pathogen isn’t a bacteria. It’s a yeast/virus mash-up, a new variety of an organism so common that it’s used as one of the basic tools of lab science, transformed into an infection so disturbing that one of my colleagues called it more infectious than Ebola.”

“A yeast infection? My God Doc, Gwennie died of a yeast infection? Are you trying to tell me that my aunt died from a bug that my girlfriends use Monistat to fight off from time to time?”

“It’s a little more serious than that Karen, the name of the yeast is Candida auris. It’s been on the radar of epidemiologists only since 2009, but it’s grown into what is a potential pandemic threat. We don’t know yet where it came from or how to control its spread. We’re being forced back into old hygiene practices-putting patients in isolation, swabbing rooms with bleach-trying to control it. So far we haven’t done a very good job.”

“Doctor Zatorski I just don’t understand why the hospitals can’t seem to control or kill this yeast.”, Keren said.
“The center of the problem Keren is that this yeast isn’t behaving like a yeast. Normally, yeast hangs out in warm, damp spaces in the body, and surges out of that space only when its local ecosystem veers out of balance. That’s what happens in vaginal yeast infections, for instance, and in infections that bloom in the mouth and throat or bloodstream when the immune system breaks down.”

But in that standard scenario the yeast that has gone rogue only infects the person it was residing in. C. Auris breaks that pattern. It has developed the ability to survive on cool external skin and cold inorganic services. That allows it to linger on the hands of hospital staff and on doorknobs, on counters and the computer keys in a hospital room. With that ability, it can travel from its original host to new victims, passing from person-to-person and outbreaks can last for weeks or months.”

Keren looked puzzled. “I still don’t understand Doc. This isn’t the 1800’s. Doesn’t medical science have the know-how to deal with fungal infections… even a yeasty Frankenstein like this one?”

“Yeast is a fungus Keren, but C. Auris is behaving like a bacterium…-in fact, like a bacterial superbug. It’s a cross-species shift as inexplicable as if a grass munching cow hopped the fence and began blood-thirstily chomping on the sheep in the pasture next door.”

“The accepted narrative of new diseases is that they always take us by surprise: science recognizes it after it has begun to move, with the second patient or the 10th or the one hundredth and works its way back to find patient zero.”
“But C. Auris was flagged as troublesome from its first discovery, though its identifiers didn’t understand at the time what it might be able to do. The story began in 2009, when a 70-year-old woman already in a hospital in Tokyo developed a stubborn, oozing ear infection. The infection didn’t respond when doctors administered antibiotics, which made them think the problem might be a fungus instead. A swab of her ear yielded a yeast that appeared to be a new species.”

“Japanese microbiologists named it for the Latin word for “ear”. That story also would’ve ended in 2009 – new species, new nomenclature, another entry in a textbook – except for one unnerving fact.”

Fungal infections have never been a high priority in medical research, and as a result, there are very few drugs approved for treating them – only three classes of several drugs each, compared to a dozen classes and hundreds of antibiotics for bacteria. This yeast was already showing some resistance to the first-choice antifungal’s that would’ve been used against it, a family of compounds called azoles that can be given by mouth.”

“The back-up choice, a drug called amphotericin, is IV-only, and it’s so toxic that it’s severe fever-and-chills reactions have been dubbed “shake and bake”. Doctors try to avoid it whenever possible.”

“That left only one set of drugs available, a new IV-only class called echinocandins. C. Auris entered medical awareness accompanied by the knowledge that, if it blew up into a problem, it would be difficult to treat. Still, at that point it had only caused an ear infection. That might’ve been a random occurrence; there was no reason to assume worse to come.”

“Except, at about the same time, physicians in South Korea were called on to treat two hospital patients, a one-year-old boy with a blood cell disorder and a 74-year-old man with throat cancer. They both had developed sepsis… bloodstream infections caused by the newly discovered yeast. And in both their cases, the organism was resistant to azoles, amphotericin and frighteningly to the last-ditch echinocandins.”

Keren’s eyes widened; “What happened?”

“Both died.”

“The same new bug, occurring in unrelated patients, in different body systems, simultaneously in two countries, made epidemiologists wonder whether there might be more to come. There were. In just a few years, C. Auris infections were recognized in India, South Africa, Kenya, Brazil, Israel, Kuwait and Spain. As with the Korean and Japanese cases, there was no connection between the different countries’ patients. In fact, the strains were genetically different on different continents – suggesting that C. Auris had not begun in one place and then spread by transmission, but had arisen simultaneously everywhere, for reasons no one could discern.

But the slightly different strains had the same impact on patients: they were deadly. Depending on the country and the location of the illness in their bodies, up to 60% of infected patients died.”

“So is aunt Gwennie the first casualty of this bug in the US?”

“No Keren, there have been several hundred cases recorded in the United States, and 11 states – and the behavior of the bug in this country is teaching microbiologists more about how the new yeast behaves.”

“It seems that not every continent develops its own strain. Instead, the US is playing host to several micro-epidemics, each of which was sparked by one or several travelers from somewhere else cases found in New York, New Jersey, Oklahoma, Connecticut and Maryland bear the genetic pattern of South Asia. Illinois, Massachusetts and Florida cases show South America’s genetic pattern. And randomly, the few cases recorded in Indiana seem to be linked to a South African strain. Wherever they came from, the subtle variance of C. Auris share important characteristics: they are highly drug resistant.”

“Then why haven’t I heard about this on the news? Not telling the public about this is downright criminal.”; Keren fumed.

“The Center for disease control disclosed that analysis of isolates from the US in the 26 other countries where C. Auris has surfaced show that more than 90% were resistant to azoles; 30% were resistant to the class that contains amphotericin; and globally, up to 20% were resistant to the last-ditch echinocandins.”

“They also pose another challenge: long-lasting hospital outbreaks. To try to stop it spread, hospitals put patients into isolation; regularly swabbed any other patient who had been in the same room as the infected persons, and all of the staff who had any contact with them; required every healthcare worker, janitor, or visitor to wear gowns, gloves, and aprons; they’d swab the patient twice a day with disinfectant, administered disinfectant mouthwash and dental gel, and wash the room three times per day with diluted bleach. When the patients moved out, the rooms they had stayed in and any equipment that had been used on them were bombed with hydrogen peroxide vapor.”

“Despite all those precautions, the yeast caused a 50-person outbreak that lasted more than a year. It survived the disinfectant baths and found places to hide from the bleach. And it stubbornly persisted on bodies. One patient tested negative for the bug three times, and then, on a fourth screen, tested positive again.”

“Last year, an Oklahoma hospital discovered that a single patient was carrying C. Auris. To keep it from spreading, the hospital slammed the patient into isolation and enforced strict infection control. It also called an AC/DC team, which took 73 samples from the patient, his room, other rooms where he had stayed, and other patients he might have been in contact with and hauled them back to Atlanta for genomic analysis. Their quick action kept the deadly yeast from spreading elsewhere in the hospital – but it represented an emergency expenditure of resources and time that no hospital could make routine.”

“The government, mostly through the CDC has tried to keep a lid on this. Their thinking is that until they have some viable method to treat this bug that there is little positive to be gained by panicking the public. There aren’t many bright spots in the looming battle against C. Auris.”

“One may be this: most of the patient so far, and all of those who have died, have been hospitalized because they were already somehow ill – with diabetes, cardiovascular disease, cancers, and other illnesses. They were on ventilators, treated with IVs and catheters, and receiving multiple drugs that undermine their immune systems competence.”

“Well that’s just ducky Doc… wonderful news.”; Keren said, sarcastically.

“I’m afraid that’s just the way it is for now Keren. The medical community, the public health organizations and the government are doing their level best to come to terms with this. I don’t know what else we can do.”
“Well it seems to me that there should be something… or someone who can attack this thing from a direction that hasn’t been tried yet. Thanks for the explanation Doc, even though you’ve left me with more questions than answers.”

(As I said, this story was started in late 2017 as a follow up to Wake of Vultures)

Featured

Imagine

After all, that would mean that the government was a party to the murder of a large segment of the population.

NOTHING TO SEE HERE – MOVE ALONG!

NOTE: This is strictly conjecture and musing. It is not based on any research or accepted source. For that reason, I’m sure that the “fakecheckers” will have something snarky to say.

Imagine that a bioweapon was created which would specifically target the most vulnerable parts of society, those who were aged or had medical conditions, (diabetes, congestive heart failure, morbid obesity, autoimmune disease). It would most likely have been created by using the CRSPR gene-splicing tools, (a starter kit is available on-line for under $300 at https://www.bio-rad.com/en-us/sku/12012607edu-out-blue-genotyping-extension?ID=12012607EDU )

Imagine that this weaponized bug was introduced into the population in the summer of 2019 and by the end of 2020 the most robust economy in recent history was trashed, social interaction was curtailed due to governmental overreach and a climate of fear had been created and continually encouraged through the mainstream media. Through governmental overreach and control the 1st., 4th. & 5th. amendments to the constitution were severely curtailed through “emergency measures”.

Imagine that an inoculation had been produced in record time that was experimental in nature but was allowed to be injected into the public due to a widespread “health emergency”. While the powers that be assured the public that this injection was safe, the companies producing it were absolved from any responsibility for adverse effects of its use.

Imagine that after 12 -18 months, a large portion of the population pushed back on the restrictions and many were adverse to getting the injection due to, (apparently suppressed), reports of fatal side effects from the injection, including thrombosis. The desperation on the parts of officialdom became so great that free food, amusement tickets, lottery drawings and cash payments were held out to the public as an incentive to take the shot.

Imagine that suddenly a “variant” of the bioweapon showed up that now targeted children and young adults, a population which was passed over by the original bioweapon. Surprisingly, this variant seemed to concentrate on geographic areas that had experienced the greatest push-back against governmental overreach and the injection. Not only that, but there was a report of a disease occurring in the state of Texas, (one of the centers of citizen pushback to governmental overreach), that hitherto had only been found in Africa.

If you saw this scenario played out in a movie or in a book you would find it to be too fantastic to believe. After all, that would mean that the government was a party to the murder of a large segment of the population.

We all know that our government and the governments of nations around the world have our best interests in mind and would NEVER be involved in something so nefarious!

Isn’t that right? … uh, well isn’t it?

Featured

Have you received your life-saving injection?

There are a couple of obvious reasons government is sending people around. They want to counter “misinformation” about the so-called Covid-19 “vaccines” so those who have been “misled” can be brought out of their “conspiratorial” mindset. They also want to find people who lack the means to get injected easily. Both of these reasons, as damaging as they are, make sense to the authoritarians and play well with the press.

The third “secret” reason for these door-to-door interventions is pure evil. They are building a list. They want to know the names and addresses of everyone who voices objection to the jabs. When push comes to shove — and it will — they will have a list of those who need to be either forcefully “corrected” or removed from the post-truth society they’re trying to build in America.

If you answer the door and explain to the vax-pushers that you have not received your injections and have no intentions of doing so, you are marking yourself and your family as “problems” to be dealt with at a future date. When they feel emboldened to purge the nation of “pandemic perpetuators” or whatever they decide to call us, they’ll come knocking again. At that point, it won’t be an annoying vax-propagandist. It will be men armed with guns, or even worse, it will be men armed with doses of the experimental drugs.

We’ve seen the shift in our nation’s posture towards patriots. The stark contrast with how they are handling the January 6th protesters compared to their lack of action towards Antifa and BLM domestic terrorists portends a dark future of Covid vaccine tyranny. They are using their puppets in Big Tech and mainstream media to push the narrative as well. Very soon, they will call on Americans to report their family, friends, and neighbors who demonstrate anti-vax tendencies. We are being marked for reeducation and/or removal.

Featured

For those with at least 2 working synapses…

They know the Flu vax never achieved greater than 50% distribution – and that after 70 years.

So when predicting the outcomes of any vax for a flu like disease, they could only forecast a 50% distribution.
And they have that.

Over the last four years, they have gone to extreme lengths to ensure that you cannot, do not, must not disagree.
To the point of destroying the economy and the leadership of the US on the world stage.
So at a minimum there is that aspect.

The drive for the vax is unhinged. Just as unhinged as “men can be women” or any other social justice theme.
And for that reason alone, it should be rejected.

Featured

1984 is now

On July 2nd, Secretary of Defense Lloyd Austin granted the use of 8 ‘Persistent Surveillance Systems Ground – Medium (PSSG-M) units’ to the federal police force.

The equipment will be added to the current security infrastructure and be used to help assist “steady-state” missions and monitor US civilian actions to “identify emerging threats.”The technology was frequently used in Afghanistan and Iraq to gather intelligence on enemies in hostile regions. Now it is being used to spy on and create intelligence profiles of American citizens.

The army will install the units and train USCP officers on how to use them.Data collected from the PSSG-M units can be used to create “pattern of life” analysis and its extremely high-definition cameras allow it to track hundreds of moving targets in a large area over long periods of time.

The Capitol Police are disclosing very few details on where and how they plan to use the equipment. They said in a press release that they would be sharing data between, and increasing their collaboration with, other law enforcement and intelligence agencies to crack down on dissenters who threaten their narrative.

“USCP leadership has increased intelligence sharing and collaboration between all of our local, state and federal law enforcement partners as well increased our partnership within the intelligence community and Congressional stakeholders.

The Public Information Office is now engaging with the community on Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and YouTube, as well as increasing the number of news releases to keep the media and local community informed.” – USPC press release.

All pigs are equal-Some pigs are more equal than others.

Featured

Things I found while looking for something else

Legal references that clarify the status of the free people.​

” PERSONAL LIBERTY, or the Right to enjoyment of life and liberty, is one of the fundamental or natural Rights, which has been protected by its inclusion as a guarantee in the various constitutions, which is not derived from, or dependent on, the U.S. Constitution, which may not be submitted to a vote and may not depend on the outcome of an election. It is one of the most sacred and valuable Rights, as sacred as the Right to private property…and is regarded as inalienable.” ​- – – 16 Corpus Juris Secundum , Constitutional Law, Sect.202, p.987.​

We, the people of the united States of America, have fundamental or natural rights, which existed BEFORE government did, and said rights are not at the mercy of a democratic majority, nor elected official’s whim. Those rights are SACRED (as in Creator endowed), and include the right to life, liberty and absolute ownership of private property.

Of course, if you consented to be governed, shut up, sit down, pay and obey.

He who consents cannot object.

Featured

Bring on the Variants


A worrying new strain of Covid-19 that is more transmissible and possibly more vaccine-resistant than Delta has been detected in Australia.

The world’s most transmissible Covid-19 strain has found its way into Australia – with worrying research revealing it may be even more infectious than the Delta variant.


The Lambda strain has puzzled World Health Organisation (WHO) scientists after it spread to nearly 30 countries in the last four weeks. The mutation was originally discovered in Peru and is related to 81 per cent of the country’s cases since April. Lambda was last month declared a ‘Variant of Interest’ by the WHO, which noted that it was “associated with substantive rates of community transmission in multiple countries.”Peru currently has the highest covid mortality rate of anywhere in the world. In Australia, the variant was detected in an overseas traveler who had been in NSW hotel quarantine in April, according to national genomics database AusTrakka.


Wow, the massive vaccination program is not working as expected … or is it? Seems to me it is working just the way those crazy, not-the-right-science, scientists said it would by making things worse not better.
I think if you start thinking in terms of bioweapons and purposeful deployment the puzzled WHO might not be so puzzled.


Apparently a lot of these “refugees” that are pouring in over our essentially open borders are loaded with ebola, smallpox, and all sorts of exotic, virulent diseases. Essentially walking bio weapons being deployed – and our “administration” is quickly transporting them (at Taxpayer’s expense) all over the fruited plains of America before they get symptomatic and die in order to infect as many of us peasants as possible.


“Don’t want our vaccines, Kulaks? Here; let’s see how you like diphtheria and yellow fever.
How many “asylum seekers” have been infected with rabies, and how long will it be before they start running up and down our streets biting people? That kind of behavior wouldn’t be all that unusual for the bums inhabiting some of our urban areas. Only when half the population starts frothing at the mouth biting each other might we suspect that something was amiss.


Survivors will be lining up for the rabies vaccine – which might be very similar in composition to the RONA 5G mind control slow death vaccine. Stockpiles of it are probably already prepared and ready to distribute at “warp speed”.
See how that works?


Oh; did I mention – rabies is about 99.99% fatal?
Incentive for accepting the vaccine will be a lot higher than it was for a virus that most healthy individuals have about a 99.999% chance of surviving, despite grossly exaggerated propaganda scaring us Peasants spitless over it’s reputed lethal effects.


How obvious does it have to get before the sheeple wake up and realize – they want us dead… At least 95% of us.


“It’s for the planet”, don’t you see?

Featured

Sometimes we need a reminder

Turning and turning in the widening gyre
The falcon cannot hear the falconer;
Things fall apart; the centre cannot hold;
Mere anarchy is loosed upon the world,
The blood-dimmed tide is loosed, and everywhere
The ceremony of innocence is drowned;
The best lack all conviction, while the worst
Are full of passionate intensity.

Surely some revelation is at hand;
Surely the Second Coming is at hand.
The Second Coming! Hardly are those words out
When a vast image out of Spiritus Mundi
Troubles my sight: somewhere in sands of the desert
A shape with lion body and the head of a man,
A gaze blank and pitiless as the sun,
Is moving its slow thighs, while all about it
Reel shadows of the indignant desert birds.
The darkness drops again; but now I know
That twenty centuries of stony sleep
Were vexed to nightmare by a rocking cradle,
And what rough beast, its hour come round at last,
Slouches towards Bethlehem to be born?

Featured

The “new” Civil War

That a battle over Atlanta would play nearly as pivotal a role in the country’s second civil war as it did in the first might have surprised few historians. What might have surprised them is that the battle would involve civic meetings rather than bullets. There are plenty of bullets in Buckhead, a part of Atlanta coping with runaway crime under the pro-crime rule of Mayor Keisha Bottoms, and those bullets have inspired local residents to secede and form their own police force.
Buckhead is not the first part of Atlanta to try and secede. Sandy Springs had already successfully seceded from Atlanta and a number of cities in Fulton County, which includes Atlanta, have tried to break away to form Milton County. These efforts to escape the blight and corruption of Atlanta aren’t new, but Buckhead’s fight to escape Atlanta’s pro-crime government has captured the imagination of millions of Americans from one coast of the country to the other.

The cold civil war is being shaped not by national, but local secessions like the one in Buckhead as neighborhoods try to secede from cities, cities from counties, and counties from states in a powerful struggle by conservative and centrist communities to define their own way of life.

Most Americans might associate Roswell with UFOs, but a proposed bill by Senator Cliff Pirtle of Roswell would have allowed it and other counties located near Texas to secede with the possible intention of joining the Lone Star State. In Oregon, 7 counties voted to secede and join Idaho, Weld County is considering seceding from Colorado to join Wyoming, and western Minnesota has seen proposals for its counties to leave and unite with South Dakota.

Secession talk isn’t new. Northern Californians have kept the dream of a breakaway state named Jefferson alive for generations. The Democrat machine illegally suppressed a ballot measure that proposed to split California in three. The secession proposals that succeed are more modest and limited in scope. Breaking up states may be a moonshot, seceding from states might be an uphill battle, but the rate of local secessions is growing rapidly.

The most popular form of secession is also the smallest and involves school districts.

An average of 5 school districts secede every year. And while such secessions may get less publicity than plans to split up entire states, they’re commonplace and effective. They also represent the same trend of communities escaping the social and political wreckage of urban rule. Even as Democrats go to war against the suburbs, the suburbs are fighting back.

The political geography of the new civil war is a tug of war between Democrats seeking to concentrate authority in as few places as possible and an opposition seeking independence.

While Democrats and their media complain about the electoral college and the composition of the Senate, the nation and its states are largely ruled by a handful of metropolitan areas. The wealth that buys and sells elections nationwide mostly flows out of New York and California, and, more specifically, out of New York City and Silicon Valley. Geographic regions of less than 1,000 square miles in total rule a nation of 3.8 million square miles with an economic fist.

The meltdown of the urban areas drove suburbanization. And the spreading blight of urban areas into suburban communities due to the concentration of statewide political power in the cities has led to a secondary exodus from suburban bedroom communities to other states.

California not only went blue, but it ‘blued’ Colorado, Wyoming, and a range of other states. The final casualty of California’s blue wave may even end up being Texas. New York has had a similar effect, not only regionally, but even to the south, driving an exodus to Atlanta.

The tide of blue state invasions has the potential to transform the state of states and the nation.

Neighborhoods and school districts seceding from failed urban centers are trying to halt the problem at its source. Rural counties, especially in western states, are pushing back against larger demographic invasions that have transformed smaller states into miniature Californias.

Polls show that most people prefer to live in communities with people that share their values. As politics becomes more tribal, the number of neighborhoods with an even share of lawn signs for both parties is decreasing. In a political system that forces cake makers to bake cakes, indoctrinates elementary school students with radical views on race and sexuality, and cancels anyone who doesn’t go along, coexistence with a radical leftist system is no longer an option.

Secession is. The new civil war is being fought locally. It’s not a regional movement, but a communal one. What brings together rural areas and suburban communities is a desire to control their own way of life and escape the destructive centralization of urban regimes.

The new civil war isn’t being fought between the North and the South, but between the cities and the rest of the country. It’s an economic and social war whose objective is independence.

That’s why the smallest scale secessions have paradoxically been the most successful.

Whether it’s the Buckhead movement or the Texas Senate passing a bill allowing Lake Austin residents to secede from Austin only to see it die in the House, the secessions are gathering strength. But so is the Left’s battle to stop them through lies, racism smears, and judicial fiat.

Just because the public votes to create a separate school district or a city doesn’t mean that it won’t be blocked by Democrat activist judges who decide to override the will of the people.

The attempt by Gardendale to secede from the failed Jefferson County Public School system in Alabama was illegally blocked by federal judges. The Left is struggling to block the creation of the city of St. George in Louisiana with equally illegal lawsuits. But the pace of secession proposals is only growing as more communities struggle to escape abusive governments.

And as Democrats seek to illegally rig elections across the country with H.R.1, to transform the government city of Washington D.C. into a state, and to exercise total control over every local decision through its massive urban bureaucracy, the rate of secessions is only increasing.

Some only seek to restore control over local schools and police forces to communities, while others strive to reconfigure the borders of states to enable rural representation.

Though the term ‘secession’ and the idea of dividing a land summons to mind civil war, the more apt analogy may be the original secession of the United States from British rule.

“When in the Course of human events, it becomes necessary for one people to dissolve the political bands which have connected them with another,” Thomas Jefferson wrote in the Declaration of Independence.

America’s revolutionaries wanted self-government on their own terms. Their modern descendants are breaking away from New York and San Francisco, from Big Tech and Wall Street, the way that their ancestors sought to escape from London and its mercantile interests.

The fundamental issue at stake in the secessions is whether communities will be governed centrally or locally. Democrats and their media have worked to cloud the issue with false accusations of racism, but it’s not only white neighborhoods that are talking secession. A generation ago, black Boston residents proposed to create the breakaway city of Mandela. That movement has recently come in for a reexamination. It’s time to reexamine all of them.

The new generation of secessionism is driven by the unbearable pressure imposed on communities by the expansive ideological programs of radical leftist technocrats which leave little room for either individuality or human needs. Rather than learning from the profound failures of urban areas during the pandemic, all they learned is a need for greater control.

Secession is the natural human response to the control freak madness of cities which control entire states. Communities are confronting radical power grabs by taking back the power.

The cold civil war is being fought in civic meetings. The battles are local and the battle maps cover streets rather than continents, but it is a conflict driven by the impetus of revolutions and civil wars in which one people, as Jefferson wrote, seeks to part ways with another, not to rule over them, but to be free of their thievery, their abuses, and their tyrannical rule.

Featured

Weird!

I’m gonna say it.


Bribing people to get a shot is WEIRD! Offering to let inmates out of prison/jail early if they get a shot is WEIRD. Giving someone a hamburger, doughnut or a rolled joint for getting a shot is WEIRD. (A shot that’s “for your health”, but let’s give you foods that are certainly the opposite of that?) Being entered into a million dollar lottery if you get a shot is WEIRD. Getting work bonuses if you get a shot is WEIRD.


It’s more weird that the MSM saying if you get the shot, you get your “freedoms” back.
It’s WEIRD.


WHY IS NOBODY SAYING ITS WEIRD!?!


It’s weird. I said it.


Side note: saying you’re not comfortable getting a shot that isn’t FDA approved and hasn’t gone through the specific testing for approval doesn’t make you an “anti-vaxxer”. It doesn’t mean you don’t care about OTHER PEOPLE! It shows you are using critical thought and you care about your OWN HEALTH. Calling someone an “anti-vaxxer” OR selfish for not wanting this shot, makes you look weird. STOP IT.


Get it if you want. Don’t if you’re not comfortable. Ask YOUR doctor if you have questions. Relying on celebrities for guidance is absurd. Believing the government has your best interest is lunacy. I never thought a shot could be made political, and create division…but here we are!


Thank you, have a great day.”
Featured

Some thoughts on the day of the Summer solstice

Thoughts on the day of the Summer Solstice;


No firm facts either way on anything really, lots of conjecture. Even the Election discrepancies, I have watched all the video’s and read all the reports from folks, but to be honest, nothing concrete presented in Court… Yet. Like the China Virus, we can be pretty sure of where it came from and its purpose, but nothing is settled…. Yet.


Do I believe election fraud/treason took place? Yes, definitely and has been going on for fifty years. Do I believe the Virus came from Wuhan? Yes, assuredly. Do I believe the Chinese Communist Party has infiltrated and is at war to take out the US of A? Yes. Do I believe the FBI/CIA et all have been weaponized to take out political rivals? Yes.


That is where I stand on that.


But!! I have also seen a partial Great Awakening taking place! Oh yes. It is slow but steady progress. “Conspiracy theorists” were a huge part in that, believe it or not. “Conspiracy theorists” were the rally point, the beginning, the common thread we all had. And, Future Proves Past is still coming out in their posts. No way anyone who was not ‘in the know’ could have posted what they did years ago. Heck, they called Arizona in what… 2018?


The Great Awakening. Ahh, yes, it is happening. Think on folks you have known for years, even just acquaintances, or listen to folks talk in stores or in lines. Do you hear what they are saying? They do not trust the Main Stream Media. They do not think pResident Biden got 80 million votes. They do not think many Democratic Governors had their best interests in mind. They do not think the politicians of either party have their best interests in mind. They do not think Antifa/BLM are ‘good’ organizations. They do not think open borders are good. Their views have changed dramatically since OrangeManBad was robbed of his office.


Trump Derangement Syndrome worked! The powers that be made Citizens hate this man so much for everything he did. Then… When he was not around, it turns out what he did were actually the right things to do. We were all told lies. Most believed the lies. But now, many do not. And pResident Biden? How could such a handicapped man get into office? I hear folks saying he is not making the calls, he is a puppet! Imagine that, regular folks, in lines, thinking what we have all thought all along!


The Great Awakening. Yes, it has been painfully slow. But think what would have happened if we had a Myanmar over the election without all of what we are going through? OrangeMan would still be Bad. Putin’s Puppet. No one in the general public would have changed their views. The Main Stream Media would still reign as the trusted news source. The Deep State would have grabbed more power by now. Nothing, nothing would have changed, even as little as it has so far.


“In a time of universal deceit, telling the truth is a revolutionary act.”

Featured

Perseverance and hard work

Every morning, the CEO of a large bank on La Salle Street in Chicago walks to the corner for a shoe shine. He sits in an armchair, examines the Wall Street Journal and the shoe shiner buffs his shoes to a mirror shine.


One morning the shoe shiner asks the CEO: “What do you think about the situation in the stock market?”The man answered arrogantly, “Why are you so interested in that topic?”The shoe guy replies, “I have millions in your bank,” he says, “and I’m considering investing some of the money in the capital market.”


“What’s your name? ” asked the executive.John H. Smith was the reply.
The CEO arrives at the bank and asks the Manager of Client Services ; Do we have a client named John H. Smith? “Certainly, answers the Client Services Manager, “he is a high net worth customer with 12.6 million dollars in his account.”


The executive comes out, approaches the shoe shiner, and says, “Mr. Smith, I would like to invite you next Monday to be the guest of honor at our board meeting and tell us the story of your life. I am sure we could learn something from your life’s experience.”


At the board meeting, the CEO introduces him to the board members.”We all know Mr. Smith, from the corner shoe shine stand, but Mr. Smith is also an esteemed customer.I invited him here to tell us the story of his life. I am sure we can learn from him.”


Mr. Smith began his story.”I came to this country fifty years ago as a young immigrant from Europe with an unpronounceable name. I got off the ship without a penny. The first thing I did was change my name to Smith. I was hungry and exhausted. I started wandering around looking for a job but to no avail. Fortunately, I found a coin on the sidewalk. I bought an apple.

I had two options, eat the apple and quench my hunger or start a business. I sold the apple for 25 cents and bought two apples with the money. I also sold them and continued in business. When I started accumulating a few dollars, I was able to buy a set of used brushes and shoe polish and started polishing shoes.

I didn’t spend a penny on entertainment or clothing, I just bought bread and some cheese to survive. I saved penny by penny and after a while, I bought a new set of shoe brushes and polishes in different shades and expanded my clientele.

I lived like a monk and saved penny by penny. After a while, I was able to buy an armchair so my clients could sit comfortably while I shined their shoes, and that brought me more clients. I did not spend a penny on the joys of life. I kept saving every cent. A few years ago, when the previous shoe shiner on the corner decided to retire, I had already saved enough money to buy his shoeshine location at this great place.


Finally, 6 months ago, my sister, who was a whore in Chicago, passed away and left me 12.6 million dollars.”

Featured

Deja Vu all over again?

The World Economic Forum is running a widespread cyber attack “exercise” on July 9th. Will this be just like their pandemic “exercise” that took place two months before the COVID 19 outbreak?
For those unaware, The World Economic Forum held a pandemic training simulation in 2019, just two months before the actual outbreak of COVID-19. But what is shocking is that that this simulation mirrored the real outbreak perfectly.
The simulation was labeled as Event 201. During the simulation exercise, an outbreak was modeled based on a zoonotic virus from bats that jumped species and infected humans, causing a worldwide pandemic. But don’t forget, this was two months before the real outbreak and yet it perfectly predicted the entire event.
Event 201 was a partnership between Bill Gates and John Hopkins University under the umbrella of The World Economic Forum.
But now, we have a new “simulation” coming up being organized by The World Economic Forum. This time, the simulation will be to study a large scale cyber attack on critical infrastructure around the world, causing massive disruptions.
If all of that sounds a little familiar, it’s probably because the media seems to have been preparing you to accept such things for the past two months.
A few weeks ago, a gasoline pipeline was hit with a cyber attack which shut off gas supplies to much of the East coast. Then most recently, JBS Foods, which provides a large portion of the meat to the country was forced to to shut down after a cyber attack. Both of the events had only short-lived consequences, but they seemed to prime the public for such stories in the future.
And that’s where the new exercise by The World Economic Forum called Cyber Polygon 2021 comes into play. Just like Event 201 miraculously predicted the COVID 19 pandemic, will Cyber Polygon 2021 portend a huge cyber attack soon after?
Considering the history of The World Economic Forum for setting the global talking points and narrative, it’s reasonable to assume they seem to either believe or know about an upcoming wave of cyber attacks which take down key infrastructure.
Let’s also not forget, The World Economic Forum sent out a message stating how much of a positive thing the COVID 19 shutdowns were.
So what better way to keep the slowdown going than to cripple key infrastructure?
In summary, we have one globalist group known as The World Economic forum perfectly predicting the COVID-19 pandemic. Then that same group Tweeting publicly how great the results of that pandemic were for cities. Now they are predicting a wave of cyber attacks to once again disrupt the global supply chain.
I would say if you want to know what the future holds, keep a close eye on Cyber Polygon. It may just spell out the globalist game plan for the next year.

Featured

Armageddon?

Over the past two weeks we have been “treated” to a barrage of media regarding the Tulsa “massacre” of Blacks in the 1920’s. There was also some coverage of bodies being disinterred in a Tulsa cemetery.

Oklahoma was Indian Territory in 1900. Tulsa was and still is part of an existing Creek reservation.

The cemetery being dug up in Tulsa existed prior to 1900. It was the closest cemetery to the smallpox clinic that opened for one year -1900- in Tulsa.

Smallpox victims were forbidden to be embalmed or transported. They were to be disinfected, wrapped in a prescribed thickness of cloth and bandages, and buried six feet underground immediately.
Smallpox was the only disease where the dead bodies were treated in this manner.

By law, in most, (if not all) states Smallpox bodies must never be disinterred.
The picture accompanying this post shows volunteers carrying trays of remains bare handed.

According to Mayo Clinic’s site, if someone were infected we have 7-14 days until the symptomatic red sores appear and they become transmissible. So say t-minus 5 days at this point, assuming one or some of those workers were infected by their proximity to possible Smallpox victims.

The disease is transmitted when the first symptoms appear, about four days before the rash.

The initial symptoms resemble any flu virus, or COVID-19.

They will get COVID tested and sent home to wait for the results. The COVID tests will be negative.

These people go to work, to church, to rallies, to Wal-Mart, to casinos, to … Fourth of July picnics.


This opens one hell of a can of worms.
Was this promoted because COVID didn’t play out the way they wanted? (rampant speculation there, I know…)

Sleep well, kiddies tick… tick… tick

Featured

When is enough, enough?

Shared from a friend…


How much is “enough” is dependent upon each persons perception. What might be too much to you isn’t going to be too much to someone else. We as a society have become soft, we’re way too willing to accept governmental/cultural intrusions as long as we have plenty of beer to drink, chips to eat, and Kardashians to watch. I believe the historical term that applies here is “Bread and Circuses.”


A lot of people have a serious misunderstanding of our first revolutionary war. Most people think it started because Redcoats shot some people in Boston, so everyone grabbed their squirrel rifle and headed to Lexington. In reality, that revolution was decades in the making. It was a series of actions on the part of the British government that, eventually, pissed off enough people that they were willing to fight. Even then, historical consensus is that the majority of the American people did not support Amerexit. I’ve read that as little as 1/3rd of the population actually supported the rebellion when it started. That means that 2/3rds of the people in the colonies were either apathetic about the rebellion, or outright opposed it. In our Civil War, less than half the people in the North, at least initially, supported the war. It was almost 4 months from the time South Carolina seceded until the actual “shootin’ war” started. The country was falling apart for 4 months, and nobody, at least not a large number of people, in the North seemed to care. Look at Lincoln’s 64 reelection, he only garnered 55% of the vote. Now yes, that’s a majority, but definitely not an overwhelming majority…especially considering the war was very much going in the North’s favor at that point.


It doesn’t take a majority of people to overthrow a government. History shows that a minority, if dedicated enough, can do it. The thing that will most likely spark an actual war war is economic turmoil. Most governments have been overthrown, by their own people I mean, because of economic chaos than any other reason. Wait until hyperinflation…caused by all this phony money they keep creating…erodes people’s ability to put food on the table. Wait until the world dumps the dollar for the yuan, at which point our dollar bills will become nothing more than fancy toilet paper. The only question then is who best uses the turmoil to their benefit…the left or the right. Recent history, the last century or so, shows it to be the left.

Featured

There outta be a law

DISCLAIMER: The purpose of this blog post is to inform not to convince. Take what is said here and apply reason, logic and research of your own… or don’t.Take what you need and leave the rest.

Centuries from now, historians may wonder: Where exactly did Congress store all those pork barrels?
On the Capitol grounds they might look for the bushes, which were beaten around, and a row of haystacks in which members of Congress used to look for needles. The driveway is paved with stones, none of which was unturned, and there are three bandwagons in front of the building upon which they frequently climbed. There are no fewer than seven flagpoles for the running up of ideas.
The law is perverted, and, in its wake, all the collective forces of the nation are not only diverted from their proper direction but pursue a diametrically opposed course to the detriment of the populace.Government, at all levels, has become the tool of every kind of avarice, skullduggery, flim-flam, double dealing and iniquity that government, through the mechanism of the law, is designed to punish and exterminate.


We have been indoctrinated that man, (and woman), by the very act of being born comes into this world with God-given rights of freedom of personality, personal liberty and personal property-these three things are the core of being human. Because of the existence of personality, liberty and property, mankind has created laws for their protection. Law is nothing more than the organization of the natural right of lawful personal defense.


Every person has the right of defending, even by force, his or her person, liberty and property. If, under our constitutional republic, one person has these unalienable rights and the full right to defend them, the corollary is that ALL persons have these same rights and are free to exercise them so long as they do nothing to encroach on the sovereign rights of their neighbor.


Each individual, exercising THEIR rights while taking care to refrain from impinging on their neighbors sovereign rights is the very definition of justice.
But, something has gone drastically wrong with the government failing in its legitimate duties while encroaching on the natural rights of its citizenry. The state, at all levels has, without justification, intervened in private affairs rather than protect the rights of the individual from encroachment by others.


The function of the state is clearly spelled out in the preamble to the US Constitution; “We, the people, in order to form a more perfect union, establish justice, insure domestic tranquility, provide for the common defense, promote the general welfare and secure the blessings of liberty to ourselves and our posterity…” THESE are the legitimate functions of the state. Unfortunately, we have seen the government unlawfully expand its activities into the private affairs of citizens. It has acted in direct opposition to its proper function. It has, over time, destroyed the vision of the Founders. It has employed itself in annihilating the very justice it was created to establish. It has wielded the coercive force of the collective in the service of those who traffic, without personal risk and without moral scruple against the persons, liberty and property of others. Like the privateers of old, it has converted plunder into a right and lawful defense into a crime.


There has been a number of decades when the law and the government has been perverted through naked greed and misconceived “charity” to a point where there is no negative consequence to the miscreants who inhabit the various positions within the halls of government.


Humans are driven, in the end, by two very basic and opposing desires; attaining pleasure, (reward) and avoiding pain, (punishment). To achieve pleasure, humans can pursue two routes; 1) application of his/her faculties to objects or personal labor. This is the origin of property. 2) By seizing and appropriating the production of property of his fellow man. This is the origin of plunder.

Labor, by its nature, creates pain and being inclined to avoid pain, history shows that whenever plunder is less burdensome that labor, plunder increases. Neither religion nor morality can prevent it from prevailing.


What can we do to have a cessation of plunder by the state? We must find a way to make it more burdensome and dangerous than labor. Later on in this series I will explore different mechanisms to achieve that end.


“Our Constitution was made only for a moral and religious people. It is wholly inadequate to the government of any other.”
John Adams

Featured

Pillars of the Republic

DISCLAIMER: The purpose of this blog post is to inform not to convince. Take what is said here and apply reason, logic and research of your own… or don’t.Take what you need and leave the rest.


It has been said that these United States of America have as their foundation pillars, two documents, The Declaration of Independence and the Constitution of the United States.The precepts and principles illustrated therein form the basis and justification for the republic that was formed by the breakaway British colonies in 1776…or so we are told.

Although it has never been used as an example of United States law, the Declaration of Independence is cited as the bedrock foundation of all United States jurisprudence that has followed. The operational clause of that Declaration is as follows:”We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness.–That to secure these rights, Governments are instituted among Men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the governed…”

Two points stand out. Item first; The Founders’ position was that all men were endued with certain rights “by their Creator”, (common usage understood by the Founders was a description of God), that were unalienable, that is to say that those rights were: “unable to be taken away from or given away by the possessor.” The Declaration states that among these many rights are; “Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness”. (Thomas Jefferson, on of the chief architects of the Declaration originally had “Property” in the place of Happiness).

The second major point was that governments derived their just powers from the consent of the governed, which is to say that in order to exercise power legitimately, those governed must so consent.
It therefore strains reason that in a republic that maintains it is composed of free and sovereign people who have been granted equal and that are unable to be taken or given away that “we the people” are ruled by the whim of tyrants and are constrained through force and the threat of force in a manner no different that that exercised by the dictators at the heads of nation-states we identify as evil and destructive to both “civilized” people and their own subjects.

A weakness of humans is that we often obey force from fear of retribution, physical pain or death, yet we as an assumedly “free” people make concessions to those we absurdly characterize as our “public servants” when, in truth, it is “we the people” who do the bidding of the “elected” officials and their unelected and appointed bureaucrats.

Why would a “free people” do this? There are more of us than there are of them. Is it cowardice? Have we become so accustomed to kowtowing to power while pulling our own forelock to please our political masters that we no longer understand the requirements of freedom let along have the intestinal fortitude to stand up for ourselves? Have we become so blinded by the propaganda that we prefer comfortable voluntary servitude to dangerous and uncertain freedom?

I will examine these and other questions in the following series of posts. Among other things, I will be questioning the truth of the lyric of a Lee Greenwood song that says; “I’m proud to be an American where at least I know I’m free. And I won’t forget the men who died to give that right to me…”

To quote Founding Father John Adams; “But a Constitution of Government once changed from Freedom, can never be restored. Liberty once lost is lost forever. “

Featured

Follow the science…

Watch as this pharmacist opens the MASSIVE insert found inside the Johnson and Johnson COVID vaccine and learns two important and shocking things. First, the insert is the size of a flag once opened, but more importantly, the entire insert is blank. No information on safety or what chemicals and medicines are found in the actual vax.
Run time 1:33

https://vidmax.com/video/204304-pharmacist-opens-the-giant-johnson-and-johnson-covid-vax-insert-and-what-she-reveals-will-shock-you

Featured

The incredible vanishing flu

Could “the mere presence of the corona virus” suppress flu cases? As in the big tough Chinese alpha male coronavirus scaring away the metrosexual beta male influenza virus?

Seasonal influenza, also known as “the flu,” visits America every year, similar to tornados, thunderstorms, heat waves, and snowstorms. As tracked by the CDC, over the past decade symptomatic flu cases ranged from 9 to 45 million cases per year in the US. Hospitalizations varied from 140 to 810 thousand, and deaths from 12 to 61 thousand, depending on the particular year, strain of influenza, and effectiveness of the vaccine.


This year, “flu activity is unusually low at this time” according to CDC surveillance. Since late September 2020, they recorded only about 2000 cases, a minute fraction of the tens of millions of cases in past years.
Hospitalizations this flu season are minimal with only 224 confirmed influenza hospitalizations from September 2020 to mid-April 202, nowhere near the hundreds of thousands of hospitalizations in past seasons.
Deaths are harder to measure since the CDC conveniently changed how deaths are characterized this past year. Instead of pneumonia, influenza, and COVID being in separate categories, now it’s called PIC, lumping the three entities together.
For children, the CDC doesn’t use PIC as COVID hospitalization or death in children is exceedingly rare, unless the child is immunocompromised. In each of the past three years, pediatric deaths ranged from 144 to 198 per year. This current flu season has seen only one single child die from the flu.
Biden Is Using Lies To Divide America
So what happened to the flu? From millions of cases to a few thousand. It would like having a winter with no snow, which despite predictions of NY Times climate experts, hasn’t come close to happening.
Perhaps the flu cases are mysteriously lost, like Hillary Clinton’s emails, Hunter Biden’s laptop, or John Durham’s sealed indictments.
A virologist was perplexed and honest. According to the New York Times,
“We don’t really have a clue,” said Richard Webby, a virologist at the St. Jude Children’s Research Hospital in Memphis. “We’re in uncharted territory. We haven’t had an influenza season this low, I think as long as we’ve been measuring it. So what the potential implications are is a bit unclear.”
Other than an occasional news story like the one above, the media has been rather uninterested in this fluke of science, instead wringing their paws over an election audit in Arizona or Frank Luntz and Kevin McCarthy shacking up.
As big media is too busy looking for racism hiding behind every Republican, let’s explore why the flu might have mysteriously vanished.
One theory is that public health measures for COVID eradicated the flu. Did we just now discover hygiene? Was last year the first time that Americans washed their hands and used hand sanitizer? We have always done these things. And if they worked to stop the flu, why didn’t they stop COVID?


We didn’t need Dr Fauci scolding us into isolation when sick. Those ill with the flu stayed home until better. We naturally distanced when sick. Again, if these measures, far more draconian this year, stopped the flu, why didn’t they also stop COVID?

Perhaps the flu vaccine last season was a home run, unlike the 40-60 percent effectiveness of past seasons, one year as low as 19 percent effective. In a normal flu season, the vaccination rate is between 50-60 percent. It was likely much lower last year during COVID as a flu shot was not a priority and many avoided going to the doctor unless necessary.


Maybe it was the incessant mask use, going from none to one to two to one, according to Dr Fauci’s whims. If masks worked so well, why weren’t we told to wear them every flu season, preventing tens of thousands of deaths and hundreds of thousands of hospitalizations? It is not like masks were just invented last year.


Does size matter? The influenza virus is 80-120 nanometers. COVID is similar in size, 50-140 nm. If, as we are incessantly told, masks work to save lives from COVID, then they should work similarly for influenza. Yet COVID cases are high and influenza cases are near zero. Why is that?


The pore size in standard surgical masks is 300 nm to 10,000 nm, far larger than either virus, meaning masks cannot explain the discrepancy. Masks don’t stop either virus, which is why we never masked up during past flu pandemics. Unless the masks contain a pore bouncer, letting in only COVID but telling influenza to get lost.


In addition, if masks work, why the push for the vaccine? If the vaccine works, and it does far more effectively than the flu vaccine, why are we still masked up? It can’t be both ways. Except in Congress where the few Biden speech attendees, all vaccinated, were distanced and covering their faces. Do they consider the message they are sending? Apparently not.


The NY Times article suggests previous public exposure to influenza with no previous exposure to COVID might explain things. But every year there is “previous public exposure” to influenza and every year plenty of flu cases. Until this year. As influenza occurs every year, there is always natural immunity to influenza yet there are always many cases the following year. What changed?


Could “the mere presence of the corona virus” suppress flu cases? As in the big tough Chinese alpha male coronavirus scaring away the metrosexual beta male influenza virus? Has social justice and wokeness penetrated viral capsids? Perhaps that makes sense to CNN anchors.


I’ll throw out an idea, namely testing. Perhaps COVID numbers are artificially high due to PCR cycle thresholds, as I have written about. At cycle threshold of 35-40, “up to 90 percent of people testing positive carried barely any virus” according to the NY Times, meaning most positives are false positives.

Deliberately attributing accidental deaths to COVID falsely inflates the death counts.

What if influenza cases were incorrectly labeled as COVID? After all, everything now is called PIC. Perhaps the influenza numbers are much higher and COVID numbers much lower based on misclassification.

The CDC wouldn’t play numbers games like that would they? Sure they would. The CDC changed its cycle threshold for “vaccine breakthrough cases,” those cases occurring post vaccination, to 28, far below that for normal cases of 40 or higher, to reduce COVID cases numbers after the vaccine. Imagine if they had done that last year. COVID cases numbers would resemble that of a bad flu season.

The CDC was happy to let high case numbers work against President Trump last year when he was campaigning for reelection but now want to lower case numbers to favor their heralded vaccines. This is the same CDC that allowed a national teachers union to help draft school opening guidance, just as Congress lets lobbyists write legislation. Can the CDC be trusted?

The CDC director said their data, “suggests that vaccinated people do not carry the virus” yet vaccinated people are still distanced and masked. Is the CDC about public health or just another political arm of the ruling class, like the FBI and DOJ?

Are the vanishing flu cases just a numbers game, the CDC playing three-card Monte, hiding flu cases while America bets her economy on this con game, the American people coming up short and the Democrats always winning? Was it every really about the virus?


Source: https://www.americanthinker.com/articles/2021/05/the_incredible_vanishing_flu.html

Featured

More PCR covid testing hijinks.

A 40-cycle threshold produces a 97 percent false positive rate.

People vaccinated if tested get a cycle threshold of 28, very low intentionally to give a negative sars-cov-2 result. But the great unvaxed get a PCR test with a much higher threshold of 40-45 so anything looks like its positive for covid.

Check out this document from the U.S. Centers Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), which openly admits that two different PCR tests are now being used for the vaccinated and the unvaccinated.

“The American CDC uses a 40+ cycle threshold to inflate the number of Covid-19 cases and generate fear based on ‘presumption,’ not deaths,” reports Taps Newswire. “40+ cycles are also used in Canada. A 40-cycle threshold produces a 97 percent false positive rate.”
More at link and other links to follow for more info:


https://www.newstarget.com/2021-05-06-vaccinated-tested-pcr-28-cycles-guaranteed-negative.html

Featured

Many members of the military refusing the poke

About one-third of military service members are refusing to take the coronavirus vaccine. In some units, refusal rates exceed half of all members.

The Military Can’t Get Troops to Take the Covid Vaccine. Come Again?
Service members aren’t getting the vaccine. That’s a problem, and it’s more complicated than you’d expect.

www.thenation.com

www.thenation.com

The Military Can’t Get Troops to Take the Covid Vaccine. Come Again?
Service members aren’t getting the vaccine. That’s a problem, and it’s more complicated than you’d expect.
By Andrew McCormickTwitter
MARCH 1, 2021

https://www.thenation.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/02/basic-military-training-air-force-dvids.jpg
Basic training graduation. (Kemberly Groue / US Air Force, Defense Department)

About one-third of military service members are refusing to take the coronavirus vaccine. In some units, refusal rates exceed half of all members. At a time when the virus remains as dangerous as ever, that’s bananas. Yet the military says troops who decline the vaccine will face no repercussions or changes to their assigned duties, meaning even uninoculated troops will remain deployable around the country and the world. What the hell?

The deal is, federal law prohibits the mandatory application of medicines within the military that are not fully licensed by the US Food and Drug Administration. The three coronavirus vaccines currently available in the United States—the Pfizer-BioNTech, Moderna, and, as of Saturday, the Johnson & Johnson versions—are approved on “emergency use authorizations,” meaning the drugs are technically still experimental. Full approval could take years, during which time hundreds of thousands of service members will apparently remain susceptible to, and potentially vectors of, Covid-19.

There’s good reason for this law. The government and military have nasty histories of experimenting on people, including service members, without their knowledge or consent. And in fact, the law has been put to the test.

In 1997, the military instituted a mandatory vaccination program for anthrax. Upon receiving that vaccine, huge numbers of service members complained of debilitating side effects. (The vaccine may also have been a factor in what’s known as “Gulf War syndrome,” a multi-symptom illness of unknown origin related to service in the 1991 war.) Lawsuits ensued, and in 2004 the D.C. Circuit court determined that the government had violated federal law by mandating the medicine, specifically because the vaccine in question was proven to prevent cutaneous anthrax infection, though the military sought to prevent against inhalation anthrax, the most deadly form of the disease and the one most likely to be associated with a bio-attack. But the FDA hadn’t adequately studied the vaccine’s use against inhalation anthrax, the court found, meaning it didn’t meet the standard for mandatory military distribution.

Following further testing, mandatory anthrax vaccinations resumed in 2007, with troops risking court-martial and even separation from the service if they refused the vaccine. (Fun fact: Jake Angeli, the Viking-helmeted “QAnon shaman” of Capitol riot infamy, was kicked out of the Navy in late 2007, after two years as an enlisted sailor, for this very reason, according to Task & Purpose.)

With the coronavirus vaccine, the Pentagon surely would want to avoid similar, protracted legal battles. Military leaders have expressed frustration at low vaccine acceptance rates—the AP reported they had hoped the military might serve as an example to the public. But the law is clear.

There are critical and obvious differences, though, between the anthrax case and America’s present predicament, which should cause the government to reconsider its approach.

First, during the last major anthrax scare in the United States, in 2001, the disease killed five people. Covid-19 has killed more than 500,000 Americans, with more deaths in January 2021 than during any previous month of the pandemic.

Second, anthrax is not contagious. Coronavirus, clearly, is. And new, even more infectious—and more virulent—variants are on the rise. That in mind, it’s worth noting the military is a highly mobile profession, and that service members aren’t self-contained on bases. Many live off-base and often, as a group, play significant roles in their respective communities. In other words, an unvaccinated troop poses a risk to more than only their fellow service members. It’s not clear if service members refusing the vaccine will participate in the military’s efforts to distribute the vaccine domestically, though that would be ironic. I asked the Pentagon about this. “That’s a good question,” a public affairs officer told me, though an emailed request for further comment went unanswered.

And third, many service members aren’t giving very good reasons for refusing the vaccine. With anthrax, there were serious questions about the vaccine’s efficacy and evidence of significant side-effects. By contrast, evidence from large vaccine trials and more than 24 million completed vaccinations in the United States so far show that the coronavirus vaccines are very safe (even if the second doses of the Pfizer and Moderna vaccines can pack a wallop). Fears about side effects from the coronavirus vaccine are only natural, and military leaders should address them compassionately. But some members refusing the vaccine are instead citing misinformation, such as that the vaccine is a tracking device (it isn’t); partisan objections, in the same way that some view masks as a political statement (they aren’t); and even the novelty of self-determination. “The Army tells me what, how, and when to do almost everything,” one soldier told The New York Times. “They finally asked me to do something and I actually have a choice, so I said no.”

In the seven years I spent in the US Navy, I was vaccinated for at least anthrax, smallpox, hepatitis A and B, typhoid, yellow fever, and, every year, the flu. When my unit was deployed to East Africa, under Special Operations Command, we were given pills to prevent against malaria. These were said, perhaps apocryphally, to cause bizarre dreams and mood swings, so most of us left the pills in the bottle. Then a few guys actually got malaria. The commanding general was furious. New guidance from my boss was: “It’s funny. If you get malaria, it’ll be the general who kills you.” We took the pills.

Now, commanders are jumping through hoops to push the coronavirus vaccine. They’re convening town halls, hosting question-and-answer information sessions, and posting photos and videos of themselves receiving shots. The message: Please, please follow our lead.

It’s an uncomfortable position for leaders, in an organization that hinges on an expectation of compliance. One commanding officer in the Washington, D.C., area told me that the optional vaccine has also opened a door to obvious partisanship and misinformation in the ranks. This officer has strenuously encouraged subordinates to receive the vaccine but is hamstrung by an influential member of the command who declined it because, this person said, “it feels partisan.” In any other circumstance, it would be incumbent on a leader to squash rhetoric like this, as a matter of what the military calls “good order and discipline.”

There are impacts on operations, too. If a member who refuses the vaccine winds up testing positive for the virus—not an unlikely scenario, with cases still high—that person is of course moved to quarantine. An unequal burden then falls on troops who did take the vaccine, who must flex to cover the infected member’s duties. Another officer relayed a story to me in which an unvaccinated sailor was due to be deployed but contracted the coronavirus and ultimately missed the unit’s departure.

Mandatory vaccination may not be the answer, but clearly something is broken here.

The law does provide one way around the informed-consent requirement for the military with experimental drugs: The president can waive that requirement, if it is deemed in the best interest of service members or national security to do so. I won’t presume to say President Biden should do this, but the question is worthy of consideration.

More practically, and soon, the Defense Department should confer additional tools to military leaders to help compel vaccine acceptance. The military could introduce incentives for taking the vaccine, in the form of financial bonuses—like some US companies have done—or time off (the military loves time off). Or, without making the vaccine mandatory, commanders could be empowered to relegate subordinates who refuse the vaccine to a limited set of duties. Those troops could also be required to live on base, in barracks, until they receive the vaccine, or until the spread of the virus has declined significantly. (To readers not in the know: This is a near-nuclear suggestion; it would have the desired effect.) Importantly, the latter two proposals shouldn’t be viewed as reprisal. They’re commonsense measures, to the benefit of public health. And common sense, at least, should not be optional.

Andrew McCormickTWITTERAndrew McCormick is an independent journalist in Washington, D.C. His work has appeared in The New York TimesThe AtlanticColumbia Journalism Review, and the South China Morning Post, among other publications. He is a US Navy veteran.

Featured

Salk Institute warning about SARS 2 “vaccine”

In the new study, the researchers created a “pseudovirus” that was surrounded by SARS-CoV-2 classic crown of spike proteins, but did not contain any actual virus. Exposure to this pseudovirus resulted in damage to the lungs and arteries of an animal model—proving that the spike protein alone was enough to cause disease. Tissue samples showed inflammation in endothelial cells lining the pulmonary artery walls.

In an article entitled, “The novel coronavirus’ spike protein plays additional key role in illness“, published on April 30th, 2021, the Salk Institute warns that, “Salk researchers and collaborators show how the protein damages cells, confirming COVID-19 as a primarily vascular disease.”

From that article:
Now, a major new study shows that the virus spike proteins (which behave very differently than those safely encoded by vaccines) also play a key role in the disease itself.
The paper, published on April 30, 2021, in Circulation Research, also shows conclusively that COVID-19 is a vascular disease, demonstrating exactly how the SARS-CoV-2 virus damages and attacks the vascular system on a cellular level.
“A lot of people think of it as a respiratory disease, but it’s really a vascular disease,” says Assistant Research Professor Uri Manor, who is co-senior author of the study. “That could explain why some people have strokes, and why some people have issues in other parts of the body. The commonality between them is that they all have vascular underpinnings.”
…the paper provides clear confirmation and a detailed explanation of the mechanism through which the protein damages vascular cells for the first time.

In the new study, the researchers created a “pseudovirus” that was surrounded by SARS-CoV-2 classic crown of spike proteins, but did not contain any actual virus. Exposure to this pseudovirus resulted in damage to the lungs and arteries of an animal model—proving that the spike protein alone was enough to cause disease. Tissue samples showed inflammation in endothelial cells lining the pulmonary artery walls.
The team then replicated this process in the lab, exposing healthy endothelial cells (which line arteries) to the spike protein. They showed that the spike protein damaged the cells by binding ACE2. This binding disrupted ACE2’s molecular signaling to mitochondria (organelles that generate energy for cells), causing the mitochondria to become damaged and fragmented.
Previous studies have shown a similar effect when cells were exposed to the SARS-CoV-2 virus, but this is the first study to show that the damage occurs when cells are exposed to the spike protein on its own.
“If you remove the replicating capabilities of the virus, it still has a major damaging effect on the vascular cells, simply by virtue of its ability to bind to this ACE2 receptor, the S protein receptor, now famous thanks to COVID,” Manor explains. “Further studies with mutant spike proteins will also provide new insight towards the infectivity and severity of mutant SARS CoV-2 viruses.”

The article does not mention that covid-19 vaccines are injecting patients with the very same spike protein that was studied, but this fact is widely known and even touted by the vaccine industry.
The upshot of this research is that covid vaccines are inducing vascular disease and directly causing injuries and deaths stemming to blood clots and other vascular reactions. This is all caused by the spike protein that’s deliberately engineered into the vaccines.

More at link and also has links to original docs

https://www.naturalnews.com/2021-05-07-salk-institute-reveals-the-covid-spike-protein-causing-deadly-blood-clots.html

Featured

A prayer for today

Search us, Oh GOD, and know our hearts today; cleanse us from every sin and set us free. Amen!”

“Heavenly Father, we come before you today to ask your forgiveness and to seek your direction and guidance.

We know Your Word says: “Woe to those who call evil good”, but that is exactly what we have done.

* We have lost our spiritual equilibrium and reversed our values.

* We have ridiculed the absolute truth of Your Word and called it Pluralism.

* We have worshipped other gods and called it multiculturalism.

* We have endorsed perversion and called it alternative lifestyle.

* We have exploited the poor and called it the lottery.

* We have rewarded laziness and called it welfare.* We have killed our unborn and called it choice.* We have shot abortionists and called it justifiable.

* We have neglected to discipline our children and called it building self-esteem.

* We have abused power and called it politics.* We have embezzled public funds and called it essential expenses.

* We have insitutionalised bribery and called it sweets of office.

* We have coveted our neighbor’s possessions and called it ambition.

*We have polluted the air with profanity and pornography and called it freedom of expression.

* We have ridiculed the time-honored values of our forefathers and called it enlightenment.

Search us, Oh GOD, and know our hearts today; cleanse us from every sin and set us free. Amen!”

Featured

Seems someone wants to send a message and at the same time test the new Great State of America’s security.

Federal agencies are investigating at least two possible incidents on US soil, including one near the White House in November of last year, that appear similar to mysterious, invisible attacks that have led to debilitating symptoms for dozens of US personnel abroad.
Multiple sources familiar with the matter tell CNN that while the Pentagon and other agencies probing the matter have reached no clear conclusions on what happened, the fact that such an attack might have taken place so close to the White House is particularly alarming.
Defense officials briefed lawmakers on the Senate and House Armed Services Committees on the matter earlier this month, including on the incident near the White House. That incident, which occurred near the Ellipse, the large oval lawn on the south side of the White House, sickened one National Security Council official, according to multiple current and former US officials and sources familiar with the matter.

In a separate 2019 episode, a White House official reported a similar attack while walking her dog in a Virginia suburb just outside Washington, GQ reported last year.



Those sickened reported similar symptoms to CIA and State Department personnel impacted overseas, and officials quickly began to investigate the incident as a possible “Havana syndrome” attack. That name refers to unexplained symptoms that US personnel in Cuba began experiencing in late 2016 — a varying set of complaints that includes ear popping, vertigo, pounding headaches and nausea, sometimes accompanied by an unidentified “piercing directional noise.”

Rumors have long swirled around Washington about similar incidents within the United States. While the recent episodes around Washington appear similar to the previous apparent attacks affecting diplomats, CIA officers and other US personnel serving in Cuba, Russia and China, investigators have not determined whether the puzzling incidents at home are connected to those that have occurred abroad or who may be behind them, sources tell CNN.

Or could it be…

… the kiddies in DARPA conducting some human research on unsuspecting research animals (i.e.- also known as citizens)?

Featured

Racist Rant or Truth?

Floyd’s system was loaded with dope. In what community in America are heroin, fentanyl, methamphetamine, and morphine legal?

Why Are Blacks Celebrating Conviction of Officer Chauvin?


Many of the hyphenated-folks are celebrating as if they just won the lottery, because former Police Officer Derek Chauvin received what was a fait accompli.
Mr. Chauvin was always going to be found guilty. Mr. Chauvin’s fate was sealed from the moment Floyd breathed the last breath of his shockingly wasted life.

Maybe one of these preening children of Belial would care to explain why they are celebrating Mr. Chauvin’s conviction? What good does his conviction do them?


Is Mr. Chauvin’s conviction going to put food on their tables? Is his conviction going to rebuild the neighborhoods they burned to the ground, the stores that they looted or even put a table in the ashes of the slums they once called home so they can put food on it, assuming they had food?


Why are these people exhibiting such celebratory mania? Just what have they to be cheerful about?


Is Mr. Chauvin’s conviction going to put an end to the black-on-black crime they want us to believe doesn’t exist, all evidence to the contrary notwithstanding?


Is his conviction going to stop the gang violence in neighborhoods that are still habitable?


Will Mr. Chauvin’s conviction end their living in squalor, wearing a stolen pair of Nike’s and an athletic warmup suit as stylin’ cloths?


Is his conviction going to end millions of unborn black children being systematically exterminated by the demigod they’ve spiritually contracted with to sacrifice their unborn?


Will his conviction decrease the out of wedlock birth rate?


Will it persuade black women to practice a higher level of behavioral control, i.e., will they understand that being sperm repositories for crack-head dope dealers living in the projects on their mama’s couch is a formula for failure?


Is Mr. Chauvin’s conviction going to persuade these folks to step into the 21st century and embrace modernity and opportunity? Is it going to silence the lies that fuel their hatred? Will his conviction give them jobs? Will it increase their graduation rate from college? From high school?


The answer to these few questions is an emphatic, “of course not!!”
Mr. Chauvin’s conviction isn’t going to change a thing for them. There will continue to be tens of thousands of George Floyds marauding, raping, and pillaging the neighborhoods until the next one is dies in a police confrontation.
At which time the usual suspects will opine what a valued asset he was in the community.


Minneapolis mayor Jacob Frey acted as the accelerant that fueled the fires of their neighborhoods, when he rushed before the cameras blaming “white police officers” literally moments after the Floyd died.


Nancy Pelosi is the daughter of an Italian mobster. How did her mobster father avoid prison time despite a 284 page FBI report on him?


Kamala Harris may have vice-president on the door to her office but she’s just a cheap common trollop who slept her way to Washington.


Biden is a lecherous bigoted liar who has a reputation as a drunk and for sexually assaulting young women in his office. His son is reputed to have slept with his barely pubescent granddaughter, boasts of sleeping with his brother’s wife, and has photos splashed over the internet taken in strip club(s) where he paid sex workers to pleasure him with sexual devices being administered to his person.


Maxine Waters is a corrupt, mean spirited, contumelious, nightmarishly unattractive person, who is the poster woman for grotesquely boorish and hoydenish behavior.


These are the kind of representative figures condemning Mr. Chauvin?
These are the kind who rush to bestow sainthood upon Floyd. Repugnant people like them ignore what his life truly represented.


Maddeningly dishonest calumniators masquerading as fact-checkers can whitewash Floyd’s background in an effort to portray him as a pillar of the community, but every person who is honest and truthful knows he was a pox on the community.


Yet, Pelosi offered up prayers and praise to, not for mind you – but to Floyd.


Floyd’s system was loaded with dope. In what community in America are heroin, fentanyl, methamphetamine, and morphine legal?


These are not recreational pharmaceuticals people use when they are just chillin’ around the house eating ribs, breaking open 40’s with friends and watching “Low-bron” James dribble.


These are death-inducing drugs and the neighborhoods where they are purchased and manufactured are cesspools of uninterrupted generational violence.


Streets are being renamed after this person who was a 6’6” 245 pound pariah when he was alive. Schools are being renamed after him; statues and monuments are in the works. Practically every wall in the ghetto has Floyd’s likeness on it.


But what about the people he molested and assaulted? What about his contribution to moral decay and the villainous example he lived? What about the pregnant woman whose apartment he staked out and then led others in breaking into?


Do these smiling people who are happy because Mr. Chauvin was convicted give a rat’s ass about how that woman feels today?


What about her nightmares caused by having a loaded gun with hammer cocked pushed into her pregnant belly and told unless she gave him her money he was going to shoot her baby? Has anyone asked her what she thinks?


Are we to conclude that his other seven convictions should be ignored? What kind of responsible role model father’s a half-dozen children all from different women, not marrying any of them? Should we conclude he wasn’t a reprobate father because the women could have killed the babies?


Floyd is just another example of the godless commonality and evil his kind embody.


But this is the forever story. These minions of Erebus celebrate the worthless lives of the most reprobate, worthless people in their neighborhoods the moment one of them dies at the hands of a police officer, but that in no way stops the murder of their children, the prostitution of the daughters and mothers to support drug addiction, and semi-literate sperm-dispensers who wear their pants hanging off their behinds.


Is this what these contemptible examples of impropriety are celebrating?

Featured

Leaky Vaccines

To test the imperfect vaccine hypothesis in humans, you would need monitor the vaccine response for either a large or isolated population for a long time. Doing this would allow a researcher to gauge how the vaccine interacts with the virus and if that relationship is evolving. Does the vaccine merely reduce symptoms, or does it also keep patients from getting infected and transmitting the virus?

The deadliest strains of viruses often take care of themselves — they flare up and then die out. This is because they are so good at destroying cells and causing illness that they ultimately kill their host before they have time to spread.


But a chicken virus that represents one of the deadliest germs in history breaks from this conventional wisdom, thanks to an inadvertent effect from a vaccine. Chickens vaccinated against Marek’s disease rarely get sick. But the vaccine does not prevent them from spreading Marek’s to unvaccinated birds.


“With the hottest strains, every unvaccinated bird dies within 10 days. There is no human virus that is that hot. Ebola, for example, doesn’t kill everything in 10 days.”In fact, rather than stop fowl from spreading the virus, the vaccine allows the disease to spread faster and longer than it normally would, a new study finds. The scientists now believe that this vaccine has helped this chicken virus become uniquely virulent.


This is the first time that this virus-boosting phenomenon, known as the imperfect vaccine hypothesis, has been observed experimentally.
The reason this is a problem for Marek’s disease is because the vaccine is “leaky.”

A leaky vaccine is one that keeps a microbe from doing serious harm to its host, but doesn’t stop the disease from replicating and spreading to another individual. On the other hand, a “perfect” vaccine is one that sets up lifelong immunity that never wanes and blocks both infection and transmission.
It’s important to note childhood vaccines for polio, measles, mumps, rubella and smallpox aren’t leaky; they are considered “perfect” vaccines. As such, they are in no way in danger of falling prey to this phenomenon.


But the results do raise the questions for some human vaccines that are leaky – such as malaria, and other agricultural vaccines, such as the one being used against avian influenza, or bird flu.


Marek’s disease has plagued the chicken industry, it causes $2 billion in losses annually for fowl farmers across the globe. The virus attacks the brain, spawns tumors in the birds and comes in different varieties or “strains”, which are classified as “hot” or “cold” based on their brutality.


Andrew Read, who co-led the study, had heard about the severe effects of the hottest Marek’s strains before his lab started studying the disease about a decade ago, but even he was surprised when he finally saw the virus in action.
“With the hottest strains, every unvaccinated bird dies within 10 days. There is no human virus that is that hot. Ebola, for example, doesn’t kill everything in 10 days,” said Read, who is an evolutionary biologist at Penn State University.

In recent years, experts have wondered if leaky vaccines were to blame for the emergence of these hot strains. The 1970s introduction of the Marek’s disease immunizations for baby chicks kept the poultry industry from collapse, but people soon learned that vaccinated birds were catching “the bug” without subsequently dying. Then, over the last half century, symptoms for Marek’s worsened. Paralysis was more permanent; brains more quickly turned to mush.
“People suspected the vaccine, but the problem was that it was never shown before experimentally,” said virologist Klaus Osterrieder of the Free University of Berlin, who wasn’t involved in the study. “The field has talked about these types of experiments for a very long time, and I’m really glad to see the work finally done.”


Read’s group started their investigation by exposing vaccinated and unvaccinated Rhode Island Red chickens to one of five Marek’s disease strains that ranged from hot to cold. The hottest strains killed every unvaccinated bird within 10 days, and the team noticed that barely any virus was shed from the feathers of the chickens during that time. (The virus spreads via contaminated dust in chicken coops).

In contrast, vaccination extended the lifespan of birds exposed to the hottest strains, with 80 percent living longer than two months. But the vaccinated chickens were transmitting the virus, shedding 10,000 times more virus than an unvaccinated bird.


“Previously, a hot strain was so nasty, it wiped itself out. Now, you keep its host alive with a vaccine, then it can transmit and spread in the world,” Read said. “So it’s got an evolutionary future, which it didn’t have before.”


But does this evolutionary future breed more dangerous viruses?
This study argues yes. In a second experiment, unvaccinated and vaccinated chickens were infected with one of the five Marek’s disease strains, and then put into a second arena with a second set of unimmunized birds, known as sentinels. In particular, the team was interested in a middle-of-the-road strain called “595” and whether it would become hotter.


It did. The virus spread to sentinel birds nine days faster if it came from a vaccinated chicken versus an unvaccinated one. In addition, sentinels died faster when exposed to vaccinated chickens versus unvaccinated chickens.


“One way to look at that experiment is that shows vaccinating birds kills unvaccinated birds. The vaccination of one group of birds leads to the transmission of a virus so hot that it kills the other birds, said Read said. “If you vaccinate the mothers, the same thing happens. The offspring are protected by the maternal antibodies of the mother and that allows the virus in the chicks to transmit before they kill the host. So they transmit and kill the other individuals.”


This trend persisted when the team tried the experiment in a setting meant to simulate a commercial chicken farm.


“At the moment, the vaccines are working well enough, and you can vaccinate every bird,” Read said. “There are 20 billion birds on the planet at any time; the vast majority are Marek’s vaccinated.”


However, both Read and Osterrieder worry about what might happen if Marek’s continues to change or if its vaccines were to fail.


“If the virus continues to evolve, then it could be pretty devastating for the chicken industry, which is suffering quite a bit right now in the U.S. with the influenza virus,” Osterrieder said.


Like Marek’s vaccines, vaccines for avian influenza are leaky. For this reason, they’re banned from agricultural use in the U.S. and Europe. When bird flu breaks out in these western chicken populations, farmers must cull their herds.

However, Southeast Asia uses these leaky vaccines, raising the possibility for virus evolution akin to what’s happened with Marek’s disease.
“In those situations, they’re creating the conditions where super hot avian influenza could emerge,” Read said. “Then the issues become what does that mean when it spills over into other flocks, into wildlife or into humans. Avian flu is the setting to watch for evolutionary problems down the line.”


Bird flu isn’t alone. The world’s first vaccine for malaria, which was recently approved by European Medicines Agency, is also leaky. Vaccines for HPV and whooping cough can leak too; however it is unknown if this scenario creates more dangerous viruses for each of these diseases.


“Our concern here, primarily and foremost, is whether this is going to happen with any of the vaccines that we give to people,” said molecular biology James Bull of the University of Texas Austin, who specializes in the evolution of viruses and bacteria. “But there is a lot we don’t know about how the scenario with Marek’s could apply to newer human vaccines.”


To test the imperfect vaccine hypothesis in humans, you would need monitor the vaccine response for either a large or isolated population for a long time. Doing this would allow a researcher to gauge how the vaccine interacts with the virus and if that relationship is evolving. Does the vaccine merely reduce symptoms, or does it also keep patients from getting infected and transmitting the virus?


Clinical trials for Ebola might be an arena for keeping an eye on this trend.
“It’s important that we pay close attention to the Ebola vaccine in the ongoing trials. We want to know if a person who has been vaccinated and comes in contact with Ebola, whether there is any virus replication in that person and whether that means there could be onward transmission,” Read said. “If those are leaky in humans, it would be potentially very disadvantageous as it could help establish an endemic.”


However, in the end, Read said, leakiness isn’t a strike against these vaccines, but more motivation to conduct surveillance of their effects after they exit clinical trials and enter the broader population. Take Marek’s disease for example.


“Even if this evolution happens, you don’t want to be an unvaccinated chicken,” Read said. “Food chain security and everything rests on vaccines. They are the most successful and cheapest public health interventions that we’ve ever had. We just need to consider the evolutionary consequences of these ones with leaky transmission.”


We are all in the middle of a grand experiment.

Featured

Your papers citizen

NOW, that come the fall, if you haven’t been vaccinated, you will not be able to enjoy the freedoms of America that you’ve come to have.

I am increasingly alarmed by statements being put out – we’re already seeing sweeping, massive social and societal changes in less than 2 months of Biden’s administration, and he’s got massive amounts of terrible people in all sorts of power positions.


But I see on CNN, Cuomo had an Asian-American medical doctor explaining to his great approval that it needs to be told to Americans NOW, that come the fall, if you haven’t been vaccinated, you will not be able to enjoy the freedoms of America that you’ve come to have.


Those were pretty much the exact words. Something like, “The freedoms of America you have, that you’ve had, you won’t be able to take advantage of those freedoms without being vaccinated, and so we need people to understand that NOW, so they’re not surprised in the fall, because of their actions over the year in not getting vaccinated.”


Sure seems to me like they have done a great job of taking links of the chain, ..famous dog proverb … if you have a dog chained outside, and you suddenly shorten the chain, he’s going to be pissed. But if you remove one link at a time, over a long period of time, he adjusts and then he’s chained to the post with only one link and can’t move at all, he hadn’t realized it until it’s too late.


Sure seems like that started under Obama, the socialist/liberal-progressive power people and media and politicians did an explosion of as much as they could under Trump, and now it’s basically “pedal to the metal” – Soros bought and paid for the legal system of America and the Progressives are doing everything they want now – and oh by the way, there’s this disease, and you have to take the vaccine or you can’t be out in public….


And the beat goes on. I have been looking, digging and learning. I do hope that many of you see this for what it truly is. This is the beast system of control and I don’t think it will be stopped.

Featured

Don’t believe anything you hear…

We are also seeing the ingrained DC oligarchy consisting of the media, un-elected “professional” bureaucrats in the various departments such as DOJ and State and high up political party leaders engaged in a well-coordinated scheme to destroy the people who threaten to expose their corruption.

When you see the next week’s news reports on the MSM, consider the following:


As you know, Lenin is the monster who would bring on the 1917 revolution in Russia that resulted in the overthrow of the Czar and ushered in 75 years of communist rule. He wrote, “We must be ready to employ trickery, deceit, law-breaking, withholding and concealing truth … We can and must write in a language which sows among the masses hate, revulsion, and scorn toward those who disagree with us.”
This thinking led to the mass murder of tens of thousands of Russians between 1918 and 1921. Most people my age remember the Berlin Wall and all of Eastern Europe being under the iron hand of the communists.


We are seeing the same thought processes being perpetrated here in the various “movements” that are bringing discord and sowing the seeds of distrust in the general population including the 1619 project and critical race theory. We are also seeing the ingrained DC oligarchy consisting of the media, un-elected “professional” bureaucrats in the various departments such as DOJ and State and high up political party leaders engaged in a well-coordinated scheme to destroy the people who threaten to expose their corruption.


They have taken aim at Gen Flynn, and now it’s Giuliani and staffers who worked with Senator Nunes. They are using Lenin’s tactics to silence them. It is time for the patriots to stand up and remove those who embrace these ideals.

Featured

Neither rain, nor snow, nor gloom of night.

“iCOP analysts are currently monitoring these social media channels for any potential threats stemming from the scheduled protests and will disseminate intelligence updates as needed,” the bulletin reads.

The U.S. Postal Service’s law enforcement arm has purportedly been keeping close tabs on US social media posts by secretly launching a program called “iCOP” (Internet Covert Operations Program).


A privately circulated government bulletin from March detailing how analysts are tasked to mine an array of social media platforms such as Facebook, Parler, Telegram among others and flag potentially “inflammatory” postings.
Afterward, they are to “disseminate” the relevant research through government agencies.


“iCOP analysts are currently monitoring these social media channels for any potential threats stemming from the scheduled protests and will disseminate intelligence updates as needed,” the bulletin reads.


The Big Brother-esque effort appears to be deployed ahead of politically charged gatherings to mitigate the potential for civil unrest.


“Analysts with the United States Postal Inspection Service (USPIS) Internet Covert Operations Program (iCOP) monitored significant activity regarding planned protests occurring internationally and domestically on March 20, 2021, that they say was categorized as “law enforcement sensitive” and circulated through the Department of Homeland Security.


Well, isn’t that special?

Featured

Maybe the Israelis know something we don’t?

Israel’s vaccination program, which is based on the Pfizer-BioNtech two-shot vaccine, has seen it maintain the highest per capita inoculation rate in the world since it began in late December.


Israel said probing link between Pfizer shot and heart problem in men under 30Leaked Health Ministry probe raises concerns as 62 cases of myocarditis found out of 5 million vaccinated — most after second dose; 2 deaths, but no direct link established.


Details from an unpublished Israeli Health Ministry report into the side effects of the Pfizer-BioNtech vaccine have raised concerns that there could be a link between the second shot and several dozen cases of myocarditis, an inflammation of the heart muscle, particularly in men under 30.


The concerns come from an intermediate report that was presented to ministry heads and to Pfizer in recent weeks, the TV report said. Excerpts from the leaked report stressed that investigators had not conclusively proved a link, but that they had significant concerns.

The report said that out of more than 5 million people vaccinated in Israel, there were 62 recorded cases of myocarditis in the days after the shot. It found that 56 of those cases came after the second shot and most of the affected were men under 30.


The report said that 60 of the patients were treated and released from hospital in good condition. Two of the patients, who were reportedly healthy until receiving the vaccination, including a 22-year-old woman and a 35-year-old man, died.

“The findings were presented to the Pfizer company who replied that they had not had similar reports in the rest of the world and would examine the data,” an excerpt from the report said, adding that the details had also been sent to the US FDA and CDC, who were also investigating.

The report was authored by senior ministry officials led by Prof. Dror Mevorach, head of one of the COVID-19 units at Hadassah Hospital Ein Kerem.
The authors surmised that “one possible reason for lack of similar findings in other countries was the low rate of vaccinations among young people.”
“There is specific concern regarding the frequency of the occurrence observed in men under 30 in the days immediately after the second shot,” they wrote. “At this stage, according to initial findings that still need to be verified, there is an impression that the number (of cases) is higher than would be expected, especially for those under 30.”

The report found that of those who received the second dose, 1-in-100,000 had possible side effects of myocarditis; however, this number rose to 1-in-20,000 among those aged 16-30.

“We cannot yet tell if there are more cases than normal or if there are similar numbers annually and the proximity is just a coincidence. Efforts to collect more data are continuing,” the report said.

“At the moment we believe that the vaccination plan should proceed as normal for those over 16. However, it should be noted that there is a possibility that we will see the same results in vaccinations of those aged 12-15,” it cautioned.
Israel is looking to press ahead with vaccinating those under 16 as soon as the shot is authorized.

On Thursday, the Jewish state passed the milestone of over 5 million people having received both vaccine shots.
According to the Health Ministry, 5,005,418 second doses have now been given, accounting for nearly 54% of the total population and more than 80% of the eligible population over the age of 16. Just under 58% — 5,374,276 — of all Israelis have had at least one shot.

The TV report came as Israel marked its first day in 10 months with no new COVID-19 daily deaths reported.

In data released Friday, the death toll remained unchanged from the day before at 6,346. The last date there were no new fatalities was June 29, 2020, when morbidity levels remained subdued following the initial coronavirus wave.
The ministry said of 35,027 tests performed Thursday, 129 new cases were recorded, a positive test rate of 0.4 percent. The country has logged 837,892 confirmed infections since the pandemic began.

The number of active infections fell further, to 1,850, with 157 patients in serious condition, including 82 on ventilators.

Israel has seen a sharp drop in daily mortality and infection rates since the pandemic peaked in late-January, as the country pushes forward with its world-leading vaccination drive.

“This is a tremendous achievement for the health system and Israeli citizens. Together we are eradicating the coronavirus,” Health Minister Yuli Edelstein tweeted Friday.

Israel’s vaccination program, which is based on the Pfizer-BioNtech two-shot vaccine, has seen it maintain the highest per capita inoculation rate in the world since it began in late December.

The country is preparing to start vaccinating children aged 12-15 as soon as the US Food and Drugs Administration approves vaccine use for children in that age bracket.

Health Ministry Director-General Chezy Levi said Thursday that once that age group has been vaccinated, the country will reach herd immunity and there will be no need to inoculate younger children, according to the Kan public broadcaster.

Also Thursday, the Health Ministry issued a travel warning to seven countries caught in a wave of virus infection, citing concerns of possible coronavirus strains that may be more resistant to vaccines.

The countries listed in the travel warning were Ukraine, Ethiopia, Brazil, South Africa, India, Mexico and Turkey.

The ministry further said all Israelis, including the vaccinated and recovered, should generally avoid any “unnecessary” international travel altogether.

Featured

Just sharing…you decide, true or not

Russia has become the first country in the world to perform an autopsy (post-mortem) for a Covid-19 corpse. After a thorough investigation, it was discovered that Covid-19 does not exist as a virus, but rather a bacterium that has been exposed to radiation and causes human death by coagulation in the blood.Covid-19 disease has been found to cause blood clotting, which causes blood clotting in humans and causes blood clotting in the veins, which makes it difficult for a person to breathe because the brain, heart and lungs cannot receive oxygen, causing people to die quickly.


To find the cause of the shortage of respiratory energy, doctors in Russia did not listen to the WHO protocol and performed an autopsy on COVID-19. After doctors opened arms, legs, and other parts of the body and carefully examined them, they noticed that the blood vessels were dilated and filled with blood clots, which impeded blood flow and also reduced the flow of oxygen. In the body it causes the death of the patient. After learning about this research, the Russian Ministry of Health immediately changed the treatment protocol for Covid-19 and gave aspirin to its positive patients. They also started taking 100 mg and Imromac. As a result, patients began to recover and their health began to improve. The Russian Ministry of Health evacuated more than 14,000 patients in one day and sent them home.


After a period of scientific discovery, doctors in Russia explained the treatment method by saying that the disease is a global trick, “It is nothing but a coagulation inside blood vessels (blood clots) and a method of treatment;Antibiotic tablets, Anti-inflammatory and take an anticoagulant (aspirin).This indicates that it is possible to treat the disease.


According to other Russian scientists, ventilators and an intensive care unit (ICU) were never needed. Protocols for this effect have already been published in Russia.


China already knows this, but it has never released its report. Share this information with your family, neighbors, acquaintances, friends and colleagues so that they can get rid of the fear of Covid-19 and realize that this is not a virus, but a bacterium that has only been exposed to radiation. Only people with very low immunity should be careful. This radiation also causes inflammation and hypoxia. Victims should take Asprin-100mg and Apronik or Paracetamol 650mg.


Source: Russian Ministry of Health

Featured

Free Will assumes personal responsibility

You own your choices. No one else but you.

God gave us ‘Free Will,’…the ability to choose.

Regardless if a move star, rock band, doctor, or President recommends something, we all have the ability to investigate, discern, then choose what to do.


There are alternatives to the EXPERIMENTAL SHOT for us to investigate, discern, and then choose.


People didn’t bother to INVESTIGATE the alternatives suggested to us and decided to go with what the MSM (who hates you) was pimping out.


People CHOSE to be lazy and not look for other alternatives like Ivermectin on their own.

Those who are blaming others for taking the EXPERIMENTAL, UNAPPROVED shot that turns you into an experimental lab rat, seem to me to have the mentality of BLM or Antifa in that they can exercise destructive behavior and blame it on whomever they like be it the white man, society, the cops, etc…


They can point the finger all they want but I’m not buying it and I would assume most thinking people, and especially those in the know about the deep state and who watched how evil the MSM pimps are in the tank for the DS aren’t either.


You own your choices. No one else but you. Makes me wonder if some basketball player told everyone they had to jump into a volcano, how many would?

Featured

OH! Canada!

A training course for social workers put out with oversight from the government of Saskatchewan seems to approve of sedating “highly anxious” individuals with intellectual disabilities so they can be given a coronavirus vaccine, without their consent. A government worker worried about the lack of clarity regarding the need for consent leaked the presentation to.

An April 1 presentation jointly created by the Government of Saskatchewan and by Inclusion Saskatchewan (INSK), a non-governmental, community-based organization, teaches social workers how to work with “individuals with diverse needs” in order to obtain their consent to receive a COVID vaccine.

“INSK made a Plain Language Supported Decision Making document to help guide conversations with individuals as they make a decision about receiving the COVID-19 vaccine,” a slide in the presentation states.

“People should provide informed consent where possible,” another slide states.


The course was put together by government employees Berit Pugh and Hayley Huartson, both from the Ministry of Social Services. It was also put together by Megan Wells, Director of Inclusion for Inclusion Saskatchewan.

The presentation encourages using “supportive techniques” and creating a positive environment for those with intellectual disabilities who might be opposed to taking the jab.

“Have music going, coffee and donuts afterward, or celebrate by sharing photos with loved ones,” the presentation states.

Near the end of the course, the use of sedation is floated for individuals with disabilities who are “highly anxious” and opposed to receiving needles.

The following question is posed on slide 29: “What about the use of sedation?”Notes beneath the slide indicate that sedation can be used. There is no mention of obtaining consent.

“If people regularly need sedation for procedures, this may be considered for the vaccine,” the notes state.


“Some people do not get flu shots, even with the most creative approaches, accessible health education, and amazing emotional support provided from their preferred people simply because the fear of needles is so high,” the notes continue.

“These individuals are often the ones who also need to get hospital dental work under general anesthesia, etc, and my only faint hope for these individuals to be immunized is that by the time their next hospital dental date comes up (every 2-4 years), we may be able to request a vaccine dose be given at the same time.”


SOURCE: https://www.lifesitenews.com/news/saskatchewan-govt-backs-sedating-people-with-disabilities-for-covid-jab-without-consent

Featured

US Closes Mass Vaccination Sites Due To Falling Demand

Breakdown of recent vaccination site closures (Forbes):

•Palm Beach County, Florida, is shutting down three mass vaccination sites in favor of new mobile vaccination efforts, after the sites were operating at only 50% capacity this week.

•Mass vaccination sites in Clarkesville, Georgia, and North Carolina will shut down by the end of May, and Summit County, Ohio, canceled a planned mass vaccination clinic on April 27 citing “decreased demand.”

•Several Texas mass vaccination sites in Williamson and Galveston counties are shutting down, and Galveston officials asked the state not to send the county any vaccine next week as the number of residents making vaccine appointments declines.

•Waukesha County, Wisconsin, will likely shut down its mass vaccine site to new first doses by the end of the week, as the county hits its target of 60% of eligible residents being vaccinated.

•Some vaccination locations have made plans to close before this week: Sites in Las Vegas and Cascade County, Montana, were announced to be shutting down last week, for instance, while Mercer County, Ohio, shuttered their drive-through mass vaccine clinic earlier in April.

•Officials are reporting noticeable decreases in the number of people getting inoculated in areas where sites are not closing, including in Texas, Idaho, Missouri, Alabama, Maine and Maryland.

Featured

Follow the science…or not

Data released by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) on the number of injuries and deaths reported to the Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS) following COVID vaccines revealed reports of blood clots and other related blood disorders associated with all three vaccines approved for Emergency Use Authorization in the U.S. — Pfizer, Moderna and Johnson & Johnson (J&J). So far, only the J&J vaccine has been paused because of blood clot concerns.


VAERS is the primary mechanism for reporting adverse vaccine reactions in the U.S. Reports submitted to VAERS require further investigation before a causal relationship can be confirmed.


Every Friday, VAERS makes public all vaccine injury reports received through a specified date, usually about a week prior to the release date. Today’s data show that between Dec. 14, 2020 and April 8, a total of 68,347 total adverse events were reported to VAERS, including 2,602 deaths — an increase of 260 over the previous week — and 8,285 serious injuries, up 314 since last week.

Of the 2,602 deaths reported as of April 8, 27% occurred within 48 hours of vaccination, 19% occurred within 24 hours and 41% occurred in people who became ill within 48 hours of being vaccinated.


In the U.S., 174.9 million COVID vaccine doses had been administered as of April 8. This includes 79.6 million doses of Moderna’s vaccine, 90.3 million doses of Pfizer and 4.9 million doses of the J&J COVID vaccine.


This week’s VAERS data show:
19% of deaths were related to cardiac disorders.55% of those who died were male, 43% were female and the remaining death reports did not include gender of the deceased.The average age of those who died was 77 and the youngest death was an 18-year-old. There are a few reported deaths in children under 18, but these reports contained errors.As of April 8, 408 pregnant women had reported adverse events related to COVID vaccines, including 114 reports of miscarriage or premature birth.Of the 678 cases of Bell’s Palsy reported, 59% of cases were reported after Pfizer-BioNTech vaccinations, 38% following vaccination with the Moderna vaccine and 24 cases (4%) of Bell’s Palsy were reported with J&J.There were 77 reports of Guillain-Barré Syndrome with 55% of cases attributed to Pfizer, 40% to Moderna and 10% to J&J.There were 20,021 reports of anaphylaxis with 47% of cases attributed to Pfizer’s vaccine, 46% to Moderna and 7% to J&J.


VAERS yielded a total of 795 reports for all three vaccines from Dec. 14, 2020, through April 8.


Of the 795 cases reported, there were 400 reports attributed to Pfizer, 337 reports with Moderna and 56 reports with J&J — far more than the eight J&J cases under investigation, including the two additional cases added Wednesday.
Although the J&J and AstraZeneca COVID vaccines have been under the microscope for their potential to cause blood clots, mounting evidence suggests the Pfizer and Moderna vaccines also cause clots and related blood disorders. U.S. regulatory officials were alerted to the problem as far back as December 2020.

Featured

What goes around comes around

One day a man saw an old lady, stranded on the side of the road but, even in the dim light of day, he could see she needed help. So he pulled up in front of her Mercedes and got out. His Pontiac was still sputtering when he approached her. Even with the smile on his face, she looked worried.


No one had stopped to help for the last hour or so. Was he going to hurt her? He didn’t look safe; he looked poor and hungry. He could see that she was frightened, standing out there in the cold. He knew how she felt. It was that chill which only fear can put in you. He said, ‘I’m here to help you, ma’am. Why don’t you wait in the car where it’s warm?


By the way, my name is Bryan Anderson.’ Well, all she had was a flat tire but, for an old lady, that was bad enough.


Bryan crawled under the car looking for a place to put the jack, skinning his knuckles a time or two.. Soon he was able to change the tire. But he had to get dirty and his hands hurt. As he was tightening up the lug nuts, she rolled down the window and began to talk to him. She told him that she was from St. Louis and was only just passing through. She couldn’t thank him enough for coming to her aid.


Bryan just smiled as he closed her trunk. The lady asked how much she owed him. Any amount would have been all right with her. She already imagined all the awful things that could have happened had he not stopped. Bryan never thought twice about being paid. This was not a job to him. This was helping someone in need and, God knows, there were plenty, who had given him a hand in the past. He had lived his whole life that way, and it never occurred to him to act any other way.


He told her that if she really wanted to pay him back, the next time she saw someone who needed help, she could give that person the assistance they needed and, Bryan added, ‘And think of me.’ He waited until she started her car and drove off. It had been a cold and depressing day but he felt good as he headed for home, disappearing into the twilight.


A few miles down the road, the lady saw a small cafe. She went in to get a bite to eat and take the chill off before she made the last leg of her trip home. It was a dingy looking restaurant. Outside were two old gas pumps. The whole scene was unfamiliar to her.


The waitress came over and brought a clean towel to wipe her wet hair. She had a sweet smile, one that, even being on her feet for the whole day, couldn’t erase. The lady noticed the waitress was nearly eight months pregnant, but she never let the strain and aches change her attitude. The old lady wondered how someone who had so little could be so giving to a stranger. Then she remembered Bryan.


After the lady finished her meal, she paid with a hundred dollar bill. The waitress quickly went to get change for her hundred dollar bill but the old lady had slipped right out the door. She was gone by the time the waitress came back.

The waitress wondered where the lady could be. Then she noticed something was written on the napkin. There were tears in her eyes when she read what the lady wrote: ‘You don’t owe me anything. I have been there too. Somebody once helped me out, the way I’m helping you. If you really want to pay me back, here is what you do: Do not let this chain of love end with you.’ Under the napkin were four more $100 bills.

Well, there were tables to clear, sugar bowls to fill, and people to serve, but the waitress made it through another day.


That night when she got home from work and climbed into bed, she was thinking about the money and what the lady had written. How could the lady have known how much she and her husband needed it? With the baby due next month, it was going to be hard…. She knew how worried her husband was, and as he lay sleeping next to her, she gave him a soft kiss and whispered soft and low, ‘Everything’s going to be all right. I love you, Bryan Anderson.’


There is an old saying… ‘What goes around comes around.’ Today I send you this story, and I’m asking you to pass it on. Let this light shine. God works in mysterious ways and sometimes puts people in our lives for a reason.


Don’t delete this. Don’t return it… Simply, pass this on to friends, I just did…

Featured

What I suspect about SAES2/COVID

I did not attend medical school or serve a surgical residency. Neither did I major in biology, chemistry, or a related science.

And no, before you ask, I did not stay at a Holiday Inn Express last night.

However, from a layman’s perspective, here is what I understand about COVID-19… and here is what I suspect.

1. COVID-19 is a real disease that has claimed hundreds of thousands of American lives and millions of lives worldwide. However, we will never know the real number of fatalities because patients with serious underlying health conditions and co-morbidities were all classified as COVID deaths… partly for financial reasons and partly to advance a political agenda.

2. Doctors, nurses, and the entire medical community are to be applauded for their hard work on the very dangerous front lines of the pandemic. They are heroes all.

3. President Trump should be credited for spearheading the development of multiple vaccines in record time through Operation Warp Speed. Whether you choose to be vaccinated or not, what he and his administration accomplished by cutting through the massive red tape and creating an effective public-private partnership was unprecedented… and borderline miraculous.

4. The limelight-loving Dr. Anthony Fauci is either a well-meaning but clueless bureaucrat or a not-so-well-meaning and clueless bureaucrat. Either way, he has repeatedly moved the goalposts over the past year, offering conflicting medical advice on one hand and contradicting himself on the other. Having mismanaged multiple pandemics before, he should have been canned years ago.

5. The Democrat Party – and then candidate Joe Biden – purposely and shamelessly politicized the pandemic. Mr. Biden owes his residency at 1600 Pennsylvania Avenue to his manipulation of the crisis… and to a biased and complicit mainstream media, including Google, Facebook, and Twitter.

6. Lockdowns don’t work, except for at-risk populations such as nursing home residents. In fact, they kill more people than they help by quarantining them in close quarters. Multiple scientific studies have since shown that sunshine – with its Vitamin D and ultraviolet rays – is an effective weapon against COVID.

7. The jury is still out on the efficacy of masks, especially cloth ones. In fact, a recent study by the National Institutes of Health found that cloth masks are counter-productive at best… and dangerous at worst. Regardless of where you stand on this divisive issue, suggesting that people wear masks while alone outdoors or in the privacy of their own homes and cars was ludicrous from the very beginning.

8. Whereas socially distancing may be wise during a pandemic, arbitrarily declaring that six feet is the magic number for guaranteed safety was comically unscientific. So was requiring restaurant customers to wear masks while walking from the front door to their table… or between bites. And don’t get me started on the knee-jerk recommendations by the CDC this time last year to continuously wipe down countertops and other surfaces as well as packages, groceries, and the like (after leaving them on your front porch to detox for 24 hours).

9. I have a sneaky suspicion and a nasty feeling in my gut that – whereas the pandemic was most definitely real – nefarious elements in our society, including some in our own federal government, chose to not let this crisis go to waste. Taking a page out of Rahm Emanuel’s diabolical playbook, they pushed to see just how compliant the American populace would be. To these folks, willing compliance by the masses means increasingly complete control… and unadulterated power.

10. Making vaccines mandatory and requiring vaccine passports for interstate travel are proposals that should never see the light of day. They are 100% unconstitutional and egregious violations of the First and Fourth Amendments, which guarantee the freedoms of assembly and religious expression as well as the right to privacy. The proposition that a national health crisis supersedes the Constitution of the United States is preposterous – and a very dangerous precedent.

11. While we are on the subject of a national health crisis, will someone with some moxie state the obvious: the vast majority of Americans who died from COVID were morbidly obese. The simple but inconvenient truth is this: if you were having trouble breathing before you contracted COVID, you are probably going to have even more trouble breathing after getting it. The same goes for diabetes if caused by poor eating habits, which is another major contributor to COVID-related deaths. It’s time that Americans got off the couch and onto the treadmill… or the next pandemic could be even worse.

12. I think the W.H.O. and the U.S. government know exactly where COVID-19 originated… and it wasn’t in a Chinese wet market. Instead, I am willing to bet that it came from the Wuhan Institute of Virology, which is run by the Chinese Academy of Sciences and is a leading research center for – let’s say it together – the study of coronaviruses. Whether the virus was accidentally leaked or purposely released is open for debate, but because the W.H.O. is in bed with China and the U.S. is undoubtedly conducting its own biological warfare experiments, chances are that we will never know the truth.

13. Shutting down schools was initially understandable and probably prudent. However, it quickly became evident that COVID-19 did not pose a serious health risk to most children. The continued opposition to reopening schools for in-person instruction by numerous teachers’ unions is indefensible. Likewise, shuttering churches and other places of worship and arbitrarily limiting the size of their congregations was, is, and always will be wrong. So says James Madison… and SCOTUS recently agreed.

Featured

FDA & CDC “pause” J&J Covid vaccine

As of April 12, more than 6.8 million doses of the Johnson & Johnson (Janssen) vaccine have been administered in the U.S. CDC and FDA are reviewing data involving six reported U.S. cases of a rare and severe type of blood clot in individuals after receiving the J&J vaccine. In these cases, a type of blood clot called cerebral venous sinus thrombosis (CVST) was seen in combination with low levels of blood platelets (thrombocytopenia). All six cases occurred among women between the ages of 18 and 48, and symptoms occurred 6 to 13 days after vaccination. Treatment of this specific type of blood clot is different from the treatment that might typically be administered. Usually, an anticoagulant drug called heparin is used to treat blood clots. In this setting, administration of heparin may be dangerous, and alternative treatments need to be given. (SOURCE: FDA&CDC)
Trust the science?

Featured

Chauvin Case decided

A panel of jurors has found former Minneapolis police officer Derek Chauvin guilty Tuesday on all three charges in connection with the May 2020 death of George Floyd, after one of the most closely watched criminal trials in recent memory.
Chauvin, 45, was charged with second-degree unintentional murder, third-degree murder and second-degree manslaughter. With Americans on edge as they awaited the verdict, the jury announced that it has found him guilty across the board.
His bail was immediately revoked and he was led away with his hands cuffed behind his back. Cheers and cars honking could be heard outside the Hennepin County Courthouse as the verdict was read.
Chauvin’s sentencing is scheduled for eight weeks from now, the judge said. He could be sent to prison for decades.
Earlier in the day Tuesday, President Biden weighed in by saying he believes the case is “overwhelming.”
He said that he had spoken to Floyd’s family on Monday and “can only imagine the pressure and anxiety they’re feeling.”
“They’re a good family and they’re calling for peace and tranquility no matter what that verdict is,” Biden said. “I’m praying the verdict is the right verdict. I think it’s overwhelming, in my view. I wouldn’t say that unless the jury was sequestered now.”

Featured

The controlling spouse

My husband won’t let me visit my friends or family. He has made me stop all contact with them unless it’s on the phone.

Copied from a friend:

My husband won’t let me visit my friends or family. He has made me stop all contact with them unless it’s on the phone.

The other week he told me to go out for a meal with my friends. But when I did, I got punished for it. I know he will tell me to do it again though, so I don’t know what action to take.

He keeps doing this. He makes me feel like I’m going crazy for thinking he is controlling. Guess I’m just being ungrateful.

It’s because he cares about me. He didn’t want me going to the gym anymore, so I don’t do that. He also doesn’t let me go to work. He told me to only rely on his income and that he will look after me.

I only go out for necessities. But when I do I need to share my location with him, no matter where I go and who I am with, for my own safety.

My best friends kept saying he was just using and controlling me. So I no longer keep in touch with them and can’t trust them.

I started missing my family so much last week that I snuck off to see them. My husband caught me and I was punished for it. My uncle is dying in a nursing home but I’ve been forbidden to see him. I’m not allowed to do anything unless my husband says so.

I wanted to book a get-a-way to go and visit my relatives, but he said no.

I wanted to go back to school to learn some new skills, but I wasn’t allowed to do that either. I can’t wait until he says I can.

I know the time will come soon he will let me. I know he’s only doing this because he loves me. He cares about me, he really does. It’s for my own good.

Now exchange husband for government…

Featured

Woo or true? The decision is up to you.

Ground control to Major Tom…

Supposedly from a source in the intelligence community, take it for what it is worth and govern yourself accordingly, (I’m not predicting, just informing)…


“We are days away from a major military confrontation between Israel and Iran.

Iran has acquired 3 nuclear warheads from a stockpile of nukes that disappeared from the Ukraine after the fall of the Soviet Union.
The Iranians are very close to placing these nukes on missiles they have developed.

The Israelis are at most days away from attacking the site where these nukes are stored.

Afterward expect massive Iranian attacks and escalation to Israel nuking Tehran or a major Iranian population center, possibly on the Gulf.

Afterwards expect a major crash in the american dollar and the beginnings of a depression in the U.S.

This comes from a source in Chinese intelligence.

China will play a major role in the crash of the american dollar with their attack on Taiwan within 60 days.”

Featured

America is Balkanized

IF the population is jobless, divided, hungry, leaderless and pissed off and
IF a foreign power suddenly attacks with a Nuclear, Biological (COVID), Chemical, or Cyber weapons OR just simply invades to HELP under UN authority…..

Balkanized; to break up (a region, a group, etc.) into smaller and often hostile units

IF the military is sufficiently weakened through endless foreign wars and saddled with broken equipment in need of repairs that never get made and IF the civilian leadership is also fragmented and fighting each other and
IF the Leader (President) no longer even has access to the nuclear codes for Mutually Assured Destruction and there is no coordinated Central Command and
IF the population is jobless, divided, hungry, leaderless and pissed off and
IF a foreign power suddenly attacks with a Nuclear, Biological (COVID), Chemical, or Cyber weapons OR just simply invades to HELP under UN authority…..

What exactly will America do about it?

Any and all – that might be what we are being set up for.

In my humble opinion, we do not have a lot of time to make repairs.

Featured

American Cultural Revolution?

When there is no relief valve in the pressure cooker, it’s eventually released in a Cultural Revolution that unleashes all the bottled-up frustrations on elites which are deemed politically vulnerable.

(received from a friend who wishes to remain anonymous)

There is a whiff of unease in the air as beneath the cheery veneer of free money for almost everyone, inequality and polarization are rapidly consuming what’s left of common ground in America.


Though there are many systemic differences between China and the U.S., humans in every nation are all still running Wetware 1.0 and so it is instructive to consider what can be learned from China’s Cultural Revolution 1966-1976.
China’s Cultural Revolution was remarkably different from the Party’s military-political victory of 1949. Where the political revolution was managed by the centralized hierarchy of the Communist Party (CCP), the Cultural Revolution quickly morphed from a movement launched by Mao into a decentralized mass movement against all elites, including Party and state elites which had been sacrosanct and untouchable.
The Cultural Revolution is not an approved topic in China today, and that alerts us to its importance.
Although ostensibly launched by Mao (as part of his 1966 purge of Party rivals), the Cultural Revolution very quickly devolved into a decentralized, semi-chaotic movement of Red Guards, students and other groups who shared ideas and programs but who acted quite independent of the Party’s central leadership. (In systems language, semi-chaotic dynamics are emergent properties.)
If you examine Mao’s statements that supposedly launched The Cultural Revolution, you’ll find they’re not much different from his many pronouncements in the 1950s and early 1960s, none of which sparked a violent national upheaval. The Cultural Revolution cannot be traced back to Mao’s control or plans; rather, Mao served as the politically untouchable inspiration for whatever measures the local cadres deemed necessary in terms of advancing (or cleansing) the people’s revolution.
The important point here is that the Cultural Revolution was not controlled by the political authorities, even as they maintained control of the Party and central government hierarchy in Beijing. But this was nothing more than an illusion of control: the forces of the Cultural Revolution had broken free of central command and control, even as the Red Guards expressed their loyalty to Mao and the principles of the Party as the politically approved cover for their rampage.
That’s the irony of Cultural Revolutions: the authorities cannot claim it is a political counter-revolution because the cultural revolutionaries proclaim their loyalty to the ideals and principles the authorities claim to be upholding.
Cultural Revolutions in effect claim the higher ground, eschewing political influence for direct action in the name of furthering the ideals which the authorities have abandoned or betrayed.
Given the fragmentary nature of The Cultural Revolution, the history is equally fragmentary– especially given the official reticence.
A recent academic book, Agents of Disorder: Inside China’s Cultural Revolution, provides granular detail on the fragmented, decentralized, rapidly evolving dynamics of the movement:


“(The author) devoted decades to examining the local records of nearly all of China’s 2,000-plus county-level jurisdictions. He found that factions emerged from the splintering, rather than the congealing, of class-based groups. Small clusters of students, workers, and cadres struggling to respond to Mao’s shifting directives made split-second decisions about whom to align with. Political identities did not shape the conflict; they emerged from it. To explain this process of identity formation, he offers a theory of ‘factions as emergent properties’ and suggests that similar dynamics may characterize social movements everywhere.”

In other words, groups modified their alliances, identities and definitions of “class enemies” on the fly, entirely free of central authorities. Factions splintered, regrouped and splintered again. In the chaos, no one was safe.
Those who lived through The Cultural Revolution are reticent about revealing their experiences. Even in the privacy of their homes in the U.S., their voices become hushed and their reluctance to give voice to their experiences is evident.


The unifying thread in my view is the accused belonged to some “counter-revolutionary” elite –or they were living vestiges of a pre-revolutionary elite (children of the landlord class, professors, etc.)–and it was now open season on all elites, presumed or real.


What generates such spontaneous, self-organizing violence on a national scale? My conclusion is that cultural revolutions result from the suppression of legitimate political expression and the failure of the regime to meet its lofty idealistic goals.


Cultural revolutions are an expression of disappointment and frustration with corruption and the lack of progress in improving everyday life, frustrations that have no outlet in a regime of self-serving elites who view dissent as treason and/or blasphemy.


By 1966, China’s progress since 1949 had been at best uneven, and at worst catastrophic: the Great Leap Forward caused the deaths of millions due to malnutrition and starvation, and other centrally planned programs were equally disastrous for the masses.


Given the quick demise of the Let a Hundred Flowers Bloom movement of open expression, young people realized there was no avenue for dissent within the Party, and no way to express their frustration with the Party’s failure to fulfil its idealistic goals and promises.

When there is no relief valve in the pressure cooker, it’s eventually released in a Cultural Revolution that unleashes all the bottled-up frustrations on elites which are deemed politically vulnerable. These frustrations have no outlet politically because they’re threatening to the status quo.


All these repressed emotions will find some release and expression, and whatever avenues are blocked by authorities will channel the frustrations into whatever is still open.


A Cultural Revolution takes the diversity of individuals and identities and reduces them into an abstraction which gives the masses permission to criticize the abstract class that “deserves” whatever rough justice is being delivered by the Cultural Revolution.


As the book review excerpt noted, the definition of who deserves long overdue justice shifts with the emergent winds, and so those at the head of the Revolution might find themselves identified as an illegitimate elite that must be unseated.


I submit that these conditions exist in the U.S.: the systemic failure of the status quo to deliver on idealized promises and the repression of dissent outside “approved” (i.e. unthreatening to the status quo) boundaries.


What elite can be criticized without drawing the full repressive powers of the central state? What elite will it be politically acceptable to criticize? I submit that “the wealthy” are just such an abstract elite.


To protect itself, a repressive status quo implicitly signals that the masses can release their ire on an abstract elite with indistinct boundaries–a process that will divert the public anger, leaving the Powers That Be still in charge.
But just as in China’s Cultural Revolution, central authorities will quickly lose control of conditions on the ground. They will maintain the illusion of control even as events spiral ever farther from their control. The falcon will no longer hear the falconer.


In other words, once the social pressure cooker valve gives way, then the unleashed forces soon grasp that there are few limits on what they can criticize as long as they do so within an implicitly approved narrative–for example, “the wealthy” hoarded wealth and power and so it is just to claw it back by whatever means are available. Since the government failed to do so, the people will have to do so.


The extreme inequalities of wealth and power that are now the dominant dynamic in America are heating the cultural pressure cooker, and when the pressure can no longer be contained, then being recognized as wealthy will shift very quickly from something desirable to something to avoid at all costs.


The lesson of China’s Cultural Revolution in my view is that once the lid blows off, everything that was linear (predictable) goes non-linear (unpredictable, fragmented, contingent, emergent, prone to extremes, uncontrollable). If America experiences a Cultural Revolution, the outcome won’t lend itself to tidiness or predictability.


To use an analogy from previous blog posts, if the pendulum is pushed to an extreme, when it’s released, it will reach an equivalent extreme (minus a bit of friction) at the opposite end. That could be an unexpected but entirely foreseeable Cultural Revolution.


Those who claim that can’t happen in America are safely outside the pressure cooker, protected by a delusional confidence that since I’m doing great, everyone is doing great. Since real political agency is no longer allowed, then the pressure will find release outside the political system. It’s just Wetware 1.0 running defaults few recognize.

Featured

Hello Darkness my old friend…

Hello Darkness My Old Friend, a Simon and Garfunkel song inspired by a College roommate who went blind – reveals an untold story. Enjoy and then listen to the song itself.
One of the best-loved songs of all time. Simon & Garfunkel’s hit The Sound Of Silence topped the US charts and went platinum in the UK.
It was named among the 20 most performed songs of the 20th century, included in Rolling Stone’s 500 Greatest Songs of All Time, and provided the unforgettable soundtrack to 1967 film classic The Graduate. But to one man The Sound Of Silence means much more than just a No 1 song on the radio with its poignant opening lines: “Hello Darkness my old friend, I’ve come to talk with you again.”
Sanford “Sandy” Greenberg is Art Garfunkel’s best friend, and reveals in a moving new memoir, named after that lyric, that the song was a touching tribute to their undying bond, and the singer’s sacrifice that saved Sandy’s life when he unexpectedly lost his sight.
“He lifted me out of the grave,” says Sandy, aged 79, who recounts his plunge into sudden blindness, and how Art Garfunkel’s selfless devotion gave him reason to live again.
Sandy and Arthur, as Art was then known, met during their first week as students at the prestigious Columbia University in New York.
“A young man wearing an Argyle sweater and corduroy pants and blond hair with a crew cut came over and said, ‘Hi, I’m Arthur Garfunkel’,” Sandy recalls.
They became roommates, bonding over a shared taste in books, poetry and music.
“Every night Arthur and I would sing. He would play his guitar and I would be the DJ. The air was always filled with music.”
“Still teenagers, they made a pact to always be there for each other in times of trouble. “If one was in extremis, the other would come to his rescue,” says Sandy They had no idea their promise would be tested so soon. Just months later, Sandy recalls: “I was at a baseball game and suddenly my eyes became cloudy and my vision became unhinged. Shortly after that darkness descended.” Doctors diagnosed conjunctivitis, assuring it would pass. But days later Sandy went blind, and doctors realized that glaucoma had destroyed his optic nerves.
Sandy was the son of a rag-and-bone man. His family, Jewish immigrants in Buffalo, New York, had no money to help him, so he dropped out of college, gave up his dream of becoming a lawyer, and plunged into depression. “I wouldn’t see anyone, I just refused to talk to anybody,” says Sandy. “And then unexpectedly Arthur flew in, saying he had to talk to me. He said, ‘You’re gonna come back, aren’t you?’ “I said,: ‘No, There’s no conceivable way.’ “He was pretty insistent, and finally said, ‘Look, I don’t think you get it. I need you back there. That’s the pact we made together: we would be there for the other in times of crises. I will help you’.”
Together they returned to Columbia University, where Sandy became dependent on Garfunkel’s support. Art would walk Sandy to class, bandage his wounds when he fell, and even filled out his graduate school applications.
Garfunkel called himself “Darkness” in a show of empathy. The singer explained: “I was saying, ‘I want to be together where you are, in the black’.” Sandy recalls: “He would come in and say, ‘Darkness is going to read to you now.’ “Then he would take me to class and back. He would take me around the city. He altered his entire life so that it would accommodate me.”
Garfunkel would talk about Sandy with his high-school friend Paul Simon, from Queens, New York, as the folk rock duo struggled to launch their musical careers, performing at local parties and clubs. Though Simon wrote the song, the lyrics to The Sound of Silence are infused with Garfunkel’s compassion as Darkness, Sandy’s old friend.
Guiding Sandy through New York one day, as they stood in the vast forecourt of bustling Grand Central Station, Garfunkel said that he had to leave for an assignment, abandoning his blind friend alone in the rush-hour crowd, terrified, stumbling and falling. “I cut my forehead” says Sandy. “I cut my shins. My socks were bloodied. I had my hands out and bumped into a woman’s breasts. It was a horrendous feeling of shame and humiliation. “I started running forward, knocking over coffee cups and briefcases, and finally I got to the local train to Columbia University. It was the worst couple of hours in my life.”
Back on campus, he bumped into a man, who apologized. “I knew that it was Arthur’s voice,” says Sandy. “For a moment I was enraged, and then I understood what happened: that his colossally insightful, brilliant yet wildly risky strategy had worked.” Garfunkel had not abandoned Sandy at the station, but had followed him the entire way home, watching over him. “Arthur knew it was only when I could prove to myself I could do it that I would have real independence,” says Sandy. “And it worked, because after that I felt that I could do anything.
“That moment was the spark that caused me to live a completely different life, without fear, without doubt. For that I am tremendously grateful to my friend.” Sandy not only graduated, but went on to study for a master’s degree at Harvard and Oxford.
While in Britain he received a phone call from his friend – and with it the chance to keep his side of their pact. Garfunkel wanted to drop out of architecture school and record his first album with Paul Simon, but explained: “I need $400 to get started.” Sandy, by then married to his high school sweetheart, says: “We had $404 in our current account. I said, ‘Arthur, you will have your cheque.’ “It was an instant reaction, because he had helped me restart my life, and his request was the first time that I had been able to live up to my half of our solemn covenant.”
The 1964 album, Wednesday Morning, 3 AM, was a critical and commercial flop, but one of the tracks was The Sound Of Silence, which was released as a single the following year and went to No 1 across the world. “The Sound Of Silence meant a lot, because it started out with the words ‘Hello darkness’ and this was Darkness singing, the guy who read to me after I returned to Columbia blind,” says Sandy.
Simon & Garfunkel went on to have four smash albums, with hits including Mrs. Robinson, The Boxer, and Bridge Over Troubled Waters. Amazingly, Sandy went on to extraordinary success as an inventor, entrepreneur, investor, presidential adviser and philanthropist. The father of three, who launched a $3million prize to find a cure for blindness, has always refused to use a white cane or guide dog. “I don’t want to be ‘the blind guy’,” he says. “I wanted to be Sandy Greenberg, the human being”
Six decades later the two men remain best friends, and Garfunkel credits Sandy with transforming his life. With Sandy, “my real life emerged,” says the singer. “I became a better guy in my own eyes, and began to see who I was – somebody who gives to a friend. “I blush to find myself within his dimension. My friend is the gold standard of decency.” Says Sandy: “I am the luckiest man in the world”

Featured

More 2nd Amendment

Then why have a Bill of Rights?

You wouldn’t be the first person to ask that. Men like Alexander Hamilton asked it. He and many others thought having a Bill of rights was dangerous.

They were afraid that the existence of a Bill of Rights as a part of our Constitution implied that the government not only had the right to change them, but that any rights not listed there were fair game for the government to deny. And, as a matter of fact, that’s exactly what has happened. The government seems to have set itself up to be an interpreter of our rights; it acts as if it is also the source of our rights, and whatever rights weren’t mentioned in the Bill of Rights, the government has seen fit to declare exist only at its discretion.

Again, I ask, have you ever read the Bill of Rights? Specifically, have you ever read the 9th and 10th Amendments?

It’s important to understand what they say and know why they are written the way they are because they tie in with how the Founding Fathers viewed our rights and how they expected us to view them.

They were put there to quell the fears of men like Hamilton who were afraid that any rights not mentioned in the Bill of Rights would be usurped by the government.

The 9th says: “The enumeration in the Constitution, of certain rights, shall not be construed to deny or disparage others retained by the people.” This means that any rights not mentioned in the Bill of Rights are not to be denied to the people.

The 10th says: “The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people.”So any powers not specifically given to the Federal government are not powers it can usurp.”

So it’s enough to show the Founding Fathers thought we had a right for it to fall under the protection of the 9th or 10th Amendment. This means that the Founders didn’t even have to specify we have the right to free speech, religion, jury trials, or anything else. To understand what they felt our rights were, all you had to do was show what they said our rights are. Any rights in the first eight Amendments are just redundant with what the Founding Fathers considered Natural Rights.

So why then do we have a Bill of Rights?

Because even though Hamilton and others feared having one, most of the Founding Fathers were sure that without one the government would eventually take all of our rights.

There are are there actually rights not mentioned in the Constitution that we’ve been denied… The Founding Fathers felt we had a right to unrestricted travel. So, now we have driver’s licenses, automobile registrations, and passports. They also felt we had property rights, so Civil Forfeiture or Civil Seizure laws, now exercised by the Feds and the states, are actually illegal under both the 9th and 10th Amendment.

And, if the Congress or even the Supreme Court decides the 2nd Amendment only refers to formal military organizations, we still have the right to keep and bear arms, because the Founding Fathers considered it a natural right. And if you don’t believe it, read what the Founding Fathers said in their papers, their letters, and their debates in both Congress and the state legislatures.

Weapons have always been important. In Greece, Rome, and even under Anglo- Saxon law, when slaves were freed, part of the ceremony included placing a weapon in the man’s hand. It was symbolic of the man’s new rank.

What The Founders Said

“To suppose arms in the hands of citizens, to be used at individual discretion, except in private self-defense, or by partial orders of towns, countries or districts of a state, is to demolish every constitution, and lay the laws prostrate, so that liberty can be enjoyed by no man; it is a dissolution of the government. The fundamental law of the militia is, that it be created, directed and commanded by the laws, and ever for the support of the laws.”
-John Adams, In Defense of the Constitution

“…No free man shall ever be debarred the use of arms.”
-Thomas Jefferson, writing on the proposed Virginia Constitution 1776

“Laws that forbid the carrying of arms…disarm only those who are neither inclined nor determined to commit crimes…Such laws make things worse for the assaulted and better for the assailants; they serve rather to encourage than to prevent homicides, for an unarmed man may be attacked with greater confidence than an armed man.”
-Jefferson quoting Cesare Beccaria—a Milanese criminologist whom he admired who was also his contemporary— in On Crimes and Punishment

Perhaps the reason that our current “educational” institutions don’t teach our youth their true history and rights is that you cannot defend rights of which you are ignorant.

Featured

More 2A

To keep and bear arms.

Can you find anything in the 2nd Amendment, or any other part of the Constitution, that says the individual can’t have arms?Just keep in mind my question is not whether you think the Constitution allows individuals to carry guns but whether or not there’s anything in it that says they can’t?

Do you also understand that the Bill of Rights is not the source of our rights. It’s not even a complete list of our rights. The Founding Fathers did not believe we got our rights from the Bill of Rights. Nor did they believe they came about as a result of being American, Christian, of European decent, or white. They believed everyone had these rights even if they lived in Europe, China, or the moon. They called them Natural Rights. Where these rights were not allowed, they believed they still existed but were denied.

It’s a question as to whether or not our rights exist apart from government.

Let me ask you this; in a country where children have no civil rights, do they still have a right not to be molested? Do women in countries where they have a second-citizen status have the right not to be abused by their husbands, even if the government won’t protect them?

Then is it too much of a stretch for you to understand that the Founding Fathers believed everyone has the right to free speech, freedom of religion, the right to fair trials…?

Take it a step further. If the government passed a law tomorrow that said we didn’t have the right to free speech, or the right to free worship, or freedom of the press, would those rights no longer exist, or would they be simply denied? If the Constitution is amended depriving us of our rights, do those rights cease to exist?

The answer, according to the guys who set up this country, is yes, we would still have those rights. We’re just being denied them. Because of that, it’s the way we have to look at the Constitution.It may be, that in reality, rights are a figment of our imagination. But the Founding Fathers believed they existed and that’s how this country was set up. Rights are something that come with being human. The Founders never believed we got them from the government.

If and when the United States goes away, the rights will still be there.

(…to be continued)

Featured

European Plans for ‘Vaccine Passports’ Were in Place 20 Months Prior to the Pandemic.

In Europe, however, which hosts 8 of the top 10 pharmaceutical exporting countries, planning for vaccine passports began at least 20 months prior to the start of the COVID-19 outbreak.

With the world being told that so-called ‘vaccine passports’ will be required for all international travel in future, and in many countries even to enter shops, restaurants, bars, gyms, hotels, theaters, concerts and sports events, the impression we are being given is that the measure is a direct result of the corona virus pandemic.

In Europe, however, which hosts 8 of the top 10 pharmaceutical exporting countries, planning for vaccine passports began at least 20 months prior to the start of the COVID-19 outbreak. Apparently, the pandemic conveniently provided European politicians with the ‘excuse’ they needed to introduce the idea.

The ‘European Commission’ – the executive body of Europe – first published a proposal for vaccine passports on 26 April 2018. Buried deep in a document dealing with ‘Strengthened Cooperation against Vaccine Preventable Diseases’, the proposal was essentially ignored by the mainstream media.

A road map document issued in early 2019 subsequently set out specific plans for implementing the European Commission’s proposal. The primary action listed in the road map was to “examine the feasibility of developing a common vaccination card/passport” for European citizens that is “compatible with electronic immunization information systems and recognized for use across borders.” The plan aimed for a legislative proposal to be issued in Europe by 2022.
SOURCE: https://www.globalresearch.ca/european-plans-vaccine-passports-place-20-months-prior-pandemic/5741702

Featured

Gun sales soar…

The Supreme Court has ruled that the words in the Constitution mean what the Founding Fathers said they meant, and we can’t go changing or amending the Constitution by giving new meanings or new shades of meaning to the words.

Gun Sales Soar From Stimulus And Biden’s Gun Control Plan .

Biden’s plan is to restrict assault weapons like the AR-556 pistol from Sturm, Ruger that was allegedly used by the Boulder gunman. But the violence has also prompted a rise in gun sales, and retailers have reported that they’re seeing more Asian-American gun buyers, seeking protection from hate crimes.

Since the start of the pandemic, more than 8.4 million Americans have purchased guns for the first time, according to estimates from the gun industry group, the National Shooting Sports Foundation.

“Americans continue to vote with their wallets when it comes to lawful firearm ownership,” said Mark Oliva, director of public affairs for the NSSF. “March’s record background checks shows that President Biden’s demand to enact a ban on AR-15s and the push by Democrats to enact laws that would deny Americans their rights is out of step with Main Street, U.S.A.”

The gun purchases have led to nationwide shortages in ammunition. Every gun retailer interviewed by Forbes is rationing ammunition purchases and some calibers are unavailable.

“Gun control” is not a function of the government. A broad statement you might counter, after all, the 2nd amendment specifically cites “a well regulated militia”.

You’ve got to understand what the militia is. In May of 1792, five months after the adoption of the 2nd Amendment, the Militia Act was passed.

That act distinguished between the enrolled militia and the organized militia. Before the passing- of that act, there was only the enrolled militia, which was the body of all able-bodied men between the ages of 17 and 44, inclusively, and it is that militia to which the 2nd Amendment refers.

It couldn’t refer to the organized militia because it didn’t exist yet. The 2nd Amendment was to ensure that this body of citizens is armed and that’s why the Founding Fathers thought to place it in the Bill of Rights. Legally, both militias still exist.

You might respond; “So, you’re also saying only people between 17 and 44 are allowed guns, right?”

No, that’s just the ages of the body of men constituting the militia. The amendment says the people can both keep and bear arms.

It’s usually been construed to mean all the people.

The law hasn’t changed, but even if we decide the word means something new to us, you can’t use the new definition to change the intent of the amendment.

The Supreme Court has ruled that the words in the Constitution mean what the Founding Fathers said they meant, and we can’t go changing or amending the Constitution by giving new meanings or new shades of meaning to the words.

And, if you think about it, it makes sense; otherwise, our rights really mean nothing. Congress or any other governing body can deny you the right to free speech, freedom of religion, a trial by jury, or whatever else it wanted just by claiming the words now have a new meaning. An oppressive government could change the Constitution without ever having to go through the bothersome ritual of submitting it to us, the people, for our approval.

And, in the end, the Constitution and, in particular, the Bill of Rights are there for our protection, not for the benefit of the government or those who run it.

(…to be continued)

Featured

White supremacy?

Ronald Reagan’s old saying applies here – “If you want more of something, subsidize it; if you want less of something, tax it.”

(received this from a friend, it makes too much sense).


The reported rise in anti-Asian American violence is alleged to be related to white supremacism – but it certainly appears, based on the available statistics, whites are not responsible for the increase.


The most recent examples have been black Americans acting against Asian Americans.

People aren’t stupid and even thugs are people.
Even if it is subconsciously, I would offer that the criminals are using the cover of “white supremacy” as a justification for their own racial animus.

I would argue that because the perpetrators know;
1) they won’t bear the full blame (because whitey made them do it) and
2) their offense will result in less punishment because they are not white, those two aspects incentivize them to act.

The existence of minority on minority crime is being painted over in favor of something that has both social and political power – namely calling the acts “white supremacy” and creating irrational and illogical reasoning to force the square peg in the round white supremacy hole.

Combine the “white supremacy” ruse with the fact that progressive District Attorneys in major cities have decided that crime isn’t really crime if your race has been historically oppressed and enforcing the law is a continuation of that oppression, and the problem boils down to simple economics.

Ronald Reagan’s old saying applies here – “If you want more of something, subsidize it; if you want less of something, tax it.”

The lack of prosecution is a subsidization of criminal behavior, prosecution is a tax on criminal behavior.

Shouldn’t be a surprise why violence across the board is on the rise.

Featured

Bats in the belfry

Are you awake yet people?


Former CDC director Robert Redfield told CNN that he believes the coronavirus may have escaped from the Wuhan Institute of Virology as far back as September 2019.

“I’m of the point of view that I still think the most likely etiology of this pathogen in Wuhan was from a laboratory… escaped. Other people don’t believe that, that’s fine. Science will eventually figure it out,” he said.


“It’s not unusual for respiratory pathogens that are being worked on in laboratories to infect the laboratory worker.”
“That’s not implying any intentionality. It’s my opinion, right? But I am a virologist. I have spent my life in virology.”

Redfield, a lifelong virologist himself, pointed out that normally when a pathogen goes from animal to human it “takes a while for it to figure out how to become more and more efficient.”


This is why he thinks the virus was being exposed to human lab cultures inside the virology institute before it was accidentally released.


Dr Anthony Fauci responded to Redfield’s comments by asserting that there were “a number of theories” as to the origin of the virus.

After spending months trying to negotiate the visit, WHO officials largely absolved China of blame for the COVID-19 pandemic after visiting a virus lab in Wuhan for just 3 hours.


A prominent German scientist with the University of Hamburg released findings in February of a year long study that concludes the most likely cause of the coronavirus pandemic was a leak from the Wuhan Institute of Virology.
You can fool some of the people some of the time…and most of the time, that’s enough!

Featured

What’s in the Evergreen shipping containers?

One distinct possibility.

What’s inside the Evergreen shipping containers?

3M-54 KalibrThe 3M-54 Kalibr, also referred to it as 3M54-1 Kalibr, 3M14 Biryuza, 91R1, 91RT2 is a group of Russian surface ship-, submarine-launched and airborne anti-ship and coastal anti ship, land attack cruise missiles and anti-submarine missiles developed by the Novator Design Bureau.

Derived export versions are the 3M54E, 3M54E1, 3M14E, 91RE1, 91RTE2. The 3M54T, 3M54K, 3M54A, 3M54E, 3M54KE and 3M54AE have a second stage that performs a supersonic sprint in the terminal approach to the target, reducing the time that target’s defense systems have to react.

The 3M54T1, 3M54K1, 3M54A1, 3M54E1 only travel at subsonic speeds, although their range is accordingly greater than those of the supersonic versions.

Club is the designation used for the export versions.WikipediaType:Cruise missile, Anti-ship missile, Anti-submarine missile, Submarine-launched cruise missile, Air-launched cruise missile, Land-attack missile, Surface-to-surface missile

Featured

We don’t need no 2nd amendment!

REMINDER: “…the right of the people to keep and bear arms SHALL NOT BE INFRINGED.”

A federal appeals court ruled Wednesday that there is no right to carry a gun in public.

The 9th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals in a 7-4 ruling rejected a challenge to Hawaii’s requirement that residents must pass an application to have weapons outside the home.

That’s ludicrous, they state the only place you can have a gun is in your home. Forget the car, and you can forget hunting and everything else too.

Let’s see if SCOTUS upholds this. I would not be surprised if they did. Then what?

Your guns will be declared illegal, (that’s what) and they have already stated 100 million of them are. With nothing to support that claim AT ALL.

Whatever the commies say, is whatever it will be for as long as the people allow it.

SOURCE: https://www.washingtontimes.com/…/9th-circuit-court-no…/

REMINDER: “…the right of the people to keep and bear arms SHALL NOT BE INFRINGED.”

Featured

Another birth certificate situation

There is a new birth certificate kerfluffle but this time regarding VP Kamala Harris.

The problem is, the assertion that she does not qualify to be POTUS is not valid.

Under US law, if a child is born on US soil, they automatically are bestowed US Citizenship regardless of their parents’ citizenship status.

This, however, does bring up another interesting scenario; These days simply being born in the US is considered sufficient. That raises the specter of a Chinese person, born here then taken back to China, could run for the office of president, (or Iranian, or Nigerian or whatever).

Featured

Strangers in a strange land

“We are pilgrimsIn a Strange land
We are so farFrom our Homeland
With each passing day it seems so clear
this world will never want us here
We’re not welcome in this world around
We are foreigners who don’t belong
We are strangers We are aliens We are not of this world…..
We are envoys We must tarry With this message we must carry
There’s so much to do before we leave
With so many more who may believe
Our mission here may never fail
And the gates of Hell will not prevail.
We are strangers We are aliens We are not of this world…..
We are strangers We are aliens We are not of this world…..
Jesus told us men would hate us
But we must Be of good cheer–He has overcome this world of darkness
Soon we will depart from here—-
We are strangers We are aliens We are not of this world…..
We are strangers We are aliensWe are not of this world…..

Featured

It’s time

You WILL be cancelled. You WILL be un-personed. Like the Jews of 1930’s Germany, don’t just hope the problem goes away. It does go away, but not without blood. Prepare yourself now. Disengage from meaningless political games that are going nowhere. Survive.

Received from a friend from another forum. What are your thoughts?

Tort;

You have been around a while and know that I’m very political, have been for years. Always concerned about what’s gonna happen with politics, what I can do to stop or slow it, etc. Like you and many of our friends. That POV was predicated on the theory of a reasonable world and a reasonable society, in which reasonable people would make reasonable decisions. In May 2020, as major metros around the nation burned and were looted bare, I said to myself: “no reasonable nation would elect the party that did this”. And then later that year, when the election was stolen in broad daylight, and the people who did so all but gloated about it in our faces, I thought “no reasonable court would let this stand, we’ve got the receipts!” When the courts decided they didn’t want to oppose the coup, and we all stood around asking ourselves “what next”, the true picture of the reality in America today came into view.

In a nation without fair elections, political engagement is at best a waste of time. In a nation where the levers of seemingly unfettered power are now permanently in the hands of the Far Left, political engagement is an unnecessary risk. There is no value in peaceful, honest engagement on political matters anymore, unless that energy leads to violent and subversive engagement (something I am unwilling to do), because the contract has been broken.

Forget about the Constitution. It was a grand experiment in freedom, but it is clear to me now that this was always inevitable. Just as many sons have been unworthy of the inheritance of their forebears, eventually there always comes a generation that is unable or unwilling to acquit themselves like men, and the process must begin again. But there will be a transitionary period, a period in which you will be particularly concerned for your family’s safety, to preserve your legacy into the future. And this is where our energies should be focused.

Soviet-style gulags are the endgame, but there’s a lot of roadway still between here and there. Cancel culture will be used to freeze us out of every segment of society that we need to interface with in order to live a normal, modern life. I know this and we talk about this sort of thing all the time, but I am spending some extra time this year to make a comprehensive list of all the goods, services, and utilities we use and need to live “normally”, so I can set plans in motion to maintain them as independently as possible. Before they start going house to house, they will start by preventing you from accessing certain services, they’ll make your goods more expensive, they’ll make it harder for you to work, to travel. They will try to weaken you financially. You WILL be cancelled. You WILL be un-personed. Like the Jews of 1930’s Germany, don’t just hope the problem goes away. It does go away, but not without blood. Prepare yourself now. Disengage from meaningless political games that are going nowhere. Survive.

But yelling about it on the political forums or on Facebook ain’t gonna help you. It’s not gonna help me either. We have entered a new phase in American history, and we need to recognize that, and take what positive action we can to insulate us from what’s coming instead of vainly pouring our energy into a dead end.

Here is what my family is doing.

  1. Cutting back on political posting and commenting on social media by at least 90%
  2. Take steps to disentangle yourself from Big Tech generally as much as possible
  3. Make a list of goods/services/utilities/capabilities you would not want to live without. Not just in terms of survival, but in terms of living as close to normally as possible. Evaluate them individually, assessing how important that item is, how difficult it would be to replicate in a self-reliance context, and make a plan to address it if feasible.
  4. Stop worrying about rising up and fighting a revolution, or when the inevitable fascist crackdown is coming.. Stop worrying about when it’s gonna be. If or when the time is right, you’ll know. It’s not up to you. It’s up to God. It is foolish to imagine we are in control of such things. We have so little control over even our own lives. Focus on that, the important things at home staring you in the face already, instead of putting your head in the clouds worrying about matters our hands cannot affect.
  5. I observe that God has a plan for things big and small, and so I am keeping my powder dry, and making ready, so that if I have any part to play, I will not find myself unprepared to do so.

Screaming about politics online produces no value: at the end of each rant, my preps have not grown, my capabilities have not increased. I spent many years talking. But now, I say: enough talk. This is the last call. There’s something dark coming over the horizon, and we’re going to meet it whether we are ready for it or not. Make sure you are.

There is much wisdom here. Take due notice thereof and govern yourself accordingly.

Featured

Reparations

Reparations?


The Democrats in the House are pushing a bill for reparations to Blacks for slavery in the United States.

You may find it interesting that in 1860, when slavery was still legal in the United States, only 4.6% of US citizens owned slaves.

Out of that 4.6% how many descendants of the slave owners are still alive?
Of those that are still alive, how many still own slaves?

How many folks are currently alive in the United States who was a slave?

As part of reconstruction reparations to former slaves the Federal government awarded the 40 acres and a mule. Will those folks be liable for restitution of the current value of those reparations to the Federal government?

About 360,000 Union Soldiers died in the War Between the States that resulted in the abolishment of “unlawful servitude”.Shouldn’t that be considered as part of reparations in addition to the 40 ac res and a mule? What is the life of a Union Soldier worth? Will his descendants be eligible for reparations also?

The majority of current US citizens are descended from families that emigrated to the US between 1880 and the present. That was long after the legal abolishment of “unlawful servitude”. That number includes Asians and Blacks as well as whites. Why would they be liable for any reparations?

Perhaps it is time to desist from driving wedges between our citizens based upon the victim mentality exhibited by stirring animosity between ethnic cultures for political gain.

Featured

More on face diapers.

The bottom line here is, if you believe that masks make you safer then wear one, (or two, or four or whatever number satisfies your mind). It is a personal choice as protecting YOUR health is YOUR personal choice.

Do masks prevent SARS-2? Not according to a 2017 Oxford University study.

https://academic.oup.com/cid/article/65/11/1934/4068747

For those who present studies that say masks work, those studies always look at how a mask blocks sneezes of coughs. They show that droplets will be knocked down by a mask and not travel 15 feet.

Well no duh.

But what they don’t tell you is the virus still goes through the mask, it just won’t go as far. They are lying to you if they say it blocks viruses. But they usually don’t say that.

They trick you with sleight of hand talking points. They say see it blocks droplets and bacteria from spreading far. But if the virus still goes through, a sick person has still contaminated the store you are in, and your mask will not stop it from getting to you. FACTS they don’t like.

By the way, even if I was wrong about masks, (I am not wrong – the science on this cannot change), but let’s pretend I am.

Your eyes are still exposed and you can catch the virus through your eyes regardless. That is a medical fact that proves masks cannot prevent a virus from spreading.

The bottom line here is, if you believe that masks make you safer then wear one, (or two, or four or whatever number satisfies your mind). It is a personal choice as protecting YOUR health is YOUR personal choice. My decision, after doing my due diligence, to not mask up is MY personal choice. It is a personal choice regarding MY health.

Featured

Who’s minding the store?

Nancy Pelosi is demanding the nuclear codes be taken from Biden and handed to Democrats!


Not “congress” or anything of the sort, no, they are to be handed to “a panel of Democrats!”


Are they planning on an expedient end to things?

That would be a GREAT way to have our own nuclear arsenal be used to take US out. And they’ll blame “white supremacists” to boot. Not a good development.


Law clearly states they can’t do this, and only the president gets the codes and control of the military.


But when, lately, have they paid attention to law? Certainly not with the last election, the law is, in their terms, not applicable.

REMEMBER: NANCY TRIED THE SAME THING WITH TRUMP. Why is she repeating this with Biden? He’s not a threat, he can’t remember them.

We’re off to see the Wizard, the wonderful Wizard of Oz!
Pay no attention to that man behind the curtain…

Featured

There’s something fishy about the mRNA “vaccine”!

Utilizing these instruction sets gives our investigational mRNA medicines a software-like quality.

This is taken from the Moderna website. Do your own due dilligence.


Our Operating System
Recognizing the broad potential of mRNA science, we set out to create an mRNA technology platform that functions very much like an operating system on a computer. It is designed so that it can plug and play interchangeably with different programs. In our case, the “program” or “app” is our mRNA drug – the unique mRNA sequence that codes for a protein.


We have a dedicated team of several hundred scientists and engineers solely focused on advancing Moderna’s platform technology. They are organized around key disciplines and work in an integrated fashion to advance knowledge surrounding mRNA science and solve for challenges that are unique to mRNA drug development. Some of these disciplines include mRNA biology, chemistry, formulation & delivery, bioinformatics and protein engineering.


Our mRNA Medicines
– The ‘Software of Life’When we have a concept for a new mRNA medicine and begin research, fundamental components are already in place.
Generally, the only thing that changes from one potential mRNA medicine to another is the coding region – the actual genetic code that instructs ribosomes to make protein. Utilizing these instruction sets gives our investigational mRNA medicines a software-like quality. We also have the ability to combine different mRNA sequences encoding for different proteins in a single mRNA investigational medicine.

We are leveraging the flexibility afforded by our platform and the fundamental role mRNA plays in protein synthesis to pursue mRNA medicines for a broad spectrum of diseases.

Overcoming Key Challenges
Using mRNA to create medicines is a complex undertaking and requires overcoming novel scientific and technical challenges. We need to get the mRNA into the targeted tissue and cells while evading the immune system. If the immune system is triggered, the resultant response may limit protein production and, thus, limit the therapeutic benefit of mRNA medicines.
We also need ribosomes to think the mRNA was produced naturally, so they can accurately read the instructions to produce the right protein. And we need to ensure the cells express enough of the protein to have the desired therapeutic effect.

SOURCE:https://www.modernatx.com/mrna-technology/mrna-platform-enabling-drug-discovery-development

Featured

Masks? We don’t need no stinking masks!

Here’s a little something on the lifting of mask mandates;

The centrally planned solutions to COVID-19 have failed spectacularly, and the American people have taken notice of this reality.

Hundreds of millions have now been through a full year of government-imposed tyranny on both a federal and state level.Whether it was a travel ban, an endless series of lockdowns, mask mandates, countless emergency orders, business closures, and the like, not a single top-down order from the federal or state level did anything productive for the well-being of Americans.

None of it worked. All of it served as a net negative. The people have noticed.Now that their constituents have had enough, politicians on the Right are fast departing from the COVID tyranny, and attempting to secure what is left of their political aspirations.

Abbott and Reeves are not the only GOP governors moving fast in ending the restrictions. Several other governors have recently acted to roll them back.

On February 12, Montana Governor Greg Gianforte lifted his statewide mask mandate.

On February 8, Iowa Governor Kim Reynolds lifted Iowa’s statewide mask mandate along with several other restrictions.

On February 22, North Dakota took it a step further. Its legislative body took the bold step in voting to make mask mandates illegal.

As of March 2, there are now 16 states that no longer have statewide mask orders.SOURCE: https://www.aier.org/…/16-states-are-now-following-the…/

However, across the political divide, there remains no end in sight to the corona madness. Much of the Left continues to embrace and root on endless COVID-19 restrictions, and the hijacking of individual rights in the name of a virus.

As of March 4, 2021 here’s a rundown of the mask rules:https://www.aarp.org/…/states-mask-mandates-coronavirus…

Featured

The new Juden?

So they want their white employees to be less white because it’s plain to all Caucasians are racist .

Do they intend to work on blacks to become less black or Hispananic be less brown?

This crap needs to stop .

These people teaching this stuff are treading on dangerous ground for us all .

Who will be the next evil class that needs to be eliminated?The Jews, mentally disabled and Romani were picked on the last time.

Featured

How woke can you be?

Avoid his stories with all your might. Avoid Dr. Suess ’cause he’s too white!


A national educators organization is telling schools to avoid reading Dr. Seuss because the children’s books allegedly have “racial undertones.”For more than 20 years, March 2 has been recognized as Read Across America Day in honor of Dr. Seuss’s birthday. The reading recognition day was founded by the National Education Association — the nation’s largest labor union — in 1998. This year’s theme is “Create and Celebrate Diversity.”


SOURCE:https://www.dailywire.com/news/oh-the-places-the-woke-will-go-dr-seuss-canceled-for-racial-undertones?utm_source=facebook&utm_medium=social&utm_campaign=benshapiro

Featured

Received in an email 2/26/21

Do your own due diligence to verify;

Kamala Harris
Date: January 24, 2021

Wow…wonder why the media never mentioned any of this during the campaign? Maybe they were just too busy! ……….
The History of Kamala Harris

Here is a timely editorial that exposes the hidden background of Kamala Harris from the Combat Veterans for Congress Political Action Committee that is posted here with permission of the author. CVFC PAC supports the election of US military combat veterans to the US Senate and House of Representatives. The editorial begins:

Kamala Harris’ father was an avowed Marxist professor in the Economics Department at Stanford University in Palo Alto, CA. Both of Harris’ parents were active in the Berkeley based Afro-American Association; Fidel Castro and Che Guevara were the heroes of the Afro-American Association.

The group’s leader, Donald Warden (aka Khalid al-Mansour), mentored two young Afro-American Association members, Huey Newton and Bobby Seale; they created the Maoist inspired Black Panther Party which gained strong support from Communist China; the Black Panther Party served as the model for creation of the Black Lives Matter Marxist organization Khalid al-Mansour subsequently went on to arrange financing and facilitated for Barack Hussein Obama to be accepted as a student to matriculate at Harvard Law School.

Following her graduation from college, Harris returned to California and subsequently became the mistress of the 60-year-old married Speaker of the California Assembly, Willie Brown, Jr. Brown’s political campaigns were supported and funded by Dr. Carlton Goodlett, the owner of The Sun Reporter and several other pro-Communist newspapers. Brown was elected as Mayor of San Francisco, and strongly endorsed Harris’ Marxist political philosophy; he guided Harris’ political rise in California politics, leading to her election as California’s Attorney General. Willie Brown, Jr. was a well-known long-time Communist sympathizer. Willie Brown, Jr. was initially elected to public office with the substantial help of the Communist Party USA. Today, Willie Brown is widely regarded as one of the Chinese Communist Party’s best friends in the San Francisco Bay Area.

While serving as San Francisco District Attorney, Kamala Harris mentored a young San Francisco Radical Maoist activist, Lateefah Simon, who was a member of the STORM Revolutionary Movement; Simon currently chairs the Bay Area Rapid Transit (BART) Board. Simon has always been close friends with the founder of Black Lives Matter Marxist Domestic Terrorists, Alicia Garza, as well as STORM member and avowed Communist, Van Jones. Harris has been openly and aggressively supporting Black Lives Matter Marxists; Kamala Harris is still closely associated with Maoist Lateefah Simon and Marxist Alicia Garza.

Kamala Harris’s sister Maya Harris was a student activist at Stanford University. She was a closely associated with Steve Phillips, one of the leading Marxist-Leninists on campus and a long-time affiliate with the League of Revolutionary Struggle, a pro-Chinese Communist group. Phillips came out of the Left, and in college he studied Marx, Mao, and Lenin, and maintained close associations with fellow Communists.

Phillips married into the multi billion dollar Sandler family of the Golden West Savings and Loan fortune. He funded many leftist political campaigns, and the voter registration drives in the Southern and South Western states in order to help his friend, Barack Hussein Obama, defeat Hillary Clinton. Phillips has been a major financial sponsor for Kamala Harris’s political campaigns for various California elective offices.

Harris’ husband, Doug Emhoff works for the law firm DLA Piper, which “boasts nearly 30 years of experience in Communist China with over 140 lawyers dedicated to its ‘Communist China Investment Services’ branch. He was just appointed to Professor at Yale to school future lawyers in the fine points of Communism. When she was elected to the US Senate, Kamala Harris appointed a Pro-Communist Senate Chief of Staff, Karine Jean-Pierre. Jean-Pierre was active with the New York-based Haiti Support Network. The organization worked closely with the pro-Communist China/Communist North Korea Workers World Party and supported Jean-Bertrand Aristide, the far-left Communist former president of Haiti and the radical Lavalas movement.

Fortunately for Harris, but potentially disastrous for the Republic, elected office holders are not subject to the security clearance process. If the FBI did a Background Investigation on Kamala Harris, she never would have passed, because of her 40-year close ties with Marxists, Communists, Maoists, and Communist China. Harris would never have been approved for acceptance to any of the 5 Military Service Academies, been appointed to a US Government Sub-Cabinet position, or would have been approved to fill a sensitive position for a high security defense contractor. Yet, since Joe Biden was elected, Harris could be a heartbeat away from being President.

The US constitutional Republic is being threatened by the People’s Republic of Communist China (PPC) externally, and by their very active espionage operations within the United States. The People’s Republic of Communist China (PPC), with 1.4 billion people, is governed by the 90 million member Chinese Communist Party (CCP), that has been working with Russia to destroy the US Constitutional Republic for over 70 years.

If the American voters read the background information (in Trevor Loudon’s article) on Kamala Harris, they would never support her election as Vice President of the United States. Joe Biden is suffering from the early onset of dementia and will continue to decline in cerebral awareness; he will never be able to fill out a four-year term of office. Since Biden was elected, the Socialists, Marxists, and Communist who control Kamala Harris, are planning to enact provisions of the 25th Amendment, in order to remove Joe Biden from office, so Harris can become the first Communist President of the United States.

Since Biden was elected, because Biden would not be up to it, Kamala Harris would lead the effort to appoint very dangerous anti-American Leftist, Communist, Socialists, and Marxists to fill highly sensitive positions in the Washington Deep State Bureaucracy. She would fill all appointive positions in the US Intelligence Agencies, in the Department of Homeland Security, in the Department of Defense, in The Justice Department, the Department of State, the FBI, the CIA, most cabinet positions, the National Security Council, and in the White House Staff.

American voters must alert their fellow Americans that Kamala Harris is a very serious National Security threat to the very survival of the US Constitutional Republic; she has been a fellow traveler of Marxists, Communists, Maoists, Socialists, Progressives, and Chinese Communists for over 35 years. President Trump had much more background information on Kamala Harris than we presented here, and he was correct, when he accused Kamala Harris of being a Communist subverter.

Geoffrey B. Higginbotham
Major General, USMC (Ret.)

Featured

Heads up!

We’ve become a nation at war with ourselves.

Molon Labe

None of us know what’s coming, but I think we can all agree that the “signs of the times” point to serious disruption in our way of life. The “blue states” are showing signs of reverting to socialist dictatorships. The “red states” are rebelling against attempts to force them into that same mold, and resisting as best they can. Within each state, “blue” or “red” enclaves are resisting the other side, and trying to build their own little fiefdoms, insulated from views and policies with which they don’t agree. There’s no longer a sense of a shared national identity. We’ve become a nation at war with ourselves.

Nobody knows what’s coming . . . but something’s got to give, sooner or later. I have a feeling that we may have less than a year before things get out of control, at least somewhere in these formerly United States. Be as ready as you can to protect and safeguard yourself and your loved ones if and when that happens – and if you’re in an area where you think the danger is particularly great, leave.

Now.

You may have less time than you think.

Featured

Are you sovereign over your own body?

So, you think you are sovereign over your own body? Not so fast, Sparky. What about employers mandating the injection of the experimental COVID “vaccines”?

EUA and Mandates
First, the current COVID-19 vaccines, Pfizer and Moderna, are authorized under an emergency use authorization (EUA), not approved through the regular FDA process. There is legal uncertainty as to whether it is possible to mandate a vaccine under a EUA.

I am more inclined to think that for employers, at least, it is probably legal to require a vaccine under a EUA – or at least, such an employer would have a good argument in court, though it’s unclear which way a court will decide.

Four things support an employer mandating vaccines.

The law does not address employers at all. It speaks to vaccine recipients, administrators, and the secretary, but does not directly impose anything on employers. In a reality in which employers normally would be able to impose a vaccine requirement, reading a prohibition into a law that doesn’t explicitly contain one is a big step.

The law does mention that there can be consequences to removal.
In guidance to employers, the Equal Employment Opportunities Commission (EEOC) did not suggest a EUA is a barrier to a mandate.

Finally, we know that quite a few employers have mandated testing – and many of those tests were only authorized under a EUA, creating a precedent for mandating something under a EUA.

The best argument to counter this would be to view the vaccine under a EUA as experimental, and concluding that you cannot mandate an experimental vaccine.

There is no jurisprudence directly on this point since there has never been a vaccine provided for general use under a EUA – the only previously EUA for a vaccine was for anthrax for the military only.

In my belief, an employer mandating a vaccine is taking a risk of litigation on this issue, but has a reasonable chance of success in such litigation, though there is also a chance of losing.

Another potential limit on an employer’s ability to mandate vaccines may come from collective bargaining. If the workforce is unionized, the collective bargaining agreement may require negotiating with the union before requiring a vaccine. Unions may or may not support a mandate.

This will be a case-by-case issue, depending on what specifically the collective bargaining agreement says, and what the union’s position is. In at least one case, a court upheld an arbitrator’s ruling that a vaccine mandate could not be imposed without a collective bargaining agreement.

Unions opposing mandates in a case like this may not be anti-vaccine but may be acting to preserve their powers vis-à-vis management. But it is a potential limitation to COVID-19 vaccines employer mandates.

Americans with Disabilities Act and Mandates
The Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) was created to protect the right of people with disabilities to access a variety of things, including workplaces. For the purpose of this discussion, the ADA requires employers with over 15 workers, in some circumstances, to provide reasonable accommodations to workers with medical conditions that make vaccines especially dangerous.

A vaccine contraindication would be a disability under the act, and the employer would have to provide accommodation unless it’s an undue hardship, which is a fairly high bar in this context, requiring showing a significant difficulty or expense.

Accommodation, however, would not necessarily mean that the employee gets to access the workplace in exactly the same way as everybody else, or gets to set the term. The employer can create an accommodation that protects the medically exempt worker and others, for example, requiring that employers who cannot be vaccinated wear extra personal protective equipment (PPE), provide for social distancing between them and others, if possible, or if working remotely is an option, prioritizing such employees for such work. The EEOC provides more details.

The balance is between not forcing the medically exempt individual – someone who cannot protect him or herself because of something beyond their control, a medical issue – to take a risk much higher than others by vaccinating, and protecting that person and others from Covid-19, in the absence of a vaccine.

Religion and Mandates
Most of the discussion so far applies to public and private employers alike. One area where there may be a difference is in relation to religion. Public employers are subject to constitutional limits, and private employers are not: you do not have constitutional rights against another private person, only against the government.

Public employers are subject, among other things, to the first amendment. Under our current jurisprudence, a government body does not need to give a religious exemption from a generally applicable law that does not target religion.

Here is the essence of what you need to know, structured under the three parts of sincere religious beliefs, reasonable accommodation, and undue burden.

Challenging a claim of sincere religious belief is full of pitfalls. An employer cannot require, for example, that an employee bring a letter from a priest, since that discriminates in favor of organized religion, or try to assess the reasonableness of the belief.

An employer can, however, require an employee to write an explanation of their belief, and query the employee about that – but here, too, an employer needs to be careful. The focus is on personal belief and its sincerity. It needs to be religious in nature, and sincere. That does not require believing in a God, but it does mean that the belief has to be about fundamental questions and part of a system of belief. “I think vaccines are dangerous” won’t cut it, even if the employee cites one or two verses.

The reasonable accommodation, again, does not have to be what the employee would prefer. In essence, courts are looking to whether the employer made a good faith effort to allow the employee to work in spite of the limits the belief imposes.

The undue burden here means something different than in the disability context, requiring an accommodation only if it’s less than a minimal cost. https://www.eeoc.gov/laws/guidance/questions-and-answers-religious-discrimination-workplace.

Liability
Employers need to consider their liability in two opposite contexts here. First, if an employer requires vaccines from employees, any adverse reactions to the vaccine, as a work requirement, will likely be covered by workers’ compensation. Ironically, this may put workers who are required to get the vaccine in a better position compensation-wise than others who may have been harmed by a rare side effect, since anyone else needs to go through the very un-generous Countermeasures Injury Compensation Program.
This is a lower bar than for the ADA.

Bottom line to answer the original question, No! You do not have sovereignty over your body… sorry about that. Welcome to the Brave New World.

Featured

Dem Honkeys sure be stoopid!

“If a corporate company sent around a training kit instructing black people how to “be less black”, the world would implode and lawsuits would follow.”

Coca-Cola Confirms Training Employees to ‘Be Less White’ .


Coca-Cola has effectively conceded that some of its employees participated in a public LinkedIn Learning seminar that advocated that some of its employees be “less white.”


The training curriculum was first exposed on last Friday.
“The video circulating on social media is from a publicly available LinkedIn Learning series and is not a focus of our company’s curriculum,” Coca-Cola responded.


“Our Better Together global learning curriculum is part of a learning plan to help build an inclusive workplace.”


“It is comprised of a number of short vignettes, each a few minutes long. The training includes access to LinkedIn Learning on a variety of topics, including on diversity, equity, and inclusion. We will continue to refine this curriculum.”
It is important to note this wording concedes it happened. Furthermore, it is not “inclusive” to attack particular individuals’ racial background; that is, by definition, “exclusive.”


The LinkedIn Learning class, called “Confronting Racism, with Robin DiAngelo,” is administered online. DiAngelo, who has become famous for her infamous book “White Fragility,” has become somewhat of a celebrity by holding corporate struggle sessions on critical race theory. This has entailed charging up to $40,000 for half-day indoctrination courses to lecture audiences on the imagined perils of “whiteness” and “white fragility.“


The prior description of the course included language that instructed people to be “less white.” We are not talking about a bug, but a feature of the lecture.
The course description said it will cover “understanding what it means to be white,” and “challenging what it means to be racist.” Students were instructed “to be less white is to: be less oppressive; be less arrogant; be less certain; be less defensive; be less ignorant; be more humble; listen; believe; break with apathy;” and “break with white solidarity.”


Candace Owens tweeted; “If a corporate company sent around a training kit instructing black people how to “be less black”, the world would implode and lawsuits would follow.”

“I genuinely hope these employees sue @CocaCola for blatant racism and discrimination.”


Coca-Cola is undoubtedly not the only company that has tapped DiAngelo and similar speakers, such as Ta-Nehisi Coates, to lead such training. Corporate social re-engineering efforts like diversity training are themselves big business.


Dese hyare “inclusion” seminars actually work the opposite of how de be intended: ‘stead of bringin’ peoples togeder, they raises up awareness of our little differences and drives us furder apart.


Stoopid damn rednecks!

Featured

But, it’s for your own good!

“Those who seek absolute power, even though they seek it to do what they regard as good, are simply demanding the right to enforce their own version of heaven on earth. And let me remind you, they are the very ones who always create the most hellish tyrannies. Absolute power does corrupt, and those who seek it must be suspect and must be opposed.” – Barry Goldwater (1964)

Featured

Oops, there goes our liberty again!

There’s a lot of discussion over governmental overreach due to the “virus” plague, but that’s small potatoes when compared to the reactions of many colleges and universities, (including the venerable College of the Ozarks).


If you think state and federal government COVID-19 policies are too restrictive, you haven’t been to a college campus lately. Schools across the country have imposed extreme, micromanaging rules on 19-22 year olds—a demographic more likely to die from the seasonal flu and pneumonia than COVID.


Paying top dollar at already overpriced institutions for vastly inferior remote learning, university students remain unnecessarily isolated and barred from using the services and facilities they and their families are paying for.


Many schools, like Southern Methodist University, forbid students from having guests in their dorm rooms. Others have even installed security cameras in the hallways aimed at residents’ doors to monitor adherence.


Most institutions have isolation dorms or, as some students call them, “isolation prisons,” where students who test positive for COVID are forced to live alone for two weeks (sound familiar?).


Many students must wear masks at all times, including outdoors and in gyms. This is an ironic twist for institutions that train scientists and house overwhelmingly leftist professors and students who chastise anyone for questioning the ever-changing government COVID guidelines and screech at all of us to “follow the science” as though science is a religion with no growth, questioning, or margin of error.


SOURCE: https://thechicagothinker.com/university-administrators-need-to-stop-infantilizing-college-students-with-communist-covid-rules/

Featured

Domestic terrorists

Last year in all 50 states there were only three prosecutions tied to “white supremacy.”

The prospective Attorney General has said that White Supremacists are the greatest terrorist threat to the United States.


President Biden has ordered the Justice Department and Homeland Security to “deal with the rise of white supremacy.” He calls it the “greatest terror threat” to the country. ISIS killers were stunned to hear that.

There are violent groups on the racist right like “Order of the Nine Angles” and the “New Aryan Empire.”

Ever hear of them? I hadn’t either. But the feds know them and some members have recently been arrested for illegal activities. Some. Not many.

In 2020, the Department of Justice brought exactly five criminal cases against “white supremacists.”

14 individuals were charged. In 2019, another five cases. 75 people charged. Many of them members of the “1488s”, a vicious Nazi-type group that deals narcotics and assaults people.

It’s a similar situation on the state level. Last year in all 50 states there were only three prosecutions tied to “white supremacy.” Nine individuals were charged. Nine. In 50 states. In 2019, the number of white racists charged: eight.


Having eyes, see ye not? and having ears, hear ye not? and do ye not remember? -ark 8:18

Featured

We don’t need no Posse Comitatus!

Additionally, Lloyd Austin, the Defense Secretary, who is busy removing all patriotic conservatives from America’s military, said he wants 5,000 military troops to occupy D.C. through this year, according to reports from Stars and Stripes.

The National Guard could stay in Washington, D.C. for the next several months, with an internal email indicating troops could be on the ground in the U.S. capital until Fall 2021, according to a recent report.


An internal communication obtained by local affiliate FOX 5 DC shows the National Security Council has asked the Department of Defense (DoD) to coordinate plans with the U.S. Capitol Police for continued deployment beyond the previously set March date.


“If it is not possible to maintain the current level, we must establish the number of personnel we can keep for an extended length – at least through Fall of this year,” wrote Robert Salesses, the current Assistant Secretary of Defense for Homeland Defense and Global Security.

The National Guard put out a vague response when pushed for comment.
“We are conducting planning for the end of the mission and the return of its Soldiers to their home bases,” they said.

Additionally, Lloyd Austin, the Defense Secretary, who is busy removing all patriotic conservatives from America’s military, said he wants 5,000 military troops to occupy D.C. through this year, according to reports from Stars and Stripes.


President Biden’s regime has exploited the violence inside the Capitol to transform D.C. into a lockdown police zone.


And now it is official, the Constitution is no more. The troops will stay in DC as a reminder to patriots that they no longer live in a free nation. Welcome to the new United Soviet States of Amerika.


SOURCE:https://www.foxnews.com/us/national-guard-troops-washington-dc-fall-2021

Featured

Well, isn’t THIS interesting?

What we found was that all of the 1500 samples were mostly Influenza A and some
were influenza B, but not a single case of Covid

Well, isn’t this interesting?

“I’m a clinical lab scientist

I have a PhD in virology and immunology. I’m a clinical lab scientist and have
tested 1500 “supposed” positive Covid 19 samples collected here in S.
California. When my lab team and I did the testing through Koch’s postulates
and observation under a SEM (scanning electron microscope), we found NO Covid
in any of the 1500 samples.

What we found was that all of the 1500 samples were mostly Influenza A and some
were influenza B, but not a single case of Covid, and we did not use the B.S.
PCR test. We then sent the remainder of the samples to Stanford, Cornell, and a
few of the University of California labs and they found the same results as we
did, NO COVID. They found influenza A and B. All of us then spoke to the CDC
and asked for viable samples of COVID, which CDC said they could not provide as
they did not have any samples. We have now come to the firm conclusion through
all our research and lab work, that the COVID 19 was imaginary and fictitious.”

SOURCE:https://joerizoliopinions.onlinegroups.net/groups/joe-rizoliopinions/messages/topic/5TCwkDUfl9Q9h0OpKZKf0E cojoerizoliopinions.onlinegroups.net

Featured

Impeachment?

For those who have never read the Constitution of these United States, (which, apparently are the majority of folks serving as senators currently), this is from Article 1 Section 3;

The Senate shall have the sole Power to try all Impeachments. When sitting for that Purpose, they shall be on Oath or Affirmation. —>When the President of the United States is tried, the Chief Justice shall preside<—: And no Person shall be convicted without the Concurrence of two-thirds of the Members present.


—>Judgment in Cases of Impeachment shall not extend further than to removal from Office, and disqualification to hold and enjoy any Office of honor, Trust or Profit under the United States: but the Party convicted shall nevertheless be liable and subject to Indictment, Trial, Judgment and Punishment, according to Law.<—


For those who are reading comprehension impaired, here’s an explanation;
Although the House of Representatives brings charges of impeachment to remove a president, vice president or other civil officer, such as a federal judge, it is the Senate that is responsible for conducting the trial and deciding whether the individual is to be removed from office. The chief justice of the U.S. Supreme Court presides over the impeachment trial of a president. The senators act as the jury and two-thirds of those present must vote for removal from office. Once an official is removed, he or she may still be prosecuted criminally or sued, just like any other citizen.


Please remember that each and every one of the doofuses sitting as senators, (and, by the way, US Representatives), have taken an oath to …”preserve, protect and defend the Constitution of the United States.”

Featured

The sheep are being lied to again!

They came up with these techniques in experiments with mannequins in a lab and HAVE NOT TESTED THEM ON ACTUAL HUMANS.

The sheep are being lied to again. So what else is new?


The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention has finally recognized that the masks they’ve had everyone wearing for the better part of a year are largely ineffective because aerosols easily go around the top and sides.

Their latest recommendation is “placing a sleeve made of sheer nylon hosiery material around the neck and pulling it up over either a cloth or medical procedure mask,” or using knots and tucking to fit a mask closely to the face.


They came up with these techniques in experiments with mannequins in a lab and HAVE NOT TESTED THEM ON ACTUAL HUMANS.

They have no empirical data, and the study even warns:”The findings of these simulations should neither be generalized to the effectiveness of all medical procedure masks or cloths masks nor interpreted as being representative of the effectiveness of these masks when worn in real-world settings.”


And there’s also this warning: “Double masking might impede breathing or obstruct peripheral vision.”


As Phil Kerpen of the Committee to Unleash Prosperity pointed out in an interview with National Review: “The media loves the idea of double-masking and never mind that cases are down 58% nationally in the last month and many states have already vaccinated over 50% of seniors.”


Don’t be surprised to see President Biden exercising “leadership” by sporting the hosiery look.


SOURCE:https://www.nationalreview.com/corner/cdc-recommends-putting-hosiery-over-your-face-along-with-a-mask/

Featured

Republic is toast

So the prepping community has for a long time prophesied a collapse of the economic system and the world stage becoming something akin to Mad Max.
After having some very poignant discussions with folks who deal into this, they have told me that we are there but don’t know it yet. And the political establishment is to blame.
Why?
The population and the amount of businesses that have closed has caused a lopsided supply and demand paradigm that is now collapsing as we speak.
First: businesses that did the supply to the consumer demand has taken hit after hit.
Close to the heart of preppers is ammunition.
Something not so close to preppers are non-“essential “businesses like craft stores, herb stores and the like. The shutting down of this level or retail has curbed a huge chunk of the economy, more so than they are willing to admit. This also means that Wall Street which is currently dominating the economy along with amazon has effectively cut their own feet of because the core of the money that goes to them was the very small business that they killed through their fear-mongering and political wrangling.
Secondly:Because that side of supply is now in the hands of a select group and prices WILL rise with the subsequent fall in demand because businesses are gone and people do not have jobs, the economy is starting its slow descent. The estimation of real effect will probably happen shortly as Biden and Harris will push taxation. Those taxes, minimum wage, illegal aliens and the like will put so much strain on the system it cannot hold.
Third:The push by Xio Bi Dhen and Harris of the now defamed ‘Infrastructure’ economy will put an even further strain on the populace as money that “should” in theory go to road and bridge reconstruction-rehabilitation as Pete Buteggeg has proposed will fail because the necessary supply chain of products to build and rehabilitate the system has been shuttered by the very politicos who are pushing this BS. The supply chain would need to come from outside the US and even then that’s questionable at this point. You simply do not have the infrastructure needed to amass outsourced raw material for such. The logistical aspect simply does not exist.
This is the desire of the left.
But what they fail to grasp is that their system they want to establish will not hold together at all and will fall apart as they try to build it. This will further erode power.
Stock up on butter folks, your republic is already toast.


https://www.forbes.com/sites/nicholasreimann/2021/02/06/over-50-house-democrats-ask-biden-not-to-lower-income-threshold-for-1400-stimulus-checks/?sh=760cbfbf350e

Featured

Prayer for Saturday, February 6, 2021

“Therefore when you see the ‘abomination of desolation,’ spoken of by Daniel the prophet, standing in the holy place” (whoever reads, let him understand), “then let those who are in Judea flee to the mountains. . . .


For then there will be great tribulation, such as has not been since the beginning of the world until this time, no, nor ever shall be. And unless those days were shortened, no flesh would be saved; but for the elect’s sake those days will be shortened.”


-Matthew 24:15-16, 21-22

Featured

OpEd Repost

Enemies of the State vs. Enemies of the People
By Frank Miele February 01, 2021

I didn’t declare war on the establishment; it declared war on me.

It declared war on me when it supported energy policies that could enrich Saudi Arabia and Russia and would cost me more money at the gas pump or on my power bill.

It declared war on me when it told me my ideas weren’t worthy of debate and discussion or that they were even so dangerous they couldn’t be shared publicly.

It declared war on me when it used the police powers of the FBI and CIA to first spy on a presidential candidate and then worked to undermine the administration of that candidate after he was elected.

It declared war on me when it told me my religious beliefs did not deserve the protection of the First Amendment.

It declared war on me when it told me boys could compete against girls in high school sports and that they could shower together afterwards.

It declared war on me when it offered citizenship to illegal aliens and shipped American jobs to China.

It declared war on me when it mocked the usefulness of a wall on the Mexican border and simultaneously put up a razor-wire fence around the Capitol.

It declared war on me when it tried to defund the police so that millions of Americans would be left defenseless against mobs from antifa and Black Lives Matter.

It declared war on me when it said America was never great.

It declared war on me when it told my children they are not good enough because they are white.

It declared war on me when it said that defending the Constitution’s rules on federal elections is sedition.

It declared war on me when it told me that I was a domestic terrorist if I didn’t believe the government’s official pronouncements about elections, about free speech, and about right and wrong.

Let’s just say it plainly: The establishment declared war on me and on all conservative Americans when it decided that leftist orthodoxy was more important than the Constitution.

Don’t believe me? Fine, why should you believe a Trump supporter? You’ve been indoctrinated by the national media, Big Tech oligarchs, the Democratic Party, and academic elites to believe without questioning that people like me can’t be trusted. But you don’t have to take my word for it.

Listen instead to John Brennan, the former CIA director under President Obama, who speaks authoritatively for the Deep State:
He said on MSNBC that “the members of the Biden team who have been nominated or have been appointed, are now moving in laser-like fashion to try to uncover as much as they can about what looks very similar to insurgency movements that we’ve seen overseas, where they germinate in different parts of the country and they gain strength and it brings together an unholy alliance frequently of religious extremists, authoritarians, fascists, bigots, racists, nativists, even libertarians.”

This “guilt by labeling” is the antithesis of fair play or justice. It is a convenient mechanism for the ruling class to herd people into identity clusters so that individual rights can be supplanted by group responsibility. If this reminds you of China’s Cultural Revolution, you are not wrong. The ruling class wants you to conform, confirm and comply. If you step outside the lines, be prepared to be shamed, silenced and ostracized.

A shocking example was provided Wednesday when Douglass Mackey of Delray Beach, Fla., was arrested for creating memes that allegedly misled voters in 2016 to think they could vote by texting instead of by actually going to the polls. This is the equivalent of arresting Sacha Baron Cohen for exposing the gullibility of the rich and famous. The FBI offered no evidence that Mackey actually convinced anyone not to vote, but even if it did, so what? Would you rather live in a country where the FBI is hunting down pranksters — four years after the supposed transgression — or a country where voters are expected to be able to recognize a joke when they see one?

But nothing can be taken for granted any more. The people — and even their representatives and senators — are considered enemies of the state because they hold opinions that don’t meet the standards of Joe Biden or (this is even scarier!) Jake Tapper.

No wonder the people are starting to rise up and rebel against the plutocracy. It’s not “We the Oligarchs” who are the source of power in the Constitution, but “We the People,” yet the ruling establishment has forgotten that. If people like Donald Trump and Douglass Mackey are deemed to be “enemies of the state,” then those who would suppress them and their freedoms must be considered “enemies of the people.”

A house divided against itself cannot long stand, but if there is to be a truce it will not come from submission, but from a recognition that all people are created equal, that they all have certain inalienable rights, and that among those are life, liberty and the pursuit of happiness. Those words were worth fighting for once. Are they worth fighting for today?

I don’t know, but I do know this: If Americans can’t have liberty, we can’t have America either — at least not one that is distinguishable from China. The time has come to make a choice.

Frank Miele, the retired editor of the Daily Inter Lake in Kalispell Mont.

Featured

Welcome to the New Amerika


Neither party exists anymore, they haven’t since 2000. This 20 year kabuki theater skit ended yesterday. There is no RNC or DNC, only the Globalist Party, the globalist elites pay them both, not us. Neither represent our interests, the Constitution, the Bill of Rights, American culture. They finally unmasked. What a great con job by this group of traitors in Congress. They betrayed their oaths for money, for power, for themselves. What do we owe any of them now?


Relatives of mine worked behind the Iron Curtain back in the day, they were totally unrepresented by their “leaders” too. They just totally avoided contact and got what they needed from the large underground economy, the one the elites could not stop, could not control, could not extort or tax.


That’s exactly where we all are today. Congress does not represent us. They do not work for us. Beyond extorting us all for taxes, they see the American people as mindless scum. It’s the new feudalism, that’s what they define democracy as, the new feudalism. The next time any of them say “democracy”, you should hear “new feudalism”, like they hear.


So, now we know why they want all the guns. Serfs are not armed. Only the lords are armed….

Welcome to the new Amerika.

Featured

Because of Donald Trump

Because of Trump I learned about the Federal Bureaucracy.
Because of Trump I learned about how Congress “works”.
Because of Trump I learned about tariffs.
Because of Trump I learned about the State and Federal Judiciary.
Because of Trump I learned about Impeachment.
Because of Trump I learned about the FBI, CIA, NSA, DoD.
Because of Trump I learned about Elections and Election Fraud.
Because of Trump I learned about the Central Bank, the Federal Reserve, the fiat currency.
Because of Trump I learned about illegal immigration, drug trafficking, human trafficking, child sex trafficking and the rampant pedophilia in Hollywood.
Because of Trump I learned how DC screws us over in both political parties.
Because of Trump I learned how corrupt Media is.

And now, because of Trump, I’ve learned about Wall Street.

I know more about the system than I ever thought I would, or ever thought I’d care to know. I now have that knowledge base moving forward as a citizen of the United States for America, and I’ll never forget any of it.

Featured

Biden’s 1st week quite a show

Biden’s first 12 days has been quite a show.

Thomas Jefferson said that “people get the government they deserve,” Benjamin Franklin stated, “Only a virtuous people are capable of freedom. As nations become more corrupt and vicious, they have more need of masters.”

If you’re a leftist such as Nancy Pelosi or Hillary Clinton, you welcome this importation of socialist-minded voters. If Lady Macbeth is her party’s nominee, California will be a lock, and if the whole nation looked like the Golden State… well, her biggest worry would be competition from the left.

As for those welcoming this cultural suicide, they will learn the hard way that one must be careful what he wishes for; you see, by and large, they know not what they sow.
Featured

There oughtta be a law

The Democrat majority in the House sent one article of impeachment against Donald J. Trump to the Senate. The Senate leaders have scheduled an impeachment trial starting in February. There is a problem with this. As a matter of the Constitutional text and meaning.

The relevant text of the Constitution reads as follows: “The President, Vice President and all civil officers of the United States, shall be removed from Office on Impeachment for, and Conviction of, Treason, Bribery, or other high Crimes and Misdemeanors.” (Article II, Section 4)

Another provision of the Constitution says that an impeached president (or other office holder) may be disqualified “to hold and enjoy any office….” So some are arguing that the Constitutional provisions regarding impeachment should be interpreted to apply to any person who may be eligible to run in the future.

Such an absurd interpretation of the Constitution would literally allow millions of ordinary citizens over the age of 35 to be impeached and disqualified from future office holding.

This absurd reading of the Constitution shows how far people are willing to go to prevent President Trump from becoming a candidate in 2024. Such an interpretation of the Constitution would render the impeachment provisions utterly meaningless.But then, it’s just the Constitution…just a piece of paper, right?

Featured

Durable Power of Attorney-Financial

A durable power of attorney allows you to handle another person’s financial decisions on their behalf. All decisions made must be to the benefit of the person being represented. The one thing about the durable form that separates it from the rest is that it remains legal in the event the person being represented can no longer think for themselves.

Featured

Durable Power of Attorney for Healthcare

We have just come through a year of unprecedented health challenges. A prudent person would make certain that they had a durable power of attorney for health care, (a medical advance directive).

This video explains what a durable power of attorney health care is, what it does and how to create one to protect yourself and your loved ones.

An easy step-by-step online tool can be found at https://eforms.com/power-of-attorney/mo/missouri-durable-power-of-attorney-for-health-care/

Featured

There is no good outcome

The Nazi’s never really hid who they where and their plans but many Good German’s voted for Hitler because ‘that was just talk, I never thought they would actually do such things, those things are unthinkable, we didn’t know’.

With what is going on, an observation;


There’s no “good” outcome to this, just varying degrees of bad/pain/grief.

No matter what happens 1/2 of the country will be pissed. As of right now all the progressive’s are happy as pigs in errr um mud.


If things turn the chatter class would be in hyper pearl clutching mode. You could put a signed document, video confession and Biden himself explaining how he tried to sell us off to China and the highest bidder, and many would close their eyes, cover their ears and scream.

The progressives and unfortunately many indoctrinated youth have built the early developed fragile world views on the spoon fed ‘righteousness’ of their government control religion.


Many are so far gone they like the Japanese soldiers would go to any length before even thinking of surrender.


The division, the fragility of the radicalized youth and what they are capable of in their fanatic devotion and self/country loathing and the further instability if faced with an ego bomb that destroys their world view?

If someone childishly assumes I want a civil war, I can’t make people think with clarity. The left has pushed many in the west to fear analytical discourse.

Instead of facing up to current reality and the threats to the Judeo- Christian capitalistic system, we dance around language and feelz as if truth and reality cares about feelz.

Do you think if China invaded the US via a land bridge through Canada the Chinese would care about concepts like free speech, diversity, and demands for safe spaces cause authoritative dictators invading and killing makes some sad?

This hasn’t fully played out but the cover is off the progressive left.
When an entire party says they not only hate what you stand for but thinks the solution is to throw anyone who disagree’s out of the party oops political office.

You disagree no social media.
You disagree no banking.
You disagree no job.
You disagree you get a chance to go to a ‘job education camp’ (wonder where that idea came from) and after that, I don’t know what does your understanding of history lead you to think is their final solution????

For those who support the democrats you should ask yourself how far would you go to be a ‘good German?’ It has become painfully obvious that the society that became Nazi Germany required not only the radicals pulling the strings but enough of the society to allow them to proceed.


The Nazi’s never really hid who they where and their plans but many Good German’s voted for Hitler because ‘that was just talk, I never thought they would actually do such things, those things are unthinkable, we didn’t know’.

Featured

A new leaf?

Stay grey, listen and learn, know what your enemy is up to. Exposing yourself as the enemy is a bad thing early in the game.

The Left champions one narrative while the right champions the opposite.


Maybe we are being played, maybe not (It appears we are though).


Perhaps there is still time to change tactics.


Until something happens, get up, go to work (or do retired things), pay your bills on time, avoid conflict on social media or in person, work on projects around the house, garden if you can, help your neighbors with their projects or needs, worship and have faith. Sleep at least 6 to 8 hours a night and eat a healthy diet, drink plenty of water.


Nothing else to do unless the train actually comes off the rails. Keep yourself informed and stay prepared, but don’t let all of this keep you from living a good life, our years are too short. When the time comes (if it does), react quickly and decisively also have back up plans for your back up plans.


Stay grey, listen and learn, know what your enemy is up to. Exposing yourself as the enemy is a bad thing early in the game. Blend in and make yourself just another member of the community. If asked, tell them politics sure isn’t your thing, this year only proves why.

Featured

Privacy? We don’t nneed no stinkin’ privacy!

I recommend use of a one-time-message like 1ty.me – One Time Self Destructing Links For Sharing Sensitive Information which will self-destruct after reading

In the event that your social media platforms or blogs ever get compromised, they would have access to your PM history.

If you need to send a password or some other form of simple but sensitive information to someone you can not send it over IM or email. These methods are not secure as anyone with little knowledge can intercept this information during transmission. Using 1ty.me as the “middle man” you can safely and securely transfer this data to your recipient.

https://1ty.me/

Featured

What is freedom?

“What is freedom?” the video, narrated by Egard owner Ilan Srulovicz; There has been, in recent times, such an escalation of censorship, hypocrisy, and disconnect between us as Americans, our politicians, and our country as a whole. I care about this country deeply and refuse to give up on it without a fight. It’s not just me, we as a company care about this country. It’s clear as day that right now, every major organization, corporation, and media source is only allowing one narrative to be said. Any challenge to said narrative no longer results in debate, or even opposition, but absolute censorship.
Our president, like him or not, is currently censored on every major social media platform. The Walk Away movement is censored. Huge corporations like Shopify are taking part in this. It is unacceptable. We are losing the battle of freedom, and I wanted to remind people what that means. Freedom is everything. We have nothing without it.
This is no longer about you, me, or any individual; it’s about us as a country. The most powerful asset I currently have is my company, and I am going to use it unapologetically to stand up for these ideals. It’s time, now, for companies to step up and step forward and put out opposing narratives. To show that freedom of speech still has a chance. We need voices from more than just individuals.
I hope that the video allows people to see that countless other Americans feel the same way they do, but more so that it inspires other brands and companies to say “Hey! We are here! We are with you and we will stand up for what we believe in.”

Featured

What has happened to America?

It is time to voice our complaint about the entire propaganda push by the Gestapo-like politicians and their minions which encourage Americans to rat on their fellow countrymen.

When Nina Kaminska was a teenager in Stalin’s Moscow, she came home late after a party and discovered that she had forgotten her key. She rang her family’s apartment doorbell and waited … and waited.
Her father finally answered the door in a full suit and tie. He had always expected his doorbell to ring in the middle of the night, and he had dressed to be taken away by the secret police. When he saw that it was only his daughter, he slapped her face.


Every dictatorship tells neighbors to turn in neighbors if the authoritarian leaders call for it. There is always an excuse. In Nazi, Germany, they often used the threat of the communists.


Neighbor turning against neighbor. People who have known each other for years, whose children have played together, suddenly divided by rising cycles of suspicion, hate, and violence.
One of the most chilling aspects of the Holocaust, and of other genocides, is the recurrence of this dismal phenomenon in virtually every culture in which genocides have taken place. In this year’s lecture series we explore how such a thing could become possible – the psychological, social, and cultural factors that turn long-standing acquaintances (and some old friends) into victim and perpetrator.


In today’s America the Kulaks are the Donald Trump supporters and those who question the narrative regarding “the virus”.
The forces supporting government overreach at all levels are the modern-day Bolsheviks and neo-Bolsheviks. They believe that America is an awful, rotten, racist country. They plan to punish anyone that gets in the way of their cultural revolution.


Those authoritarian (s)elected officials don’t like workers that can think for themselves and the Bolsheviks don’t like the masses to be independent of government control.


They form kind of an unholy alliance to turn the whole country into a giant version of Baltimore with a tiny number of rich people and a lot of poor people.
Unless you grew up in the 1940s or 50s, you never get to see World War II era films on espionage and intrigue.


There were a ton of those movies made and they always showed the ordinary German citizen being frightened about saying anything critical about the Nazi government in front of their children or at work or at school.
The Nazis encouraged children especially, to report anything “suspicious” that they might hear their teachers or parents say and report it to their Nazi youth leader or directly to the Gestapo.


The ‘Report your neighbor’ theme was used by American film makers at the time to illustrate the difference in the climate of freedom found here in American versus the heavy hand of fascist repression found in Nazi Germany.
It is time to voice our complaint about the entire propaganda push by the Gestapo-like politicians and their minions which encourage Americans to rat on their fellow countrymen.


To infringe on our freedom of assembly, our freedom to worship, our freedom of movement, all in the name of “concern” and “the greater good” should be called what it is…TYRANNY!

Featured

Prayer for Saturday, January 9, 2021

Make sure your own house is in order. Start preparing your children for what is to come. We are called to endure till the end!

I don’t know if things will ever be normal again.
Personally, I don’t think that day will ever come. If you are banking on things returning back to how it was before the “lyrus plandemic” , your hope and faith are in the wrong place.
Folks this is a call for action, a call to get ready.

▪️Everyone needs to get ready, everyone needs to be prepared. You need to be in a place where you can let go of your civil liberties. You need to be ready to kiss this world goodbye. You need to be ready to take a stand for Jesus Christ! No matter the challenges you face or persecutions that come our way, we must stay the course.

▪️The world will not understand what we are doing. They will hate us all the more for it, as they hate our Lord already. You need not worry about what this world thinks of you, our aim and ambition is to be pleasing to the Lord Jesus Christ and to be ready to stand on His account!

▪️You need to settle out of court with Jesus. You do not want to meet God as judge and jury. Stop trying to find worth in a man sister. Stop trying to find value in a woman brother. Make sure your own house is in order. Start preparing your children for what is to come. We are called to endure till the end!

Proverbs 3:5-65
Trust in the LORD with all thine heart; and lean not unto thine own understanding.
6 In all thy ways acknowledge him, and he shall direct thy paths.

Featured

More things to make you go hmmmm

There is a prudent rule in circumstances like this;
Don’t go to stupid cases, and do stupid things, with stupid people unless you are OK with winning stupid prizes.

Some random thoughts at the end of a very strange week;

There will be opportunists and accelerationists from multiple sides trying to further their causes in any insurrection.

There were documented leaders of several groups photographed inside the Capital. However, the claim that Antitwerps were the puppet masters at the Capital is a stretch.

We have also seen that during the BLM riots etc. activists/journalists dressing up as Antifa or Trump supporters to be where the action is. So the presence alone of a known opposition at this event is not really that telling. It is the norm.

Two days ago it was “Water the Tree of Liberty”.Today it is “It wasn’t us.”A lot of the clickbait “Patriot” and “Progressive” alt media people love to consume and share is run by CCP and RU misinformation agencies among others.

In my opinion the worst thing the Right could do right now is get led into more rabbit holes and start adopting the misinformation of these agencies.

I did see a video of officers just removing a gate and walking away to let protesters in. So, it is not beyond belief that it was ordered and they let it happen to demonize Trump.

It would seem that if they wanted to keep people out of the capitol, knowing there were thousands of protests going, they would have easily been able to do so. So, you have to ask why it was allowed to happen, and if you watch the news, they certainly had the script already well written.

It is my belief that it was basically a setup. The left will use this to crack down on Trump’s supporters. Free speech, etc. How many domestic terrorists stay inside the velvet ropes? I have seen a video of cops waving them in.

3-4 buses of Antifa protestors got a police escort into the protest before all hell broke loose. Capitol police let them through the barriers and even led them upstairs in the Capitol building. It’s on video.

Unfortunately, many rather gullible trump supporters followed them in. People that were there peacefully and had nothing to do with it are now being threatened with being “canceled” and suffering job loss in some states.

There is also an (unconfirmed at this time) rumor from people that were there that the Capitol police told people that Trump was going to give a speech and he wanted them to go up around the building. Which would explain a lot.

Capitol police escorted in a special group of trump supporters, moved the barriers and waved them in, and then escorted them upstairs to kick up dickens and get their photo op…all for what?

To undermine the whole point of the protests? It is an established FACT that this was planned in advance and they were ALLOWED to enter one of the most guarded buildings in the country.

This was a brilliant social engineering psyop and I don’t know why or how it wasn’t foreseen by trumps team.

The Trump supporters are not without blame.

There is a prudent rule in circumstances like this;
Don’t go to stupid cases, and do stupid things, with stupid people unless you are OK with winning stupid prizes.

The knee jerk reaction is to try and claim it was anyone else’s fault, but that defies common sense.This assault was posted and planned all over Parler and The Donald had posts literally calling for a mass mob to happen.

Then there’s also the direct link from the Trump supporters at the Trump rally where he called on them to march on the capitol and then you can literally follow the supporters going from that event to the capitol.

However, on the radio yesterday was a local man who was there, listened to President Trump speak, then they all started walking towards the capital, shortly after starting out the reports started coming about the building being overrun. The timing just doesn’t jibe.

What concerns me is if the Democrats play their cards poorly, they may have about 100,000,000 million Americans willing to become revolutionaries if they push their luck much further and continue to just crap on the honor of so many millions of patriotic Americans … just don’t see that being a good strategy for the country, but they continue to use it an overplay their hand- day after day.

Featured

Trump to overthrow Biden “win”

The TRULY PROFESSIONAL method of lying. Every lie stated to trip up the subconscious into an automatic “yes” only to have the conscious vomit on it over and over and over and over again. WEAR US OUT. KEEP REPEATING THE LIE, and hope people finally get worn out into acceptance even though they’ll never actually believe it.

That’s a lie. Biden did not win. Yet we see all kinds of headlines: Trump to attempt an “overthrow”. Trump to “subvert the election” Trump to “steal” Biden’s “Win”. Trump trying to “overturn results”.

Dishonest headlines. All of them bold faced lies.

Trump won this election by approximately 23,000,000 Biden to 105 – 110,000,000 Trump. And everyone screaming “subversion” KNOWS IT. The supreme court KNOWS IT. The state courts, CNN, NBC, FOX, AND EVERY OTHER LYING DIRT BAG KNOWS IT including EVERY member of Congress, the FBI, CIA, and Pentagon.

Saying Biden won is nothing but the communist tactic of wearing people out with lies. And they are spinning it in a legitimizing context that is absolutely galling.

The TRULY PROFESSIONAL method of lying. Every lie stated to trip up the subconscious into an automatic “yes” only to have the conscious vomit on it over and over and over and over again. WEAR US OUT. KEEP REPEATING THE LIE, and hope people finally get worn out into acceptance even though they’ll never actually believe it.

Once people get worn out into accepting a lie THIS BIG, the genocide and camps will be easy, with everyone broken like a beaten slave. People had damn well better not accept this sh*t.

UPDATE: As of 7:00PM CST Thursday, 1/7/2021 the Mainstream Media is reporting that President Trump has acknowledged the congressional acceptance of the electoral college vote and has said that there will be an orderly transition. It’s over.

Featured

Political cockroaches

Yesterday, Wednesday, January 6, 2021 the members of the US House of Representatives and the members of the US Senate certified the election for president and vice-president ignoring the real and valid concerns of millions of American citizens regarding the honesty and validity of that election.


Each man and woman amongst them had taken a solemn oath to protect, preserve and defend the Constitution of the United States and, in disregarding that oath proved themselves unworthy to hold their offices.


They had proven, through their calumny the smallness of their souls and the paucity of their ethics and morals. How demonstrably unlike the Founders of our great republic who were intellectual and moral giants who pledged their lives, their fortunes and their sacred honor.


The following video, just over nine minutes shows the stark contrast between true public servants of towering moral character and the wretched excuses for political “leaders” who collectively committed treason against our beloved land. #withdrawconsent


The copyright on this video belongs to the late Paul Harvey and is included here under the fair use doctrine.

Featured

Party like it’s 1776

“…Mankind are more disposed to suffer, while evils are sufferable, than to right themselves by abolishing the forms to which they are accustomed. But when a long train of abuses and usurpations, pursuing invariably the same Object evinces a design to reduce them under absolute Despotism, it is their right, it is their duty, to throw off such Government, and to provide new Guards for their future security….”
~ Declaration of Independence.

“with a firm reliance on the protection of divine Providence, we mutually pledge to each other our Lives, our Fortunes and our sacred Honor. “

Featured

Oops there goes our liberty again.

Someone might want to remember that the following is a part of the US Constitution:”A well regulated Militia, being necessary to the security of a free State, the right of the people to keep and bear Arms, shall not be infringed.”

Today, Wednesday, January 6, 2021 is the day scheduled for congress to verify the vote of the electoral college to award the presidency to Joe Biden. Mr. Biden has made it quite clear that one of his priorities is “gun control”, so the following might be of some interest;


Public Safety Canada has announced the awarding of a contract to IBM Canada to develop and study “Compensation Models and Program Design Options for a <Potential> Buyback Program for Recently Prohibited Firearms.” The tender, which was listed October 16, 2020 came with an almost $2,000,000 price tag, keeping in mind this is solely for the study and development of a confiscation model and not for carrying it out. The actual confiscation program is expected to soar into the multi-billion dollar range, a substantial burden for taxpayers during hard economic times.


This is a 2-phase process:


Phase One will require the Contractor, by no later than February 8, 2021, to consult with other government departments, potentially consult with other levels of government, as well as additional experts in the industry to create compensation model options that include, at a minimum, the following:

*Identification of a proposed compensation structure for each affected firearm; *Analysis of benefits and risks associated with each compensation model; and *Identification of other considerations that may impact the feasibility of each approach and/or model.

Phase Two of the work will be managed through a Task Authorization process and will include the review and revision, where required, of the program design steps and processes to align with the decision made at the end of Phase One.

This phase will also include the implementation of the selected process options, associated controls and system improvements, if required.


Rest assured that the Biden/Harris presidency has something similar in their basket of tricks.


Someone might want to remember that the following is a part of the US Constitution:”A well regulated Militia, being necessary to the security of a free State, the right of the people to keep and bear Arms, shall not be infringed.”

SOURCE:https://firearmrights.ca/en/ibm-to-study-develop-gun-confiscation-program/

Featured

Notice of schedule

consider supporting this effort by buying a monthly membership for $5 by clicking on
https://checkout.square.site/merchant/YGP0YDJXHC1D3/checkout/FHDT2L33KMNQIU6JEZSYRMA5

Commencing on Tuesday, January 5, 2021, the following schedule will be followed by this blog;


Tuesdays; Thursdays and Saturdays will have video offerings premiering at 3:00PM Central Time.


Mondays, Wednesday and Fridays may, or may not have regular written offerings, (it will depend on my ability to maintain the quality of the posts over time).


I have posted almost every day, six days a week since 2017 and I find myself getting a bit of burn out.


If you find that you enjoy these offerings I would ask that;

A) You subscribe at http://patsanswers.com/Blog
B) That you share the blog postings you enjoy with your friends,
C) That you comment or interact with posts you find entertaining or though provoking and
D) That you consider supporting this effort by buying a monthly membership for $5 by clicking on
https://checkout.square.site/merchant/YGP0YDJXHC1D3/checkout/FHDT2L33KMNQIU6JEZSYRMA5
Thank you for your continued interest in Pat Answers Archives.

Featured

Welcome to the brave new world.

We have effectively been under martial law since last March and over half the population has become collaborators in helping the local Gestapo enforce tyranny.

There is much talk about the actions taken on Wednesday regarding the certification of the electoral vote and how the Congress will make it right regarding the election cheating.

There is also much talk about how folks are going to refuse the gene-modifying “COVID” vaccination. hat the elites can’t force us to be vaccinated.

I have a news flash people, based on the reality of the situation.

They can do any damn thing they please.

Look back over the past year.

They infringed on our right to assemble, they infringed on our right to worship, they infringed on our right to travel, they told us where we could go, and when.

They closed our businesses, they destroyed our livelihoods, they prevented us from seeing grandparents and grandchildren.

They prohibited us from having celebrations of life such as baptisms, confirmations, weddings and funerals. They prevented us from visiting our loved ones in hospitals up to and including prohibiting us from saying last goodbyes to dying husbands, wives, children, parents and grandparents.

We have effectively been under martial law since last March and over half the population has become collaborators in helping the local Gestapo enforce tyranny.

To quote a young Jewish carpenter from long ago; “It is finished.”

Featured

We are in trouble

The leftists are giddy over the prospect of “wiping out the evil conservative sociopaths” and don’t even realize that during the cleanup phase, the elite oligarchs take out the trash who destroyed their own country.

It is not that there is not proof of rampant fraud, there is.


It is not that there is not proof America did not even tabulate its own election on American soil – There is.


It’s not that there is not proof the probable incoming president hates the United States and is guilty of treason – there is.


And no big truth bomb is going to fix that at this point, every damn person who could do something about this already knows all of this, and no one is doing anything to stop it. No one is doing anything to stop it because the infiltration of the United States by the Deep State is THAT DEEP.


People need to consider what has happened thus far.
We are clearly in a system so corrupt these people could be caught in broad daylight robbing banks or even wiping out a stadium with a flame thrower, be fully identified as the ones who did it, and the media would bury it, the prosecutors would not prosecute.


They would be released, and tomorrow would look the same as today except for the dead and maimed. And all of this is obviously going to land in a supreme court controlled by a swamp critter.


Every safety, check, and balance is ruptured.


So “The Kraken was released” and Michigan certifies a known fraudulent vote, that EVERYONE knew was fraudulent. And the media rejoiced. So Rudy was supposed to do a huge drop that was going to fix everything.


Don’t bet on it, BET AGAINST IT, no matter how damning it is, we are, after all, now living in a system that can openly call to destroy us without consequence, take action to destroy us by burning cities without consequence, – a system so bad the police place bricks for the rioters, without consequence, – and people still have hope that some big 5D chess plan is going to change anything? WAKE UP.


Everything about the Deep State operatives, including stuff I already did know, – every genocide they ever did, has been documented here and other places in incredible detail – including the fact that when it is all finished, they then kill the people who assisted in killing everyone else.


The leftists are giddy over the prospect of “wiping out the evil conservative sociopaths” and don’t even realize that during the cleanup phase, the elite oligarchs take out the trash who destroyed their own country. Deep Staters know only the worst of people will do that, have zero trust for them, and dispose of them like used toilet paper even after rewarding them greatly the moment before their job is complete.


The leftists are laughing. That will last until two minutes into the day their work is complete.


Only the American patriots could possibly change this outcome. The system of change is completely compromised.


If Trump is not inaugurated this January, it will be up to the American patriots to solve this and that those patriots are going to have to face the police who have been engaged in writing citations for non-compliance of mask mandates and stand up to the neighborhood Karens before a single high level thug can be taken out.


Do yo believe that there are enough patriots left?

Featured

2020 has been a thief

Meanwhile, cackling leftists will gleam with pride as they invent new ways to actively punish anyone who dared stand in the way of their agenda, finally embarking upon the revenge fantasies they’ve let fester in the depths of their hearts since their crushing and humiliating defeat in 2016

All of us have been robbed in some capacity by this year, and as we prepare ourselves to bid this awful year farewell… the unspoken fear among many of us, the one thing no one wants to say for fear of actually damning us all to such a terrible fate, is that nothing will change for the better in 2021; rather, that things will only continue to get worse, and that we will need to accept this new life, whatever it is, in this reduced and anemic capacity.


January 20th will arrive, as the deliberately-chosen narrative goes, and the entire Trump Administration will be escorted out of office in shame, to be remembered as little more than an aberrant detour in the march of history.

Meanwhile, cackling leftists will gleam with pride as they invent new ways to actively punish anyone who dared stand in the way of their agenda, finally embarking upon the revenge fantasies they’ve let fester in the depths of their hearts since their crushing and humiliating defeat in 2016 – seeking to impose suffering upon those they’ve deemed enemies of progress, in the hopes of finally killing off any of the lingering vestiges of that valiant spirit that previously conquered them, determined to leave those who still posses it in some measure in such a weakened and pathetic state that they can never rise up to mount a serious offense against them ever again.


And yet, one phrase keeps ringing in my ears like a klaxon.If their victory was assured, their propaganda wouldn’t be necessary.
“Any man who must say ‘I am the king,’ is no true king.”


And yet we see the proclamations every day, often coming directly from the mouth of the bumbling, senile, impotent, treasonous, corrupt-beyond-compare Pedocrat who dares peddle the fiction of the non-existent “office of the President Elect” not only to our own citizenry, but to the entire world!


Every day, he is joined by the constant refrains from the treasonous media apparatus – all repeating the same poisonous sentiment that would plunge us all into generations of ruin, ad infinitum:
Concede.Concede.


ACCEPT THE LIE AND CONCEDE FOR YOU CAN NOT OPPOSE US!

Every day, I see more of my brethren fall into despair. It’s easy to fight when you’re well fed, well armed, and have overwhelming numbers and resources.

It’s far harder to fight when you’re being demonized on multiple fronts, when the money’s run out, and you feel you haven’t the strength to go on.


That’s what 2020 has been about. Our enemies plotted to steal, and rob, and destroy everything in order to bring us, and our children, to our knees. To control our future. To demand we bow down before their throne, forgetting that the spirit of Thermopylae still animates some of us; those of us who will never back down, no matter the cost.

Concede? Molon Labe!

Featured

A word, (or two thousand), from Newt Gingrich

For more than four years, the entire establishment mobilized against the elected president of the United States as though they were an immune system trying to kill a virus. Now, they are telling us we are undermining democracy.

Newt Gingrich writing Sunday, December 27, 2020 in the Washington Times. Worth the read:


A smart friend of mine who is a moderate liberal asked why I was not recognizing Joe Biden’s victory. The friend made the case that Mr. Biden had gotten more votes, and historically we recognize the person with the most votes. Normally, we accept the outcome of elections just as we accept the outcomes of sporting events. So, my friend asked why was 2020 different?


Having spent more than four years watching the left #Resist President Donald Trump and focus entirely on undoing and undermining the 2016 election, it took me several days to understand the depth of my own feelings.


As I thought about it, I realized my anger and fear were not narrowly focused on votes. My unwillingness to relax and accept that the election grew out of a level of outrage and alienation unlike anything I had experienced in more than 60 years involvement in public affairs.


The challenge is that I — and other conservatives — are not disagreeing with the left within a commonly understood world. We live in alternative worlds.
The left’s world is mostly the established world of the forces who have been dominant for most of my life.


My world is the populist rebellion which believes we are being destroyed, our liberties are being cancelled and our religions are under assault. (Note the new Human Rights Campaign to decertify any religious school which does not accept secular sexual values — and that many Democrat governors have kept casinos open while closing churches though the COVID-19 pandemic.) We also believe other Democrat-led COVID-19 policies have enriched the wealthy while crushing middle class small business owners (some 160,000 restaurants may close).


In this context, let’s talk first about the recent past and the presidency.
In 2016, I supported an outsider candidate, who was rough around the edges and in the Andrew Jackson school of controversial assaults on the old order. When my candidate won, it was blamed on the Russians. We now know (four years later) Hillary Clinton’s own team financed the total lie that fueled this attack.


Members of the FBI twice engaged in criminal acts to help it along — once in avoiding prosecution of someone who had deleted 33,000 emails and had a subordinate use a hammer to physically destroy hard drives, and a second time by lying to FISA judges to destroy Gen. Michael Flynn and spy on then-candidate Donald Trump and his team. The national liberal media aided and abetted every step of the way. All this was purely an attempt to cripple the new president and lead to the appointment of a special counsel — who ultimately produced nothing.


Now, people in my world are told it is time to stop resisting and cooperate with the new president. But we remember that the Democrats wanted to cooperate with Mr. Trump so much that they began talking about his impeachment before he even took office. The Washington Post ran a story on Democrat impeachment plots the day of the inauguration.


In fact, nearly 70 Democratic lawmakers boycotted his inauguration. A massive left-wing demonstration was staged in Washington the day after, where Madonna announced she dreamed of blowing up the White House to widespread applause. These same forces want me to cooperate with their new president. I find myself adopting the Nancy Pelosi model of constant resistance. Nothing I have seen from Mr. Biden since the election offers me any hope that he will reach out to the more than 74 million Americans who voted for President Trump.


So, I am not reacting to the votes so much as to the whole election environment.
When Twitter and Facebook censored the oldest and fourth largest newspaper (founded by Alexander Hamilton) because it accurately reported news that could hurt Mr. Biden’s chances — where were The New York Times and The Washington Post?


The truth of the Hunter Biden story is now becoming impossible to avoid or conceal. The family of the Democrat nominee for president received at least $5 million from an entity controlled by our greatest adversary. It was a blatant payoff, and most Americans who voted for Mr. Biden never heard of it — or were told before the election it was Russian disinformation. Once they did hear of it, 17% said they would have switched their votes, according to a poll by the Media Research Center. That’s the entire election. The censorship worked exactly as intended.


Typically, newspapers and media outlets band together when press freedom is threatened by censorship. Where was the sanctimonious “democracy dies in darkness?” Tragically, The Washington Post is now part of the darkness.
But this is just a start. When Twitter censors four of five Rush Limbaugh tweets in one day, I fear for the country.


When these monolithic Internet giants censor the president of the United States, I fear for the country.


When I see elite billionaires like Mark Zuckerburg are able to spend $400 million to hire city governments to maximize turnout in specifically Democratic districts — without any regard to election spending laws or good governance standards — I fear for the country.


When I read that Apple has a firm rule of never irritating China — and I watch the NBA kowtow to Beijing, I fear for our country.When I watch story after story about election fraud being spiked — without even the appearance of journalistic due diligence or curiosity — I know something is sick.


The election process itself was the final straw in creating the crisis of confidence which is accelerating and deepening for many millions of Americans.


Aside from a constant stream of allegations of outright fraud, there are some specific outrages — any one of which was likely enough to swing the entire election.


Officials in virtually every swing state broke their states’ own laws to send out millions of ballots or ballot applications to every registered voter. It was all clearly documented in the Texas lawsuit, which was declined by the U.S. Supreme Court based on Texas’ procedural standing — not the merits of the case. That’s the election.


In addition, it’s clear that virtually every swing state essentially suspended normal requirements for verifying absentee ballots. Rejection rates were an order of magnitude lower than in a normal year. In Georgia, rejection rates dropped from 6.5% in 2016 to 0.2% in 2020. In Pennsylvania, it went from 1% in 2016 to .003% in 2020. Nevada fell from 1.6% to .75%. There is no plausible explanation other than that they were counting a huge number of ballots — disproportionately for Mr. Biden — that normally would not have passed muster. That’s the election.


The entire elite liberal media lied about the timeline of the COVID-19 vaccine. They blamed President Trump for the global pandemic even as he did literally everything top scientists instructed. In multiple debates, the moderators outright stated that he was lying about the U.S. having a vaccine before the end of the year (note Vice President Mike Pence received it this week). If Americans had known the pandemic was almost over, that too was likely the difference in the election.


The unanimously never-Trump debate commission spiked the second debate at a critical time in order to hurt President Trump. If there had been one more debate like the final one, it likely would have been pivotal.
This is just the beginning. But any one of those things alone is enough for Trump supporters to think we have been robbed by a ruthless establishment — which is likely to only get more corrupt and aggressive if it gets away with these blatant acts.


For more than four years, the entire establishment mobilized against the elected president of the United States as though they were an immune system trying to kill a virus. Now, they are telling us we are undermining democracy.
You have more than 74 million voters who supported President Trump despite everything — and given the election mess, the number could easily be significantly higher. The truth is tens of millions of Americans are deeply alienated and angry.If Mr. Biden governs from the left — and he will almost certainly be forced to — that number will grow rapidly, and we will win a massive election in 2022.


Given this environment, I have no interest in legitimizing the father of a son who Chinese Communist Party members boast about buying. Nor do I have any interest in pretending that the current result is legitimate or honorable. It is simply the final stroke of a four-year establishment-media power grab. It has been perpetrated by people who have broken the law, cheated the country of information, and smeared those of us who believe in America over China, history over revisionism, and the liberal ideal of free expression over cancel culture.


I write this in genuine sorrow, because I think we are headed toward a serious, bitter struggle in America. This extraordinary, coordinated four-year power grab threatens the fabric of our country and the freedom of every American.

Featured

Toughness

Easy times make weak men

Easy times make weak men

Weak men make hard times.

Hard times makes strong men.

Strong men make easy times.

And it repeats.


Right now most of America is raised at the top of the list.
The fact is that Americans have not suffered hardship or lack since the 1930s depression and the the challenges of dealing with WW2.


This younger generation has no idea what real suffering and want is, we have been so safe and protected in America for decades.
Take away technology, the laptops, I-phones and such and they are lost.
They have not yet learned the lessons on how to be human and how to survive and take care of themselves.


Its all so fake.


I think when the collapse comes, ( and it WILL come), that so many will die because they were too proud to learn how to survive.

Featured

Give me liberty or give me a ham sammich

now we face an end to any freedom, and a life of submission and enslavement

Received the following from a friend through “snail-mail” and thought it was important enough to share.


“Governments don’t want a population capable of critical thinking, they want obedient workers, people just smart enough to run the machines and just dumb enough to passively accept their situation. You have no choice. You have owners. They own you. They own everything. They own all the important land. They own, and control the corporations. They’ve long since bought, and paid for the Senate, the Congress, the state houses, the city halls, they got the judges in their back pockets and they own all the big media companies, so they control just about all of the news and information you get to hear.” ~ George Carlin


Is this country facing the end of times?

Are the people in this country oblivious to any reality or truth, or are they simply consumed by ignorance, passivity, cowardice, and mediocrity?

Will this onslaught of tyranny by the controlling class and the politicians continue unabated, or will enough wake up in time to stand against the total decimation of their lives, their property, their freedom, and their land?

What could possibly motivate the masses to voluntarily accept their own servitude, a servitude that can only lead to their imminent demise?

Even the most simplistic life forms on this planet possess the basic instinct of self defense, so why is it that the supposed most intelligent of all living beings can be controlled and brutalized to the point of extinction, without lifting a finger to protect their own interests?

Today in America, the people are drowning in a pool of their own blood, while their chosen masters are feasting on the remains.


There is very little time left to change this course we are on today, as this plot toward the great reset of the world is close at hand.

In the past when liberty has been threatened, some fought back and won, but most sat back and waited, hoping others would come to their rescue, and save them from themselves. Every time threats have come and gone, there was less freedom and much more control.

Each and every tyrannical event brought an assault against liberty that remained long after any so-called ‘return to normal’ was expected. ‘Normal’ has been forever changing, meaning every new normal resulted in less freedom and more authoritarian measures.

That is until today, as now we face an end to any freedom, and a life of submission and enslavement. Unless and until the current ruling oligarchy is eliminated or weakened to the point of impotence, and by whatever means necessary, the tyranny will run its course until it has total control or the entire system collapses under its own weight.


Throughout history, kingdoms, states, and nations have come and gone. Empires reign, but always eventually fall. After societal failure, a better system may be in place temporarily, as happened here in this country after the ousting of British rule, but due to power, greed, and weak and complacent populations, the collapse of societies has always been inevitable. This one is no different.

The real question is how long will it last? Considering the ‘assumed’ founding, this nation has only existed for a little over 240 years. Historically speaking, this is a very short time indeed, but the march toward a totalitarian end is near. We are now on the brink of that precipice, with one foot already dangling over the cliff. There will be no return to ‘normal’ or any notion of freedom, unless a complete dismantling of this very flawed governing system is forthcoming.

That can only happen if a majority of the people not only desire it, but also are willing to take any and all risk to regain their own independence.


At this stage, our probable downfall will not be due to the few evil oligarchs that are perpetrating this fraud called a ‘virus pandemic,’ it will be due to a complete abandonment of self-responsibility by the people themselves.

This truth has to be acknowledged before any relief is possible. So long as blame is spread wide in order to appease the feeble psyche of the pitiful masses, and no accountability for one’s own life and existence is accepted, then no resolution will be attainable.

We now live in a society that has lost its ability to function without rule. The herd is forever looking to find a master instead of looking to self. So long as this attitude is present in the majority, individual sovereignty will not prevail, and a population of order-takers and rule-followers will be the result.

That cannot lead to freedom, but only to complete subjugation of the American people. Five hundred years ago, Étienne de La Boétie wrote “The Politics of Obedience and The Discourse of Voluntary Servitude.” The people of this country have voluntarily given up their freedom, and in the process have become obedient serfs. In this passage below, he summed up the essence of voluntary slavery through obedient behavior.


“It amazes us to hear accounts of the valor that liberty arouses in the hearts of those who defend it; but who could believe reports of what goes on every day among the inhabitants of some countries, who could really believe that one man alone may mistreat a hundred thousand and deprive them of their liberty?

Who would credit such a report if he merely heard it, without being present to witness the event? And if this condition occurred only in distant lands and were reported to us, which one among us would not assume the tale to be imagined or invented, and not really true?

Obviously there is no need of fighting to overcome this single tyrant, for he is automatically defeated if the country refuses consent to its own enslavement: it is not necessary to deprive him of anything, but simply to give him nothing; there is no need that the country make an effort to do anything for itself provided it does nothing against itself. It is therefore the inhabitants themselves who permit, or, rather, bring about, their own subjection, since by ceasing to submit they would put an end to their servitude.”


How many times have Americans criticized those in other lands for allowing tyrants to rule over them without rising up to protect their own liberty? How many times have those in this country condemned totalitarian monsters across the world, and called for them to be removed or killed? How many times have Americans cheered for aggressive war against other nations because they lived under brutal regimes? How many times have Americans bragged about being exceptional, and falsely declared that they are freest people on earth? How many times has this American population allowed that same tyranny and brutality here at home and done nothing?


I can tell you, most all in this country are voluntarily allowing this takeover today, and are doing absolutely nothing to stop it. Civil disobedience and mass dissent would be enough to quell this onslaught of government lies, carnage, murder, and liberty destruction, but while you condemn others, you sit idle and watch your own freedom taken away without ever lifting a finger to stop it.

Shame on all of you who refuse to disobey, and refuse to defend your own freedom!

Featured

Boo-Ga-Loo?

at this moment in time “they” have circumvented the US Constitution, he Bill of Rights and every law.

“They” refused to send assistance to an American Embassy and purposely allowed the murder of our Ambassador and Military/CIA Personnel. No criminal prosecutions.

“They” investigated the use of a private server, holding top secret information, located in the Secretary of State’s private residence … and confirmed the data had been compromised by foreign entities. No criminal prosecutions.

“They” investigated the Foundation of a sitting Secretary of State and determined foreign/domestic contributions were in fact ‘Pay to Play’ payments which granted access to the President and others in the Administration … as well as Foundation funds diverted to personal use. No criminal prosecutions.

“They” determined that millions and millions of US Dollars in unmarked paper currency, stacked on wooden pallets, were secretly delivered to a Terrorist Nation in the middle of the night with no accounting of the exact amount and who received the money. No criminal prosecutions.

“They” allowed a sitting President to be impeached on fictitious information. No criminal prosecutions.

“They” determined the dossier used as prima facie evidence for impeachment was in fact false. No criminal prosecutions.

“They” determine the dossier was paid for by the opposing Presidential Candidate in an effort to destroy a presidential campaign. No criminal prosecutions.

“They” determined a Vice President and his son had illegally been paid millions of dollars from a foreign energy company in return for preferential treatment by the US Government. No criminal prosecutions.

“They” determine a Vice President had black mailed a foreign country to fire their criminal investigator who was investigating the activities of the Vice President and his son. No criminal prosecutions.

“They” were given ‘mountains’ of evidence, including videos and sworn/signed witness affidavits, showing criminal activities during the tabulations of Presidential Election votes in six States … and “They” responded with ‘There were no criminal activities.’ No criminal prosecutions.

“They” describe videos depicting poll workers removing containers from hiding that held thousands and thousands of fake ballots, and showing the ballots being added to the existing vote total … hours after the polling station had closed and all but a handful of workers being absent … as “Nothing to see here. There is nothing wrong with what was done.” No criminal prosecutions.

“They” have allowed our cities to burn, innocents injured or murdered in the streets, local governments to cower and then apologize to the gangs of criminals, weakened existing laws that only emboldened the criminal element to commit more crimes.

As “They” ignored each criminal activity, the average citizen said, “This is not the time to rise up. Something truly bad must happen first.”

Each criminal activity chipped away at the US Constitution and the very foundation of our Great Republic. The average citizen said, “This is not the time to rise up. Something truly bad must happen first.”

At this moment in time “They” have circumvented the US Constitution, the Bill of Rights and every law. “They” have nullified the voting process. If “They” can add hundreds of thousands of fictitious / illegal votes across the country and not be held accountable … “They” have finally attained their ultimate goal of manipulating the country to do “Their” will ‘legally’. Your vote, your say how you desire your country to be run, means absolutely nothing. You have become a pawn to be manipulated and used as they see fit.

FACT: The Democratic Republic of the United States of America no longer exists.

Featured

It ain’t over until it’s over…

Your vote should matter….it’s not okay to cheat.


Today, the electoral college votes will be sealed and sent by special carrier to Washington where they will remain sealed until January 6th when the House and Senate will come into a joint session to open the votes.

The media is going to make you believe that it’s all over and Joe Biden is now officially president…

On January 6th, Nancy Pelosi will sit down with the rest of the House members as she has no special power or authority over the hearing… Vice President Mike Pence will have all the authority as president of the Senate for that day and will accept or reject motions to decide the next steps by the assembly.
Remember…

Mike Pence is in full authority that day as written in the Constitution. The ballots will be certified today but that means nothing…

The votes will be opened and at that point one House member could, and most likely will, raise their hand to object to the Vice President on the state of elector’s votes. That objection could cover fraud or any other reason, and with the seconding of that objection everything changes. Everything!!

The House and Senate will divide for two hours (at least) to debate, then vote. The vote will be per Senator with the Vice President being the deciding vote if needed in the Senate, while the vote in the House will be only be ONE vote per delegation, per state, not per House member!!!

The Republicans have 30 delegation votes compared to the Democrats 20 delegation votes.
If this scenario runs true, President Trump gets re-elected.
The Democrats, the media, social networks and globalists around the world will come unhinged and chaos will erupt. Bigly.

President Trump is trying to do the right thing and go through the courts first, expose all the fraud, but we all knew that none of the courts, even the Supreme Court wanted to touch this issue with a 10-ft pole!

This is why our forefathers were so brilliant because they knew something like this could happen someday. So, don’t listen to the media and all their deception and lies. All you have to do is read the Constitution and you know that the law, policies and procedures in the end are on our side.

Featured

True or Woo-Part 2

“The United States of America is not and has never been a Democracy, we’re a Federal Republic tied together by the capital L Laws of the Constitution. Everyone in the country is about to get a harsh lesson on what that means..””..and why you should never try your cheap tricks on your own people.
Google the words “contingent election”, “safe harbor deadline”, and read all of USC 3, and get ready for a history lesson the likes of which the world has never seen before.”

Sometimes I wander around places on the web that are, “iffy”. Sometimes I find gold, sometimes I find dross. I am not going to label the following either. Read it and decide for yourself.


“So I just realized something… if CISA knows Biden used Hammer, Scorecard, Dominion, and ballot stuffing to steal the election, then so does the entire f*****g United States Military.”


“Yeah we knew that on Saturday anon, when the army seized Sctyl’s dominion servers in Germany. The marines have already changed orders and are doing drills for urban combat and being briefed on the PROMETHEUS chain of command protocols.”


“If they think the military is backing that pedophile usurper they are sorely mistaken.”


“They have NO idea what’s coming. If you think he didn’t have the NSA in every phone, laptop, and microwave on the planet on the night of the Election you’re actually mentally handicapped.”


What is PROMETHEUS?


“PROMETHEUS refers to the chain of command protocols for armed forces (in particular the Marines and SS, and the National Guard as backup) in the event of a contested or compromised Transfer of Power.””Basically for us it’s just a reminder that until the next President is officially sworn in he cannot issue ANY orders to the armed forces whatsoever.”


“In the case of a dispute of the legitimacy of the incoming CIC, say for example if your fake President-Elect is pedophile Chinese spy, then Trump is in charge until he CHOOSES not to be or until the incoming CIC is exonerated via special investigation.”


“In the interim we are still to take orders only from the official chain of command and act ONLY when the order comes from the top down, straight from Orange Man himself.”


Trump has also been demanding the appt. of an FCC commissioner.
“Lmao if he gets his way on that they’re all giga-f****d. They’ve all been telling the same lie for days now, no amount of deleting live streams or cutting away from magic changes in the vote tallies will save them.”


If you’re paying attention, there’s considerable evidence already that the US Military have EVERYTHING.


Takeaways:– Marines, USSS and NG have been briefed on PROMETHEUS and are ready for action- the US is NOT A DEMOCRACY- the world will be reminded of that. Soon.- the President’s support base is more enraged that even /pol/ realizes (!)


“The United States of America is not and has never been a Democracy, we’re a Federal Republic tied together by the capital L Laws of the Constitution. Everyone in the country is about to get a harsh lesson on what that means..””..and why you should never try your cheap tricks on your own people.
Google the words “contingent election”, “safe harbor deadline”, and read all of USC 3, and get ready for a history lesson the likes of which the world has never seen before.”

Featured

Rumor, but plausible

It now appears the “water main break” in Georgia was in fact an overflowing toilet that got plugged by flushing ballots.

RUMOR: This sounds silly, but . . .


It now appears the “water main break” in Georgia was in fact an overflowing toilet that got plugged by flushing ballots. At least that’s the rumor, and quite frankly, I believe it.


I kid you not. And IF it all comes clean, I’ll bet that is what really happened. Do not go reporting this as fact until it is actually proven, but for now that’s what the rumor is. We now know there was no water main break and it was in fact a flooded toilet. Having it get plugged by ballots really does make sense.


It looks like those stupid “environmentally friendly” 1.6 gallon flush toilets BACKFIRED on the left.”Shut everything down, and don’t call a plumber for god’s sake, NO ONE from the outside can know what plugged that toilet,” And therefore there’s no record of any repair being called out. It really does make sense.

Featured

Internment camps?

High-risk individuals would be temporarily relocated to safe or “green zones” established at the household, neighborhood, camp/sector or community level depending on the context and setting.

Does anybody remember the discussion at the beginning of this “pandemic” about FEMA concentration camps?

There is a CDC document that has been published that calls for “Shielding”;

“What is the Shielding Approach1?

The shielding approach aims to reduce the number of severe COVID-19 cases by limiting contact between individuals at higher risk of developing severe disease (“high-risk”) and the general population (“low-risk”). High-risk individuals would be temporarily relocated to safe or “green zones” established at the household, neighborhood, camp/sector or community level depending on the context and setting.1,2

They would have minimal contact with family members and other low-risk residents.Current evidence indicates that older adults and people of any age who have serious underlying medical conditions are at higher risk for severe illness from COVID-19.3 In most humanitarian settings, older population groups make up a small percentage of the total population.4,5

For this reason, the shielding approach suggests physically separating high-risk individuals from the general population to prioritize the use of the limited available resources and avoid implementing long-term containment measures among the general population.In theory, shielding may serve its objective to protect high-risk populations from disease and death.

However, implementation of the approach necessitates strict adherence1,6,7, to protocol. Inadvertent introduction of the virus into a green zone may result in rapid transmission among the most vulnerable populations the approach is trying to protect.”

They call it “Shielding” but, in truth, it is internment of part of the population.For those who wish to read the entire document, it can be found at; https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/global-covid-19/shielding-approach-humanitarian.html

Featured

Moral Rot

Pfizer’s CEO arranged a massive sale of Pfizer stock and then timed the release of overhyped vaccine data to maximize his private gains.
Nothing illegal here, just another example of what I call legalized looting.

Our national claim of moral superiority is no longer plausible.


A very strong case can be made that America is now a moral cesspool. Consider just three cases: Jeffrey Epstein, the CEO of Pfizer and JPMorgan Chase.


Sadly, Epstein is the epitome of America’s elite: getting away with abusing children for years, if not decades; when finally caught a few years ago, escaping with a legal wrist-slap; acquiring a fortune of $200 million without creating any jobs, innovations or value; buying his way into the good graces of Harvard, MIT and a seemingly endless parade of celebrities, politicians, scientists, etc.
And very par for the course in America’s elite: Epstein’s crimes were known by America’s intelligence and law enforcement agencies, but rather than indict him, they made him an “intelligence asset” that had to protected from exposure to the consequences of the rule of law.


When some tiny sliver of light was shed on his decades of blatant corruption and exploitation, a sliver that implicated the wealthy and powerful, then Epstein was dispatched in classic Deep State fashion, in a manner that speaks volumes about the banana “republic” nature of America.


Pfizer’s CEO arranged a massive sale of Pfizer stock and then timed the release of overhyped vaccine data to maximize his private gains.
Nothing illegal here, just another example of what I call legalized looting.


JPMorgan Chase manipulated markets to maximize its gains, and its $1 billion fine is just the cost of doing business in a pervasively corrupt society and economy. Nobody ever goes to prison for these billion-dollar skims, scams, frauds and embezzlements; financial criminals get a get out of jail free card with every crime.


These three examples are just a few of thousands of examples of insider skimming and gaming the system, abuse of power, fraud, pay-to-play, embezzlement, racketeering and other forms of corruption that enrich the few at the expense of the many.


Whenever I mention America’s moral decay, somebody is always quick to discount the decay with cliches such as “there’s always been corruption” or “it’s human nature, you’ll never get rid of it.”


These pathetically flimsy excuses mask the reality that America’s moral decay has reached extremes that eventually trigger collapse in the financial, social and political realms.


The decay of civic virtue and the social contract is so gradual that only the few who recall specific set-points from previous generations even notice the advancing rot.

Featured

Verrrry Interesting

There appears to be a large number of sealed criminal indictments piling up waiting to be unsealed. One source puts the number at over 179,000.

For what? I’m less clear on that, but how about Treason, Election Fraud, Child Sex Trafficking, Homicide, Pornography, Money Laundering, Bribery, Perjury, crimes of Uranium One. There are close to 2,000 in Utah alone.

Last Saturday, 11/28/2020, I posted the following;


“The Justice Department is changing its execution protocols, so that federal executions are no longer required to be done by lethal injection only.The amended rule, as reported by the AP, allows the government to use lethal injection or “any other manner prescribed by the law of the state in which the sentence was imposed.”

The rule was published in the Federal Register on Friday.Those other manners include “electrocution, inhaling nitrogen gas or death by firing squad.” The amended rule goes into effect on Dec. 24 and comes as the DOJ has scheduled five executions during this lame-duck period. “


As a follow-up, I ran across something interesting;

There appears to be a large number of sealed criminal indictments piling up waiting to be unsealed. One source puts the number at over 179,000.

For what? I’m less clear on that, but how about Treason, Election Fraud, Child Sex Trafficking, Homicide, Pornography, Money Laundering, Bribery, Perjury, crimes of Uranium One. There are close to 2,000 in Utah alone.


Why is that interesting? Why are so many of those sealed indictments being filed in Utah? Federal death penalty regs changed last week, with Utah’s retention of the firing squad being noted.


The NSA has their MASSIVE data (collection) center in Utah would be my guess.
“Utah Data Center”
Background

The Utah Data Center, code-named Bumblehive, is the first Intelligence Community Comprehensive National Cyber-security Initiative (IC CNCI) data center designed to support the Intelligence Community’s efforts to monitor, strengthen and protect the nation. Our Utah “massive data repository” is designed to cope with the vast increases in digital data that have accompanied the rise of the global network.


NSA is the executive agent for the Office of the Director of National Intelligence (ODNI) and is the lead agency at the center.


The 1.5 billion-dollar one million square-foot Bluffdale / Camp Williams LEED Silver facility houses a 100,000 sq-ft mission critical Tier III data center. The remaining 900,000 SF is used for technical support and administrative space.

Our massive twenty building complex also includes water treatment facilities, chiller plants, electric substation, fire pump house, warehouse, vehicle inspection facility, visitor control center, and sixty diesel-fueled emergency standby generators and fuel facility for a 3-day 100% power backup capability.

Coincidence? Possibly… or not.

Featured

NOTICE! NOTICE! NOTICE!

Pat Answers Blog will be taking a one-week hiatus starting Monday, 11/23/20 through Saturday, 11/28/20 with ONE VERY SPECIAL EXCEPTION!


On Tuesday, November 24, 2020 at 9:00AM CST the second episode of Pat Answers Archive video blog will premier, followed, hopefully by a new episode every Tuesday morning at 9:00AM CST.
Pass the word.

Featured

From bad to verse

Henry Lawson, 1907


  • So I sit and write and ponder, while the house is deaf and dumb,
    Seeing visions “over yonder” of the war I know must come.
    In the corner — not a vision — but a sign for coming days
    Stand a box of ammunition and a rifle in green baize.
    And in this, the living present, let the word go through the land,
    Every tradesman, clerk and peasant should have these two things at hand.

    No — no ranting song is needed, and no meeting, flag or fuss —
    In the future, still unheeded, shall the spirit come to us!
    Without feathers, drum or riot on the day that is to be,
    We shall march down, very quiet, to our stations by the sea.
    While the bitter parties stifle every voice that warns of war,
    Every man should own a rifle and have cartridges in store!
Featured

A Political Parable

With a lurch, I crashed to the floor. My chair had been pulled out from under me. I stood, brushing myself off angrily, and watched as it was carried from the room.

The Rebirth of Reason
Dinner at the White House – a parable
by Richard Gleaves

Once upon a time, I was invited to the White House for a private dinner with the President. I am a respected businessman, with a factory that produces memory chips for computers and portable electronics. There was some talk that my industry was being scrutinized by the administration, but I paid it no mind. I live in a free country. There’s nothing that the government can do to me if I’ve broken no laws. My wealth was earned honestly, and an invitation to dinner with an American President is an honor.

I checked my coat, was greeted by the Chief of Staff, and joined the President in a yellow dining room. We sat across from each other at a table draped in white linen. The Great Seal was embossed on the china. Uniformed staff served our dinner.

The meal was served, and I was startled when my waiter suddenly reached out, plucked a dinner roll off my plate, and began nibbling it as he walked back to the kitchen.

“Sorry about that,” said the President. “Andrew is very hungry.”

“I don’t appreciate…” I began, but as I looked into the calm brown eyes across from me, I felt immediately guilty and petty. It was just a dinner roll. “Of course,” I concluded, and reached for my glass. Before I could, however, another waiter reached forward, took the glass away and swallowed the wine in a single gulp.

“And his brother Eric is very thirsty.” said the President.

I didn’t say anything. The President is testing my compassion, I thought. I will play along. I don’t want to seem unkind.

My plate was whisked away before I had tasted a bite.

“Eric’s children are also quite hungry.”

With a lurch, I crashed to the floor. My chair had been pulled out from under me. I stood, brushing myself off angrily, and watched as it was carried from the room.

“And their grandmother can’t stand for long.”

I excused myself, smiling outwardly, but inside feeling like a fool. Obviously I had been invited to the White House to be sport for some game. I reached for my coat, to find that it had been taken. I turned back to the President.

“Their grandfather doesn’t like the cold.”

I wanted to shout- that was my coat! But again, I looked at the placid smiling face of my host and decided I was being a poor sport. I spread my hands helplessly and chuckled. Then I felt my hip pocket and realized my wallet was gone. I excused myself and walked to a phone on an elegant side table. I learned shortly that my credit cards had been maxed out, my bank accounts emptied, my retirement and equity portfolios had vanished, and my wife had been thrown out of our home. Apparently, the waiters and their families were moving in. The President hadn’t moved or spoken as I learned all this, but finally I lowered the phone into its cradle and turned to face him.

“Andrew’s whole family has made bad financial decisions. They haven’t planned for retirement, and they need a house. They recently defaulted on a subprime mortgage. I told them they could have your home. They need it more than you do.”

My hands were shaking. I felt faint. I stumbled back to the table and knelt on the floor. The President cheerfully cut his meat, ate his steak and drank his wine. I lowered my eyes and stared at the small grey circles on the tablecloth that were water drops.

“By the way,” He added, “I have just signed an Executive Order nationalizing your factories. I’m firing you as head of your business. I’ll be operating the firm now for the benefit of all mankind. There’s a whole bunch of Erics and Andrews out there and they can’t come to you for jobs groveling like beggars.”

I looked up. The President dropped his spoon into the empty ramekin which had been his creme brulee. He drained the last drops of his wine. As the table was cleared, he lit a cigarette and leaned back in his chair. He stared at me. I clung to the edge of the table as if were a ledge and I were a man hanging over an abyss. I thought of the years behind me, of the life I had lived. The life I had earned with a lifetime of work, risk and struggle. Why was I punished? How had I allowed it to be taken? What game had I played and lost? I looked across the table and noticed with some surprise that there was no game board between us.

What had I done wrong?

As if answering the unspoken thought, the President suddenly cocked his head, locked his empty eyes to mine, and bared a million teeth, chuckling wryly as he folded his hands.

“You should have stopped me at the dinner roll,” he said.

Featured

The Art Of War – III

We know that we have been in a spiritual war since the beginning of time – at creation. This war is about good vs evil for control over our minds.

“If you know the enemy and know yourself, you need not fear the result of a hundred battles. If you know yourself but not the enemy, for every victory gained you will also suffer a defeat. If you know neither the enemy nor yourself, you will succumb in every battle.” – Sun Tzu

So what do we know about our current cultural war?

1. We know that we have been in a spiritual war since the beginning of time – at creation. This war is about good vs evil for control over our minds.

2. We know that we are in total control over the war of our minds by either surrendering to God or follow the world.

3. We know that we are required to join this war as warriors of God’s army and in doing so He tells us that He, through us, will win this war.

4. We know that from the beginning of this nation we have not been a free people. We have been lied to and have become slaves to the elite who have controlled this nation.

5. We know that our Organic Constitution, while identified our freedoms, did not allow for the implementation of those freedoms due to the debt owed by the nation. Because of this debt and because of the legal structures of the international legal bodies controlled by the British Crown, our Constitution was a bankruptcy compact between the United States of America and our creditors (the British Crown).

6. We know that throughout history our government and our freedoms have been hijacked placing us in slavery to the banking institutions.

7. We know that all presidents elected up and until Donald Trump with the exception of Andrew Jackson were part of the elite group of people that removed our freedoms and kept us enslaved.

8. We know that the election of 2016 was done so by removing the ability to create a monumental amount of election fraud by certain key military figures.

9. We know that since the election of 2016 President Trump has been aware of the deep state activities and the fraud they had and would commit on the American People.

10. We know that President Trump focused on the court system where all things were to be fairly adjudicated.

11. We know that the election in 2020 was allowed to move forward with the full knowledge of the certain software that would be used by the DNC, deep state and the same people who spied on Trump’s 2016 election.

12. We know that Trump and his administration watched the election in SCIF’s that monitored the use of software to change the election results.

13. We know that ballot fraud existed in every state.

14. We know that the whole purpose of all this is to establish a rule of law and removal of the deep state control.

15. We know that what we are seeing take shape in front of us is the birth of a new nation. A nation that never truly existed until now.

16. We know the role we must play in fighting this spiritual war.

So what do we not know?

Much of the details in the first four years of President Trump’s office has been in positioning the country for the next four years while, at the same time, manipulating the deep state into surrender.

The moves and counter moves that President Trump has taken has been a masterful game of 5D Chess. What the deep state did not count on is a thorough knowledge of their game plan, their positioning and the moves they would be required to make to be successful.

At every turn, over the course of these last four years, President Trump has not only been five moves ahead but ahead on each level that the deep state operated in.

Now he did this while being investigated, being impeached and being constantly battled with the MSM. What does it take to have a mortal man go through all this and come out as a winner?

A chosen man – a man of God.

We will move now into the arena of looking still at history, in some cases to bring the proper perspective, on the last four years and the many chess moves as we can show you on how the President’s Art of War strategy has been successful and will continue to be for the next four years.

Featured

Wakey-wakey

The media is lying to you. The politicians are lying to you. It is time to use your head for something else than keeping your ears separated.

It is human nature to resist information that is contrary to our personal beliefs. Most people do not like to be made a fool, so they express anger toward those who speak truth. This is why social engineering, (normalcy bias), works.


The CIA name for this is Mockingbird Media. The 4 am call tells you what to discuss that day; Not reality …..it’s what they want you to hear. Trump crashed through those talking points. MSM is state sponsored propaganda , no better then China or Russia. This has all been reported in the courts- mockingbird media through the cia. Even when all is exposed there will still be some that won’t wake up , cognitive dissonance- they can’t wrap their mind around the truth. Remove yourself from the lies of MSM.

The media is lying to you. The politicians are lying to you. It is time to use your head for something else than keeping your ears separated.

Featured

A reminder

Indeed, the Articles of Confederation period of United States history shows just how entirely distrustful Americans were of centralized power. To that end, the Constitution gives broad powers to the states while intentionally limiting federal power.

A little refresher on the history of our REPUBLIC, (NOT a democracy), and the genius of our Founding Fathers.

If the Crown represented anything to the Founding Fathers, it was the danger of central power. So they took pains to avoid this when drafting the new Constitution.

Indeed, the Articles of Confederation period of United States history shows just how entirely distrustful Americans were of centralized power. To that end, the Constitution gives broad powers to the states while intentionally limiting federal power.

While “States Rights” have become almost inextricably identified with slavery and segregation, the actual answer is much more complex than this: The states – and private organizations – have all powers not explicitly delegated to the United States federal government.

This means that virtually everything the federal government currently does is extra-Constitutional and properly the role of the 50 state governments. This is not just to provide for a decentralized government structure, but also to provide for people to be able to move from one state to another to live under laws closer to their own choosing.

The Founders would never have imagined that places as far apart geographically and culturally as Alabama and California would have the same laws.

“No position appears to me more true than this; that the General Govt. can not effectually exist without reserving to the States the possession of their local rights. They are the instruments upon which the Union must frequently depend for the support and execution of their powers, however immediately operating upon the people, and not upon the States.”

Charles Pinckney, “Plan for a Government for America,” Constitutional Convention, June 25, 1787

“It is most important, likewise, that the habits of thinking in a free Country should inspire caution in those entrusted with its administration, to confine themselves within their respective Constitutional Spheres; avoiding in the exercise of the Powers of one department to encroach upon another.”

George Washington, Farewell Address, September 17, 1796

“The great object of my fear is the federal judiciary. That body, like gravity, ever acting, with noiseless foot, and unalarming advance, gaining ground step by step, and holding what it gains, is ingulfing insidiously the special governments into the jaws of that which feeds them.”

Thomas Jefferson, Letter to Charles Hammon, August 18, 1821

Featured

Wanna Bet?

“People who bet Trump say it is not over. People who bet Biden say it is. This makes for a tricky situation where we have to be sure. It’s not like a football game,”

President Donald Trump has not yet conceded in the 2020 presidential election, and bookmakers who took bets on the winner aren’t ready to call the race, either.

Online gambling sites have yet to call Biden “president-elect,” which has put millions of dollars in wagers in limbo. “At one site alone, London-based Betfair, nearly $600 million in presidential wagers are hanging tight,” the New York Post reported.

“We still have not graded a winner,” Adam Burns, sportsbook manager of BetOnline, told the Post, adding that a call awaits resolution on the Trump campaign’s legal wranglings. “People who bet Trump say it is not over. People who bet Biden say it is. This makes for a tricky situation where we have to be sure. It’s not like a football game,” Burns said.

And that’s left lots of money in the kitty. “The presidential election was bigger than the Super Bowl, which is normally our biggest event of the year,” said Burns. “We kept taking action, with fluctuating odds for a few days after the election. But now the bet is [no longer available] and we’re hoping for an official decision.”

Featured

It’s like watching a Hollywood movie

Note the important words of “altering the result or reported result of the election.” This is exactly what Big Tech and the lying fake news media have done to America. More that merely a crime, it’s treason…

This story begins with the little-known executive order signed into existence on September 12, 2018, by President Donald J. Trump.

That order, available at http://Whitehouse.gov , is entitled, “Executive Order on Imposing Certain Sanctions in the Event of Foreign Interference in a United States Election.”


In that executive order, which almost no one has covered since the day it was signed, President Trump declares a national emergency. That emergency is still in play to this day, and the 2020 election was conducted under this state of emergency, which is a crucial point to understand what’s coming next.“Unauthorized accessing of election infrastructure”.


In the EO, the President also states that people and organizations located, in part, outside the United States are known to be able to, “interfere in or undermine public confidence in United States elections, including through the unauthorized accessing of election and campaign infrastructure or the covert distribution of propaganda and disinformation.”


If you’re starting to see how this ties in to CNN, the NY Times, the Washington Post and MSNBC, you’re not alone. All those organizations, as you’ll soon see, have been caught under this emergency declaration of “foreign interference” in U.S. elections, aided by complicit corporations on U.S. soil.


The EO further states that this foreign interference in U.S. elections, “constitutes an unusual and extraordinary threat to the national security and foreign policy of the United States.”


Why is this relevant to anything we’re seeing right now with the massive election fraud carried out by the Democrats and the deep state? Because Dominion Voting Systems is a Canadian company. And Scytl is run out of Spain.


The National Emergency order specifically calls for seizure of all assets of entities that have, “directly or indirectly engaged in, sponsored, concealed, or otherwise been complicit in foreign interference in a United States election.”


That would, of course, have to include practically every CNN fake news anchor, every Big Tech CEO, every fake news journo-terrorist from NBC News, the NY Times and the Washington Post. They are all complicit in gaslighting America and covering up the massive foreign election interference that just took place.


Trump’s EO further explains that asset seizures shall target people and entities which have:
“…materially assisted, sponsored, or provided financial, material, or technological support for, or goods or services to or in support of, any activity described in subsection (a)(i) of this section or any person whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to this order; or (iii) to be owned or controlled by, or to have acted or purported to act for or on behalf of, directly or indirectly, any person whose property or interests in property are blocked pursuant to this order.”


In other words, the EO covers every person who has been corrupted or compromised by communist China. And that includes at least 80% of Democrat lawmakers, including Senators Feinstein and Schiff.


But that’s not even the full extent of what’s demanded by this Executive Order. In Section 8, the order explains that the term “person” also means, “a partnership, association, trust, joint venture, corporation, group, subgroup, or other organization.”


In other words, any media organization that assisted in covering up or assisting foreign interference in a U.S. election is specifically targeted by this Executive Order.


Further in the definitions section, the EO explains:
“…the term “election infrastructure” means information and communications technology and systems used by or on behalf of the Federal Government or a State or local government in managing the election process, including voter registration databases, voting machines, voting tabulation equipment, and equipment for the secure transmission of election results.”


That would include the Dominion voting systems as well as all other voting systems used in the recent election.


Finally, the EO describes what it means by the term “foreign interference.” It means:
“…any covert, fraudulent, deceptive, or unlawful actions or attempted actions of a foreign government, or of any person acting as an agent of or on behalf of a foreign government, undertaken with the purpose or effect of influencing, undermining confidence in, or altering the result or reported result of, the election, or undermining public confidence in election processes or institutions.”


Note the important words of “altering the result or reported result of the election.” This is exactly what Big Tech and the lying fake news media have done to America. More that merely a crime, it’s treason… and it fell right into the national emergency trap that Trump publicly announced in 2018 which now means all these corporations and organizations can have their assets seized literally overnight.
Time to pop some more corn.

Featured

Prayer for Saturday, November 14, 2020

Wherefore take unto you the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand.

Wherefore take unto you the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand.
Ephesians 6:10-18

10 Finally, my brethren, be strong in the Lord, and in the power of his might.

11 Put on the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil.
12 For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places.
13 Wherefore take unto you the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand.
14 Stand therefore, having your loins girt about with truth, and having on the breastplate of righteousness;
15 And your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace;
16 Above all, taking the shield of faith, wherewith ye shall be able to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked.
17 And take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God:
18 Praying always with all prayer and supplication in the Spirit, and watching thereunto with all perseverance and supplication for all saints;
Featured

You say you want a revolution?

…no power is real until exercised. Power is a muscle. The use of power builds strong institutions.

Yesterday, we spoke of normalcy bias and how the Republic has already been overthrown without a single shot being fired.

But, what if President Donald J Trump WAS playing 3-D chess and what if President Donald J Trump WAS the evil genius that the Communist/Progressive left touted him to be?

Here’s a little scenario to make Kamala’s, Nancy Pelosi’s Joe Bidens and Chuck Schumer’s heads collectively explode…


First, Republican state legislators would have to declare the ballots flawed and seat their own electors, effectively stealing the election back. They could do this trivially, legally, today. They could call it the “Very Cool And Very Legal Act” (VCAVLA).


Second, to govern unilaterally without the Congress, the President would have to assert his unconditional constitutional authority over the executive branch.

This is clearly stated in Article II: again, very cool and very legal. As for the so-called “power of the purse,” it doesn’t mean much against the power of the Fed. Since the Federal Reserve is part of the executive branch, who needs a Congressional appropriation? Lol owned.


Third, lacking a perfectly loyal Supreme Court, the President would have to point out the fallacious, anti-historical and illogical quality of Marbury v. Madison, and assert the independent and coequal status of the executive branch.

Judicial supremacy is a completely apocryphal invention of Justice Marshall, created for his own random political reasons. Very cool. And very illegal, so screw that guy.


The President is always happy to hear the resolutions and opinions of the other two branches. Under normal circumstances, he would obey them unquestionably. Really. He would. But you know how it is. For the unavoidable use of his personal judgment in our present state of emergency, he is responsible to one party: the American people. He thanks you, though, for your concern.


Fourth, using the same very cool legal authority as Eisenhower in 1957, he has called out the National Guard and will be using it to govern the several states directly. He also observes that the Posse Comitatus Act of 1878, which has a very cool name but is frankly a major pain in the ass, does not apply to the Marines.


At this point the President has taken full and absolute personal power for the length of his second term. Perfectly in compliance with every last letter of the highest law of the land, he has gone from abject defeat to absolute victory. Indeed his new powers exceed even those claimed by Washington, Lincoln, or FDR. If you thought his first term made America great, I hope you’re wearing your seatbelt.


Because, fifth, no power is real until exercised. Power is a muscle. The use of power builds strong institutions. And there is an obvious target for power: the muscle of the old regime. The new regime’s fifth step is to liquidate the powerful, prestigious, and/or wealthy institutions of the old regime, inside and outside the formal government.


Stripping all the dead muscle of the dead regime is the first task of any new regime. Only once all the old power structures are excised and debrided is the new regime real, the old regime imaginary, and the entire transition complete.


Not only is a revolution very cool, everything it does is very legal—by definition. After all, it is writing the new laws! And didn’t Lincoln padlock newspapers? Lincoln was no dope.


Of course, liquidating organizations does not mean liquidating people, like Stalin—it’s just like a company going out of business. The departing staff may even deserve a generous severance. After all, they didn’t actually do anything wrong. And even if they did, there are still Stasi agents getting pensions. It’s the right thing to do, since their old careers have left them professionally useless. It is never, ever, the employees’ fault.


Sixth, though, it is not enough for any new regime to be a mere negation of the old. Any such regime exists within its parent’s conceptual shadow, which means its parent is in a way still in charge. And will probably end up actually back in charge. Weakness and smallness of any kind are no good signs in the infancy of any regime.


Rather, any new regime needs a completely different vision of the country it will rule. A true regime change has to change the life of everyone in the country. A true regime change must be a revolution in every sense of the word. Its purpose, now and for the rest of its life, which will probably end but which certainly never plans for any end, is to achieve and maintain its singular vision of utopia.


And the revolution, since it is sovereign, has all the powers it needs to do so—so long as that utopia is realistic. Of course, since the right is order and the left is chaos, the left-wing revolution is a butcher and the right-wing revolution is a surgeon. If ours needs to keep its bandages on for a few days, theirs can barely be sold as hamburger. And even before her stitches are out, America feels and looks better than ever.


And before you know it, an election dispute has terminated an historical period that was a quarter-millennium old. Well, no empire is forever—and ditto for republics. And our new empire of the future just keeps getting more amazing.


Interesting scenario, no?

Featured

The “New Normal”

In layman’s terms, normalcy bias is that voice in your head that’s telling you “everything’s going to be OK”. It’s the wrongheaded thinking that leads people to not prepare for disasters that are obviously coming – like the thousands of Americans who are unprepared for what is coming.

Normalcy bias is a cognitive bias that leads people to underestimate the possibility of disaster, and underestimate the negative or harmful effects of a disaster as it’s happening.


In layman’s terms, normalcy bias is that voice in your head that’s telling you “everything’s going to be OK”. It’s the wrongheaded thinking that leads people to not prepare for disasters that are obviously coming – like the thousands of Americans who are unprepared for what is coming.


Preparing the mind first and accepting a brutal truth that likely few to none are willing to even consider; we are never going to regain the America we once knew and loved. Get that out of your skull.


Simple numbers in population, birthrate and cultural damages bear that out. Mathematical certainty.


We have to first prepare the mind to recognize and understand the battleground, the enemy’s position, strength and likely course of action and the ground we have before us.


We are not yet at the place to begin delineating strategic tactics to be employed. We still have not wrapped our minds around the fact we have already been overthrown from within and plundered by the same.


This is going to be a war for survival – not a war to preserve the Republic. That war was lost without much of a shot fired.


You are free to disagree with my discernment all the day long – it does not affect me in the slightest. But, as a witness – I am telling you that we have to get our minds right first before we begin to actively resisting the bullies that are coming for us.


“If you know the enemy and know yourself, you need not fear the result of a hundred battles. If you know yourself but not the enemy, for every victory gained you will also suffer a defeat. If you know neither the enemy nor yourself, you will succumb in every battle.” – Sun Tzu

Featured

The Art of War

“To know your Enemy, you must become your Enemy.” – Sun Tzu

There is a lot of “Happy Talk” about legal maneuvers, parallels between Gore/Bush and downplaying or denigrating the opposition. THAT is a grave mistake.


“To know your Enemy, you must become your Enemy.” – Sun Tzu


I’m asking you people to rethink your assertions that we can treat what is happening as if this were 1986 or 2010.


Some of you advocate boycotting the media, (FOX news), as a vehicle to deprive them of revenue that keeps them ‘afloat’. I can give examples of how and why that course is no longer effective and that they DO NOT CARE about profits or income from a customer base anymore.

That also applies to Major Sports teams as well who went full woke while demonstrating complete disdain of their own fans while shoving their face in wokeness and anti-Americanism.


You ignore those points at your peril.


If you want to survive what is coming or put a dent in the Communist advance you are going to have to stop seeing and looking at options that are no longer valid and do not apply.


The free market, justice and the Constitution have all been rendered null and void in actual practice.


If you want to survive what is coming – stop thinking and acting like this is 2010 or 2016.


Eating popcorn and sipping a drink while laughing at the Communists, waiting for hubris to sink the enemy is not an option, because they intend to punish, impoverish and kill.


And they just took power.


“The opportunity to secure ourselves against defeat lies in our own hands, but the opportunity of defeating the enemy is provided by the enemy himself.” – Sun Tzu

Featured

It could never happen in America!

A putsch is a secretly plotted and suddenly executed attempt to overthrow a government. We should be grateful that such a traitorous effort to get rid of duly elected leaders could never happen in America.

(Shared from a friend’s page)

A putsch is a secretly plotted and suddenly executed attempt to overthrow a government. We should be grateful that such a traitorous effort to get rid of duly elected leaders could never happen in America.


Thank goodness we’ve avoided events like the Communist putsch in Czechoslovakia in 1948. That happened when the Czech commies failed to seize power through the electoral process and got peevish. It’s unclear if they desired a people’s revolution or life’s finer pleasures like Soviet Almas caviar and liquidation of their political enemies. There must always be a reckoning.


Czechoslovakia’s elections were scheduled for May 1948. But given the proximity of the Soviet Union and its post-revolution people’s bread lines on the eastern border, the commie candidates were unpopular. In February 1948 they decided to skip the election and seize power by force.


A leader of the putsch was Václav Nosek, the head of the federal police. He had been told to fire the commies on the police payroll but did the opposite and hired more instead. Naturally all of this will sound foreign to Americans, who live in a well-managed country with a non-partisan federal bureaucracy staffed by true patriots. Not one of us would believe our federal police would plot against an elected head of state.


The federal police got help from the defense minister, Ludvík Svoboda, a legitimate military hero who had fought in both world wars. He helped by sitting it out. Svoboda confined the non-Communist commanders, about two-thirds of the total, to quarters and placed the units under Communist command on alert.


They were not needed. The commies had planned ahead. Members of revolutionary “action committees” took to the streets to intimidate normal Czechs who, lacking a Second Amendment, found somewhere else to be. Pro-commie armed militia groups gained control of the newspapers. Mobs looted offices of opposition parties. After federal police seized power in Prague, the putsch was complete.


Czechoslovakia’s enlightened new leaders were not terribly kind toward their deplorables. Like our betters today, that era’s Marxists understood that untermenschen must be held accountable for their offenses. Show trials remind everyone who’s the boss. We are fortunate that those could never happen in America.


A Hoover report describes the Czech commies’ regime as “full-scale terror,” adding that its leadership viewed the Catholic Church as “one of its most serious opponents”:


Law 231 of 1948, “for the Protection of the People’s Democratic Republic,” provided a legal fig leaf for the liquidation of opposition. Loss of employment, forcible relocation, assignment to forced labor camps (TNPs), and trials were the lot of thousands. Estimates place the number sentenced to imprisonment at around 230,000, with another 100,000 sent administratively to the TNPs. The use of illegal methods, trials, and terror remained a feature of the regime throughout its existence, but during the first years they reached unusual proportions, leaving no level of society untouched.


Clearly this could never happen here. America in the 21st century is an enlightened nation. We are the land of the free and the home of the brave. We know our military chiefs will follow orders from their commander-in-chief instead of sitting it out if the street commies get frisky during the next few weeks. We are free from the horror of military brass telling their troops not to follow presidential orders.


We know Reddit co-founder Alexis Ohanian was speaking figuratively when telling Time magazine that there is “work that will need to be done to de-radicalize a generation” of Trump supporters. Ex-Twitter CEO Dick Costolo was only wisecracking when endorsing the mass murder of his political enemies.

Saying they were “going to be the first people lined up against the wall and shot in the revolution” was merely a joke. Same with that Democrat operative talking up guillotines. What comedians!


That is why we can trust the results of the presidential election as our betters inform us that Joe Biden must be the winner. After all, our legacy media elites have reassured us that they are in charge of this process. They are neutral and unbiased, much like social media companies. Thankfully police are empowered to quell violent protests.


We have veteran election officials who would never award Biden an extra 100,000 votes and claim it was a typo. They would not invalidate ballots because Trump voters used a sharpie or confuse 86 percent with 98 percent in crucial states. Michael Anton’s fears, in an article published two months ago, that the Democrats would “produce enough harvested ballots—lawfully or not—to tip close states” after Election Day will never come to pass.

We should be very grateful that a putsch could never happen in America.

Featured

Worth checking out

How to Download Your Facebook Data (and 6 Surprising Things I Found)
I know a lot of people who enjoy Facebook.
Many security experts either always steered clear of the social network or are currently advocating deleting it.
But now that Facebook has made it so easy to download everything the social network has about me, I went ahead with that process. Perusing the resulting archive, I ran into some surprises, both positive and otherwise.

https://www.pcmag.com/how-to/how-to-download-your-facebook-data-and-6-surprising-things-i-found

Featured

It is time

Patriots… it is time.Soak it all in, remember it, and when you have any righteous means to resist this evil, do so and DO NOT FEEL ANY REMORSE!If you start to feel sorry, just replay all these things that are being done in your mind.Remember all the lies, fraud, theft, knock out games, riots, arson, slander, libel, threats, and the coups…and act accordingly.Don’t let your hand hesitate or your resolve waver one bit.Crush this evil no matter what it takes! Do the deed!“If ye love wealth better than liberty, the tranquility of servitude better than the animating contest of freedom, go home from us in peace. We ask not your counsels or arms. Crouch down and lick the hands which feed you. May your chains set lightly upon you, and may posterity forget that ye were our countrymen.” ― Samuel Adams

Featured

Prayer for Saturday, November 7, 2020.

Jeremiah 25:30-33

30 “As for you, Jeremiah prophesy all these words against them; say to them,

‘Adonai is roaring from on high,

raising his voice from his holy dwelling,

roaring with might against his own habitation,

shouting out loud, like those who tread grapes,

against everyone living on earth.

31

The sound resounds to the ends of the earth,

for Adonai is indicting the nations,

about to pass judgment on all humankind;

the wicked he has handed over to the sword,’

says Adonai.” 32 Thus says Adonai-Tzva’ot:

“Disaster is spreading from nation to nation,

a mighty tempest is being unleashed

from the farthest ends of the earth.”

33

On that day, those killed by Adonai will be strewn

from one end of the earth to the other;

they will not be mourned or gathered or buried,

but will lie on the ground like dung.

Featured

Post Mortem

The ballot box is irrelevant. The Communist Democrats have already told you this, up front and not even hiding it.

After a body dies there is usually an autopsy performed to determine the cause of death. This is my post mortem of the election on last Tuesday.


The election has been compromised; anyone with eyes to see and ears to hear already KNOWS that. they also know the results of this election will not be accepted by the democrats in the instance of a TRUMP victory – they’ve told us plainly that they will NOT concede.


None the less I DID vote – and I DID vote in person. in that way when the shit hits the fan I’ll know that I did everything I could to avoid the unpleasantness – and when I stand before GOD to ask forgiveness I can tell HIM I did all I could to avoid this.


I marvel at what can only be explained as cognitive dissonance and Normalcy Bias.
Did we really think this was going to be just like 4 years ago? Did we really think they were going allow and permit another repeat? The election is already invalid.


If you have been listening to what the Communist/Marxist cabal has been telling us – and connecting the dots and patterns of what they are saying and doing – this election is irrelevant.


They have already deemed themselves the winners and have charged Trump and his supporters with ‘stealing the election’; ‘voter suppression’; ‘criminal intimidation’ and ‘hijacking’.


They have prepped the battlefield of public opinion by exclaiming that Trump will not leave office without using the military to remove him.


Hillary has said that Biden will not concede “under any circumstances” and they will drag this out in the courts until either SCOTUS or the House declares them the winners after months and months of dragging it out.


As such, I’m laughing at the bravado of citing polls as evidence the Left was going to get crushed at the ballot box.


The ballot box is irrelevant. The Communist Democrats have already told you this, up front and not even hiding it.


The chaos you saw them sow in our cities this year – is a macrocosm of what is going to happen with the election results.


They have said so. They have told us so.
The peaceful transition of power, is a thing of a Republic already lost.


May God have mercy on our souls.

Featured

A rant

This government is no longer legitimate nor does it deserve the consent of those it would subjugate rather than govern.

A reminder to the 49%-51% of those who voted for President Donald J Trump and were disenfranchised by the barefaced fraud of this so-called election, a reminder;
“That, to secure these rights, governments are instituted among men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the governed. That, whenever any form of government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the right of the people to alter or to abolish it, and to institute new government, laying its foundation on such principles, and organizing its powers in such form, as to them shall seem most likely to effect their safety and happiness.”
I sincerely doubt that many today would recognize those words, (they are part of the Declaration of Independence), and fewer still will have the testicular fortitude to put into the necessary practice to revivify the basis of our now moribund Republic.
We have gotten soft, apathetic and timid to the point where we, like abused lapdogs will lick the hand of he/she that holds the whip.
This government is no longer legitimate nor does it deserve the consent of those it would subjugate rather than govern. I am disgusted with those who have allowed this travesty to occur and have suborned the sedition and treason up to and including the current sitting President who had the power to change it, but apparently not the will.
To quote Founding Father Samuel Adams; “If ye love wealth better than liberty, the tranquility of servitude better than the animating contest of freedom, go home from us in peace. We ask not your counsels or your arms. Crouch down and lick the hands which feed you. May your chains set lightly upon you, and may posterity forget that you were our countrymen.”

Featured

Shun them!

There can be no argument from either side, however, that there has been real and, most likely permanent harm to businesses, family incomes,and public trust resulting in major damage to the very fabric of our society.

Romans 16:17-18
King James Version

17 Now I beseech you, brethren, mark them which cause divisions and offenses contrary to the doctrine which ye have learned; and avoid them.

18 For they that are such serve not our Lord Jesus Christ, but their own belly; and by good words and fair speeches deceive the hearts of the simple.

Shunning is the act of social rejection, or emotional distancing.

Social rejection occurs when a person or group deliberately avoids association with, and habitually keeps away from an individual or group.
This can be a formal decision by a group, or a less formal group action which will spread to all members of the group as a form of solidarity.

It is a sanction against association, often associated with tightly knit organizations and communities.

Targets of shunning can include persons who have been labeled as apostates, whistleblowers, dissidents, strikebreakers, or anyone the group perceives as a threat or source of conflict.

Social rejection has been established to cause psychological damage and has been categorized as torture or punishment.

Shunning can be broken down into behaviors and practices that seek to accomplish either or both of two primary goals.

  1. To modify the behavior of a member. This approach seeks to influence, encourage, or coerce normative behaviors from members, and may seek to dissuade, provide disincentives for, or to compel avoidance of certain behaviors.

Shunning may include disassociating from a member by other members of the community who are in good standing. It may include more antagonistic psychological behaviors (described below). This approach may be seen as either corrective or punitive (or both) by the group membership or leadership, and may also be intended as a deterrent.

  1. To remove or limit the influence of a member (or former member) over other members in a community. This approach may seek to isolate, to discredit, or otherwise dis-empower such a member, often in the context of actions or positions advocated by that member. For groups with defined membership criteria, especially based on key behaviors or ideological precepts, this approach may be seen as limiting damage to the community or its leadership.

Shunning is usually approved of by the group engaging in the shunning, and usually highly disapproved of by the target of the shunning, resulting in a polarization of views.

Those subject to the practice respond differently, usually depending both on the circumstances of the event, and the nature of the practices being applied. Extreme forms of shunning have damaged some individuals’ psychological and relational health.

In many “civil” societies, kinds of shunning are practiced de facto or de jure, to coerce or avert behaviors or associations deemed unhealthy.

This can include:

*restraining orders or peace bonds (to avoid abusive relationships)
*court injunctions to disassociate (to avoid criminal association or temptation)
*medical or psychological instructing to avoid associating (mask wearing, “social distancing”, quasi-legal orders resulting in penalties and fines or restrictions on access to public facilities)

Shunning is often used as a pejorative term to describe any organizationally mandated disassociation, and has acquired a connotation of abuse and relational aggression. This is due to the sometimes extreme damage caused by its disruption to normal relationships between individuals, such as friendships and family relations. Disruption of established relationships certainly causes pain, which is at least an unintended consequence of the practices described here, though it may also in many cases be an intended, coercive consequence. This pain, especially when seen as unjustly inflicted, can have secondary general psychological effects on self-worth and self-confidence, trust and trustworthiness, and can, as with other types of trauma, impair psychological function.

Shunning often involves implicit or explicit shame for a member who commits acts seen as wrong by the group or its leadership. Such shame may not be psychologically damaging if the membership is voluntary and the rules of behavior were clear before the person joined. However, if the rules are arbitrary, if the group membership is seen as essential for personal security, safety, or health, or if the application of the rules is inconsistent, such shame can be highly destructive. This can be especially damaging if perceptions are attacked or controlled, or certain tools of psychological pressure applied. Extremes of this cross over the line into psychological torture and can be permanently scarring.

A key detrimental effect of some of the practices associated with shunning relate to their effect on relationships, especially family relationships. At its extremes, the practices may destroy marriages, break up families, and separate children and their parents. The effect of shunning can be very dramatic or even devastating on the shunned, as it can damage or destroy the shunned member’s closest familial, spousal, social, emotional, and economic bonds.

Shunning contains aspects of what is known as relational aggression in psychological literature. When used by church members and member-spouse parents against excommunicant parents it contains elements of what psychologists call parental alienation. Extreme shunning may cause traumas to the shunned (and to their dependents) similar to what is studied in the psychology of torture.

Shunning is also a mechanism in family estrangement.

Since early this year there has been a concerted effort through social pressures by “experts” and questionable restrictions of personal freedom by local officials, to, in effect, shun those who either can not or will not succumb to the mandate to wear masks, socially distance or coerce others to do so in public places. There has been
a palpable and distinctive split in the citizenry between those who believe the ever changing explanations justifying these somewhat Draconian measure, resorting to virtue signalling and attempts at public shaming of others and those who believe that the decision should be an individual one.

There can be no argument from either side, however, that there has been real and, most likely permanent harm to businesses, family incomes,and public trust resulting in major damage to the very fabric of our society. It is unlikely that even should this official overreach and social shunning of “non-maskers” cease tomorrow that the damage will be repaired soon, if ever.

There is no easy answer or magic action that can undo the damage. Those who have been shunned have little recourse except to band together and return the shunning. Refuse to patronize businesses that enforce the shunning of non-maskers. Work to replace those politicians who have exercised a power they had no right to exercise.Attempts to dispassionately reason with unreasonable people has proven to be a non-starter. The time has come to fight fire with fire and fight shunning by shunning those who have excluded us in return.

The argument will be made that innocent people will be hurt. I say there are no innocent people in this. There are either those who have promoted and enforced the shunning or those who have passively accepted it. In this case, you are either with us or you are against us. There is no middle ground here, there is no compromise…and the other side drew first blood.

Featured

True or Woo?

The endgame

We are rapidly approaching the mother of all tests. If Joe Biden wins as predicted by all the polls and all the mainstream media, will have to conclude that the “white hats” spoken of were at best a morale boosting farce. If on the other hand, Donald Trump wins, even the most dedicated skeptics will have to admit that the “Qanons” were more reliable than the entire mainstream media.

And if “the storm” begins, everyone will be forced to acknowledge that the “Q anons” were the real thing from the beginning.

Item: a Q post from 2017 contains some intriguing dates. People assumed at the time of the reference was to November 4, 2017. However, in retrospect, it is clear that the year was never specified and “the next several days” does not refer to the time of the post, but the time of the predicted events.

“My fellow Americans, over the course of the next several days you will undoubtedly realize that we are taking back our country, (the land of the free), from the evil tyrants that wish to do us harm and destroy the last remaining refuge of shining lights.

By order of the President of the United States, we have initiated certain fail-safes that shall safeguard the public from the primary fallout that is slated to occur on 11-3 upon the arrest announcement of Mr. Podesta, (actionable 11-4). Confirmation, (to the public), of what is occurring will then be revealed and will not be openly accepted.

Public riots are being organized in serious numbers in an effort to prevent the arrest and capture of more senior public officials.

On order of the President of the United States, a state of temporary military control will be actions and special ops carried out. False leaks have been made to retain several within the confines of the United States to present extradition and special operator necessity.

Rest assured, the safety and well-being of every man, woman, and child of this country is being exhausted and full. However, the atmosphere within the country will, unfortunately, be divided as so many have fallen for the corrupt and evil narrative that has long been broadcast.

We will be initiating the emergency broadcast system, (EMS), during this time in an effort to provide a direct message, (avoiding the fake news), to all citizens.

Organizations and/or people that wish to do us harm during this time will be met with swift fury-certain laws have been pre-lifted to provide our great military the necessary authority to handle and conduct these operations, (at home and abroad).”

News item: “the National Guard has deployed across 12 states.”

News item: Maurice Johnson announces a month-long national lock-down of England.

News item: France is now in a new national lock-down that will last at least a month.

News item: Swiss authorities have suggested that another nationwide lock-down is an inevitability.

I strongly suspect that the new European lock-downs, which are being instituted despite the fact that there has not been a significant increase in the number of new cases, the hospitals are not overloaded, the number of deaths is not increasing rapidly, and the number of patients are observably less seriously ill than they were during the previous lock-downs, are related to the coming events rather than to a 2nd wave of coronavirus.

May you live in interesting times.

Featured

Reflection on election

A song written by “Crowded House” front man, Niel Finn and release in 1986, pretty much sums up my thoughts n today’s Presidential election.

There is freedom without

Try to catch the deluge in a paper cup

There’s a battle ahead

Many battles are lost

But you’ll never see the end of the road

While you’re traveling with me

Hey now, Hey now

Don’t dream it’s over

Hey now, Hey now

When the world comes in

They come, they come

To build a wall between us

We know they won’t win

WWG1WGA

Featured

You say you want a revolution-Part deux

Some here may not know that roughly 70’ish days ago, on or about the peak of rioting and anarchy, the top military and civilian government officials, meet several times to consider whether to advise Donald Trump to activate the insurrection act option. The military was strongly opposed to this action, at that time. It was decided to hold off till after the November 3’rd election, to “better” view want might be necessary.

You say you want a revolution? Part Deux

Insurrection

A rising or rebellion of citizens against their government, usually manifested by acts of violence.

Under federal law, it is a crime to incite, assist, or engage in such conduct against the United States.

West’s Encyclopedia of American Law, edition 2. Copyright 2008 The Gale Group, Inc. All rights reserved.

INSURRECTION. A rebellion of citizens or subjects of a country against its government.

2. The Constitution of the United States, art. 1, s. 8. gives power to congress ” to provide for calling forth the militia to execute the laws of the Union, suppress insurrections, and repel invasions.”

3. By the act of Congress of the 28th of February, 1795, 1 Story’s L. U. S. 389, it is provided: Sec. 1. That whenever the United States shall be invaded, or be in imminent danger of invasion, from any foreign nation or Indian tribe, it shall be lawful for the president of the United States to call forth such number, of the militia of the state, or states, most convenient to the place of danger, or scene of action, as he may judge necessary to repel such invasion, and to issue his orders, for that purpose, to such officer or officers of the militia as be shall think proper. And in case of an insurrection in any state, against the government thereof, it shall be lawful for the president of the United States, on application of the legislature of such state, or of the executive, (when the legislature cannot be convened,) to call forth such number of the militia of any other state or states, as may be applied for, as he may judge sufficient to suppress such insurrection.

4.-2 That, whenever the laws of the United States shall be opposed, or the execution thereof obstructed, in any state, by combinations too powerful to be suppressed by the ordinary course of judicial proceedings, or by the powers vested in the marshals by this act, it shall be lawful for the president of the United States to call forth the militia of such state, or of any other state or states, as may be necessary to suppress such combinations, and to cause the laws to be duly executed; and the use of militia so to be called forth may be continued, if necessary, until the expiration of thirty days after the commencement of the then next session of congress.

5.-3. That whenever it may be necessary, in the judgment of the president, to use the military force hereby directed to be called forth, the president shall forthwith, by proclamation, command such insurgents to disperse, and retire peaceably to their respective abodes, within a limited time.

The Insurrection Act gives U.S. presidents the authority to deploy active duty military to maintain or restore peace in times of crisis. The Insurrection Act was invoked numerous times in the 20th century, most famously when Dwight D. Eisenhower sent the 101st Airborne Division to enforce the desegregation of public schools in Little Rock, Arkansas.

But the origins of the Insurrection Act date back more than 200 years to a bizarre chapter in American history—when Aaron Burr plotted to raise an army and establish his own dynasty in either the Louisiana Territory or Mexico.

Burr, a decorated Revolutionary War officer and senator from New York, served as vice president during Thomas Jefferson’s first term. Burr had grand political aspirations, but they were dashed after he killed his rival Alexander Hamilton in a duel in 1804.

The details of Burr’s plot were never clear, but it involved mustering an army to invade Mexico under the pretense of a war with Spain, and then keeping the conquered land for himself. Burr thought he had an ally in General James Wilkenson, commander of the U.S. Army and first governor of the Louisiana Territory, but when rumors of Burr’s plot leaked into the newspapers, Wilkenson turned on his co-conspirator.

In a letter sent on October 21, 1806, Wilkenson spilled the details of the plot to Jefferson without mentioning Burr by name. But Jefferson had already grown concerned enough about Burr’s strange activities that Jefferson had sent his own letter to Secretary of State James Madison asking if the Constitution granted him authority to deploy the army to stop a rebellion.

General James Wilkinson, the Insurrection Act

In his reply, Madison said no. “It does not appear that regular Troops can be employed, under any legal provision against. insurrections,” wrote Madison, “but only against. expeditions having foreign Countries for the object.”

Both Jefferson and Madison were strict interpreters of the Constitution and wouldn’t dare exercise authority that wasn’t explicitly written in the founding document, so they needed to convince Congress to give Jefferson that power. And to do that, they first needed proof of Burr’s conspiracy. That’s where Wilkenson’s letter comes in.

“Jefferson was looking for a legitimate source of authority on Burr’s plot and he was willing to believe Wilkenson, even though historians suggest that Jefferson knew darn well that Wilkenson was a liar with his own suspect reputation,” says John Fea, a history professor at Messiah College. “But Jefferson needed a source to move the gears to try to stop Burr, who was his biggest fear.”

Armed with Wilkenson’s “proof,” Jefferson issued a proclamation on November 27, 1806 that laid out the plot and enjoined all military officers, both state and federal, to “to be vigilant… in searching out and bringing to condign punishment all persons engaged or concerned in such enterprise, in seizing and detaining, subject to the disposition of the law, all vessels, arms, military stores, or other means provided or providing for the same, and, in general, in preventing the carrying on such expedition or enterprise by all lawful means within their power.”

“Jefferson essentially puts a bounty on Burr’s head,” says Fea, and within weeks, an Ohio militia seized boats belonging to Burr’s ragtag army and raided a private island on the Ohio River that served as a military encampment.

But Burr evaded capture and rumors continued to swirl that he was recruiting soldiers en route to the Louisiana Territory and soliciting help from Britain to establish his spinoff nation in the West. Jefferson still refused to deploy the standing U.S. Army to track down Burr and quash the rebellion once and for all, a reticence that was mocked by his political enemies, the Federalists.

“Jefferson, to his credit, says I’m not going to act unless the Constitution says I can act,” says Fea. “The Federalists take a much broader view of the Constitution. If the Constitution doesn’t outright condemn it, then it’s OK.”

Jefferson stuck to his principles and in December of 1806 asked Congress to pass a bill “authorising the emploiment of the land or Naval forces of the US. in cases of insurrection.” This legislation, known as the Insurrection Act, would take another three months to become law. When it was finally signed on March 3, 1807, Aaron Burr had already been in custody for 11 days.

“The Insurrection Act was last invoked in 1992 under President George H.W. Bush, after Peter Wilson, then-governor of California, requested help to quell widespread riots after four police officers charged in the beating of Rodney King were acquitted.

In 2005, after Hurricane Katrina devastated Louisiana and the Gulf Coast, President George W. Bush explored expanding the Insurrection Act to place command of the region’s National Guard under federal control. Ultimately, Bush declined to invoke the act, although it was eventually amended in 2006 to broaden the scope under which the president may act under the law.”

Some here may not know that roughly 70’ish days ago, on or about the peak of rioting and anarchy, the top military and civilian government officials, meet several times to consider whether to advise Donald Trump to activate the insurrection act option. The military was strongly opposed to this action, at that time. It was decided to hold off till after the November 3’rd election, to “better” view want might be necessary.

They were talking about instantly arresting specific Governors of States, and Mayor’s of several cities, and their city council members supporting the Rioting, Anarchy, and declaration of intent to “Burn” America down. There was actually talk that they could be held for treason, given that part of their oath of office, includes upholding the Constitution of the United States of America.

I actually think this shocked some city and state leaders, to the level they pooped themselves in true fear……and they stopped the rioting almost instantly.

The “Brown shirt” faction of the Democrat party has already spoken about civil unrest should President Trump be reelected. There is no reason to believe that they are any less serious about these actions than they were about the riots in Minneapolis, Portland and Seattle.

If a Declaration of Insurrection is declared in 2020 or early 2021, I expect broad impact on day to day life… and should the civil unrest begin on, or just after November 3rd, I expect a declaration to happen on November 6’th or shortly after that.

Featured

Something wicked this way comes

Just as this Covid wave 2 thing is kicking off, it sounds like someone is trying to maximize fear and system saturation while creating a health care bottleneck by reducing availability and efficiency.

The FBI and federal agencies say a major ransomware assault threatens the U.S. healthcare system. The attack has hobbled at least four hospitals and could impact hundreds more.

Just as this Covid wave 2 thing is kicking off, it sounds like someone is trying to maximize fear and system saturation while creating a health care bottleneck by reducing availability and efficiency.

Ever go to the doctor when their system is down?

“By the pricking of my thumbs,Something wicked this way comes.”
-Macbeth act 4, scene 1

Featured

Ten Great Deceptions Designed to Destroy the Republic-CONTINUED

There are at least 10 major lies that are now so ubiquitous that most people never question them. We will list them over the next 5 days leading up to the election

In the last ten years or so it has become increasingly evident that you are either believing what the left (or the diet pill manufacturer) is saying or you are paying attention to reality.

There are at least 10 major lies that are now so ubiquitous that most people never question them. We will list them over the next 5 days leading up to the election:

Lie #9 – God’s A Crutch for the Unsophisticated
Anything is permissible because there is no God. And if, just if, there is a God, He’s just plain mean and doesn’t deserve our obedience. In the post-Disney age, not being nice is the greatest sin of all. This lie is, in my opinion, the crux of the matter, because it makes all the other lies possible.

Lie #10 – If It’s On Television, It’s True
They wouldn’t lie, would they? Wish it were so. Marketing, and corporate-subsidized news networks, are all about spin. Truth is never paramount. I mean, what good would it do to spend millions of dollars coaxing the public to buy a product that’s “kinda okay?” It has to be subliminally attached to a need that drives us to make purchases that are irrational. Lying is breathing in marketing. One of the most egregious lies I’ve ever seen: Ali Velshi, in an MSNBC report ,) is standing in front of a burning police precinct claiming the riots were just protests and not really “unruly.”

The Pill Bug Effect: The Anti-Lie Instinct
Here’s what lying does: It eventually kills us. There’s something I’ve noticed about healthy people no matter their culture of origin. When exposed to a noxious substance, they instinctively recoil. I call it The Pill Bug Effect. (They’re those critters in the soil that roll into little balls if you touch them. They don’t like us.) It’s a sane and natural response to the appropriate stimuli. It promotes survival. When it ceases to exist, so—eventually—does the organism. Even when the organism is a nation-state. And that means: When you lie to yourself enough, when you fail to recoil from noxious agents, when you no longer see good for good or bad for bad, when you cannot face the truth, you are facing your own end. Ignore it at your own peril.

Next Tuesday, November 3rd, vote as though your life depends on it because it does.

Scripture for today:

Proverbs 8:7

For my mouth shall speak truth; and wickedness is an abomination to my lips.

Featured

4th estate or 5th column

Twitter has shut down a newspaper’s account (The NY Post) because it is reporting things Twitter does not think you should hear, and that the entire mainstream media support this corporate censorship of the press, likewise gets a shrug if not applause.

Doesn’t it seem kind of weird that the biggest corruption scandal in American history is entirely AWOL from the mainstream media? No? Exactly. I’m not surprised either and that may be the scariest thing about this unprecedented flex toward soft totalitarianism.

Here’s the strangest part of the unanimous mainstream media blackout of the outrages of the Biden Crime Clan. It’s that we aren’t more shocked. Imagine ten years ago if someone told you that all the mainstream media outlets would give a full and complete pass to a presidential candidate in October whose brat was there in black and white hustling influence and dollars from foreigners (let’s not even get into what’s there in full and atrocious color). We all knew the media was garbage back then, but if someone told us that the media outlets would conspire and consciously decide to jointly to refuse to report on it (except in the vaguest “GOP Pounces!” terms) we would think he was nuts. Why, they would be all over it.

Fast forward to 2020 and that’s exactly what has happened (aided by giant corporations who own the social media platforms) and we’re like “Oh, yeah, figures.” And that Twitter has shut down a newspaper’s account (The NY Post) because it is reporting things Twitter does not think you should hear, and that the entire mainstream media support this corporate censorship of the press, likewise gets a shrug if not applause.

This should shock the hell out of us. But no one is surprised.

Yeah, I’m sure the short-term advantage in this election gained at the cost of any remaining shreds of credibility will be totally worth it for the media in the long run. When that mean old Trump is gone, things will totally go back to normal.

No. No they won’t.

Look, I hate the mainstream media and would detonate it like Eniwetok Atoll given the chance, but nothing I could ever do could even approach inflicting the damage upon it that the mainstream media has inflicted upon itself.

The clock is ticking. Support great conservative candidates who can win back purple seats.

Featured

Ten Great Deceptions Designed to Destroy the Republic-CONTINUED

There are at least 10 major lies that are now so ubiquitous that most people never question them. We will list them over the next 5 days leading up to the election

In the last ten years or so it has become increasingly evident that you are either believing what the left (or the diet pill manufacturer) is saying or you are paying attention to reality.

There are at least 10 major lies that are now so ubiquitous that most people never question them. We will list them over the next 5 days leading up to the election:

Lie #7 – The Lie of the Mask

Remember The Minority Report in which “criminals” are prosecuted before they’ve committed a crime? Welcome to the machine. Because it’s all about potential, proof is not necessary, but we all need to be afraid. Very afraid. If it isn’t the end of all life with climate changes, it’s a virus that will end yours soon if you don’t wear the solidarity mask even if you have no symptoms. In this version of leftist Utopia, we are faceless disease vectors, quarantined forever in pursuit of an impossible level of safety.

Lie #8 – Money Solves Everything

Housing projects are the answer to poverty and poverty is society’s greatest ill (as if some of our greatest citizens weren’t poor and many of our worst criminals weren’t rich). It is a monstrous lie as anyone who lives within 50 miles of a major city can attest. (See Thomas Sowell’s piece A Legacy of Liberalism.) This is the lie that decimates community.

Scripture for today:

Isaiah 32:17

And the work of righteousness shall be peace; and the effect of righteousness quietness and assurance forever.

Continued tomorrow.

Featured

#US History

It is sad that as citizens we no longer know the history of our Republic, it is sadder that the media has forfeited it’s role as truth-teller and public watchdog to become partisan advocates

What U.S. President(s). who after losing his presidential election, nominated a Supreme Court Justice. (The Justice was confirmed.)

JOHN ADAMS lost the presidential election of 1800. He nominated his Secretary of State, John Marshall to the Supreme Court to fill Chief Justice Oliver Ellsworth’s position. Ellsworth had resigned in late 1800, due to poor health and Justice John Jay did not accept President John Adams’ appointment. Adams decided to nominate his Secretary of State John Marshall.

The Lame Duck Congress was not happy about the appointment, but they did confirm John Marshall about a week after his nomination. Chief Justice John Marshall went on to serve on the Supreme Court for 34 years, which is the longest time a Chief Justice has served.

MARTIN VAN BUREN nominated Peter Vivian Daniel on February 26, 1841. Van Buren lost the 1840 election and left office on March 4, 1841. Although the nomination was made only about a week before Van Buren left office and the Whig Party Senators strongly opposed the nomination, Peter Vivian Daniel was confirmed on March 2.

BENJAMIN HARRISON also nominated a Supreme Court Justice after Harrison lost his election in 1892. Howell Edmunds Jackson was nominated on February 2,1893. He was confirmed on February 18.

***Sidenote- remember those U.S. Presidents were inaugurated on March 4.

JOHN TYLER, and RUTHERFORD HAYES did not run for second terms, but did nominate Supreme Court Justices at the end of their terms. Those Justices were confirmed.

It is sad that as citizens we no longer know the history of our Republic, it is sadder that the media has forfeited it’s role as truth-teller and public watchdog to become partisan advocates, but it is saddest of all that our elected officials who are charged with the preservation, protection and defense of our Republic no longer know, (or, for the most part even care), about what they are supposedly servants of.

Featured

Ten Great Deceptions Designed to Destroy the Republic-CONTINUED

There are at least 10 major lies that are now so ubiquitous that most people never question them. We will list them over the next 5 days leading up to the election

In the last ten years or so it has become increasingly evident that you are either believing what the left (or the diet pill manufacturer) is saying or you are paying attention to reality.

There are at least 10 major lies that are now so ubiquitous that most people never question them. We will list them over the next 5 days leading up to the election:

Lie #5 – Biology is an Illusion
There are no true genders; only states of mind. After 35 years in clinical practice, after hearing just about everything noble, demented, or delusional, this still astounds me. Have you ever had a conversation with someone speaking “word salad?” This is it. And the ultimate goal of this lie? The elimination of the family and the stable, present father.


Lie #6 – If you Love America, You’ll Destroy It
Violence means “I love you.” This is the core BLM deception. Because they care so very much, they are driven mad by normal citizens who are minding their own business, so mad they are compelled to burn down stores, attack you while you’re dining out, break into cars, set fire to your home, and tear down historic landmarks. This lie strikes me as particularly interesting since they also claim to be the advocates of minority’s, women’s and children’s rights. “I hit you ‘cuz I love you” is the excuse of every single narcissistic abuser I’ve ever met.

Scripture for today:

Isaiah 32:17

And the work of righteousness shall be peace; and the effect of righteousness quietness and assurance forever.

Continued tomorrow.

Featured

Ten Great Deceptions Designed to Destroy the Republic- CONTINUED

There are at least 10 major lies that are now so ubiquitous that most people never question them. We will list them over the next 5 days leading up to the election

In the last ten years or so it has become increasingly evident that you are either believing what the left (or the diet pill manufacturer) is saying or you are paying attention to reality.

There are at least 10 major lies that are now so ubiquitous that most people never question them. We will list them over the next 5 days leading up to the election:

Lie #3 – Utopia is Possible

Perfection is possible if we just…make solar powered air planes, dump Trump, make everyone wear masks forever. The list goes on and on and is a direct result of the Madison Avenue spin machine. Whatever ails you, we’ve got PRODUCT X. And if you’re a millennial, now you can have it all on someone else’ dime. Just ask Bernie. But whatever you do, don’t look at the facts, especially in Venezuela.

Lie #4 – Death is Avoidable and You Can Feel Safe Forever…

…if you do the right (sic: party-approved) things and take the prescribed chemical cocktails. So anything that keeps you youthful and sexually active is good, no matter what. Do I really need to elaborate on this one?

Scripture for today:

Proverbs 28:15

As a roaring lion, and a raging bear; so is a wicked ruler over the poor people.

Continued tomorrow.

Featured

Ten Great Deceptions Designed to Destroy the Republic

There are at least 10 major lies that are now so ubiquitous that most people never question them. We will list them over the next 5 days leading up to the election.

In the last ten years or so it has become increasingly evident that you are either believing what the left (or the diet pill manufacturer) is saying or you are paying attention to reality.

There are at least 10 major lies that are now so ubiquitous that most people never question them. We will list them over the next 5 days leading up to the election:

Lie #1 – Truth is Relative

In the leftist handbook, truth is a function of feeling. This may be the greatest deception ever perpetrated on humanity since Pilate asked, “What is truth?” Yet, for so many of the academically indoctrinated, this is the fulcrum of their philosophical worldview and the secret source of their smugness.

Lie #2 – Abortion is Personal

There is no “other” in the womb, no independent life. This has become so embedded in leftist ideology that abortion has become the banner issue in nearly every election over the last 60 years. In a conversation with a friend with very progressive leanings (he needs the money), abortion came up. I questioned him about partial-birth murders and he said, “That hardly ever happens.” Really? As if one baby homicide were okay? The more irrational the argument, the more ingrained the original lie. Little lives apparently don’t matter.

Scripture for today:

Job 34:30

That the hypocrite should not reign, Lest the people be ensnared.

Continued tomorrow.

Featured

DARK WINTER

the fallout from the coronavirus pandemic bears an eerie resemblance to the simulation: leaders hampered by an inability to address a crisis they hadn’t foreseen

Joe Biden warned at Thursday night’s presidential debate that the U.S. was “about to go into a dark winter,” echoing the concerns of public health experts who caution about increased daily Covid-19 case counts converging with the annual flu season.

“We’re about to go into a dark winter. A dark winter,” Biden said. “And he has no clear plan, and there’s no prospect that there’s going to be a vaccine available for the majority of the American people before the middle of next year.”

On June 22, 2001, a group of well-known U.S. officials and a handful of senior policymakers gathered at Andrews Air Force Base in Maryland for a senior-level exercise that simulated a biological weapons attack—an outbreak of deadly smallpox—on the United States. Designed by the Johns Hopkins Center for Civilian Biodefense Strategies (now called the Center for Health Security) and the Washington-based Center for Strategic and International Studies (CSIS), the day-and-a-half-long “Dark Winter” simulation was conducted to gauge how senior leaders would respond to such an attack and included such high-level participants as Sen. Sam Nunn (who played the president), former White House advisor David Gergen (the national security advisor), and the retired career diplomat Frank Wisner (the secretary of state).

Dark Winter (which stipulates a smallpox attack by an unknown assailant) is not COVID-19 (a disease inadvertently spread by human contact), of course. But the fallout from the coronavirus pandemic bears an eerie resemblance to the simulation: leaders hampered by an inability to address a crisis they hadn’t foreseen (“We’d have been much more comfortable with a terrorist bombing,” Nunn later said in congressional testimony); national decision-making driven by data and expertise from the medical and public health sectors; management options limited by the swift and unpredictable spread of the disease (and a limited stockpile of vaccines); a health care system that lacks the surge capacity to deal with mass casualties; increased tensions between state and federal authorities; the rapid spread of misinformation on cures and treatments for the outbreak (the only way to treat smallpox is to not get it); the difficulty of controlling unpredicted flights of civilians from infected areas; domestic turmoil sparked by political uncertainty (with sporadic rioting—quelled by National Guard units—in large urban areas as grocery stores are shuttered); and an increasing reliance on the willingness (and unwillingness) of individual citizens to self-quarantine to stop the spread of the contagion.

The Dark Winter exercise ended on the second day of the simulation after three long sessions—and purposely without resolution.

Well. this was almost 20 years ago and, it seems, not much has changed… or has it?

Naming a new virus or disease after a location is now generally frowned upon because of the potential stigma it can create, so we’ll see if the name “Alaskapox” actually sticks to this relatively new poxvirus that was first reported in 2015 in a person in Alaska, and has now been reported for a second time in August 2020.
A genetic analysis of the Alaskapox virus showed it’s a member of the Orthopoxvirus genus, which includes a wide range of poxviruses such as smallpox, monkeypox and cowpox. Some poxviruses are very host-specific, meaning they only infect one species, like smallpox which infects only people. Some are more promiscuous, living in a reservoir species but spilling over into other species, as we see with cowpox and monkeypox that infect both animals and people.

That was the end of the story until another case of Alaskapox was identified in August 2020. It was pretty similar story to the first case: a person in Fairbanks went to their doctor because of a strange skin lesion, along with fatigue and fever, and Alaskapox was once again identified. As before, there was no apparent transmission to human contacts, and her infection resolved by itself after about a month.

Genetically the virus seems to have recombined (i.e. swapped DNA) with ectromelia virus (a mouse poxvirus) at some point in the past. All these factors suggest that an animal, most likely a rodent, is the reservoir, and that people are sporadically infected from direct or indirect contact with infected rodents.

In the grand scheme of emerging diseases, a rodent-associated virus that causes rare and mild infection in people isn’t a big deal. However, this IS 2020, things HAVE had a way of going sideways this year, there WAS a government war game that predicted a bad outcome in 2001 and the named exercise “Dark Winter” WAS used by Biden in the last debate.

Coincidence? …really…???

Featured

The “COVID Dividians”

This is what totalitarians and cult leaders count on, and exploit to implant their narratives in our minds, and why actual initiation rituals (as opposed to purely symbolic rituals) begin by attacking the subject’s mind with terror, pain, physical exhaustion, psychedelic drugs, or some other means of obliterating the subject’s perception of reality.

A totalitarian cult is happening to most of our societies right now. An official narrative is being implemented. A totalitarian official narrative. A totally psychotic official narrative, no less delusional than that of the Nazis, or the Manson family, or any other cult.

Most people cannot see that it is happening, for the simple reason that it is happening to them. They are literally unable to recognize it. The human mind is extremely resilient and inventive when it is pushed past its limits. Ask anyone who has struggled with psychosis or has taken too much LSD. We do not recognize when we are going insane. When reality falls apart completely, the mind will create a delusional narrative, which appears just as “real” as our normal reality, because even a delusion is better than the stark raving terror of utter chaos.

This is what totalitarians and cult leaders count on, and exploit to implant their narratives in our minds, and why actual initiation rituals (as opposed to purely symbolic rituals) begin by attacking the subject’s mind with terror, pain, physical exhaustion, psychedelic drugs, or some other means of obliterating the subject’s perception of reality. Once that is achieved, and the subject’s mind starts desperately trying to construct a new narrative to make sense out of the cognitive chaos and psychological trauma it is undergoing, it is relatively easy to “guide” that process and implant whatever narrative you want, assuming you have done your homework.

And this is why so many people — people who are able to easily recognize totalitarianism in cults and foreign countries — cannot perceive the totalitarianism that is taking shape now, right in front of their faces (or, rather, right inside their minds). Nor can they perceive the delusional nature of the official “Covid-19” narrative, no more than those in Nazi Germany were able to perceive how completely delusional their official “master race” narrative was.

Such people are neither ignorant nor stupid. They have been successfully initiated into a cult, which is essentially what totalitarianism is, albeit on a societal scale.

Their initiation into the Covidian Cult began in January, when the medical authorities and corporate media turned on The Fear with projections of hundreds of millions of deaths and fake photos of people dropping dead in the streets. The psychological conditioning has continued for months. The global masses have been subjected to a constant stream of propaganda, manufactured hysteria, wild speculation, conflicting directives, exaggerations, lies, and tawdry theatrical effects. Lock-downs. Emergency field hospitals and morgues. The singing-dancing NHS staff. Death trucks. Overflowing ICUs. Dead Covid babies. Manipulated statistics. Goon squads. Masks. And all the rest of it.

Ten months later, here we are. The Head of the Health Emergencies Program at the WHO has basically confirmed an IFR of 0.14%, approximately the same as the seasonal flu. And here are the latest survival rate estimates from the Center for Disease Control:

• Age 0-19 … 99.997%

• Age 20-49 … 99.98%

• Age 50-69 … 99.5%

• Age 70+ … 94.6%

The “science” argument is officially over. An increasing number of doctors and medical experts are breaking ranks and explaining how the current mass hysteria over “cases” (which now includes perfectly healthy people) is essentially meaningless propaganda, for example, in a segment on ARD, one of the big mainstream German TV channels.

And then there is the existence of Sweden, and other countries which are not playing ball with the official Covid-19 narrative, which makes a mockery of the ongoing hysteria.

Which does not matter in the least, not to the members of the Covidian Cult. Facts do not matter to totalitarians and cult members. What matters is loyalty to the cult or the party.

Which means we have a serious problem, those of us to whom facts still matter, and who have been trying to use them to convince the Covidian cultists that they are wrong about the virus … for going on eight months at this point.

While it is crucial to continue reporting the facts and sharing them with as many people as possible — which is becoming increasingly difficult due to the censorship of alternative and social media — it is important to accept what we are up against. What we are up against is not a misunderstanding or a rational argument over scientific facts. It is a fanatical ideological movement. A global totalitarian movement … the first of its kind in human history.

It isn’t national totalitarianism, because we’re living in a global capitalist empire, which isn’t ruled by nation-states, but rather, by supranational entities and the global capitalist system itself. And thus, the cult/culture paradigm has been inverted. Instead of the cult existing as an island within the dominant culture, the cult has become the dominant culture, and those of us who have not joined the cult have become the isolated islands within it.

I wish I could be more optimistic, and maybe offer some sort of plan of action, but the only historical parallel I can think of is how Christianity “converted” the pagan world … which doesn’t really bode so well for us. While you’re sitting at home during the “second wave” lock-downs, you might want to brush up on that history.

Featured

Cult following

the cult leader’s nonsensical gibberish is not as nonsensical as it may seem at first. Most of us, upon encountering such gibberish, assume that the cult leader is trying to communicate, and that something is very wrong with his brain. The cult leader isn’t trying to communicate. He is trying to disorient and control the listener’s mind.

One of the hallmarks of totalitarianism is mass conformity to a psychotic official narrative. Not a regular official narrative, like the “Cold War” or the “War on Terror” narratives. A totally delusional official narrative that has little or no connection to reality and that is contradicted by a preponderance of facts.

Nazism and Stalinism are the classic examples, but the phenomenon is better observed in cults and other sub-cultural societal groups. Numerous examples will spring to mind: the Manson family, Jim Jones’ People’s Temple, the Church of Scientology, Heavens Gate, etc., each with its own psychotic official narrative: Helter Skelter, Christian Communism, Xenu and the Galactic Confederacy, and so on.

Looking in from the dominant culture (or back through time in the case of the Nazis), the delusional nature of these official narratives is glaringly obvious to most rational people. What many people fail to understand is that to those who fall prey to them (whether individual cult members or entire totalitarian societies) such narratives do not register as psychotic. On the contrary, they feel entirely normal. Everything in their social “reality” reifies and reaffirms the narrative, and anything that challenges or contradicts it is perceived as an existential threat.

These narratives are invariably paranoid, portraying the cult as threatened or persecuted by an evil enemy or antagonistic force which only unquestioning conformity to the cult’s ideology can save its members from. It makes little difference whether this antagonist is mainstream culture, body thetans, counter-revolutionaries, Jews, or a virus. The point is not the identity of the enemy. The point is the atmosphere of paranoia and hysteria the official narrative generates, which keeps the cult members (or the society) compliant.

In addition to being paranoid, these narratives are often internally inconsistent, illogical, and … well, just completely ridiculous. This does not weaken them, as one might suspect. Actually, it increases their power, as it forces their adherents to attempt to reconcile their inconsistency and irrationality, and in many cases utter absurdity, in order to remain in good standing with the cult. Such reconciliation is of course impossible, and causes the cult members’ minds to short circuit and abandon any semblance of critical thinking, which is precisely what the cult leader wants.

Moreover, cult leaders will often radically change these narratives for no apparent reason, forcing their cult members to abruptly forswear (and often even denounce as “heresy”) the beliefs they had previously been forced to profess, and behave as if they had never believed them, which causes their minds to further short circuit, until they eventually give up even trying to think rationally, and just mindlessly parrot whatever nonsensical gibberish the cult leader fills their heads with.

Also, the cult leader’s nonsensical gibberish is not as nonsensical as it may seem at first. Most of us, upon encountering such gibberish, assume that the cult leader is trying to communicate, and that something is very wrong with his brain. The cult leader isn’t trying to communicate. He is trying to disorient and control the listener’s mind. Listen to Charlie Manson “rapping.” Not just to what he says, but how he says it. Note how he sprinkles bits of truth into his stream of free-associated nonsense, and his repetitive use of thought-terminating clichés.

“The language of the totalist environment is characterized by the thought-terminating cliché. The most far-reaching and complex of human problems are compressed into brief, highly selective, definitive-sounding phrases, easily memorized and easily expressed. They become the start and finish of any ideological analysis.” — Thought Reform and the Psychology of Totalism: : A Study of “Brainwashing” in China, 1961
If all this sounds familiar, good. Because the same techniques that most cult leaders use to control the minds of the members of their cults are used by totalitarian systems to control the minds of entire societies: Milieu Control, Loaded Language, Sacred Science, Demand for Purity, and other standard mind-control techniques. It can happen to pretty much any society, just as anyone can fall prey to a cult, given the right set of circumstances.

We will explore how this is currently being implemented by the “Covid Dividians” in tomorrow’s post.

Featured

A History Lesson

The Bolsheviks, led by Vladimir Lenin, came to power in October 1917 and established the Russian Soviet Republic. Five months later, they signed the Treaty of Brest-Litovsk with Germany, which formally ended the war on the Eastern Front.

In March 1917, after the abdication of Russian Tsar Nicholas II and the formation of a provisional democratic government in Russia, the U.S. entered World War I. The U.S. government declared war on the German Empire in April (and later upon Austria-Hungary) after learning of the former’s attempt to persuade Mexico to join the Central Powers. The Russian Provisional Government, led by Alexander Kerensky, pledged to continue fighting Imperial Germany on the Eastern Front. In return, the U.S. began providing economic and technical support to the Russian provisional government, so they could carry out their military pledge.

The Russian offensive of 18 June 1917 was crushed by a German counteroffensive. The Russian Army was plagued by mutinies and desertions. Allied war materiel still in transit quickly began piling up in warehouses at Arkhangelsk (Archangel) and the ice-free port of Murmansk. Anxious to keep Russia in the war, the Royal Navy established the British North Russia Squadron under Admiral Kemp.

The Bolsheviks, led by Vladimir Lenin, came to power in October 1917 and established the Russian Soviet Republic. Five months later, they signed the Treaty of Brest-Litovsk with Germany, which formally ended the war on the Eastern Front. This allowed the German army to begin redeploying troops to the Western Front, where the depleted British and French armies had not yet been bolstered by the American Expeditionary Force.

Coincidental with the Treaty, Lenin personally pledged that if the Czechoslovak Legion would stay neutral and leave Russia, they would enjoy safe passage through Siberia on their way to join the Allied forces on the Western Front. However, as the 50,000 members of the Legion made their way along the Trans-Siberian Railway to Vladivostok, only half had arrived before the agreement broke down and fighting with the Bolsheviks ensued in May 1918. Also worrisome to the Allied Powers was the fact that in April 1918, a division of German troops had landed in Finland, creating fears they might try to capture the Murman Railway, the strategic port of Murmansk and possibly even the city of Arkhangelsk. It was also feared that large military stores at Archangelsk might fall into unfriendly hands.

The North Russia intervention, also known as the Northern Russian expedition, the Archangel campaign, and the Murman deployment, was part of the Allied intervention in the Russian Civil War after the October Revolution. The intervention brought about the involvement of foreign troops in the Russian Civil War on the side of the White movement. The movement was ultimately defeated, while the Allied forces withdrew from Northern Russia after fighting a number of defensive actions against the Bolsheviks, such as the Battle of Bolshie Ozerki. The campaign lasted from March 1918, during the final months of World War I, to October 1919.

And the true White Russians remember our aid and thank us for our attempt. And wish we had been more effectual.

Featured

You say you want a revolution

“Extremism in defense of liberty is no vice. Moderation in pursuit of justice is no virtue.” – Barry Goldwater.

The Bolsheviks won their initial control because they had two elements: surprise and complete willingness to use extreme measures.

The problem is that in general, conservative, constitutional patriots are (for the most part) a docile, peaceful people, quite unwilling to act like murderous lunatics (as the Bolsheviks did).

So, going forward, we need to WAKE UP the patriots so that they realize the TRUE DANGER of what is coming. This is why Trump was 100% correct during the debate in acting like he’s in a knock-down, drag-out, no-holes-barred street fight with Biden. You can TELL that the average American (even many here) seemed to be outright “disgusted” by the “childish” display that passed for a Presidential debate. But that only PROVES that too many of us (even at this late stage of the game) DO NOT “GET IT” YET.

We need to follow Trump’s lead and become MORE extreme in our defense of liberty.

“Extremism in defense of liberty is no vice. Moderation in pursuit of justice is no virtue.” – Barry Goldwater.

It goes against our nature to be extreme, I realize. But we are in a fight for the LIFE of this nation. We have entered a new paradigm. We cannot afford the luxury of being passive or even “reasonable and civil” in this fight. Those “peaceful” methods no longer work against murderous lunatics such as those currently being praised and supported by the leftists in the Democratic Party & their globalist partners. We simply MUST act in accordance with the new level of THREAT that now stands against us.

When this election is stolen by the Bolsheviks (and it will be), we CANNOT simply “play by the rules”. At that point, ALL RULES ARE NULL AND VOID, and it will be TOTAL WAR.

I think Trump gets this. But I fear many God-fearing, solid conservative Constitutional patriots are still thinking in terms of the old paradigm. That is dangerous, and we’d better start waking up before it’s too late.

It’s time to stir up our “righteous inner rage” and get ready for war with a degree of our own “ruthlessness” that will decimate the enemy, and quit being pussies who follow all the rules of “normal, polite society”.

This is 2020, and if you think we still have a “normal, polite society” you have NOT been paying attention. We need to harden ourselves in the extreme.

We are a polite society, but only around each other. Strangers get the Saxon treatment. We have forgotten this. We are a day late and a dollar short, but people need to realize this has to get ugly. We are not in active negotiations. Those have ceased.

Do you remember the movie, “The Patriot”, after Benjamin Martin hacks his enemy to pieces with his tomahawk and looks in the camera covered in blood and bone bits? His son saw that. This is who we will have to be. Polite is a weapon they can use against us like a ring in a bull’s nose. Politically correct. Stop letting them narrate the damned story, already!

Either that, or our children will become slaves. Plain and simple choice.

Featured

Red October

The chairman of the joint chiefs of staff also made a statement that week condemning the president’s Lafayette Park appearance and expressing his support for the protesters’ goals.

When the Russian Revolution toppled the czar and put the Bolsheviks into power, the civilized countries of western Europe had good reason to tell themselves it could never happen to them. Russia was a barbaric country with a lopsided social structure, masses of peasants and no middle class to speak of. Their political system was a relic of the past, a time when street revolutions still happened. The rest of Europe was more modern, with constitutions and parliaments and labor unions. Any political conflict could work itself out through those proper channels.

Then came the German revolution of 1918-19, and civilized Europe had to recalibrate its sense of what was possible. Street unrest led to the forced abdication of the kaiser, the proclamation of a republic, a soviet government in Munich, and a near-miss of one in Berlin, only prevented by a timely blow to Rosa Luxemburg’s head. The uprising did not fulfill all its proponents’ hopes, in terms of ushering in a new socialist dawn, but it decisively refuted the idea that modern conditions had made revolution obsolete.

The Sixties left Americans feeling equally sure that a revolution could never happen here. An entire generation went into open rebellion, urban unrest exploded, tanks rolled through the streets of Los Angeles and Detroit, periodic bombings made many worry that the counterculture’s Lenin might be out there waiting for his moment—and yet we survived the nightmare unscathed. Americans concluded that our prosperity, or the flexibility of our political system, or maybe just the forward march of civilization, had transformed street rebellion from a genuine threat into a safe pastime for earnest young idealists.

But are we really so safe? In June, the great Russian literature professor Gary Saul Morson told The Wall Street Journal that America was starting to feel eerily familiar. “It’s astonishingly like late 19th-, early 20th-century Russia, when basically the entire educated class felt you simply had to be against the regime or some sort of revolutionary,” he said. Even the moderate Kadet Party could not bring itself to condemn terrorism against the czar, any more than a modern Democrat could condemn Black Lives Matter: “A famous line from one of the liberal leaders put it this way: ‘Condemn terrorism? That would be the moral death of the party.’”

Today, the Resistance is already signaling that they won’t accept a Trump victory in November any more than they accepted one in 2016. After the last election, they attempted a soft coup by means of the Russiagate scandal and impeachment. What kind of coup will come next? By looking at the Russian precedent, we can evaluate the risk that this country might enact our own distinctively American version of 1917—and how close we have come to it already.

Tocqueville famously said that the most dangerous moment for a regime is not when conditions are worst but just when things start to get better. Actually, the most dangerous moment for a regime is when people are allowed out of their houses after long months of being confined indoors.

The weather made the Russian Revolution as much as any other factor. The winter of 1916-17 was one of the coldest on record, forcing St. Petersburg into semi-lockdown. Spring finally broke on March 7, which happened to be International Women’s Day. People swarmed the streets to enjoy temperatures near 50 degrees and, incidentally, boosted the socialist protest’s numbers. The tsar’s abdication came exactly one week later.

That was the first revolution, when the Romanov dynasty was replaced by the short-lived Provisional Government. The second revolution, which installed the Bolsheviks, was enabled by another problem familiar to modern readers: street crime.The new regime rushed to establish its progressive bona fides by passing the full wish list of liberal demands: amnesty for political prisoners, abolition of flogging, unlimited freedom of the press and assembly.

They were less energetic about reestablishing basic law and order. Previously safe neighborhoods of St. Petersburg became lawless, and by July mob lynchings of petty criminals had become an almost daily occurrence. Citizens organized to protect themselves after the Provisional Government proved it wouldn’t or couldn’t. After that, the Cheka’s policy of shooting criminals on sight came almost as a relief.

An ordinary Petersburger might feel himself very far from the front lines of the war most of the time, even in 1917, but he could not feel far from its effects. Interruptions in the coal supply had caused more than 500 factories to shut down by 1917 and thrown more than 100,000 employees out of work in the capital city alone. Layoffs mounted every month as the summer and autumn wore on, leaving a lot of men on the streets with nothing to do.

These were some of the incidental factors, the kindling that captured the sparks. To launch a real revolution, however, more than kindling is needed. The fire must have fuel. In that sense, the deeper cause of the revolution was not the men with nothing to do but the men who had important things to do but failed to do them: the liberal elite.Russia could have been saved by means of reform short of revolution, but the people who should have tried to accomplish that balancing act lacked any investment in the existing order. Instead they gave their moral support to violent terrorists. It was this moral error that brought Lenin to power—and it is the error that Professor Morson finds so familiar today.

During the Cold War, the joke used to be that the Soviet Union had just as much free speech as America, since it, too, guaranteed its citizens the right to stand in the middle of the town square and shout, “Down with Ronald Reagan!” The joke, of course, is that the real test of a regime’s level of freedom is usually whether you are allowed to criticize your country’s leader. However, in certain pathological conditions, the test becomes: can you praise him?

You could not praise the tsar in turn-of-the-century Russia, not if you were part of the literate elite. The question for them was not whether they wanted the regime to fall but what degree of extreme measures they would condone to bring that fall about. The left side of the political spectrum stretched off into infinity; the right side stopped somewhere around the center left. The robust tradition of intellectual conservatism that had existed in Russia since the time of Catherine the Great had been slowly eroded until it no longer existed.

This was much more extreme than the usual rebelliousness that characterizes an intelligentsia in any era. Under previous czars, a man of letters like Dostoevsky could still carry on a lively correspondence with a reactionary bureaucrat like Konstantin Pobedonostsev, even asking his input on The Brothers Karamazov. Writers and poets might bristle at interference from the censorship bureau, but they did not want to abolish it, much less abolish the monarchy. Had not the autocracy allowed Russia to liberate the serfs without a civil war, as in democratic America? Better to work within the system, even if your goals were progressive.

That all changed around the time of Nicholas II’s coronation in 1896. Suddenly the terrorists had the moral high ground, and it seemed as if nothing they could do would forfeit it, even cold-blooded murder of women and children. “It was common talk in the best families, in the homes of generals et al., that the Empress should be killed and gotten out of the way,” one St. Petersburg professor wrote to an American friend.

Wealthy merchants and industrialists like Savva Morozov and Mikhail Gotz—men you might expect to be grateful to the existing order for making their prosperity possible—gave fringe groups like the Bolsheviks the money to publish their newspapers and support their leaders in exile. Every time Nicholas lost a minister to assassination, his security bureau would show him private letters between prominent people applauding the assassins.

Even the tsar’s own family was not immune. Russia’s brief experiment with jury trials (introduced in 1864) had revealed that Russian juries were abnormally reluctant to convict. Even a defendant who confessed to the crime could frequently get an acquittal if his lawyer gave a convincing speech about good intentions and a difficult upbringing—something about the Orthodox approach to sin and redemption, in contrast to Western legalism.

But it was still a shock when Grand Duke Andrei, the tsar’s cousin, was overheard to comment at the end of Grigory Gershuni’s terrorism trial, “I realize that they are not villains and believe sincerely in their actions.” This was a cell that had assassinated the minister of the interior.

When even members of the royal family shrug off terrorism, it is a sign that something is deeply wrong. It indicates that the instincts of self-preservation that keep a regime alive are no longer operating. When members of an elite agree entirely with revolutionaries’ aims and object only to their tactics, all it takes is a crisis to show just how flimsy those procedural objections are. At that point, the only question is when the crisis will arrive.

In 1904, Kadet Party co-founder Pavel Miliukov visited 61-year-old Prince Peter Kropotkin in London. Kropotkin was the father of Russian anarchism, so Miliukov was astonished to see the old man fly into a rage when he heard of the Japanese attack on the Russian fleet at Port Arthur. “How could the enemy of Russian politics and state-sponsored war in general be such a flag-waver?” Miliukov wondered. He was then 45. By the time he was in his 60s himself, he would be equally astonished to learn how deep the hate ran in the younger generation.

The loyalty to the constitutional order that seemed so basic to him, they found contemptible. This progression, from Kropotkin to Miliukov to the Bolsheviks, shows how these changes build up generation by generation until no loyalty to the existing order remains, and the regime’s position becomes fatal.

This summer, in the first week of June, about 6,000 law enforcement officers and National Guard troops were deployed to Washington, D.C., to keep order during protests there, and another 1,700 troops from Fort Bragg were held in waiting just outside the district. When President Trump appeared in Lafayette Park that Monday, police had to clear the square using pepper balls and smoke canisters because protesters were throwing projectiles and the president’s safety could not be assured. At several points during the week, the only thing preventing the White House from being overrun was a line of armed men from the Secret Service and the Park Police, 51 of whom were injured and 11 hospitalized by the rioters.

This would not necessarily have been reason for alarm—there are protests in Lafayette Park literally every day—except that it came the same week that former defense secretary Jim Mattis published a long interview in The Atlantic denouncing the president and saying, ominously, “We must reject and hold accountable those in office who would make a mockery of our Constitution.” The chairman of the joint chiefs of staff also made a statement that week condemning the president’s Lafayette Park appearance and expressing his support for the protesters’ goals.

These murmurings from prominent generals raised the question: what if the president gave an order to clear Lafayette Park and military officers didn’t follow it? What if they decided the order was, as Mattis said, a threat to the Constitution? Mayor Muriel Bowser evicted some National Guard troops from D.C. hotels on June 5 because she did not approve of their mission, and there was nothing the National Guard could do except try to find another hotel.

Less than a week after the Mattis interview, The Atlantic ran a piece by Franklin Foer suggesting that the color revolution model might be a good one to follow if more American officials could be persuaded to treat President Trump the way Ukrainians treated their corrupt President Yanukovych in the days before he hopped a plane to Moscow. The house magazine of the Resistance, which had done so much to drive the Russiagate soft coup, was apparently preparing the ground for something harder.

In August, word was leaked that a group of government officials and political operatives calling itself the Transition Integrity Project had gathered a few weeks earlier to game out possible election scenarios. In one, John Podesta, playing candidate Joe Biden, refused to concede after winning the popular vote but losing narrowly in the Electoral College, citing alleged voter suppression.

Congress split, blue states threatened to secede, and the hypothetical outcome was determined by the military. Evidently, serious people on the Democratic side are thinking in very broad terms about what the coming months will bring. Republicans should, too, because scenarios like the ones Podesta and Foer are imagining may be unprecedented in the United States, but they are certainly not unprecedented in modern history.

Featured

Happy talk, keep talkin’ happy talk

Unfortunately, mainstream education completely SUCKS in this country and the notion of 40 year old Johnny living in his parents basement just doesn’t have the stigma that it once did.

I USED to have hope. Used to be…even if your education and your upbringing turned you INTO an idiot. You would eventually move out of the house into the real world where the idiocy of your parents or your former teachers would be put to the test. You’d have to work to pay rent, have food, have a car and such. The appreciation for work, money, and ones own livelihood (and the means to protect it) stemmed from “learning-on-the-job” from being out on your own. If you got married…the testing of your education and upbringing would be even more put to the test. This used to be where a lot of people finally “got it” and their politics followed suit. Its not (and wasn’t) %100…but I would take those odds back in the day.

Unfortunately, mainstream education completely SUCKS in this country and the notion of 40 year old Johnny living in his parents basement just doesn’t have the stigma that it once did. People “live” on social media now as well, and that doesn’t help things.

Now this next point may fall into the WOO category; but I also question (whether on purpose or unintentionally) that the quality and purity of food and vast quantities of pharmaceuticals that are consumed in this country also contribute. I mean, I myself have experienced that, when I was eating the “typical American diet” full of overly processed foods that a certain lethargy and brain-fog are “side-effects” of said diet…all of which will affect your energy, your mood, your state of mind, and I dare say your overall well being. And it adds to the idiocy. And I won’t even get into the over-prescribing of pharmaceuticals for ailments that could be rectified from diet and other lifestyle changes. The zombifying of people on pharmaceuticals is a contributor. And I’ve run into more and more of them…you can tell they are zombied out on LEGAL, prescribed pharmaceuticals for their 5 or 6 different disease states. Its sad really.

So even taking genetics out of the equation…IMHO all the above increases the idiocy we now sadly experience.

Featured

Some further thoughts on “stupid”.

I honestly believe there’s a huge portion of the population that’s barely even conscious let alone able to coherently understand and evaluate the world around them. This was done by design to weaken and destroy our society.

I don’t think it’s strictly genetics, mainly that we’ve indoctrinated and medicated anything short of a sort of autopilot out of a large portion of the population.

I would go one step further and say they do not know how to be critical thinkers. While close to the same thing, but not quite. Critical thinkers question the deductive reasoning of others.

And it is quite easy to reason out. Notice the commercial for internet hiring of handymen. One is to hang a picture. You’re going to hire a person, and pay him wages, to hang a picture? And you’re standing there watching him?

So like yeah.

All kinds of home insurance for appliances. Premiums vs cost of appliances. Insurance to fix cars. in one ad the person said it saved him 10,000.00. If you spend 10,000 to fix a car you need a new car. That also didn’t include the cost of the premium.

I honestly believe there’s a huge portion of the population that’s barely even conscious let alone able to coherently understand and evaluate the world around them. This was done by design to weaken and destroy our society.

They now have a large population of people that they can easily implant their agenda into with little resistance.

Even without the mind being destroyed we’ve destroyed the family and all incentives for men to start a family (by destroying the women and turning them into sociopathic narcissistic monsters). Without a family to support everything gets turned inward into selfish time wasting entertainment because nobody has anything bigger to support and so most of the things in society that depended on a healthy family structure to survive crumble.

Back to genetics though, I honestly believe abortion and the poison of radical feminism has robbed us of some of our best bloodlines.

I’m not even sure we can recover from this kind of systemic damage, I certainly hope we can turn it around but the landscape looks pretty bleak from my point of view.

Survival naturally selects those most adaptable to succeed within the environmental pressures they face……..when a society prospers to the point where its social programs prioritizes and rewards irresponsible behavior/breeding more than the responsible people whose critical thinking skills and adaption to succeed are penalized for breeding……. then you fill the genetic drift of our species with those least capable of continuing the progress of humanity.

In other words……the global elite are playing a dangerous game of dumbing down enough of humanity to engineer control of it……yet still try to keep enough bright people around to bask in modern conveniences………and that could end up being a slippery slope to the dark ages if they aren’t careful.

Featured

Hell in a handbasket

In my opinion modern civilization has relieved the burden of life and effectively held the law of natural selection in abeyance.

Let me start by saying this is not a sarcastic jab at particular political affiliations ( though it could be ), rather a general observation I’ve made.

What I’ve come to realize is there seems to be so many people that have almost ZERO deductive reasoning capabilities. These people are utterly dependent on others to solve even the slightest of their problems. They simply can’t figure things out on their own.

My question is this: Has modern civilization reduced the genetic pressure that would otherwise keep this cognitive deficiency out of the gene pool? Put simply, have we made life so easy that any idiot can survive and reproduce? If so, this isn’t a trivial issue; especially if you play it out another 500 years or so.

I’ve often thought we are in the beginning of “The Marching Morons” by Cyril M. Kornbluth . Yes, we are over populating with people who would not have survived a couple hundred years ago, natural selection has been ended, except for the completely stupid, and they even get a second chance with modern emergency rooms.

In my opinion modern civilization has relieved the burden of life and effectively held the law of natural selection in abeyance.

Increases in individual productivity have enabled fewer producers to generate the the necessities of living like shelter, food, water, clothing to such an extent that the government has determined that they are able to offer up the idea of universal basic income whereby everyone can be paid a living income even if they produce nothing. And for the first time in history, the notion that everyone is entitled to all the healthcare they want with no consideration of payback or cost/benefit.

The root of the problem is technology. I’ll give you an example: “back in the day”, I learned to read maps. I’d open a map on the table and plot a route. Over time, this would teach me the “lay of the land” covered by the map. Eventually, I didn’t need the map anymore. But these days, with GPS, the “map” is a little 6″ screen with a “disconnected” little piece of a map. I’m TOLD where to turn and when I’ve arrived. Convenient? You bet. But I never learn the lay of the land that way.

Carry that forward to smart phones, social media (no more need to go out and meet people), etc, and you end up with a dysfunctional populace with zero patience.

Truly, we are living in the time of “Idiocracy”

Featured

Return of the tribe

if we are in no position to judge others, we are in no position to protect or save others either.

What is happening in our country today… feels a lot like The Return of the Tribe.To make that observation, is not to mindlessly denigrate a basic form of human social organization. There is a sense in which we are all tribal. Certainly our ancestors were.

In many pre-urban environments, the tribe is a superior survival mechanism.But the tribe is a harsh mistress. It brooks no infraction. In return for 100 percent loyalty and obedience, it grants 100 percent protection and affirmation.Most of the nations that exist in the modern world are aggregations of related tribal groups.

But the American nation was something new.Though it was culturally English, it was a nation created deliberately and from scratch… with agonizingly detailed and informed self-awareness. It aspired to learn from the past every learn-able lesson in how to maintain that delicate balance between freedom and order that enables a nation to keep moving forward, yet remain civilized and stable. There had never been anything like it.

Nearly every nation that has come into being since, has been modeled upon it.Fast-forward to the twentieth century.

In the latter half of that century, the American professional class moved in the direction of eschewing not only “tribal” identities, but all other forms of less-than-universal identity as well: family, faith, neighborhood, even nation.What could take their place?

Well, how about “human being?” For a brief, shining moment in modern history, the ideal of “human rights” did seem to be an ideal that was well understood, and sincerely aspired to, by many people. Most Americans did not see that as conflicting with their national identity, because they truly believed (with some cause) that the shape of the government they had created… provided a sound structural foundation for the protection of human rights.

But gradually, American education was infiltrated by the toxic doctrine of “cultural relativism” according to which American belief in its own carefully– even painfully– wrought institutions, was seen as just another chauvinistic conceit. After all, who were we to judge others?!

The problem with that was– and is– that, if we are in no position to judge others, we are in no position to protect or save others either.

For a while, World War II knocked relativism out of the cultural ring, but it kept creeping back. By the 1960s, it dominated academic discourse and was reflected in most high-school textbooks.

Meanwhile, the Democratic Party of the USA was re-shaped by something known as Identity Politics. Identity Politics and Relativism eventually made a marriage of convenience that would sound the death-knell for human rights… though “human rights” continued to be solemnly invoked when convenient, and ignored when inconvenient. (Kinda like that thing called “democracy.” )

Roe v. Wade in 1972 was a stunning slap in the face for human rights. Soon, we were well and truly rolling rapidly down a cultural“slippery slope.” That much-mocked slippery slope turned out to be all too real, greased as it was by pride and greed.

Both of America’s two great political parties practiced hypocrisy regarding human rights, both internally and internationally. Because upholding human rights sometimes made their wealth portfolios skinnier. And when they had to choose between their ideals and their portfolios, they often chose their portfolios. Thus, many members of both parties won a sort of human-rights booby prize in that regard.

Featured

Counting the wrinkles on the prune

However, there is no Love where there is no Truth. There is also no Love where there is Wishful Thinking. Love comes from Knowledge and Understanding, to see the world as it is and to see oneself as one is, not as one likes it to be.

I am not optimistic about the survival of the Republic we were bequeathed by our Founding Fathers.

If you do some research on my internet postings, you are liable to find a number of times when I have stated that in my opinion Democrat and Republican operatives are two sides of the same counterfeit coin. I tend to be conservative/libertarian in my outlook personally. I used to be cynical, but I am no longer that optimistic, having come to the conclusion that democrat or republican perpetuates the myth of a political system that is influenced by the votes of citizens, political platforms and the work of legislators. It keeps the world neatly divided into a left and a right. It has become my belief that there are no free elections in this country. There haven’t been in a long time. The Voting System is a fraud sold to the public to give them the illusion of choice.

The political system has become an illusion to keep people in bondage. (As a former magician, I am quite familiar with how illusions work through misdirection and mental manipulation).

Enslavement in this day and age is not by force or martial law. It’s by the control of consciousness, by implementing beliefs and desires, forming your mind and behaviors to act and do a certain way, making you believe you are “free” and essentially keeping you complacent and distracted from Truth and the real issues this world faces. It is getting you to buy a certain toothpaste, or deodorant or “designer coffee” at an outrageous price while believing that it was your idea in the first place.

Sometimes when I mention these opinions I’m called a “conspiracy nut” and ridiculed by the ones who have “faith” in the system and believe themselves to be aware and conscious “good Americans” because they act with good intention and “love” when they cast their vote.

However, there is no Love where there is no Truth. There is also no Love where there is Wishful Thinking. Love comes from Knowledge and Understanding, to see the world as it is and to see oneself as one is, not as one likes it to be.

I tremble for my country when I reflect that God is just; that his justice cannot sleep forever. -Thomas Jefferson

Featured

Citizenship For Sale…CHEAP!

Only the U.S. values its citizenship ‘so lowly’ as to distribute it promiscuously to the off-spring of foreign citizens visiting Disney World on tourist visas and to foreign citizens who have violated their promises on their visitor, work and student visas who stay illegally in the

There is much talk lately about culture cancellation. The proposed “COVID Relief Act” from the US House of Representatives includes funds for “Undocumented, (illegal), aliens. The gift of US citizenship has been, and continues to be cheapened. On this Columbus Day, consider the following;

List of countries that ‘give’ birthright citizenship……

HERE IS A LIST OF ALL THE DEVELOPED NATIONS OF THE WORLD THAT OFFER BIRTHRIGHT CITIZENSHIP TO THE NEWBORN BABIES OF TOURISTS AND ‘ILLEGAL’ ALIENS:

1. United States. That’s right, ONLY ONE. Every other modern developed nation in the world has gotten rid of birthright citizenship policies. Yet, most of U.S. news media and politicians the last two weeks have ridiculed the comments by some other politicians that it is time for the U.S. to put an end to birthright citizenship for tourists and ‘illegal aliens.’

– NO OTHER COUNTRIES (ZERO-NONE-ZILCH) folks, the U.S. ‘Stands alone.’ There used to be all kinds of developed countries that gave away their citizenship as freely as we do in the U.S. but one by one they all have recognized the folly, recklessness, lunacy, stupidity of that policy.

Now consider THIS:

– SOME MODERN COUNTRIES THAT RECENTLY ENDED THEIR BIRTHRIGHT CITIZENSHIP POLICY: Canada was the last non-U.S. Holdout. Illegal aliens stopped getting citizenship for their newborn babies in 2009. Australia’s birthright citizenship requirements are much more stringent than those of H.R. 1868 and took effect in 2007.

– New Zealand repealed in 2006.

– Ireland repealed in 2005.

– France repealed in 1993.

– India repealed in 1987.

– United Kingdom repealed in 1983.

– Portugal repealed in 1981.

The United States is the ‘laughing stock’ of the modern world. Only the U.S. values its citizenship ‘so lowly’ as to distribute it promiscuously to the off-spring of foreign citizens visiting Disney World on tourist visas and to foreign citizens who have violated their promises on their visitor, work and student visas who stay illegally in the country, as well as to those who sneak across our borders.

It’s not just Mexico and South America who are sending illegals across our borders. Currently, the CBP(Customs Border Protection) reports that of those apprehended illegally crossing the border, China is number one.

Wake up America! END BIRTHRIGHT FOR TOURIST, FOREIGN CITIZENS AND ESPECIALLY ‘ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS.’

Illegal aliens from China, India, Russia, the Middle East, and a host of other nations are flooding the United States. Ironically, most often these ‘illegals’ and/or their offspring are given positions at the front of the line for Government jobs, contracts and assistance. Look around you! We are giving away our culture, and economic and fiscal strength because our borders are not secure and we bestow citizenship irresponsibly.

Featured

A prayer for Saturday, October 10, 2020

Revelation 6:7-8

7 When the Lamb opened the fourth seal, I heard the voice of the fourth living creature say, “Come!”

8 I looked, and there before me was a pale horse! Its rider was named Death, and Hades was following close behind him. They were given power over a fourth of the earth to kill by sword, famine and plague, and by the wild beasts of the earth.

Featured

Corruption

We elect traitors to our government’s offices to represent us, and they feather their own nest, take office, and become unimaginably wealthy in two or three terms. They stifle free speech and in some cases such as Waco, Texas, burn us alive. Or they try us in their kangaroo courts such as the ranchers recently were.

Fellow Americans I’m sure by now those who read my articles and postings understand full well I am a Patriot, I love my country and I say things that I feel that needs to be addressed. I’ve watched the events happen in the last thirty years come and then go. I’ve watched as lawbreakers continue committing acts of anarchy, the destruction of private property, and worst of all, I’ve watched our elected officials turn from those who elected them to a path of greed, corruption on a scale that is incomprehensible, and nothing happens to them. Many of them are encouraging and aiding those who would destroy our infrastructure.

I keep saying over and over, why isn’t something being done to these lawbreakers? How, in a Republic such as ours can the double standard that is so bluntly obvious, and to so many of us not addressed by those who can do something about it? Our corruption level is beginning to exceed that of so many third world countries. It doesn’t end, it continues, and it has become so transparent it is becoming laughable, as in a sick joke. A pair of rubber crutches isn’t funny. We are being used and abused by our so-called elected “Public Servants.” There appears to be no end to it.

Several of our former Presidents have been dipping their ham fists into the cookie jar and nobody lifts a finger to stop them or to bring them to justice. They have tried to make law with the stroke of a pen and us, the citizens who pay all the bills with our compulsory tax dollars and get little in return. What we do get is nonsensical laws that penalize us without end such as Obama Care. We are lied to, we are stolen from, we are shown a double standard of the rule of law, and what does anyone do about it? We elect traitors to our government’s offices to represent us, and they feather their own nest, take office, and become unimaginably wealthy in two or three terms. They stifle free speech and in some cases such as Waco, Texas, burn us alive. Or they try us in their kangaroo courts such as the ranchers recently were.

Then one day we elected a non-citizen to our highest office. He stole from us, gave trains full of our cash to our sworn enemies, committed so many crimes against the US it is almost impossible to count them all, and now he runs all over the world on our dime bad-mouthing the US. He loaded up our federal offices with traitors who spent eight years sabotaging our country using our money to do it with. He flooded our country with low life, incredibly backward people, who in their own words are committed to destroying us from within or from outside. Whatever it takes to destroy America. What do we do about it? NOTHING! Some refuse to swear loyalty to the US but they take our benefits with both hands and come with eight wives and thirty children.

In fact, there are people supporting and encouraging these vile acts of treason against you and me and they are doing it with impunity. It’s time we either take back our country or wait for the Marxist chains to be fitted to our necks. We have a president finally who wants to drain the swamp and wants to rid our country of those traitors. I will support him; I will continue to write articles supporting him and disparaging our home-grown enemies.

Wake up and support a president who by his acts and deeds is doing something. He is only one man, with a couple of hundred million behind him he can clean up the swamp with his help and we can take back our country. We are hanging on a rope overlooking a large valley which is our destiny.

Death is inevitable but slavery to us and future generations can be avoided and must be. If we look up and see the rope holding us up from plunging to our death and it is beginning to unravel, do we sit back and enjoy the view, or do we scramble up that rope while we can to save ourselves? Life is about choices. We are at a crossroads where the choice to remain free or to becomes slaves to an evil New World Order is up to us. Give me Liberty or give me death. I would rather be a free man than to die on my knees begging for a crust of bread by those who are supposed to be working for us but are working toward enslaving us.

There are too many who are also aiding and abetting the lawlessness we are experiencing. Why anyone would support lawlessness, arson, looting, the destruction of our infrastructure and elect those who also condone this treasonous activity to our offices is beyond my ability to understand. In nature, birds that share the same nest don’t foul it.

Traitors can never experience peace. They dwell on what they are to others and suffer internal strife.

Featured

The Spanish Civil War – Conclusion

What’s more, we are already beginning to see street battles not dissimilar to those that happened in Spain in the lead up to the Civil War. It is also worth noting that the anarcho-communist ideology, which held great sway among the partisans of the Second Spanish Republic, likewise informs the insurrectionary elements of the American left that began rioting and burning down American cities in the summer of 2020.

A Spanish White Terror?

Some attempts have been made to create an equivalence between the Red Terror in Spain and the Francoist repression at the end of the war. There certainly were atrocities committed by the Francoist forces during the course of the war. Indeed, it would be a bit strange if there weren’t, as such atrocities are a hallmark of modern warfare. Specifically, the Francoist forces engaged in war rape and frequently confiscated babies from republican women prior to their execution. These babies were then placed with Francoist families.

However, there are also some important differences between the terror engaged in by the Francoist forces and their republican adversaries. The Francoist repression wasn’t indiscriminately targeted at the friends, family and acquaintances of anyone who fought on the republican side. It was directed squarely at people who had committed atrocities in the name of the republican regime. The large numbers run up by the Francoist forces aren’t a function of the bloodthirsty nature of the victorious nationalist forces – on the contrary, they were quite conciliatory and looking to get the country moving again after a highly destructive war. Rather, it’s because the atrocities committed by the republican forces during the Civil War were so widespread. Those executed generally received trials unlike those summarily executed by the republicans.

Forced labor was employed for projects such as draining swamps, digging canals and building national railway systems. But again, it is worth noting that the people who were being conscripted for labor were considered criminals by the new regime. Indeed, any participation in the Popular Front government of the republic was criminalized by the Law of Political Responsibility, enacted two months after the end of the war. What’s more, this forced labor is not comparable to gulag labor where the intent was to work the victims to death.

As with any fight against Communist forces, it is worth asking a simple question: What would Spain have looked like if the Communists had won? We have ample examples of what Communist regimes look like – in Eastern Europe, in Asia and in Latin America. There is little reason to believe that a Communist regime in Spain would not have been as bloodthirsty and ruthless as other Communist regimes. Indeed, the experience of the Civil War shows that a Spanish Communist regime would have been quite destructive and, it is fair to say, vindictive in its victory.

The Course of the War

The Prelude to World War II: The Spanish Civil War and Today’s America

Without getting too bogged down into the details of the war, the Civil War is largely the story of the nationalist forces winning victory after victory until the end of the war. This is largely because the republican military wasn’t centralized. Instead, most of the military decisions were delegated to individual autonomous militias who elected their own officers and operated on a democratic basis. Nationalist forces were unified under Franco very quickly, with everyone from conservatives to monarchists to fascists all forced to play nice in service of the nationalist cause. Such centralization did not come for the republicans until the very end of the war, and by then it was too little, too late – and also largely a power play by Moscow’s forces in the Communist Party.

The only major republican victory during the war was the Battle of Guadalajara. This was not a successful republican offensive, however – it was a successful repulsion of a nationalist attack. What’s more, the republicans didn’t even defeat a Spanish military force. They were fighting instead primarily volunteers from fascist Italy. The main impact of this loss was that the nationalists stopped trying to end the war with one big battle and instead focused on chipping away at vulnerable parts of republican Spain.

In 1939, Catalonia, the strongest base of republican support, fell to the nationalists and it was mostly all over but for the shouting. While there were major cities still under the control of the republicans (such as the capital, Madrid), everything from here on out was largely a mop-up operation for the nationalists. The republican government was in total disarray and attempted to negotiate a peace settlement with Franco, but the Generalissimo would only accept an unconditional surrender from the republicans.

Franco declared victory in a radio address on April 1, 1939. Over 500,000 republicans fled to France, where they were largely held in squalid internment camps. Some stragglers continued to fight guerilla warfare against the Francoist government even into the 1950s, but there was no significant impact. In 1944, some republican veterans who had been fighting with the French Resistance attempted to invade Catalonia from France, but the attack was repelled within 10 days.

The Relevance of the Spanish Civil War Today

So what does a European civil war that ended 70 years ago have to do with anything going on in America today? A lot, actually.

First, there is the intense political polarization of the United States. A significant portion of the country champions changing the United States into a radical liberal nation with greater centralized control and a firm Constitutional commitment to leftist social justice causes. Another significant portion of the country is opposed to any further changes to the United States Constitution and is openly hostile toward leftist egalitarian principles.

What’s more, we are already beginning to see street battles not dissimilar to those that happened in Spain in the lead up to the Civil War. It is also worth noting that the anarcho-communist ideology, which held great sway among the partisans of the Second Spanish Republic, likewise informs the insurrectionary elements of the American left that began rioting and burning down American cities in the summer of 2020.

As we prepare for the 2020 Presidential election, it is clear that whoever loses will not only be unhappy with the results, but will probably consider them to be illegitimate. On the left, there is the Russiagate hoax, the leftist conspiracy theory that alleges that the Russian intelligence services “stole” the election for President Donald Trump in 2016. On the right, there is the very reasonable fear that there will be a variety of electoral chicanery, including mass mail-in balloting, voting by dead people, voting by pets, voting by dead pets and outright fabrication of ballots from largely Democratic-controlled urban areas in swing states. Indeed, a Bloomberg article seems to be preparing the American public for a stolen election, stating that while it might “appear” that Donald Trump will win reelection in a landslide the night of the election, that further months and weeks will reveal that he did not, in fact, win as the aforementioned mail-in ballots come in.

An article from the Washington Post states that any outcome but a Biden landslide will result in massive violence and civil unrest. While Jeff Bezos’ vanity blog certainly has their reasons for promoting this notion, it’s not entirely without merit. If the president is reelected, no matter how big the margin, there will likely be another wave of urban unrest that will dwarf the events of the summer of 2020. If Biden wins by a slim margin, there will be accusations of fraud and likely more confrontations in the streets, albeit more two-sided. It seems that the only result that would be accepted as “legitimate,” particularly by the press and the American left, is one where Biden wins dramatically.

It is worth briefly considering the other side of the equation. The American Conservative ran a column in July 2020 discussing the very real phenomenon of the American right’s increasing impatience not with democracy, but with liberalism. This is a phenomenon known as “illiberal democracy,” where the forms of democracy persist, but are used for anti-liberal means. Put in simple terms: How many on the American right – even the mainstream American right – would be terribly bothered by the president taking extreme action against an insurrectionary left?

No one has a crystal ball to see the future. However, it is not a wild assertion to suggest that the real violence in America is coming after the election.

SOURCE:ammo.com

Featured

The Spanish Civil War

America is definitely not Europe, but we can find a number of parallels between European history and contemporary America. For example, we’ve previously written about the Italian Years of Lead as a possible template for urban unrest and low-level inter-tribal warfare in the United States. Another example of how things might play out in the United States is the Spanish Civil War.

The Spanish Civil War is known to historians, amateur and professional alike, as the “dress rehearsal for the Second World War.” It is so termed because it pitted one side – which was equipped, armed and funded by Europe’s fascist regimes (Germany and Italy) – against a government largely funded and propped up by the Soviet Union. However, it is worth noting that General Francisco Franco’s nationalist forces were not themselves fascist (though there were fascists within their ranks) and that Spain remained neutral during the Second World War, later becoming a close ally of the United States in the fight against Communism internationally.

While there are few perfect analogs to be found anywhere in world history, there are parallels between the contemporary domestic political situation in the United States and the period immediately before and during the Spanish Civil War. And while the situation in the United States might play out in a much similar way to the Spanish Civil War, it is worth noting that our previous Civil War was the bloodiest in human history. There is little doubt that a Second American Civil War would not be significantly more destructive.

Prologue: The Situation in Spain Prior to the Civil War

The Prelude to World War II: The Spanish Civil War and Today’s America

As we talk about the lead up to the Spanish Civil War, the situation will begin very much unlike modern-day America, however, it will become more like the contemporary domestic situation as time goes on.

The main difference, of course, is that Spain was a monarchy for almost all of its existence until 1931. A republic was briefly declared during the years 1873 and 1874, but it didn’t have much staying power and ultimately was not a transformative government in Spain. Following the First World War, the corrupt central government of Spain became increasingly unpopular and a military dictatorship, that of Miguel Primo de Rivera y Orbaneja, 2nd Marquess of Estella, 22nd Count of Sobremonte, arose. This fell in 1930, along with the abdication of the deeply unpopular King Alfonso XIII.

This led to the creation of the Second Spanish Republic and a new constitution in 1931. It was a radically leftist constitution in a largely conservative and Catholic country. Women’s suffrage, civil marriage, compulsory universal education, the nationalization of Catholic Church properties, the prohibition of Catholic religious orders from teaching in schools (and the Jesuit order entirely), as well as a provision allowing for the nationalization of any property that was for the “public good” were all components of the new Spanish constitution. In many ways it resembled the constitution of Weimar Germany, in that it was an attempt by the left to radically remake a country through constitutional means.

The Spanish Red Terror

The Prelude to World War II: The Spanish Civil War and Today’s America

The Spanish Civil War continues to have a sort of romantic quality among the left, many of whom see the Civil War-era republican government as an example of “real” socialism in action or, at the very least, something close to it. However, the Spanish republican left were less bloody than their more famous Communist counterparts in Russia, China and the Eastern Bloc only due to a lack of scale and a limited time frame on which they operated.

The Red Terror in Spain predates the nationalist rebellion and was, indeed, one of the primary motivations for the uprising. It is generally agreed that the Spanish Red Terror began during an Asturian miners’ strike in 1934. Priests and the religious were targeted in what was not simply a strike, but a rebellion against the government. Supporters of the rebellion targeted clergy and religious figures, resulting in the destruction of 58 churches and convents during a period of a little more than two weeks. Ironically, the rebellion was put down by Goded and Franco at the behest of the republican government.

Once the rebellion began, the Catholic Church – its clergy, its religious orders and its lay faithful – were largely seen as fair game by supporters of the republic. The comparison between the Church in Spain 1936 and white Americans in 2020 isn’t much of a stretch. Much of the violence directed against the Church was predicated on the basis that they “deserved” this as payback for historical crimes. All told, 3,400 priests, monks and nuns were murdered during the first two months of the Spanish Civil War. Indeed, most of the deaths during the early months of the Civil War were not because of deaths on the battlefield, but rather because of targeted executions against enemies of the Spanish Republic.

In addition to the atrocity against nuns, there were a number of horrific incidents mostly involving clergy. The parish priest of Navalmoral was forced to undergo a parody of the Passion of Christ, ending with a vigorous debate about whether or not to actually crucify the priest at the end. They “mercifully” decided to just shoot the man. The priest of Ciempozuelos was thrown to fighting bulls and had his ear cut off at the end of the spectacle. In Ciudad Real, a priest was castrated and had his penis and testicles put in his mouth. People were forced at gunpoint to swallow their own rosaries. Others were thrown down mine shafts or forced to dig their own graves prior to summary execution. A Madrid nun was executed for the crime of refusing a marriage proposal from a militiaman who had participated in the sacking of her convent.

All told, the republicans destroyed over 20,000 churches and other religious sites during the war. Unsurprisingly, Spanish Catholics overwhelmingly supported the nationalist effort during the Civil War. Even among conservative allies of the republic (for example, conservative Catalan nationalists), support for the republican cause was lukewarm at best, thanks to the Spanish Red Terror.

The Red Terror’s victims are not limited to Catholics or nationalists. As the war progressed and the Communists came to have greater power in the republic (for example, when they were given the Interior Ministry and when the militias were put under centralized control), they also turned their fire on anarchists, socialists and Trotskyists. This move against the non-Communist elements of the Spanish left is detailed in later chapters of George Orwell’s memoir, An Homage to Catalonia.

The first election saw leftist elements firmly in the saddle, but the second, in 1933, was a major victory for forces of the right. However, because the conservative party had won a plurality in the parliament, and not a majority, the left-wing president of Spain invited the centrist party to form a government. Meanwhile the socialist government alleged electoral fraud, which caused them to become further radicalized. On the ground, a radical working-class movement became hostile toward the ostensibly left-wing government after the movement was suppressed violently by the military.

Monarchist forces, with the explicit backing of Benito Mussolini and the implicit backing of King Alfonso XIII, as well as ideologically fascist forces led by José Antonio Primo de Rivera, began military drills, preparing for war. The streets of Spain became battlegrounds, with 330 assassinations, 213 failed assassination attempts and 160 religious buildings destroyed, with arson being the primary means of their destruction. The Spanish Socialist Workers’ Party, formerly a fairly standard European social democratic party, began to cleave between forces who favored moderation and those who sought a more explicitly Bolshevik party.

The Coup d’Etat of July 1936

Much as the War Between the States began with the attack on Fort Sumter, so did the Spanish Civil War begin with the Coup d’Etat of July 1936. This was effectively an uprising by all forces of the Spanish right, which included two different factions of monarchists, nationalists, fascists (known in Spain as Falangists) and conservatives.

The igniting event was the election of 1936. This saw a very, very slim (less than 1 percent of the vote) victory of the Spanish left (socialists, Communists and anarchists) over the Spanish right. The right wing in Spain stopped planning to take over the Spanish Republic and instead decided that they were going to overthrow it.

The central republican government of Spain was very weak and had been making attempts to purge suspect right-wing generals from its ranks. To that end, General Francisco Franco, who ended up becoming dictator of Spain until 1976, was removed from his office as chief of staff and put out to pasture in the Canary Islands. When the uprising began, the nationalist rebels had the unanimous support of the Army of Africa, a 30,000-strong force that boasted some of the hardest core soldiers Spain had to offer. Many of these troops were Muslims from Morocco, who had been told that the republic planned to outlaw worship of Allah.

Indeed, Spanish Morocco was the base of operations for the rebels, with Generals Franco and Goded taking control of the Canary and the Balearic Islands, respectively. Any opposition in the Spanish colonial empire was quickly crushed with leading trade unionists and leftists simply executed by the rebel forces. The two trade union federations in Spain offered to help crush the uprising, but were told that there was nothing to worry about as the uprising was confined to Morocco and other overseas possessions.

The coup was less than a rousing success for the nationalist rebels, who invaded from their overseas bases. They failed to capture any major cities, which remained significant bases of support for the republican government. The republican government remained in possession of the lion’s share of Spanish territory. However, the republican government was at a disadvantage for two reasons: First, the nationalists had split the territory of peninsular Spain in half, dividing the country between republicans in the north and south while they controlled the middle.

Second, the republican government responded to the crisis by effectively mobilizing the far left in Spain as shock troops to terrorize the population into submission. Communists in particular were unleashed to execute and torture anyone even suspected of being a nationalist sympathizer. It didn’t help that the clergy bore the brunt of this, with nuns gang raped before being summarily executed. The republicans went so far as to exhume the bodies of dead religious figures and desecrate their corpses.

CONTINUED TOMORROW

SOURCE: ammo.com

Featured

The year of lead-Epilogue

as the American political landscape becomes both increasingly radicalized and polarized, with extremist groups on the left and right growing in numbers, militancy and desperation, it’s not too hard to imagine that they might start shooting at one another in the very near future.

Epilogue: The P2 Affair and the Strategy of Tension

The Italian Years of Lead: How the Strategy of Tension Could Foreshadow America’s Future

While the players were mostly firmly identifiable either as being on the left or on the right, one group played both sides: The shadowy irregular, (non-recognized), Masonic Lodge in exile Propaganda Due, also known as the P2 Lodge.

While the very mention of Freemasonry generally has people reaching for their tin foil hats, the “clandestine”, (not recognized by official Freemasonry), P2 Lodge’s involvement in the Years of Lead – and other clandestine machinations within the Italian State – are very well documented, primarily through obstruction and obfuscation of the resulting investigations.

The P2 Lodge and the extent of its influence was discovered in March 1981, when police found a list of 962 alleged members, including future Prime Minister Silvio Berlusconi and pretender to the Italian throne Victor Emmanuel. The ensuing scandal forced the resignation of the Italian government at the time.

In July 1982, the ultimate aims of the Lodge were discovered, two documents entitled “Memorandum sulla situazione italiana” and “Piano di rinascita democratica.” These documents identified the Italian Communist Party and the trade unions as the biggest threats, proposing a grand alliance between the Christian Democrats and the Communists as the way forward. It also outlined a means to control the media and political parties through extensive bribery.

A government report commissioned by the successors of the Communist Party, the Left Democrats, as well as Swiss historian Daniele Ganser have claimed that the Years of Lead were in large part the result of a “strategy of tension” by NATO, the CIA, Gladio and their allies (including the P2 Lodge). This is where actors, generally in the government, create or allow a state of hostility for the purpose of making political capital out of it.

It is entirely possible that the Years of Lead occurred due to a purposeful lack of action on the part of the Italian government, which saw the chaos as an opportunity for greater power.

The American Years of Lead?

America is a long way from its own Years of Lead. What’s more, one of the principal ingredients – material support from powerful foreign governments – seems to be lacking. However, as the American political landscape becomes both increasingly radicalized and polarized, with extremist groups on the left and right growing in numbers, militancy and desperation, it’s not too hard to imagine that they might start shooting at one another in the very near future.

That won’t kick off a civil war, but it will make life in America considerably more tense and unpleasant.

SOURCE: ammo.com

Featured

The years of lead-Part 3

In short, the strategy of the left was more akin to a Third World guerilla insurrection, while the right hoped to provoke the state into clamping down on the left through false flags and other large-scale acts of terrorism.

Italy Turns a Corner: Kidnapping of Aldo Moro

The Italian Years of Lead: How the Strategy of Tension Could Foreshadow America’s Future

Italy finally turned a corner when the Red Brigades went a step too far: They kidnapped Italian former Prime Minister Aldo Moro, who at the time was the president of the mainstream center-right party in Italy, the Christian Democrats.

The former Prime Minister’s car was ambushed by members of the Red Brigades on March 16, 1978. The assailants fired 91 shots at his five bodyguards, all of whom were killed in the attack. Prima Linea militant Mario Ferrandi said that at the time, he knew that everything was going to change – the Red Brigades had finally bitten off more than they could chew.

The actual motive of the attack is not entirely clear, but it was probably to disrupt negotiations between Christian Democracy and the Communist Party of Italy. The latter was finally being brought into government, albeit in indirect roles, for the first time since the end of the Second World War. Moro wrote 86 letters during the 55 days he was held in captivity, including to figures such as Pope Paul VI, but also to his family. Some were sent and delivered, others were discovered later.

Conclusive evidence demonstrates that Moro was not tortured. He was, however, put on a “trial” by a “people’s court” of Red Brigades, with predictable results. The Red Brigades wanted to trade him for terrorists imprisoned, and eventually requested only one.

Moro’s body was found on the day of his murder, May 9, 1978. The P2 Lodge has been implicated in Moro’s kidnapping.

The response of the Italian government – and indeed, the Italian public – to the kidnapping and murder of a former Prime Minister was sweeping and had consequences far beyond a simple winding down of the Italian Years of Lead.

First and foremost, the Historic Compromise brokered between the Christian Democracy and the Italian Communist Party was over. It had been unpopular with Italy’s European allies. But the kidnapping of a man considered the natural next president of the republic killed it stone dead. The intention was for Italy’s two major parties to rule in a grand coalition. The Historic Compromise officially ended in November 1980.

The president, Giovanni Leone, resigned less than a month after the kidnapping. The government’s response was largely seen as a failure. The Communist Party declined in influence, while the Christian Democracy remained steady until the early 90s, when it began to be supplanted by the more popular Lega Nord, now known simply as the Lega.

It is worth noting that, much as the MSI was at odds with the far-right terrorist groups, so too were the far-left terrorist groups largely opposed by the Communist Party and outright despised by trade unionists.

Oddly, despite a massive government clampdown, 1979 was the bloodiest year of the Years of Lead, with 659 attacks, including 11 assassinations. Among the victims that year were four policemen, a Lieutenant Colonel of the carabinieri, a trade unionist, a bartender and investigative journalist, a judge, and a university student. All of these were committed by leftist terrorist groups. Additionally, the Red Brigades shot five teachers and five students in the legs that year.

1980 topped 1979 in terms of assassinations with a total of 17. The victims that year included five policemen, a carabinieri general, a petrochemical manager, a cook, four judges, a security guard, and a journalist. Prima Linea even turned on one of its own that year, killing William Vaccher on suspicion of treason to the group. All but one of these were committed by left-wing groups.

The Biggest Attack: The Bologna Massacre

The Italian Years of Lead: How the Strategy of Tension Could Foreshadow America’s Future

While the Italian left had been pushing big numbers with assassination, a new group on the far-right, the Nuclei Armati Rivoluzionari, formed by dissident members of the Italian Social Movement explicitly with the purpose of committing counter-attacks against the left, was planning something big – the Bologna Massacre. This bombing of the Bologna Centrale train station killed 85 and wounded more than 200. While the group denied involvement, several of its members were sentenced for the bombing.

Christian Democratic Prime Minister Francesco Cossiga’s statement on the attack cuts to the heart of the difference between the left- and right-wing actions during the Years of Lead:

“Unlike leftist terrorism, which strikes at the heart of the state through its representatives, right-wing terrorism prefers acts such as massacres because acts of extreme violence promote panic and impulsive reactions.”

In short, the strategy of the left was more akin to a Third World guerilla insurrection, while the right hoped to provoke the state into clamping down on the left through false flags and other large-scale acts of terrorism.

Two members of the NAR were convicted, Francesca Mambro and Giuseppe Valerio “Giusva” Fioravanti, the latter a former Italian child actor. The pair later married and had a daughter. Both admit to having committed terrorist acts, but maintain their innocence with regard to the Bologna Massacre.

The Years of Lead Wind Down

Left-wing violence in Italy related to the Years of Lead continued as far as 1988. However, after the Bologna Massacre, things had died down considerably. 1981 saw three kidnappings resulting in two murders. The third, the kidnapping of American General James L. Dozier, then deputy-chief of NATO’s Southern European forces, was freed by an anti-terrorist squad.

In 1982, the Red Brigades attacked a military convoy, killing a corporal and two police officers. The assailants were never apprehended. Later that year, two guards were killed by Red Brigades during a bank robbery.

1983 was completely quiet, and thus might be a good place to mark the end of the Years of Lead proper. However, in 1984, American diplomat and Director General of international peacekeeping force, Multinational Force and Observers, Leamon Hunt, was killed by the Red Brigades. In 1985, the Red Brigades killed an economist and a policeman. In 1986, they assassinated the Mayor of Florence. Italian Air Force General Licio Giorgieri was assassinated by the Brigades in 1987. In 1988, the Red Brigades committed their final assassination, that of Senator Roberto Ruffilli.

On October 23rd of that year, the Red Brigades declared that their war against the state was over.

In 1985, French President Francois Mitterand declared that he would not extradite convicted terrorists back to Italy. Instead, he aimed to integrate them into French society. Brazil and Nicaragua have likewise provided safe haven for left-wing terrorists of the Italian Years of Lead, most notably Alessio Casimirri, one of Moro’s kidnappers who owns a restaurant in Nicaragua.

Source: ammo.com

Featured

The current absurdity

At the height of this flu season, or before, vaccinating the world with a poisonous vaccine, an RNA vaccine possibly (probably) filled with many unknown ingredients, will be the top agenda of the monsters controlling this virus insanity.

I received this in a message from a friend today. He is so much more intelligent than I that it’s scary. It deserves to be shared.

When absurdity becomes the accepted basis of thought of the masses, when the indoctrination of the herd is universal in nature, and when the state narrative of the ruling class is taken as fact, then the circle of power is completed. The power created in this circumstance is so consuming that it can easily overtake any resistance by the thinking few in the minority. This is a difficult situation, and it is a deadly menace to society.

In the case today, this macabre scenario has not only consumed this country, but the entire world. Only if very sinister forces were at work could something of this magnitude and scope have been achieved. This is the reason that this manufactured ‘pandemic’ is so dangerous to mankind. Only overwhelming fear due to ignorance, and forced societal peer pressure could have allowed for this attitude by the herd to become so prevalent.

Now we are faced with the prospect of a total technocratic takeover by the very sinister forces that staged this coup from the beginning. While this plot had been earlier designed, and had been incrementally introduced to the public over a long period of time, it has been aggressively implemented this year. Something this large and ominous would never have been possible in the past, but today it seems to have been an easy task to fool the majority of people into accepting submission, and in turn, they followed orders to an extent so grand that the entirety of this country’s core, as well as most others, has been horribly altered, and all for a lie.

The fraudulent nature of this conspiracy is so obvious as to be in stark contrast to reality, but so many cannot see, or more accurately, do not want to accept this truth. The frustration this brings to thinking individuals is brutal, because even though the state narrative has been proven over and over again to be full of holes and lies, it is as if total blindness has overtaken society at large. This apathetic response is being embraced due to a fear of the truth, but the consequences of this attitude will be fatal to many, and perilous to all but the upper class.

This so-called coronavirus, if it exists at all, has never been a real problem or threat to the world’s populations, not more than any other normal flu, but the state’s response is so deadly that it could bring about widespread horror that would affect everybody on the planet. It would not be isolated to any specific country or region, although it could be worse in some places more than others, but devastating to all nonetheless. This response is so extreme that it could eliminate all freedom for people around the world. All people seek freedom because it is a necessity for a happy and fulfilled life, but this takeover by the claimed elite ruling class if not stopped will destroy us all, leaving only a controlled wasteland devoid of love, caring, community, and joy. It would destroy the human spirit, and therefore would destroy humanity. This is the future as it stands today, unless an awakening of enormous proportion is forthcoming. Will the people of this country accept this terrible fate, or will they find the courage to resist?

Look at the steps being taken around the world, and understand that all the tyranny and oppression seen in individual countries will soon consume all countries. Every measure taken in China, in Europe, in Australia, in Asia, and elsewhere, including the United States, will not long be isolated to one country or another, but will be the norm everywhere. This is the plan, and it is not accidental, as many of the totalitarian measures being forced on the people around the world are tests to judge compliance, and if successfully implemented in one country, will be transferred to all in time. Just consider the beginning of this fiasco, and the acceptance by western societies of the Chinese methods that were falsely claimed successful, and therefore were said to be important to use everywhere.

This included mass lockdowns, quarantine, surveillance, tracking, tracing, deadly mask-wearing, economic destruction at all but the highest levels, and much more. All those things were put into place around the world, including in the U.S. At the time, people in this country scoffed at such tyranny, but very quickly were fooled into accepting it without question. All it took was fear of the flu in order to bring China policy to the U.S. It should be apparent by now that all world powers are working hand in hand to fool their populations into accepting their own slavery, and relinquishing their freedoms due to false fear.

The Prime Minister of Australia yesterday, Scott Morrison, stated that

“Australia should make any coronavirus vaccine compulsory for its 25 million citizens bar medical exemptions.” This comes with the knowledge that the overstated total deaths in Australia have reached only 400 out of 25 million citizens. That is a death rate of .000016%. Does anyone not see the unbelievable and ludicrous nature of such a nonsensical statement? It was obviously a tactic meant to instill great fear in the minds of the people so that total control can be achieved. This was a political mandate that could test the waters of dissent, and once that dissent is squelched, the mandate could become effective. Any vaccine at this stage would be untested and very dangerous, and in addition, would infect an entire population based on nothing other than gaining control over a nation. As I mentioned above, if it happens in Australia, it will be attempted here as well.

As fall approaches, this pandemic plot will be ramped up even more than we have seen this year. With weakened populations here and around the world, flu deaths will be more evident than normal, but these deaths will never be attributed to the fact that the state’s response to this hoax has caused the destruction of immune systems just in time for the season of normal sickness. This will allow for the biggest propaganda blitz ever seen on earth. At the height of this flu season, or before, vaccinating the world with a poisonous vaccine, an RNA vaccine possibly (probably) filled with many unknown ingredients, will be the top agenda of the monsters controlling this virus insanity. Nothing will be left off the table, as massive draconian orders will be handed down from on high. With a much more frightened public that has been inundated with second wave pandemic doom, all stops will be removed, as the state attempts to take over all of humanity, killing what is left of the human spirit in the process.

Thankfully, there has been a little more pushback as of late, but this plot is so much bigger than can be conceived by a now fearful and weak population. More dissent is desperately needed, and massive non-compliance to government orders is all that can prevent an economic apocalypse of epoch proportions, and destruction of all aspects of liberty that have ever been attained.

Featured

Prayer for Saturday, October 3, 2020

Strengthen my faith, Lord. Forgive my sins, so that I may be clean in your righteousness.

Make me brave, so I can stand and fight the spiritual battles in my life and in our world.

Give me your wisdom and discernment so I won’t be caught off guard.

Together, Lord, we’ll win, because in truth, you already have. While evil still roams, the power of Your name and Your blood rises up to defeat and bring us victory against every evil planned against us.

While malicious actions may disturb us, we use the armor of God You have given us to stand firm. You will bring justice in due time for all the harm and needless violence aimed at Your children.

Until then, we remain in Your presence, aligned with Your purposes, and we look to You as our Supreme Commander and Protector. Help us to avoid temptation, and deliver us from evil, Lord. You are the Mighty One, the One Who will ultimately bring all evil to light. With You we are safe.

Amen.

Featured

The years of lead-Part 2

The murders, bombings and kidnappings are too numerous to go into detail starting around 1975. This was the year that left-wing groups killed MSI militant Mikis Mantakas during a riot and MSI militant Sergio Ramelli was beaten to death by members of Avanguardia Operaia (a successor group to Lotta Continua) with wrenches.

The Left Strikes Back: The Formation of the Red Brigades

In reaction to Ordine Nuovo and inspired by Latin American guerilla movements, as well as similar movements on the continent, the Brigate Rosse was formed in 1970. As was the case with many far-left groups in Italy and Germany at the time, they saw the post-war government as a mere continuation of the previous fascist regime, now backed by NATO.

They grew out of a series of strikes against the Sit-Siemens corporation. The bulk of their initial leadership were young and had been expelled from the Italian Communist Party’s youth movement for their extremism. Their first action was a simple one: They set ablaze the car of Sit-Siemens corporate leader, Giuseppe Leoni. No one was hurt.

The Red Brigades and Ordine Nuovo each committed a number of actions throughout the Italian Years of Lead, and will pop up a number of times throughout this article. A failed fascist coup would soon increase the tensions in Italy.

The Failed Fascist Coup d’etat: Golpe Borghese

The failed fascist coup of 1970 probably had very little chance of success. Still, it became a watchword on the Italian left. Hundreds of members of Neo-Nazi group National Vanguard plotted to overthrow the government with 187 allies from the Italian Forestry Service, of all places.

The plan was to seize the offices of RAI, the state Italian broadcaster. This is what the Forestry Service members were in charge of. Vanguard militants planned to assassinate the President of Italy, Giuseppe Saragat, as well as Italian police chief Angelo Vicari, while seizing the Quirinale, the Ministry of the Interior and the Ministry of Defense. The Vanguard would then have a large cache of weapons at the ready. High-ranking military officials including Air Force General Giuseppe Casero were involved, as was the Sicilian mafia. The plotters believed they would be supported by NATO forces in the Mediterrenean, however, support for the coup was marginal within the CIA and other intelligence services, which saw the status quo as the best policy in the region.

A couple of people entered the Ministry of the Interior, but the coup otherwise went nowhere, as it was called off at the last minute. All 46 plotters were eventually acquitted, because the coup was such a massive failure.

The Years of Lead Ramp Up: After the Coup

The Italian Years of Lead: How the Strategy of Tension Could Foreshadow America’s FutureWhile the coup was somewhat comical in its ineffectiveness, it was like throwing gas on the fire of the Years of Lead. Armored car driver Alessandro Floris was assassinated by the October 22 Group. The arrest of his assassin, Mario Rossi, led to the dismantling of the group by Italian police, who quickly stumbled onto the cache of weapons and propaganda the group was hoarding. This group was considered a precursor of the Red Brigades who, in April 1974, kidnapped a judge in an attempt to free October 22 Group prisoners.

Police officer Luigi Calabresi was the next victim, assassinated on May 17, 1972. Police first suspected Lotta Continua, then shifted their focus to neofascist militants. Three members of Lotta Continua were eventually convicted 16 years after his death.

Next was the May 31, 1972 bombing in Peteano, which claimed the lives of three carabinieri. This was initially blamed on Lotta Continua as well, however, it was later found out to be the work of neofascist terrorist Vincenzo Vinciguerra. Much like the earlier neofascist bombing, this was a false flag, with the intention of making the Italian state act in a more authoritarian manner. The Italian state security services helped Vinciguerra escape Italy to the safe harbor of Francisco Franco’s Spain. Further investigation found that Nuovo Ordo had worked closely with the Italian state security services to help execute the bombing.

On April 16, 1973, two members of Potere Operaio attacked the house of Italian Social Movement member Mario Mattei with a flammable device. He escaped unscathed, while his two sons, aged 8 and 22, burned to death. Their charred bodies were found embracing one another after the fire was over. It is worth noting that the Italian Social Movement, a small, but mainstream party in Italy, played no part in the Italian Years of Lead, whose right-wing actors were cut from a far more radical bent than the Social Movement’s parliamentarians.

One month later, the police headquarters in Milan was bombed by anarchist Gianfranco Bertoli. The attack killed four and wounded 75. In May of 1974, the Piazza della Loggia in Brescia was bombed by Ordine Nuovo. Eight people died and 102 were injured. One month later, two members of the Italian Social Movement were murdered in Padua, murder initially ascribed (like the burning of Mario Mattei’s home) to infighting within the Italian right. The Red Brigades later claimed the murders – their first. Previously, the organization had only participated in bank robberies, kidnappings and bombings. A second fascist coup was planned for July 1974, but never executed. On August 4, 1974, Nuovo Ordine bombed the Italicus Express train, killing 12 and injuring 48. While Nuovo Ordine claimed responsibility, no perpetrators were ever brought to justice.

For those having trouble keeping track, the right-wing terrorist groups mostly bombed things in an attempt to get the government to crack down, while the left-wing terrorist groups specialized in kidnappings and targeted assassinations.

Some Red Brigade leaders were arrested in 1974, but the organization continued – as did the violence. Indeed, the violence began to be somewhat accepted as part of life in Italy at the time. The far-left sympathizers generally claimed that the violence attributed to the far-left was in fact false flag operations on the part of the far-right.

The murders, bombings and kidnappings are too numerous to go into detail starting around 1975. This was the year that left-wing groups killed MSI militant Mikis Mantakas during a riot and MSI militant Sergio Ramelli was beaten to death by members of Avanguardia Operaia (a successor group to Lotta Continua) with wrenches. Left-wing student activist Alberto Brasili was stabbed to death by neo-fascists and carabinieri Giovanni D’Alfonso was murdered by the Red Brigades.

Things only intensified in 1976. Left-wing group Prima Linea assassinated MSI lawyer Enrico Pedenovi. Neo-fascist Pierluigi Concutelli assassinated Judge Vittorio Occorsio. In 1976, there were several more murders, almost all of them perpetrated by left-wing terrorist groups, including the murder of Carlo Casalegno, deputy director of liberal newspaper La Stampa. In 1978, there were no fewer than 12 murders by left-wing groups, most of them by the Red Brigades, including a security chief for FIAT motors, three police officers, three judges, a university professor, and a notary.

Things had reached a fever pitch and it seemed that Italy would never return to a peaceful normal.

SOURCE:Ammo.com

Featured

The Italian Years of Lead-Part 1

The CIA was also a key player in Italy through Gladio, the stay-behind organization it backed in Italy to fight a guerilla insurgency against a potential Communist takeover of the country.

Background of the Italian Years of Lead

The Italian Years of Lead: How the Strategy of Tension Could Foreshadow America’s Future Before diving into the Italian Years of Lead, it’s important to understand the political climate of Italy after the Second World War. The Communist Party was always a strong force in post-war Italian politics. In the first election after the war’s end, in 1946, the Communist Party received 18.9 percent of the vote. Going into the second election at the end of the war, the Communist Party was poised for even greater success, buoyed by their alliance with the Socialist Party – an almost exact replay of what happened in Czechoslovakia. In both cases, the Communist Party had entered into an alliance with naive Socialists, whom they quickly outfoxed, dominating the electoral combination of nominal equals.

Meanwhile, in Czechoslovakia, a Communist coup d’etat was engineered by a section of the government dominated by Communist elected officials. The CIA stepped in, putting their thumb on the scale in an attempt to prevent the Communists from succeeding in Italy as well. This was one of the first battles in the burgeoning Cold War. All told, the CIA funneled somewhere between $10 and $20 million to defeat the Communists (between $106 and $212 million in 2019 dollars). In contrast, the Soviets spent between $8 and $10 million every month to ensure a Communist victory in the elections.

In an incredibly tense and vitriolic campaign, the Christian Democrats eventually bested the Communists, getting 48 percent of the vote to the Communist Party’s 31. The anti-Communist Socialist grouping netted the balance of the remainder, with small parties picking up the rest, as is common in Italy. The Christian Democrats formed a broad tent coalition, despite having an electoral mandate that did not require it, bringing in Liberals, Republicans and Social Democrats.

However, this did not end the involvement of the CIA in Italy, nor the strength of the Communist Party. The CIA spent an average of $5 million annually in Italy, both to prop up center-right governments and to weaken the influence of the trade unions, who traditionally supported the Communist Party. From 1948 until the first Italian election after the fall of Communism in 1992, the Communist Party polled between 22 and 33 percent in Italian elections, a fact that always filled the CIA with dread.

It is worth briefly mentioning that the successor to the National / Republican Fascist Party, the Italian Social Movement, never polled higher than 9 percent.

The CIA was also a key player in Italy through Gladio, the stay-behind organization it backed in Italy to fight a guerilla insurgency against a potential Communist takeover of the country. The extent of Gladio’s direct involvement in the Years of Lead is a hotly debated topic among historians.

The Hot Autumn of 1969 and 1970

Throughout the 1960s, Italy became increasingly industrialized and modernized, which led to discontent among both the left and the right. These forces were very briefly united in a series of protests in Italy in 1968. However, the similarities between the far-left and far-right were too tenuous, and the establishment parties were largely skeptical of the counter-cultural orientation of the young radicals.

These protests set the stage for what is known in Italy as the “Hot Autumn.” This was a series of wildcat strikes throughout Italy in its industrial sectors, largely in response to layoffs due to increased efficiencies in industrial production. It was the basis of a growing Communist Party, and one that was shifting even further to the left in response to networks of activists known as “autonomists.”

The Italian Years of Lead were in some part a reaction of the far-right to this ascendant Communist movement. However, as stated above, international intelligence agencies were deeply involved and the truth of how the whole thing started moving is incredibly complex.

The Years of Lead Claim Their First Victim: The Death of Antonio Annarumma

The Italian Years of Lead: How the Strategy of Tension Could Foreshadow America’s FutureThe initial movement in the Years of Lead was simply a continuation of the Hot Autumn. A group of autonomist students and workers occupied a FIAT factory in Milan. During a related protest in November 1969, Milan police officer Antonio Annarumma was killed by an iron tube. The leftists protesters claimed that this was an accident, however, the courts found differently.

This was followed by the first, but certainly not the last, bombing in the Italian Years of Lead. On December 12, 1969, a bomb went off in the National Agrarian Bank’s headquarters in Piazza Fontana, some 200 meters from the Duomo. The bomb claimed the lives of 17 people, with another 88 wounded.

At first, the press and the police blamed the attack on anarchists. Police arrested prominent anarchist Giuseppe Pinelli, who died under suspicious circumstances when he fell from the fourth-story window of the police building while in custody. The three police in charge were later investigated, but cleared of any wrongdoing. Police commissioner Luigi Calabresi was later assassinated by autonomist paramilitary group Lotta Continua as revenge for the death of Pinelli.

Another anarchist, Pietro Valpreda, was arrested and held without charge for three years after a cab driver identified him as his “suspicious passenger.” He was later exonerated.

Approximately three years after the bombing, the police finally switched their focus from investigating anarchist operatives to looking into the far-right, neo-fascist grouping Ordine Nuovo (New Order). On March 3, 1972, Italian police arrested Franco Freda, Giovanni Ventura and Ordine Nuovo founder Pino Rauti, who consistently described himself as a non-fascist and a leftist throughout his lengthy political career on the far-right in Italy. The first two were eventually convicted for two separate bombings in 1987, and sentenced to 16 years.

The irregular, (not officially recognized), Masonic P2 Lodge – which we will go into in greater detail later – played a key role in running interference for the accused through their member General Gianandelio Maletti, the head of the Servizio Informazioni Difesa, the Italian state security services.

Curiously, the initial reaction of the police was not far off from what Ordine Nuovo had intended. The bombings were meant not just to create a sense of overall terror, but to implicate the Communist movement in Italy.

SOURCE: Ammo.com

Featured

“…and I don’t give a damn about a greenback dollar…”

The Federal Reserve has been researching issues raised by central bank digital currency for some time.

The Cleveland Fed president writes that “the experience with pandemic emergency payments has brought forward an idea that was already gaining increased attention at central banks around the world, that is, central bank digital currency (CBDC).”

And in the shocking punchline, then goes on to reveal that “legislation has proposed that each American have an account at the Fed in which digital dollars could be deposited, as liabilities of the Federal Reserve Banks, which could be used for emergency payments.

But wait it gets better, because in launching digital cash, the Fed would then be able to scrap “anonymous” physical currency entirely, and track every single banknote from its “creation” all though the various transactions that take place during its lifetime. And, eventually, the Fed could remotely “destroy” said digital currency when it so decides. Oh, and in the process the Fed would effectively disintermediate commercial banks, as it would both provide loans to US consumers and directly deposit funds into their accounts, effectively making the entire traditional banking system obsolete. Here are the details:
Other proposals would create a new payments instrument, digital cash, which would be just like the physical currency issued by central banks today, but in a digital form and, potentially, without the anonymity of physical currency. Depending on how these currencies are designed, central banks could support them without the need for commercial bank involvement via direct issuance into the end-users’ digital wallets combined with central-bank-facilitated transfer and redemption services. The demand for and use of such instruments need further consideration in order to evaluate whether such a central bank digital currency would allow for quicker and more ubiquitous payments in times of emergency and more generally. In addition, a range of potential risks and policy issues surrounding central bank digital currency need to be better understood, and the costs and benefits evaluated.

The Federal Reserve has been researching issues raised by central bank digital currency for some time. The Board of Governors has a technology lab that has been building and testing a range of distributed ledger platforms to understand their potential benefits and tradeoffs. Staff members from several Reserve Banks, including Cleveland Fed software developers, are contributing to this effort. The Federal Reserve Bank of Boston is also engaged in a multiyear effort, working with the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, to experiment with technologies that could be used for a central bank digital currency. The Federal Reserve Bank of New York has established an innovation center, in partnership with the Bank for International Settlements, to identify and develop in-depth insights into critical trends and financial technology of relevance to central banks. Experimentation like this is an important ingredient in assessing the benefits and costs of a central bank digital currency, but does not signal any decision by the Federal Reserve to adopt such a currency. Issues raised by central bank digital currency related to financial stability, market structure, security, privacy, and monetary policy all need to be better understood. To summarize, the wheels are already turning on a plan that sees the Fed depositing “digital dollars” to “each American”, a stunning development that essentially sees the Fed bypass Congress, endowing the Central Bank with targeted “fiscal stimulus” capabilities, and which could lead to a dramatic reflationary spike as it is the lower income quartile segments of US society that are the marginal price setters for economic goods and services. And having already implemented Average Inflation Targeting, the resulting burst of inflation would be viewed by the Fed as insufficient on its own (as it would have to persist for a long time over the “average” period whatever it may end up being), to tighten monetary policy. In fact, even as inflation rages – which some alternative inflationary measures to CPI suggest it already is – the Fed will have a semantic loophole in explaining just why it needs to keep inflation scorching hot even as the standard of living in America collapses to the benefit of a handful of asset holders.

Why?

Absent a massive burst of inflation in the coming years which inflates away the hundreds of trillions in federal debt, the unprecedented debt tsunami that is coming would mean the end to the American way of life as we know it. And to do that, the Fed is now finalizing the last steps of a process that revolutionizes the entire fiat monetary system, launching digital dollars which effectively remove commercial banks as financial intermediaries, as they will allow the Fed itself to make direct deposits into Americans’ “digital wallets”, in the process also making Congress and the entire Legislative branch redundant, as a handful of technocrats quietly take over the United States.

Featured

A Long Rant To The “Woke” Folk

When Donald Trump is reelected it will be because you and your “comrades” have chosen to trash the police, harass law-abiding citizens, and go on rampages destroying public property that we have all paid for and for which you have zero respect.

Electing in your opinion, a rude obnoxious unpredictable narcissist (your words, not ours) to the office of President of the United States — because we consider you to be the most dangerous & destructive group in America.

How is that possible you might ask? Well, you have done everything in your power to destroy our country; from tearing down the police, to tearing down our history, to tearing down our borders.

From systematically destroying our schools and brainwashing our kids into believing socialism or theoretical communism is the answer (despite the horrible failures that began as socialism or theoretical communism and led to the dictatorships of Hitler, Lenin, Stalin, Mao, Pol Pot, Castro, Chavez, Maduro & others) while demonizing religion and faith, and glorifying ********, violence, and thug culture.

From calling us racists because we think all people should be expected to follow our laws equally, to telling us that our “tolerance” of lifestyles we don’t agree with isn’t nearly enough — no we must “celebrate” any lifestyle choice or gender option (forget science) you throw our direction.


You think it’s fine to call us homophobic, or some other degrading slur you decide is okay, ironically while lecturing us on hate speech. While you gaslight us about 52 genders, polyamory, grown men in dresses sharing public locker rooms with little girls, and normalizing the sexualization of young children, you simultaneously ridicule us for having the audacity to wish someone a “Merry Christmas” or hang a flag on the 4th of July, stand for the national anthem, or (horror of horrors) wear a MAGA hat in public.

So much for your “tolerance.” (See why we think you are just hypocrites??)

We’re also not interested in the fact that you think you can unilaterally decide that 244 years of the right-to-bear-arms against a potentially tyrannical government should be abolished, because you can’t get the violence in the cities you manage under control….. that free-speech should be tossed out the window, and that those who disagree with your opinions are fair game for public harassment or doxing…..that spoiled children with nose-rings and tats who still live off their parent’s dime should be allowed to destroy cities and peoples’ livelihoods without repercussions….. that chaos, and lawlessness, and disrespect for authority should be the norm.

This is your agenda. And you wonder why we find Donald Trump’s policies to be desirable. Your narrative is a constant drone of oppressor/oppressed race-baiting intended to divide the country in as many ways as you possibly can. You love to sell “victim-hood” to people of color every chance you get because it’s such an easy sell compared to actually teaching people to stand on their own two feet and taking personal responsibility for their own lives and their own communities and their own futures.


But you won’t do that, you will never do that, because then you will lose control over people of color. They might actually start thinking for themselves, God forbid!


This is why we will vote for Donald Trump. Not because he is the most charming character on the block. Not because he is the most polite politician to have ever graced the oval office, but because we agree with his policies & are sick to death of you and all of the destructive crap you are doing to this once beautiful and relatively safe country.

Your ineffective and completely dysfunctional liberal “leadership”(?) in some areas has literally destroyed many of our most beautiful cities, businesses & jobs & destroyed or severely reduced the effectiveness of our public education.

However bad you may think Donald Trump to be, every day we look at you and feel that no matter what Donald Trump says or does there is no possible way he could be any worse for our country than you.

We are sick to death of your stupid, destructive, ignorant, and intolerant behavior and beliefs — parading as “wokeness.” We are beyond sick of your hypocrisy and B.S. We are fed up with your disrespectful divisiveness and constant unrelenting harping and whining and complaining (while you live in the most privileged nation in the world), while making literally zero contributions of anything positive to our society.

Your entire focus is on ripping things down, never ever building anything up. There is something fundamentally wrong with people who choose destruction as their primary modus operandi.

When Donald J Trump is reelected & we celebrate, don’t blame us, look in the mirror and blame yourselves. Because you are the ones that are responsible for the rise of Donald Trump.

You are the ones who have created the need for the policies that you so despise, by your very actions. By your refusal to respect your fellow Americans, and the things that are important to us.

You have made fun of the “fly-over states,” the people who “cling to their guns and religion,” the middle class factory workers and coal miners and underprivileged rural populations that you dismissively call “yahoos” and “deplorables.” You have mocked our faith and our religion. You have mocked our values and our patriotism. You have trampled our flag and insulted our veterans and treated our first responders with contempt and hatred. You have made environmentalism your religion, while trashing many cities you control.

You scream from the rooftops about “global warming” and a “green new deal” while allowing tens of thousands of homeless people to cover your streets in feces, garbage, needles and plastic waste, without doing a single thing to help them or solve the environmental crisis your failed social policies have created. But we’re supposed to put YOU in charge of the environment while gutting our entire economy to institute this plan when you can’t even clean up a single city??


You complain — endlessly — yet have failed to solve a single social problem anywhere. In fact, all you have done is create more of them. We’ve had enough. We were tired of quietly sitting by and being the “silent” majority.

So, you should not have been shocked when Donald Trump was elected in 2016. When Donald Trump is reelected it will be because you and your “comrades” have chosen to trash the police, harass law-abiding citizens, and go on rampages destroying public property that we have all paid for and for which you have zero respect.


When Donald Trump is reelected it will be because we are sick of your complete and utter nonsense and destruction. So on the morning of November 4 (or more likely December 29 by the time the Supreme Court will weigh in on the mail-in ballot fiasco we are headed towards) when Donald J. Trump is reelected……..the only people you will have to blame is the left-wing media drones and yourselves.


You did this. Yep you.

Featured

The reality of muscle flexing

The Supreme Court no longer is a meaningful judicial institution requiring special expertise. The court doesn’t interpret law, it makes it.

Congresscritter Alexandria Ocasio-Cortes has posited that our politicians need to be radicalized. I have run across a radical idea for the Republicans.

The Supreme Court is the most powerful legislative body in America. It is an entirely partisan institution.

Let’s stop pretending otherwise.

With that in mind, President Trump and the Senate Republicans immediately should nominate and appoint the youngest, most conservative public figure they can find. I recommend Madison Cawthorn, the 25-year-old House candidate running for North Carolina’s 11th District.

Unlike the currently sitting eight justices, Cawthorn is not a graduate either of Yale or Harvard Law. In fact, he doesn’t have any law degree at all.

Even better!

The Supreme Court no longer is a meaningful judicial institution requiring special expertise. The court doesn’t interpret law, it makes it. The people’s representatives in Congress never voted to make gay marriage legal nationwide or to allow abortion on demand. That was left to the nine aged oligarchs on the court. America, in a number of crucial ways, is a kritarchy—a regime governed by judges.

The Republicans have 53 votes in the Senate. The principle of majority rule means they have the right, from the American people themselves, to implement their will. They should use that power to ram through their preferred nominee.

They shouldn’t hold hearings, ask for Democrats’ input, or muse about “qualifications.” First thing Monday morning, Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell (R-Ky.) should hold an up or down vote. They should swear Cawthorn in by the afternoon.

Do not stop, do not pass go, do not collect $200.

Like the Roman emperor Caligula appointing his horse as senator, the whole point of this exercise is to delegitimize our decrepit institutions. Conservatives still wringing their hands about “decency,” “norms,” and “the rule of law” simply do not understand the world in front of their eyes.

You want to talk about rule of law? Virtually every state in America has been under medical martial law for six months.

Norms? Neil Gorsuch didn’t bat at an eye at finding transgender rights in the Constitution.

Decency? Democrats used an evidence-free rape accusation to try to sink Brett Kavanaugh’s nomination.

This is about power. This is about winning. America has been in a constitutional crisis for years, if not decades. Maybe it’s time for Republicans to make it explicit.

Of course, if Republicans had spines none of this would be necessary. Article III, Section 2, Clause 3 of the Constitution states that the Supreme Court only has “appellate Jurisdiction, both as to Law and Fact,” under “such Exceptions” and “Regulations as the Congress shall make.” In other words, the Supreme Court is not the final arbiter on the Constitution. The three branches of government are coequal in their charge to interpret the Constitution in their respective spheres.

But Congress alone has the special power to remove certain topics from the Supreme Court’s jurisdiction entirely. If Congress doesn’t want the Supreme Court to rule on abortion or gun rights, it could make it happen tomorrow.

The current Republican establishment ignores the powers they have, and simply shrugs their shoulders at the court’s rulings. This is a sign of weakness. It is so much easier for elected representatives to sit back in D.C., collect a sweet paycheck from K Street after leaving office, and look the other way.

Their abdication has consequences. Over the past 50 years, the American Left has used the judiciary and administrative state to impose their will without ever pretending to consult the people. And that street doesn’t run both ways, either. The Supreme Court is only allowed to act as a super-legislature so long as it embraces liberal policies.

If a 5-4 decision came down not simply undoing Roe v. Wade, but banning abortion nationwide using the 14th Amendment, there is a snowball’s chance in Hell the Left would accept the results. Leftists would cry “state’s rights,” refuse to allow executive agents to enforce the ruling, and then use their corporate muscle to undo the decision.

The Left would let this country burn before it would allow conservatives to do to them what they’ve spent the last five decades doing to us.

Enough is enough. Americans need a say in their own government. That starts with this nomination. The Republican Party has a chance to show some fight and to impose its will. Do it. Speculating about precedent for the opposing party in the future is the talk of losers. Conservatives should act as if they will always remain in power. They should act like liberals.

Therefore, the Republican Party should immediately flex its political muscle and ensure the appointment of its president’s nominee. It’s time Republicans started acting like winners.

Featured

Rocky Rhodes

It is remarkable how many ‘Rhodes Scholars’, as they are called, go on to become leaders of counties or heads of intelligence agencies, education, and other subject areas important to the Elite, or ‘advisors’ to those leaders.)

Being a Rhodes Scholar is quite an accomplishment and comes with extraordinary benefits.

Not only is full tuition paid, but students also receive a generous stipend to live on, and may receive additional scholarships through Oxford.

This scholarship is quite prestigious and can give a Rhodes Scholar an advantage when looking for employment after completing a degree.

Study at Oxford also presents numerous opportunities for a Rhodes Scholar to network and establish long-term relationships with professors and future world leaders.

It is remarkable how many ‘Rhodes Scholars’, as they are called, go on to become leaders of counties or heads of intelligence agencies, education, and other subject areas important to the Elite, or ‘advisors’ to those leaders.)

A partial list of US “movers and shakers” who are Rhodes scholars include:

R. James Woolsey 1963 Director of Central Intelligence Agency (1993–1995), core member of the Project for the New American Century (1997–), senior vice president at Booz Allen Hamilton (2002–)

Robert Reich 1968 American commentator and author, U.S. Secretary of Labor (1993–1997), Chancellor’s Professor at the Goldman School of Public Policy at the University of California, Berkeley (2006–)

Bill Clinton 1968 American politician, 42nd president of the United States, 1993–2001, Governor of Arkansas, 1979–1981 & 1983–1993

Russ Feingold 1975 U.S. Senator (D-Wis.) 1993–2011

Mel Reynolds 1975 U.S. Congressman (Illinois), 1993–1995; convicted felon pedophile

Ashton Carter 1976 Former Harvard professor and United States Deputy Secretary of Defense (October 2011 – December 2013), former United States Secretary of Defense

Eric Lander 1978 Chair of U.S. President Barack Obama’s Council of Advisors on Science and Technology, founder of the Human Genome Project, biology professor at MIT

George Stephanopoulos 1984 Moderator of ABC’s This Week and communications director for Bill Clinton’s 1992 presidential campaign

Susan Rice 1986 U.S. Assistant Secretary of State for African Affairs (1997–2001), United States Ambassador to the United Nations, (2009–2013), National Security Advisor (2013–2017)

Jacob Weisberg 1987 Journalist and editor of Slate magazine

Cory Booker 1992 Former mayor of Newark, New Jersey; 2013 elected Democratic US Senator from New Jersey

Pete Buttigieg 2005 Mayor of South Bend, Indiana

Ronan Farrow 2012 American human rights activist , senior foreign policy official in the Obama administration, U.S. State Department special adviser on global youth issues and Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist

Bruce Reed 1982 Former Chief of Staff to Vice President Joe Biden

Few people know the origins of the scholarship. Well here it is:
Cecil John Rhodes PC (5 July 1853 – 26 March 1902) was a British mining magnate, and politician in southern Africa who served as Prime Minister of the Cape Colony from 1890 to 1896.

An ardent believer in British imperialism, Rhodes and his British South Africa Company founded the southern African territory of Rhodesia (now Zimbabwe and Zambia), which the company named after him in 1895. South Africa’s Rhodes University is also named after him. Rhodes set up the provisions of the Rhodes Scholarship, which is funded by his estate.

One of Rhodes’s primary motivations in politics and business was his professed belief that the Anglo-Saxon race was, to quote a letter of 1877, “the first race in the world”. Under the reasoning that “the more of the world we inhabit the better it is for the human race”

So, it could be said that the seed money for the Rhodes scholarships was filthy lucre accumulated off the backs of black people slaving in Rhodes’ mines in Rhodesia and South Africa.

Again, who were some prominent recipients?
Bill Clinton
Susan Rice
Corey Booker
Rachel Maddow
Pete Buttigieg

I wonder if they will be giving the money back since their benefactor was such a loathsome racist.

Not likely.

Featured

A new epoch

Today, we have allowed “The Powers That Be” to turn the entire economy into a Wasting Asset.
In my opinion this was as intended.
You can not mismanage things this bad, unless you intend to do so.

As defined by wiki, An epoch, for the purposes of chronology and periodization, is an instant in time chosen as the origin of a particular calendar era.The “epoch” serves as a reference point from which time is measured. The moment of epoch is usually decided by congruity, or by following conventions understood from the epoch in question.

This year has been the year of “unprecedented”. Everything is unprecedented.

The Fed borrowed 4 trillion this year – that number simply takes the breath away. 4 trillion, poof, out of thin air. And to top that, they spent all of it and want to borrow more.

The government gave over half the population $1200 each.

They told 30 to 40 percent of the population not to go to work . . . and they did!/

They gave people who were not working more in unemployment than they ever made working.

The government decided which jobs were essential and which were not . . . and you believed them . . . even after you found out that pizza delivery was essential.

Gas dropped to $1.50 a gallon

People were told to work from home and both companies and employees loved it and do not intend to go back to the old ways.

And all those companies that supported the cube farm office high rise will never come back – restaurants, dry cleaners, auto sales, convenience stores, Starbucks.

Most students will never return to a campus education system.

The era of professional sports my be over because they cannot have fans in the stands.

Yes, it may be too early to tell, but the changes invoked appear to be taking root and create a systemic change in our behavior on many levels.

Systemic change – good phrase.

You don’t hear too much about how to manage Wasting Assets.

Think the big business of buggy whips.

Today, we have allowed “The Powers That Be” to turn the entire economy into a Wasting Asset.

The pass/fail test of management at all levels, is in progress.

In my opinion this was as intended.

You can not mismanage things this bad, unless you intend to do so.

Featured

The 4 “D”‘s that define the future

The four Ds help us understand why the status quo is incapable of adapting / evolving fast enough and effectively enough to manage a controlled collapse to a much lower level of cost and complexity.

When the money runs out or loses its purchasing power, all sorts of complexity that were previously viewed as essential crumble to dust.

Four D’s will define 2020-2025: derealization, denormalization, decomplexification and decoherence. That’s a lot of D’s. Let’s take them one at a time.

I use the word derealization to describe the inner disconnect between what we experience and what the propaganda / marketing complex we live in tells us we should be experiencing.

Put another way: our lived experience is derealized (dismissed as not real) by official spin and propaganda.

The current state of the economy is a good example. We see the real-world economy declining yet the officially approved narrative is that there’s a V-shaped recovery underway because Big Tech stocks are hitting new highs. In other words, we don’t need a real-world economy, all we need is a digital economy provided by Big Tech platforms.

This is derealization at its finest: the everyday world you experience directly no longer matters; what matters is stock prices and various statistics that all paint a rosy picture.

Meanwhile, the wealthiest class is fleeing soon-to-be-bankrupt cities. The wealthiest class has the means to buy the best advice and also has the most to lose, so I give their actions far more credence than official propaganda.

The “New Normal” Is De-Normalization and Here’s Why the “Impossible. Economic Collapse Is Unavoidable:

This is why denormalization is an extinction event for much of our high-cost, high-complexity, heavily regulated economy. Subsidizing high costs doesn’t stop the dominoes from falling, as subsidies are not a substitute for the virtuous cycle of re-investment.

The Fed’s project of lowering the cost of capital to zero doesn’t generate this virtuous cycle; all it does is encourage socially useless speculative predation. Collapse isn’t “impossible,” it’s unavoidable.

The basic idea is that all the structures of the “normal” economy only function at full capacity, as costs have moved higher, unproductive complexity has increased and our ability to pay these higher costs is based on ever-expanding debt.

As a result, “normal” became extremely fragile and binary: it’s either fully funded at full capacity or it collapses. The structures of everyday life are incapable of downsizing to 70% of their previous complexity and cost, much less 50%.

There won’t be any “new normal” because the system has become too rigid, ossified, over-regulated and controlled by entrenched interests and elites. It is incapable of reducing complexity and cost, and bailouts via borrowed money are stopgaps, not actual solutions.

Decomplexification is a mouthful, and everyone inside the machine knows the impossibility of paring organizational complexity. Everyone who is a stakeholder in the status quo (which is virtually every employee, manager, etc.) will fight to keep the status quo intact as is, for fear that any re-organization might imperil their livelihood or security. This is entirely understandable, of course.

Modern life is inherently complex. Representative-Democracy is complex and cumbersome because having a bunch of stakeholders all competing for public resources and advocating for a bigger slice of the pie is inherently messy. There must be oversight and feedback to minimize the possibility of one clique gaining complete power.

Long global supply chains are inherently complex. Managing ever-increasing regulations is inherently complex. And so on.

When the money runs out or loses its purchasing power, all sorts of complexity that were previously viewed as essential crumble to dust. We’re witnessing the early stages of this in real time in healthcare and education: overly complex and costly systems are breaking down not just from the challenges of the pandemic but because they’re structurally incapable of adapting or evolving beyond pseudo-reforms and policy tweaks.

As an illustration, consider the current overly complex way our healthcare system funds itself and a system in which customers pay cash for medical care: no insurance, minimal oversight auditing, etc. Regulations boil down to a requirement to publicly post prices for services and actually charge only the posted prices.

In higher education the campus and its entire bureaucracy becomes superfluous. Classes, embedded apprenticeships and in-person workshops are organized online. The entire scheme of accrediting colleges is jettisoned in favor of accrediting each student.

And so on. You can see the problem: eliminating unproductive, obsolete layers of costly complexity will eliminate millions of middle-class jobs that can’t be replaced with new expansive bureaucracies.

Yes, paying cash for healthcare and campus-less, mostly automated universities are oversimplifications. So where is the middle ground between current costly complexity and some “new normal” with half the costs and complexity? There’s no way to accomplish this while retaining the payrolls, priorities, processes and structures of the existing systems.

The point here is that when the money runs out or loses much of its purchasing power, overly costly complexity collapses whether we like it or not.

Decoherence is an interesting word. In science, “Decoherence can be viewed as the loss of information from a system into the environment, since every system is loosely coupled with the energetic state of its surroundings.”

Decoherence refers to the loss of systemic coherence between narratives, values, processes and systems. Simply put, stuff no longer works right and it no longer makes sense.

What worked in the past has been transformed by two systemic drifts:

1. Systems that evolved to function in a specific socio-political-economic context continued adding complexity and cost because debt-based funding was available, not because they were becoming more efficient or effective.

2. The socio-political-economic context has changed and so the status quo systems are mal-adapted, i.e. obsolete.

These two systemic drifts occur so slowly that we aren’t even aware of the loss of coherence unless we compare the current system to a previous set point or look at it from the perspective of starting from scratch: what would the most sustainable, lowest-energy consumption, most efficient and productive system look like if we designed it from scratch? It certainly wouldn’t be the system we have now,

The four Ds help us understand why the status quo is incapable of adapting / evolving fast enough and effectively enough to manage a controlled collapse to a much lower level of cost and complexity.

The status quo can’t even admit the need for a controlled collapse, much less manage it.

We can add a fifth D: denial. The four Ds are already in motion and denial is only accelerating systemic decoherence.

Featured

Visit Missouri

if you want to talk to God in Missouri …it’s a local call.

Ever been to Missouri?Yes, there is a huge state between Kansas City and St. Louis and it is called MISSOURI .

It has some beautiful cities, and is also full of MANY, MANY small towns and abundant farm land which we call Rural MISSOURI. Here is someone’s take on “Rural Missouri” and it’s quite accurate.

THE RULES OF RURAL MISSOURI ARE AS FOLLOWS: Listen up City Slickers!

1. Pull your droopy pants up. You look like an idiot.

2. Turn your cap around straight… your head isn’t crooked.

3. Let’s get this straight; it’s called a ‘dirt road’ No matter how slow you drive, you’re going to get dust on your Lexus.. Drive it or get out of the way. I drive a pickup truck because I want to.

4. They are cattle. They’re live steaks. That’s why they smell funny to you. But they smell like money to us. Get over it. Don’t like it? I-70 and I-29 go west and south… use ’em.

5. So you have a $60,000 car… we’re impressed. We have $250,000 combines… to harvest corn and soybeans…that are driven only 3 weeks a year.

6. So every person in rural MISSOURI waves. It’s called being friendly. Try to understand the concept.

7. If that cell phone rings while an 8-point buck and 3 does are coming in, we WILL shoot it out of your hand. You better hope you don’t have it up to your ear at the time.

8. Yeah, we eat meat, taters and gravy, beans and biscuits, and homemade pie. You really want sushi and caviar? It’s available down at Jim’s bait shop.

9. The ‘Opener’ refers to the first day of deer season. It’s like a religious holiday, held before Thanksgiving.

10. We open doors for women. That applies to all women, regardless of age.

11. No, there’s no ‘vegetarian special’ on the menu. Order steak or chicken. Or, you can order the Chef’s salad and pick off the 2 pounds of ham and turkey.

12. When we fill out a table, there are three main dishes: meats, vegetables, and breads. We use three spices…salt, pepper, and ketchup. Oh, yeah… We don’t care what you folks in Cincinnati call that stuff you eat… IT AIN’T REAL CHILI !!

13. You bring ‘coke’ into my house… it better be brown, wet and served over ice.

14. You bring ‘Mary Jane’ into my house, she better be cute, know how to shoot, drive a truck, and have long hair.

15. The Missouri Tigers and high school football are as important here as the Royals and the Chiefs, the Cardinals and the Blues – and just as much fun to watch.

16. Yeah, we have golf courses.. But don’t hit the water hazards… it spooks the fish.

17. Colleges? We have them all over. We have Missouri University, Missouri State College, Community Colleges, and Voc-techs. They come outta there with an education plus a love for God and Country, and they still wave to everybody when they come home for the holidays.

18. Turn down that blasted car stereo! That thumpity-thump crap ain’t music anyway. We don’t want to hear it any more than we want to see your boxers. (Refer back to #1.)

19. Four inches of snow isn’t a blizzard… it’s a flurry. Drive in it like you got some sense, and DON’T take all our bread, milk, and eggs off the grocery shelves. This ain’t Alaska! Worst case.. you may have to live a whole day without croissants. Anyway… the pickups with snowplows will have you out the next day.

20. If you’ve never been here, come visit our friendly folks and enjoy our spectacular scenery… lakes,farmland, great fishing and hunting, wineries, museums, lots of history.

21. By the way, if you want to talk to God in Missouri …it’s a local call.

A true Missourian will send this on!!!HAVE A GREAT DAY!FROM RURAL Missouri With Love and God’s Blessings

Featured

Truth

Don’t be a willing participant in you, your family and neighbor’s deaths.

Don’t be a willing participant of Globalist plans.

We’re Experiencing Issues On A Level In America That We Have Never Before Seen…

-Fake fraudulent and fabricated lies and daily omission of the truth has become news,

-The Covid-19 ‘pandemic’ and Individual Rights violations on a huge scale by government officials eager to enforce draconian laws,

-Mass rioting

-An ongoing attempt at election fraud by ‘Americans’ who hate this country,

-An enormous effort to disarm Americans

-American corporations donating massive amounts of money to anti-American organizations,

-The inability to have a civil discussion of politics or ideology without it turning to violence even in families,

-White people actively advocating the genocide of their own race and acting as the majority race members of a ‘Black Lives Matter’ organization,

-The militant wing of the Communists ANTIFA becoming more and more violent,

Did I cover them all?…what’s next?

Don’t be a willing participant in you, your family and neighbor’s deaths.

Don’t be a willing participant of Globalist plans.

WAKE UP!

Featured

Truth for Monday 9/21/2020

Today’s truth from a trusted source:

The media is complicit.
The “Fact checkers” were created to reinforce the same narrative [propaganda] they themselves created.

Social media censor-terminate-silence anti-narrative accounts.


Social media and broadcast media echo the “approved” Deep State narrative.


It is a long-established system of control.


It’s Mission: keep the public controlled and in the dark through Information warfare.

Featured

Observations on a late Supreme Court Associate Justice

One of my Orthodox friends said; “This is then quite prophetically significant since she was a judge- a wicked judge being removed before God righteously judging and dividing between His own and those who don’t have allegiance going forward into the Kingdom Age prior to “the end.”

Some observations on the late Supreme Court Associate Justice.

Ginsberg died 45 minutes before sundown, the start of Rosh Shahana. Note the Shofars were being blown within 45 minutes of Justice Ginsberg’s passing, Sundown at 7:15 pm EST.

One of my Orthodox friends said; “This is then quite prophetically significant since she was a judge- a wicked judge being removed before God righteously judging and dividing between His own and those who don’t have allegiance going forward into the Kingdom Age prior to “the end.”

“The Mishnah contains the second known reference to Rosh Hashanah as the “day of judgment” (Yom haDin). In the Talmud tractate on Rosh Hashanah, it states that three books of account are opened on Rosh Hashanah, wherein the fate of the wicked, the righteous, and those of the intermediate class are recorded. The names of the righteous are immediately inscribed in the book of life and they are sealed “to live”. The intermediate class is allowed a respite of ten days, until Yom Kippur, to reflect, repent and become righteous; the wicked are “blotted out of the book of the living forever”. “

A prophecy; I the Lord created Life and I the Lord God can take life, and as the greed rises as the entitlement rises as they are inflated with a puffed up greed and humility is fleeting, be in prayer for mercy for tragedy shall strike, a tragedy of their own making. A tragedy from fulfilling people with darkness, for there shall be a split they will draw lines within movements and the movement will oppose.

Featured

Some hard questions from a trusted source;

The powers that be understand the following truths; Peace doesn’t sell, WAR [fear] does.

1Why did it take an ‘outsider’ to finally deliver the ‘start’ of peace in the middle east?

2 Why did it take an ‘outsider’ to finally deliver the ‘start’ of peace in the middle east?

Where is the news coverage? Why is this not the lead story and on all front page(s)?

Were there unreported missile strike(s)? Drone violating AF1/AF2 airspace. Attempt to send ricin to POTUS through the mail. Were these attempts to terminate/assassinate?

The powers that be understand the following truths; Peace doesn’t sell, WAR [fear] does.

Follow the money. $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$

Who benefits?

Evil and corruption @ highest levels.

Featured

Isaiah 51:9-11

Isaiah 51:9

9 Awake, awake, put on strength, O arm of the LORD; awake, as in the ancient days, in the generations of old. Art thou not it that hath cut Rahab, and wounded the dragon?

10 Art thou not it which hath dried the sea, the waters of the great deep; that hath made the depths of the sea a way for the ransomed to pass over?

11 Therefore the redeemed of the LORD shall return, and come with singing unto Zion; and everlasting joy shall be upon their head: they shall obtain gladness and joy; and sorrow and mourning shall flee away.

Featured

No one spared

Lamentations 2:1-4

1 How hath the Lord covered the daughter of Zion with a cloud in his anger, and cast down from heaven unto the earth the beauty of Israel, and remembered not his footstool in the day of his anger!
2 The Lord hath swallowed up all the habitations of Jacob, and hath not pitied: he hath thrown down in his wrath the strong holds of the daughter of Judah; he hath brought them down to the ground: he hath polluted the kingdom and the princes thereof.
3 He hath cut off in his fierce anger all the horn of Israel: he hath drawn back his right hand from before the enemy, and he burned against Jacob like a flaming fire, which devoureth round about.
4 He hath bent his bow like an enemy: he stood with his right hand as an adversary, and slew all that were pleasant to the eye in the tabernacle of the daughter of Zion: he poured out his fury like fire.

Featured

The Wrath of God

Jeremiah 32:28-30

28 Therefore thus says the Lord, “Behold, I am about to give this city into the hand of the Chaldeans and into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, and he will take it.

29 The Chaldeans who are fighting against this city will enter and set this city on fire and burn it, with the houses where people have offered incense to Baal on their roofs and poured out drink offerings to other gods to provoke Me to anger.

30 Indeed the sons of Israel and the sons of Judah have been doing only evil in My sight from their youth; for the sons of Israel have been only provoking Me to anger by the work of their hands,” declares the Lord.

Featured

The Art of War

Meanwhile, conservatives/Libertarians, (the right in many western nations), are living in quasi police states with these lock down, masking, (and soon to be vaccine), laws, and aside from angry letters in the newspapers, there is zero push back, let alone people on the streets confronting the state, despite the draconian policies, or in the case of the USA, their cities literally on fire and in open anarchy.

photography of the temple
Photo by David Besh on Pexels.com

Many Libertarians and conservatives are downplaying and/or ridiculing those in AntiFa and BLM as “soyboys” and a joke.


Both sides caricaturize each other in order to make themselves feel superior. Those lies are about to be shattered with impunity.


It’s a mistake to underestimate such groups.


I’m sure Russian police and soldiers would have viewed the Bolsheviks in the same manner originally. Yes violent. Yes radical, but outside of St Petersburg they have not the popular support or logistics to be successful….


It’s also important to acknowledge that AntiFa,/BLM is on the street in numbers pushing their agenda. Sure, they know the courts will go easy on them, but nevertheless, it’s still a risk that they are taking, yet they eagerly go about their cause without concern.


Meanwhile, conservatives/Libertarians, (the right in many western nations), are living in quasi police states with these lock down, masking, (and soon to be vaccine), laws, and aside from angry letters in the newspapers, there is zero push back, let alone people on the streets confronting the state, despite the draconian policies, or in the case of the USA, their cities literally on fire and in open anarchy.


“What we obtain too cheap, we esteem too lightly: it is dearness only that gives every thing its value. Heaven knows how to put a proper price upon its goods; and it would be strange indeed if so celestial an article as FREEDOM should not be highly rated.” -Thomas Paine December 1776

Featured

WWJD?

John 2:13-17

13 And the Jews’ passover was at hand, and Jesus went up to Jerusalem.

14 And found in the temple those that sold oxen and sheep and doves, and the changers of money sitting:

15 And when he had made a scourge of small cords, he drove them all out of the temple, and the sheep, and the oxen; and poured out the changers’ money, and overthrew the tables;

16 And said unto them that sold doves, Take these things hence; make not my Father’s house an house of merchandise.

17 And his disciples remembered that it was written, The zeal of thine house hath eaten me up.

Featured

Prayer for Saturday, September 12, 2020

23 The Lord is my shepherd; I shall not want.

He maketh me to lie down in green pastures: he leadeth me beside the still waters.

He restoreth my soul: he leadeth me in the paths of righteousness for his name’s sake.

Yea, though I walk through the valley of the shadow of death, I will fear no evil: for thou art with me; thy rod and thy staff they comfort me.

Thou preparest a table before me in the presence of mine enemies: thou anointest my head with oil; my cup runneth over.

Surely goodness and mercy shall follow me all the days of my life: and I will dwell in the house of the Lord for ever.

Featured

Armageddon – Part II

Long ago, we once knew that as American citizens each of us had a great responsibility. We were expected to work hard, play fair, do unto others as we would have them do unto us, and serve our country when called upon to do so.

Foreign malcontents can never be successfully integrated into a civilized society because they don’t even intend to try; they intend to conquer their host instead. Yet even though our own discontents are domestic for the most part, we have a much harder row to hoe than Old Europe because our own “invaders” are well entrenched and have been for decades, all the way up to the highest levels of government. That there are signs America is finally waking up is a good thing, but it serves to illustrate the folly of expecting the hostile cultures within our own country to get along with each other without rupturing the republic. Indeed, that republic died long ago, and it has been replaced by a metastasizing mass of amorphous humanity called the American Empire, and it is at war with itself and consuming itself from within.

Long ago, we once knew that as American citizens each of us had a great responsibility. We were expected to work hard, play fair, do unto others as we would have them do unto us, and serve our country when called upon to do so. Today, we don’t speak of duty, except in so much as a slogan to promote war, but we certainly do speak of benefits for ourselves and our “group” of entitled peeps. We will fail because of our greed and avarice. The United States of Empire has become quite simply too big, too diverse, and too “exceptional” to survive.

It is getting ugly in America….

And….

Becoming violent….

Even if President Trump does arrest all of the traitors, it will still be violent….

Be prepared, very prepared….

For it is coming….

Featured

The Pedo-files

“These missing children were considered to be some of the most at-risk and challenging recovery cases in the area, based on indications of high-risk factors such as victimization of child sex trafficking, child exploitation, sexual abuse, physical abuse, and medical or mental health conditions,” the press release reads.

July 2, 2020-

Ghislaine Maxwell, the British socialite and heiress who became a confidante of disgraced financier Jeffrey Epstein and was later implicated in his alleged sexual crimes, has been arrested by the FBI.

She was arrested in Bradford, New Hampshire, around 8:30 a.m. Thursday on charges she conspired with Epstein to sexually abuse minors. She was found living at a reclusive, million-dollar luxury home with 156 acres of rural mountainside property, federal prosecutors said.

In a brief electronic appearance in New Hampshire federal court Thursday afternoon, a judge remanded her to the custody of the U.S. Marshals and ordered her transferred to New York City. She did not enter a plea, and her attorney indicated he will seek a detention hearing in New York, a prelude to a possible bail request.

-The U.S. Marshals Service says 25 missing and endangered children between the ages of 13 and 18 have been recovered in a 20-day mission called “Operation Safety Net.”

The agency said in a press release late last week that it worked with state and local partners in Ohio on the effort to recover missing children from the state. The kids were recovered in Cleveland, East Cleveland, Akron, Mansfield, Euclid and Willoughby, and even Miami, according to the press release.

“Of these cases about one fourth of them are confirmed to be related to human trafficking or prostitution,” the press release reads. “Members of the task force and its local partners will continue to work over the next several weeks to bring more children to safety and return them to safe places.”

– US Marshals Locate 39 Missing Children in Lengthy Georgia Operation

Atlanta, Georgia is a city known for many things: Hip hop music, Coca Cola, strip clubs, sports failures, and, unfortunately, a whole lot of human trafficking.

That’s because Atlanta, formerly known as “Terminus” on account of all of the railroad tracks that converge within the southern capital, is a transportation hub like no other on the east coast. Not only do major, lengthy highways come together in the Peach State’s crown jewel, but The A is also home to the world’s busiest airport. The black market, whether it be drugs or guns or bodies, flows through Atlanta.

This week, federal authorities may have put a major dent in at least one of these clandestine pipelines.

The U.S. Marshals Service found 39 missing children in Georgia over two weeks in a mission known as “Operation Not Forgotten,” the agency announced in a press release Thursday. The operation led to the rescue of 26 children and the safe location of 13 others.

“These missing children were considered to be some of the most at-risk and challenging recovery cases in the area, based on indications of high-risk factors such as victimization of child sex trafficking, child exploitation, sexual abuse, physical abuse, and medical or mental health conditions,” the press release reads.

“Other children were located at the request of law enforcement to ensure their wellbeing,” the release continues. “USMS investigators were able to confirm each child’s location in person and assure their safety and welfare.”

Partial List of Politicians involved as pedophiles;

Republican benefactor of conservative Christian groups, Richard A. Dasen Sr., was charged with rape for allegedly paying a 15-year old girl for sex. Dasen, 62, who is married with grown children and several grandchildren, has allegedly told police that over the past decade he paid more than $1 million to have sex with a large number of young women.

Democratic donor and billionaire, Jeffrey Epstein, ran an underage child sex brothel and was convicted of soliciting underage girls for prostitution.

Democratic New York Congressman, Anthony Weiner, plead guilty to transferring obscene material to a minor as part of a plea agreement for sexted and sending Twitter DMs to underage girls as young as 15.

Democratic donor, activist, and Hollywood producer Harvey Weinstein is being criminally prosecuted and civilly sued for years of sexual abuse (that was well known “secret” in Hollywood) including underage sexual activities with aspiring female actresses.

Democratic activist and #metoo proponent, Asia Argento, settled a lawsuit for sexual harassment stemming from sexual activities with an underage actor.

Democratic Mayor of Racine, Wisconsin, Gary Becker, was convicted of attempted child seduction, child pornography, and other child sex crimes.

Democratic Seattle Mayor Ed Murray resigned after multiple accusations of child sexual abuse were levied against him including by family members.

Democratic activist and aid to NYC Mayor De Blasio, Jacob Schwartz was arrested on possession of 3,000+ child pornographic images.

Democratic activist and actor, Russell Simmons, was sued based on an allegation of sexual assault where he coerced an underage model for sex.

Democratic Governor of Oregon, Neil Goldschmidt, after being caught by a newspaper, publicly admitted to having a past sexual relationship with a 13-year-old girl after the statute of limitations on the rape charges had expired.

Democratic Illinois Congressman, Mel Reynolds resigned from Congress after he was convicted of statutory rape of a 16-year-old campaign volunteer.

Democratic New York Congressman, Fred Richmond, was arrested in Washington D.C. for soliciting sex from a 16-year-old boy.

Democratic activist, donor, and director, Roman Polanski, fled the country after pleading guilty to statutory rape of a 13-year-old girl. Democrats and Hollywood actors still defend him to this day, including, Whoopi Goldberg, Martin Scorcese, Woody Allen, David Lynch, Wim Wenders, Pedro Almodovar, Tilda Swinton and Monica Bellucci.

Democratic State Senator from Alaska, George Jacko, was found guilty of sexual harassment of an underage legislative page.

Democratic State Representative candidate for Colorado, Andrew Myers, was convicted for possession of child pornography and enticing children.

Democratic Illinois Congressman, Gus Savage was investigated by the Democrat-controlled House Committee on Ethics for attempting to rape an underage female Peace Corps volunteer in Zaire. The Committee concluded that while the events did occur his apology was sufficient and took no further action.

Democratic activist, donor, and spokesperson for Subway, Jared Fogle, was convicted of distribution and receipt of child pornography and traveling to engage in illicit sexual conduct with a minor.

Democratic State Department official, Carl Carey, under Hillary Clinton’s state department, was arrested on ten counts of child porn possession.

Democratic Maine Assistant Attorney General, James Cameron, was sentenced to just over 15 years in federal prison for seven counts of child porn possession, receipt and transmission.

Democratic State Department official, Daniel Rosen, under Hillary Clinton’s state department, was arrested and charged with allegedly soliciting sex from a minor over the internet.

Democratic State Department official, James Cafferty, pleaded guilty to one count of transportation of child pornography.

Democratic radio host, Bernie Ward, plead guilty to one count of sending child pornography over the Internet.Democratic deputy attorney general from California, Raymond Liddy, was arrested for possession of child pornography.

…and the list goes on, and on, and on…

Featured

Few call it treason

The question of will there be a coup is more a question of how broadly the word coup is defined. There is no question that the liberal cult is literally waging war on America, and it is clear that their war efforts have increased exponentially since the election of Trump; the only question is whether what they do fits the definition of a coup.

There has been much talk on the right side of the political spectrum regarding an ongoing coup attempt by the Democrats and their Deep State handlers against the presidency of Donald J Trump.

The liberal cult has long been waging very real political war against America, while loyal Americans have tried to defend our country from this assault using legitimate politics. Since those who cheat often win, the liberal cult has had much success.

The exception to cheaters winning is when they get caught cheating and thrown out of the game. The cheating of the liberal cult has grown so outrageous that this might indeed happen. If it does, there will likely be much violence involved in the process of throwing the cheaters out.

The question of will there be a coup is more a question of how broadly the word coup is defined. There is no question that the liberal cult is literally waging war on America, and it is clear that their war efforts have increased exponentially since the election of Trump; the only question is whether what they do fits the definition of a coup.

It does fit any realistic definition of treason though, and that’s all that matters.

As far as the future after a presumed Trump victory (God willing), I do not expect the liberal cult to accept the results.

I expect liberal political war operatives to discover masses of ballots that somehow failed to get counted, all in states that were close, and most of the ballots will be for Biden. As the Socialist Democrats have become emboldened by the sadly lacking actions against them to this point, something like that will be done, with little or no attempt to legitimatize this bold theft .

Even a Biden political victory can be called a coup in a broad sense of the word coup, because it will have been political war activity and not legitimate politics that gave him his victory.

“So this is how liberty dies…with thunderous applause.” – Senator Padme’ Amidala, Star Wars Episode III

Featured

Irreconcilable Differences

we have reached a point that the Founders anticipated. They could not imagine men in sundresses shrieking like lunatics about white privilege, but they knew that unrestrained factionalism led to conflict.

The great concern of the American Founders was that factionalism would result in irreconcilable differences. In Federalist 10, Madison argued against direct democracy, because it inevitably leads to factionalism. People have different interests due to differences in opinion, wealth and status. Naturally, the like-minded join together in factions to advance their interests, even at the expense of the community. The remedy was the representative structure in the proposed constitution.

In a big diverse country like America, there are very few things a large majority of the people will agree upon. There are the big things like individual rights and equality before the law, but most issues will only be supported by a plurality. If most people don’t care, then the plurality gets their way. If not, then the plurality is out of luck. The important thing is that there is general agreement on the big stuff and a willingness to ignore the small items or leave people to sort them on their own.

That was the point of the representative structure they devised. On the one hand, it prevented the fifty percent plus one from imposing its will on the rest. Tyranny of the majority is still tyranny. The system was designed to compel compromise among the factions that would inevitably form up. On the other hand, it delegated much of what mattered to people in their politics down to the states. This was to prevent one region from imposing its will on the rest.

The system did not last very long. Lincoln obliterated that old structure and created a new country dominated by the North, which explicitly wished to impose its morality on the rest of the country. Starting in the early 20th century, the ruling faction has been growing the power of the national government, at the expense of state government, in order to impose its will on the rest of the country. The full flowering of liberal democracy is minority rule, where a tiny group control everything.

This is exactly the sort of problem the Founders wished to avoid. By sharply limiting the power of the national government, it could never be a weapon used by one faction against the rest of the country. It would also prevent the formation of partisan schisms, where the two sides are defined by their opposition to the other. The new system would make it “more difficult for unworthy candidates to practice the vicious arts by which elections are too often carried.”

By “vicious arts” Madison meant the playing of one faction against another, in order to generate enthusiasm from one versus the other. The Founders understood that democracy always led to tyranny or anarchy. The antidote was republicanism, where individual or group interests were sublimated to the good of the whole, even when the individuals involved lacked the natural republican virtue. If Madison were alive today, he would recognize the pit into which we have fallen.

There are libraries full of books on how and why we quickly abandoned the system the Founders created. First it was the Civil War when the North conquered the rest of the country by force of arms. Then it was the slow dismantling of the federal system to create the system we today call liberal democracy. There will be libraries of books written on whatever comes next, assuming that what comes next is not a dark age. We are a long way from the original vision and we shall never return.

What is not discussed very often is how this evolution has arrived at a point where a significant portion of the people no longer accept reality. The partisanship and factionalism have reached a point where one faction is no longer able to agree with the other on basic points of reality. You see this in this post by a far-left activist working for the New York Times. The point of the post is to demonstrate that he will reject anything his enemy says, even when it is obvious fact.

Here we have the CDC posting updated information on the coronavirus that people with knowledge of how these things work suspected all along. The death counts were overblown, because the system was designed to do it. At some point the numbers get adjusted back to something closer to reality. In this case, the adjustment is newsworthy because it is so extreme. Still, it is a real thing, but the partisans cannot accept it, because they think it is supporting their enemies.

The same is true about the rioting this summer. You can go on-line and see people looting, fighting, burning and destroying things. Despite the thousands of hours of video on-line, the partisans demand we pretend they are peaceful outbursts over something they insist is true, despite the lack of evidence. When people they assume support Trump, their most supreme enemy, point out that these rioters are being underwritten and supported, they call it a conspiracy theory.

What makes this even more insane is the person who wrote that post, like the others in his ideological faction, spent years telling us invisible men with Slavic accents used mind control to alter the last election. They insisted that while the Biden family regularly takes bribes from foreign governments, noticing this is part of a conspiracy to undermine the democracy. These people not only oppose everything their enemies say, they create wild fantasies to justify their opposition.

Even though they did not use the word partisan in the modern sense, the Founders understood that groups of like-minded people could disagree with one another to the point where they could find no comprise. Their system was designed to force compromise, by preventing any one group from having complete power over the rest and thus imposing their will. That is the whole point of federalism and the separation of powers in the national government.

The Founders could not imagine partisanship in the modern Marxist sense, where the factions are defined in opposition to one another. Peter Baker, the writer of the New York Times post, is not able to think on his own. His partisan fervor now leads him to take the opposite of whatever he imagines his enemies are saying. If Trump says it is raining, then Mr. Baker will claim that his enemies have created a conspiracy theory where water falls from the sky.

If Mr. Baker were a lone lunatic, he could be dismissed, but he is representative of the ruling class. He is one of their paid spokesmen. How is it possible for normal people to reach a compromise with people who are defined by their unwillingness to reach any compromise with us? Who they are is defined by not agreeing with us on even the basic bits of observable reality. When a reporter is stationed in front of burning building and told to call it a peaceful protest, where’s the middle ground there?

We have reached a point where the ruling class is at war with reality. Part of that reality is they are a ruling class with certain duties and responsibilities. They reject that solely on the grounds that the people they rule over define a ruling class as having certain duties and responsibilities. This is why they celebrate the anarchists burning cities and murdering citizens. They oppose Trump, because he rhetorically represents the rest of us and they are the forever enemy of us.

There appears to be only two options at this stage. Either the ruling class abandons its war on the rest of us or the rest of us accept that we are at war. The former requires the ruling class to break free of the partisan madness that now grips them. This is something without precedent, but we live in an unprecedented time. The other option simply reacquires time. At some point, necessity will require people to accept reality and act accordingly. The rest is predictable.

Either way, we have reached a point that the Founders anticipated. They could not imagine men in sundresses shrieking like lunatics about white privilege, but they knew that unrestrained factionalism led to conflict. They knew that irreconcilable differences could only lead to one thing. That is where we find ourselves. Normal society is now at odds with the people that rule over it. Either the people in charge come to their senses or the people will have no choice but to remove them.

Featured

It’s not a gulag it’s a reeducation camp, (we have cookies).

Interesting in light of what has happened in the wake of both the Democrat and Republican conventions, don’t you think?

An enemy will tell you not only their intent but what they fear, given time. A Bernie Bro by the name of Kyle Jurek was captured on film stating:

“Germany had to spend billions of dollars re-educating their f***ing people to not be Nazis,” he continues. “We’re probably going to have to do the same f***ing thing here.”

“That’s kind of what all Bernie’s whole f***ing like, ‘hey, free education for everybody’ because we’re going to have to teach you to not be a f***ing Nazi,” he added.

In another part of the video, Jurek is seen discussing Soviet Union dictator Joseph Stalin’s use of gulags, where he claims that the CIA was overly critical of them. “People were actually paid a living wage in the gulags. They have conjugal visits in gulags. Gulags were meant for re-education,” he says.

This is quite similar to what William Ayers described as necessary in the meetings of the Weather Underground. And to the detractors and apologists who defend this excrement, I can assure you that this is exactly what a large majority of them think. You Boomers who believe there’s a peaceful resolution to any of this? They want you gone first.

And what will happen if Bernie doesn’t get the nod this time around?

…Jurek warning that Milwaukee, host of this year’s Democratic National Convention, will “burn” if Sanders fails to win the party’s nomination. “If Bernie doesn’t get the nomination or it goes to a second round at the DNC convention, f***ing Milwaukee will burn,” says Jurek. “It’ll start in Milwaukee and then when the police push back on that, other sites will f***ing [explode].”

Interesting in light of what has happened in the wake of both the Democrat and Republican conventions, don’t you think?

Featured

Brainwashing machine, (and it’s not from Maytag)

Mask mandates are not laws, by the way. When private businesses refuse services to individuals based on the individual’s private medical decisions and personal beliefs, the business and their employees are the ones violating established civil rights laws, which are established in every state.

Populations are being psychologically manipulated, primed to take vaccines in order to regain their freedom

As mortality rates appeared grim, with controversial testing kits, false positives and misleading diagnoses, people around the world were told to “stay home, stay safe.” As small businesses closed their doors and corporate profits soared, uninfected people distanced themselves from other uninfected people. The stage was set. The terms were written. Getting cell mediated immunity to a new infection was forbidden. Every surface, touch and breath was to be avoided and feared into perpetuity. There was a blackout on information that could help the human immune response. Antiviral treatments were blocked and ridiculed. Fear had become a virtue, and germaphobia became an unstoppable doctrine, weaving its decrepit philosophies and fearful controls into every aspect of society.

As time went on, governments and corporations imposed “mask mandates” to “keep you healthy.” The facial covering is now a form of obedience training and compliance conditioning that has become a placeholder for future vaccine mandates.

Mask mandates are not laws, by the way. When private businesses refuse services to individuals based on the individual’s private medical decisions and personal beliefs, the business and their employees are the ones violating established civil rights laws, which are established in every state. But the law no longer matters as long as Americans go along with their compliance conditioning until a new set of vaccines are available for injection. Presidential candidate Joe Biden has flouted the idea of locking down the country in 2021 and imposing an indefinite federal mask mandate – a prelude to mandatory injections for all.

Dr. Anthony Fauci promises these vaccines will be ready in 18 months, approved by an FDA that already admitted that these experimental injections will be unleashed even though they lack safety and only generate 50 percent efficacy for a short amount of time.

Developing a vaccine is a process that takes an average of 10.6 years, and only a small amount of vaccine experiments (23 percent) ever make it to market in that time. Even these “FDA-approved” inoculations come with their own set of risks which include lifelong debilitation and death. Vaccine injuries are commonly reported to the Vaccine Adverse Events Reporting System every day. Because there are not enough funds set aside to cover all the vaccine injuries, the Special Master of the vaccine court only approves select injuries for compensation that meet a strict set of criteria (that excludes most of the adverse events included on the vaccine manufacturer’s insert sheet.)

This hasn’t stopped vaccine financier Bill Gates from promoting an experimental set of injections for every human being on the planet, rolled out in as little as 18 months, from companies that are indemnified from legal repercussions when their vaccines harm people.

This vaccine coercion continues even as convalescent plasma and anti-viral medicines become more readily available, lowering the mortality rate. As the survival rate improves and community spread dissipates, one must ask if the current situation should be declared a pandemic at all, or if populations are dealing with a virus that is now endemic, with rapid host adaptation occurring and questionable false positive test results. The economic, behavioral, and personal liberty controls pose a greater threat to humanity than a select pathogen, and are still being used against people coercing populations to submit to experimental injections.

Featured

The Rittenhouse File

…if someone burgles your house in the middle of the night. In that situation you don’t know whether they’re armed or not. You don’t have to wait for them to attack you before you respond. You’re entitled to strike first with whatever weapon comes to hand.

This is going to be blunt. In the coming weeks and months, the sheer volume of propaganda bullshit that’s going to be crafted and aimed at you by fake news over the shootings in Kenosha will seem almost overwhelming, but there are some fundamentals of law you should not lose sight of.

First off, every person has the right to defend themselves from anybody. That’s why the second amendment, the right to bear arms, was added to the Bill of Rights by James Madison and others. His thinking was once you have a standing army, it can be used by an unscrupulous government trampling over the Constitution to intimidate and suppress its citizens. Harry Truman fired Gen. Douglas MacArthur because MacArthur started to believe he was above civilian control, and that’s the start of a slippery slope that always leads to military dictatorships.

With the far-left fake news propaganda machine always rushing by reflex to the criminal’s defense and organizing a media lynch mob for anyone defending themselves, the situation reached such a point of confusion in a Florida county that the top cop sent a letter to all householders in it outlining your legal position if someone burgles your house in the middle of the night. In that situation you don’t know whether they’re armed or not. You don’t have to wait for them to attack you before you respond. You’re entitled to strike first with whatever weapon comes to hand.

When you’ve rendered them injured or unconscious, you call the police. What you’re not entitled to do is continue shooting or clubbing them when they’re helpless and no longer constitute a risk because that’s when you can be charged with assault or even murder. Put simply, if you’ve just put a bullet hole in a person and they’re down, you can’t just finish them off with a double tap to the head.

The same rules apply to a police officer who discharges his gun in the course of their duty. If he believes the subject constitutes an immediate danger to them or other people, he’s entitled to shoot. The emphasis is on believe. In the aftermath, the officer is put on administrative duties until Internal Affairs or its local equivalent have investigated the shooting and determined whether it was a good shooting or not. It’s not at all uncommon for a policeman to serve his twenty-five all the way to retirement without ever having to shoot his service pistol.

In Kenosha, a young man called Kyle Rittenhouse was running for his life pursued by a screaming mob. He trips and falls over and rolls over onto his back on the road. One of the gang dips in to stamp on him followed by another who hits him over the head with a skateboard.

The mob starts to close in on him, with one reaching down to grab him. I’m sure the footage that was shown last week flashed through his head of a man and his wife being dragged from their car by a mob, both being beaten up and the man nearly kicked to death when he’d already been rendered unconscious. He was in the exact same situation and had just grounds to believe his life was in immediate danger. He drew his sidearm and shot the man reaching down for him while the rest of the mob either fled or backed off with their hands up. He put a few rounds over their heads to discourage them following him while he walked towards the police line to surrender himself.

Looked at in isolation, that was a good shooting in anyone’s book.

What I find suspicious about the footage that emerged within a very short time after the incident is that it appears to be highly selective. Any flare up or incident while the Dem rioters have someone surrounded is always captured on multiple video phones, and yet in this case all you get to see is the pack chasing the victim. The same selectivity is apparent with video coverage of the man who was wounded in the arm. It shows him receiving first aid but the bit that was edited out can be seen in this picture which was taken before the video was shot.

He’s holding a Glock automatic, so it looks like he was the loser in whatever gunfight occurred. The fact that he’s still holding it after being shot indicates he’s suffered nerve damage leaving him unable to release his grip of it. What’s suspicious is that by the next time you see him being attended to, the Glock has mysteriously disappeared. Shooting an unarmed Democrat rioter plays a lot better to the fake news propaganda machine, so the next time you see that picture, the Glock will most probably have been cropped or photo shopped out of the picture.

Kyle Rittenhouse has since been charged with murder – within 24 hours – which is amazingly quick and definitely smacks of a political sop being thrown to the media and the various lynch mobs after him. His trial, if it ever comes to that, will last for months, but I suspect all it’ll do is raise him to the hero status people like Nick Sandman and the McCloskey couple currently enjoy. The hang him high commentary I fully expect from fake news may, like in Sandman’s case, prove good grounds to sue the ass off them once again.

Addendum:

Here’s something interesting:

Dr. Kelley of the Milwaukee Medical Examiner’s Office conducted an autopsy on Joseph Rosenbaum. Dr. Kelley indicated that Rosenbaum had a 1) gunshot wound to the right groin which fractured his pelvis, a 2) gunshot wound to the back which perforated his right lung and liver, a 3) gunshot wound to the left hand, a

4) superficial gunshot wound to his lateral left thigh, and a 5)graze gunshot wound to the right side of his forehead.

My comment: That’s interesting, because Kyle was in front. How’d Rosenbaum get shot in the back? Let alone the rest of it looks dubious, I doubt a .223 would merely graze and there’s no such thing as “superficial” with that round, the “superficial” hit to the thigh was likely from a hand gun.

Featured

You WILL comply

To me, it seems the problem of coronavirus defectors could be solved by moral enhancement: like receiving a vaccine to beef up your immune system, people could take a substance to boost their cooperative, pro-social behavior

You WILL comply!

1984 was apparently an operations manual and not a fictional novel.

Liberal professor wants “morality pills” to be laced into water supplies to make people wear masks, socially distance

In order to force compliance among those who are resisting wearing a mask and socially distancing, Prof. Parker Crutchfield, a “bioethicist” from Western Michigan University, is calling for water supplies all across the nation to be laced with “morality pills.”

Those “deplorables” who are rejecting the narrative that staying away from people and covering the mouth and nose with cloth is somehow helping to prevent the spread of the Wuhan coronavirus (COVID-19) need to be forcibly drugged in order to “convert” them into believers, according to Crutchfield.

A user of morality pills himself, Crutchfield believes that achieving total compliance is as easy as altering people’s brain chemistry with pharmaceuticals – and doing it covertly without people even knowing it.

“To me, it seems the problem of coronavirus defectors could be solved by moral enhancement: like receiving a vaccine to beef up your immune system, people could take a substance to boost their cooperative, pro-social behavior,” Crutchfield is quoted as saying.

Though Crutchfield admits that the idea represents a “far-out proposal that’s bound to be controversial,” he believes it to be the most appropriate next-step for getting everyone on board with the pro-mask, pro-distancing plandemic agenda.

So-called “moral enhancement,” he contends, can be made “compulsory” simply by “administer[ing] it secretly, perhaps via the water supply.” He recently published a thesis in the Conversation, “a news site focusing on content ‘sourced from the academic and research community’ and supported by universities from around the world towards this end.”

Featured

Media manipulation and you.

Day after day, and hour after hour we were bombarded by oftentimes conflicting information from the “experts”. It must be true, we thought, after all this information is being given to us by experts versed in the “settled science”.

The media is a very powerful and useful tool and we lean on it every day and making our opinions and decisions.

I belong to a generation that once to believed, “if it was not in the newspaper or on TV it did not happen.” Today there is a dizzying number of choices in media, but in essence, it comes down to the fact that if it’s nicely packaged and repeated enough times, most of the folks are gonna believe it.

Because of the speed of our modern life, we want our information very fast and accurate, with the accent on fast. We want “flashy” and useful, but the accent is once again on flashy.

There are many choices, sources, and opinions on how we get information and from what media – but still, not many things have changed. We humans are still very easy to manipulate with and through the media.

The ways that people get manipulated through the media/information probably hasn’t changed for ages, it simply got more “sophisticated”, and we, the people, got more “plugged in” or simply more dependent on it.

As I look back, with my eyes open, it is very easy to see how we have been fooled by most of the media and pushed into actions that were not smart. But at that time, the manipulation was invisible to us. The media has and continues to manipulate people, bombarding us with fear and hate.

Take the case of the “virus”. We were bombarded constantly with loads of information about changes that were coming at us.

It was not only about the political system and the medical system. We were also consistently reassured about the importance of our opinions. After a period of time folks simply started to believe that our opinions could make change, or that our opinions were important.

Day after day, and hour after hour we were bombarded by oftentimes conflicting information from the “experts”. It must be true, we thought, after all this information is being given to us by experts versed in the “settled science”. 1st we were told that the virus was not that serious, then, and almost the next breath, we were told that millions would die.

This contradictory information was presented in such a way so intimidatingly logical that it was difficult, if not impossible, to question it. If the media is good at one thing, it is instilling fear. As time went on, we learn to fear others, we learned to fear physical contact, and, perhaps most importantly, we learn to fear those who thought and behaved differently than the “experts” demanded that we thought and acted.

The media, in cooperation and with the direction of the oligarchy instilled great amounts of fear in the populace by careful, subtle, and sometimes not so subtle hints. In many cases people didn’t realize that they were in the middle of a process of intimidation until, one day, they woke up and felt afraid. Afraid for their jobs. Afraid for their health. Afraid for the health and welfare of their senior parents. Afraid for the future of their children.

Fear is a very powerful motivator, and under the influence of fear, you can be compelled to do a lot of things that you might not otherwise do.

Normally kind and rational people suddenly became “mask Nazis” where they started to manifest hate toward groups of people or opinions that they had been manipulated into believing was opposed to the common good. As time went on and the hatred and fear progressed it became even easier to become manipulated by the media.

I’m not saying that you should trust no one and sit at home with a tinfoil at on your head but be careful what and who you trust when it comes to the media and the information you’re given.

Remember that the big media players and their governmental cohorts have their own agenda, and that’s the reason why they are big and powerful. They know their job very well.

Part of the solution is the today; we have almost infinite choices when it comes to information. The Internet offers every person the opportunity to look at opinions and offer their own. You need to do your own research, use the intelligence that God gave you, and find sources that speak the real, cold truth.

The bottom line is TRUTH! But be warned. Be certain that what you believe to be truth IS true. It becomes dangerous when you start to act based on completely wrong information or to base your plan of action on it.

Featured

Prayer for Saturday, August 29, 2020

Prayer for Saturday, August 29, 2020

Numbers 13:25-33

Num 13:25  And they returned from searching of the land after forty days. 

Num 13:26  And they went and came to Moses, and to Aaron, and to all the congregation of the children of Israel, unto the wilderness of Paran, to Kadesh; and brought back word unto them, and unto all the congregation, and shewed them the fruit of the land. 

Num 13:27  And they told him, and said, We came unto the land whither thou sentest us, and surely it floweth with milk and honey; and this is the fruit of it. 

Num 13:28  Nevertheless the people be strong that dwell in the land, and the cities are walled, and very great: and moreover we saw the children of Anak there. 

Num 13:29  The Amalekites dwell in the land of the south: and the Hittites, and the Jebusites, and the Amorites, dwell in the mountains: and the Canaanites dwell by the sea, and by the coast of Jordan. 

Num 13:30  And Caleb stilled the people before Moses, and said, Let us go up at once, and possess it; for we are well able to overcome it. 

Num 13:31  But the men that went up with him said, We be not able to go up against the people; for they are stronger than we. 

Num 13:32  And they brought up an evil report of the land which they had searched unto the children of Israel, saying, The land, through which we have gone to search it, is a land that eateth up the inhabitants thereof; and all the people that we saw in it are men of a great stature. 

Num 13:33  And there we saw the giants, the sons of Anak, which come of the giants: and we were in our own sight as grasshoppers, and so we were in their sight. 

Two of the spies — Joshua and Caleb — did not go along with the majority and tried to convince the Israelites that they could conquer the land. However, the Israelite community believed the majority’s conclusions. All of the spies, except Joshua and Caleb, were struck down with a plague and died.

Joshua lived through the 40 year wandering period, and was named successor to Moses as instructed by God. Joshua completed the task of leading the Israelites into the Promised Land and of taking possession of it. Joshua also was the leader in renewing the Mosaic covenant with their God.

The people chose to believe the ten spies rather than trusting and believing in God. We must believe God since He always keeps His promises.

Featured

Infiltration has started

Arabs and Muslims as well as Blacks do not simply have to sit by and be victims – victims of the terrorists threatening the United States, or of racist morons.

For the first time in American history, we have irrefutable evidence that there is a dangerous and functional foreign-born “fifth column” at work on American soil.

The term “fifth column” has its origin in the ’30s Spanish Civil War, when the military decided to overthrow the Madrid government. With four columns of troops advancing on the capital, their general announced that “the fifth column is within the city” – meaning people secretly in league with the military who would perform acts of sabotage and terrorism from inside the government’s redoubt.

America is threatened as no other nation is by the strategy of planting a “fifth column” inside our society. Why? Because of our openness, our constitutional commitment to civil liberties and our social commitment to treating people as individuals and not members of a faceless group.

Thus, we’ve been having vicious quarrels for 50 years about the appropriateness of the U.S. government’s conduct in dealing with the ideological “fifth column” made up of native-born Americans who were spying for the Soviet Union.

And you’ll find almost nobody who can come up with a defense for the decision during World War II to force Japanese-Americans into internment camps – an act undertaken because of fears of a traitorous “fifth column” sticking like a barnacle to the underside of the Japanese community.

Other nations, even democratic nations, are far more homogeneous than the United States – which means it’s far more difficult for non-citizens to hide themselves from view. A homogeneous country is a country whose citizens have precious little reason to conduct a public debate about racial profiling.

The American melting pot has been this country’s great glory. But at this moment, it poses a specific security and terrorist threat as well. Even as we express concern for the well-being of Muslim- and Arab-Americans and native as well as non-native Blacks in the face of ignorant and vicious yahoos, we also have to confront the very real fact that their neighborhoods and communities have dark crevices and corners where the fifth columnists working for the al-Qaeda network, AntiFA and BLM are finding succor.

The glaring result of this is highlighted by the rioting and destruction in Minneapolis which has spilled over into other enclaves where there are non-homogeneous populations involved in what would seriously qualify as insurrection against the United States.

Arabs and Muslims as well as Blacks do not simply have to sit by and be victims – victims of the terrorists threatening the United States, or of racist morons. They, too, can be heroes just as surely as the four men who took their stand on United Airlines Flight 93 and may have saved the White House.

The best way for the “fifth column” to be smoked out of its hole is for Arabs, Muslims and Blacks to keep a watchful eye on their own communities and to supply authorities with information that may prevent future terrorist acts inside the United States. The FBI has made this very simple – with anonymous hotlines and Internet sites where tips can be posted.

The problem, as I see it, is that political correctness and the fear of being labeled as racist has blunted the self-preservation instinct in good, law-abiding folks to the point of self-hatred and unsubstantiated guilt.

Tolerance was never designed to be a suicide pact.

Featured

College at a distance

The Covid-19 Plandenic has given the minions of the Deep State one more powerful tool in their bag of tricks of molding young and impressionable minds.

College at a distance

Institutions of higher learning are less about preparing you with information to lead a fulfilling life and more about indoctrinating you and creating someone just smart enough to pay taxes but not smart enough to rebel. The Covid-19 Plandenic has given the minions of the Deep State one more powerful tool in their bag of tricks of molding young and impressionable minds. A possible defense is distance learning.

Regionally Accredited Online Schools for Distance Learning

Accredited Online Schools

Accreditation is the recognition that a school or program meets the standards of an external evaluative body, such as an education council or professional organization. Some organizations recognize entire schools, while others only accredit programs in their industry. Online schools may be recognized by regional accrediting agencies that evaluate schools in particular areas within the United States. Interested students can enroll in public, private, nonprofit and for-profit schools that offer online education.

Public Schools

Public institutions are schools that are partially funded by the government. They may offer both undergraduate and graduate-level degree and certificate programs, and they may provide education in the liberal arts and more career-specific topics, like nursing or education. Although residents of any state are often permitted to enroll, the tuition rate is typically higher for non-residents. Here are five accredited public schools with extensive online offerings:

University of North Carolina

Pennsylvania State University – World Campus

University of Oklahoma

Arizona State University

Oregon State University

Private Nonprofit Schools

Private nonprofit schools are not funded by the government, but their main goal is to provide education for their students; they do not expect to turn a profit by offering degree or certificate programs. Like public schools, private nonprofit schools provide courses and programs in a wide range of subjects at multiple degree levels. However, unlike public schools, the tuition rate at private nonprofit schools is usually the same for all students. These five accredited, private nonprofit schools offer online education:

Boston University

George Washington University

University of Miami

University of Denver

University of Southern California

For-Profit Schools

For-profit schools are institutions that were founded with the goal of making money by offering educational programs. This does not always mean that their educational offerings are inferior to those of public schools and private nonprofit institutions, since they may also be accredited, indicating that they fulfill the same educational standards. However, it is important to note that tuition is sometimes more expensive at for-profit schools. Many for-profit schools also focus on providing career training programs rather than liberal arts education. The following are well-known, accredited for-profit schools with online offerings:

Strayer University

Fortis Institute

Capella University

Full Sail University

National University

There are several types of accredited online schools from which to choose. Students can earn degrees and certificates in a wide range of subjects through online educational programs.

What’s the Difference Between Regional, National and Program Accreditation?

Regional accreditation organizations operate within a given area, say, the Southwest or MidAtlantic. They were the first regulatory bodies to emerge in the American education system, so they are traditionally associated with higher educational standards and nonprofit, public or degree-oriented institutions. Some regional accreditation organizations include:

Middle States Commission on Higher Education

Accrediting Commission for Community and Junior Colleges – Western Association of Schools and Colleges

Southern Association of Colleges and Schools Commission on Colleges

National accreditation is a newer idea and is often linked to for-profit schools and religious institutions. Some national accreditation organizations include the Distance Education Accrediting Commission and the Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges. Program accreditation refers to accrediting boards that focus on one degree field, such as education or nursing. Popular program accreditation agencies include ABET (Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology), American Council on Education, and Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education.

Why Is Accreditation Important?

Accreditation matters and here’s why — these organizations ensure that institutions of higher learning all adhere to a set of educational and ethical standards. Regional accrediting associations emerged in this country first, so they’ve been around longer and they generally hold stricter standards than national accreditation organizations (though this isn’t always the case). Students interested in a traditional degree should look for regionally accredited universities while those who want to pursue a vocational or technical degree might look for a nationally accredited school.

Featured

It’s for your own good-part deux

I no longer believe a word they say… it’s not about controlling a disease, it’s about controlling a population.

It’s for your own good-part deux

She was so excited about starting college. She’s a good girl, very conservative, hard-working, top of her class on a full ride scholarship. Anyhooo…. Just started classes on Monday but she (her phone) apparently came within ‘6 of someone who tested positive. who? Who knows… anyway, she had the option of locking herself in her tiny room for 14 days without leaving at all (food would be delivered once per day) or go home for 14 days with 2 negative tests. Someone suggested that she should have turned off her phone’s ability to “bluetooth”. Unfortunately for the students, its a requirement of the college that they had to keep their “tracking devices” with them at all times. One of the students at the university was telling us that one of his professors said that the goal was to run students to six weeks and then shut the whole thing down declaring a covid crisis… six weeks means the university wouldn’t have to refund tuition.

Meanwhile a neighbor had a fever last week. She had a church event 12 days from the time of the fever, with many elderly, and wanting to do the right thing called the doctor to see if she needed to be tested. They told her a “Covid specialist” would call her. He did and told her she needed to be tested. She called back the Dr the next day to set up an appointment and they told her she had to wait 14 days after her last positive test… She said I have NOT had a positive test! Turns out the Covid Specialist had put down she was positive….

I no longer believe a word they say… it’s not about controlling a disease, it’s about controlling a population.

Young adults today need to take a lot more personal responsibility for their own futures because national institutions are FAILING across the board.

The answer might just be “do-it-yourself” university. Tomorrows’ post will show you how.

Featured

History repeats itself

The current pandemic is different because, instead of targeting the vulnerable populations, we’ve gone for society-wide one size fits all at nearly the national and global level, and certainly the state level. That’s never happened – not with polio, not with the Spanish flu, the 1957 flu, the 1968 flu, or anything else.

History repeats itself.

August in Chicago is hot and humid. The overnight low temperature on August 23, 1954 was 74 degrees and the humidity was somewhere in the range of 90%. The window fans, for those who had them did little but move the heavy moisture laden air around providing little or no cooling. The prediced high temperature for a muggy Monday was near 100 degrees. It would be an ideal day for a child to spend at the beach, or at one of the park district pools or perhaps in an infatable kiddie pool in the backyard with the hose playing cold water over you to cool you down.

The public was horribly and understandably frightened by polio. There was no prevention and no cure. Everyone was at risk, especially children.

There was nothing a parent could do to protect the family.

I grew up in this era.

Each summer, polio would come like The Plague. Beaches and pools would close — because of the fear that the poliovirus was waterborne.

Children had to say away from crowds, so they often were banned from movie theaters, bowling alleys, and the like.

My mother gave us a ‘polio test’ each day: Could we touch our toes and put our chins to our chest? Every stomach ache or stiffness caused a panic. Was it polio?

I remember the awful photos of children on crutches, in wheelchairs and iron lungs. And coming back to school in September to see the empty desks where the children hadn’t returned.”

Parents tried “social distancing”—ineffectively and out of fear. Fearful of the spread of the contagious virus, the city closed pools, swimming holes, movie theaters, schools and churches, forcing priests to reach out to their congregations on local radio. Some motorists who had to stop for gas would not fill up their deflated tires, afraid they’d bring home air containing the infectious virus.

The virus was poliomyelitis, a highly contagious disease with symptoms including common flu-like symptoms such as sore throat, fever, tiredness, headache, a stiff neck and stomach ache. For a few though, polio affected the brain and spinal cord, which could lead meningitis and, for one out of 200, paralysis. For two to 10 of those suffering paralysis, the end result was death.

After World War II, Americans doused their neighborhoods, homes and children with the highly toxic pesticide DDT in the hope of banishing polio, Elena Conis reports in the journal Environmental History. Yet, the number of cases grew larger each season.

Most people who got polio suffered much milder symptoms — usually headache, stiff neck, fever and muscle soreness — that subsided in a few days or weeks.

After an outbreak in San Angelo, Texas the city council voted to close all indoor meeting places for one week. But the local epidemic didn’t pass that quickly, and by June hospitals were filled with patients. Tourism stopped because people didn’t want to be there. Cleaning fanaticism was the rule of the day. Most indoor theaters and bowling alleys stayed closed simply because people were afraid (no evidence of any fines or prosecutions).

This experience repeated itself in most places in the country where there were outbreaks. City councils would encourage the following of the directives of the National Foundation for Infantile Paralysis (later the March of Dimes), which circulated a list of “polio precautions” for parents to follow. Some towns and cities across the United States tried to prevent the spread of polio by closing swimming pools, libraries, and movie theaters (not restaurants or barber shops) on a temporary basis but mostly in a way consistent with the public mood stemming from fear and confusion.

What’s remarkable in light of the near-global coercive lockdown for COVID-19 is how the terrible and terrifying disease of polio was managed almost entirely by a private and voluntary system of health professionals, innovators, parental responsibility, localized caution, and individual volition and caution where needed. It was an imperfect system because the virus was so vicious, cruel, and random. But precisely because there were no national or state lockdowns – and only very limited local closures done mostly in a way consistent with citizen fear – the system remained adaptive to changing conditions.

This was a time when, even for this ghastly disease that maimed innocent young children, medical problems were widely seen to have medical solutions and not political ones.

Yes, there were clear policy responses to these past pandemics, but they targeted the most vulnerable populations to keep them safe, while leaving everyone else alone. Polio was especially bad for school children, but that meant they closed the schools temporarily, in cooperation with parents and the community.

The current pandemic is different because, instead of targeting the vulnerable populations, we’ve gone for society-wide one size fits all at nearly the national and global level, and certainly the state level. That’s never happened – not with polio, not with the Spanish flu, the 1957 flu, the 1968 flu, or anything else.

As the health officials said of the polio epidemic: “Nobody can shut down intercourse of people in communities.” Our rights survived. So did human liberty, free enterprise, the Bill of Rights, jobs, and the American way of life. And then polio was eventually eradicated.

The slogan for polio eradication – “Do everything you can within reason” – seems like a good rule of thumb for the management of future pandemics.

Featured

Flattening the curve and other lies

The excuse offered to secure the passage of the 16th Amendment for the Income Tax was that it was only supposed to be a small tax to be more efficient than tariffs and wouldn’t be raised… it’s been raised over and over ever since. Many states would not have ratified it had they known this.

The welfare state began in the 1930s after the creation of the Aid to Families with Dependent Children (AFDC) program. It was originally supposed to be temporary aid for widows with children who were suffering. It only grew from there and created a massive dependent welfare class in this country.

The Patriot Act was passed following 9/11 as a means to “fight terrorism” and was only supposed to be temporary while we combated the terrorists that attacked us. 19 years later Bin Laden is dead and it’s still around, more invasive than ever, and all the government now has to do is label you a terrorist and your rights are gone.

These Covid-19 policies are offered up as “temporary measures to protect us from the virus.” But they’re not going away. First it was just for “15 Days to Flatten the Curve” and it keeps getting extended indefinitely. Now it’s “until there’s a vaccine.” But anyone with deductive logic can see where this is going. There will be excuse after excuse to keep these measures in place until people just willingly accept them as “the new normal.” Should this country still exist in 18 years, you’ll have teenagers voting who grew up their whole life wearing masks, social distancing, being subject to random, politically-motivated lock-downs to silence dissent and crush opposition, and never knowing any of the freedoms we had before.

Welcome to the Peoples Republic of America.

If you read between the lines, the government has officially declared that everyone is the ENEMY.

This is forever now. The government never rolls back its power.

Welcome to the Peoples Republic of America

Featured

It’s not the 1960’s

This is not the 60’s. I remember the 1960’s very well… There were protests, and shootings, and riots. But statues were still standing.

This is not the 60’s. I remember the 1960’s very well… There were protests, and shootings, and riots. But statues were still standing. When the protests turned to riots in Chicago during the democratic convention the democratic mayor hesitated not at all, his name was Richard J. Daley. There were no flower power, hippie camp grounds that were allowed to mature into cesspools. Government at all levels generally strove to maintain order and to ensure domestic tranquility.

This time is different, very much so. Government has abrogated it’s responsibility to maintain domestic tranquility, its responsibility to its prime purpose, its only purpose, to keep the citizen safe and secure in his life. Today there are stories about anti-white behavior sponsored by the government are seemingly growing exponentially on a daily basis.

For the most part basic human nature can be summed in one word. That word is sheeple. People want to be concerned with the fulfillment of their basic needs: Food and shelter. They are not Plato or Locke or Edmund Burke. They are not members of the French Revolution Committee of Safety. So they are easily led by those who control the means of communication. When radio, TV, Movies, and the news media all concentrate at one end of the spectrum then it is hard to expect that the sheeple will understand and act rationally.

This is a watershed time. This is a time that, like the Civil War, will change the face and composition of this nation forever. You can not expect to return to the time of 2018, or 1960, that will never happen. Unless we are prepared to seriously take up arms and follow the admonishment of Thomas Jefferson to water the tree of liberty with the blood of tyrants then we are as responsible. We are more responsible because of our failure to act than those who are acting on the other side.

I am well past my prime and my best years are far, far behind me. So I will defend myself and my little patch of this world to my death for the simple reason that I do not want to see what is on the other side.

No this is not like the past.

Featured

Very,very alert

We are moving backwards in almost every area of life – not forward. The exception being technology, and of course, that crown isn’t sitting on America’s head any longer.

I am very concerned – with some justification, for the very survival of our Constitution. Every young woman, and many of generation X, have drunk the revisionist history kool-aid.

Most are convinced that “White Privilege” is real and very important, and that BLM is just a peaceful protest against the murder of George Floyd. They have no idea that the founders are both actual Communists, and have admitted so. They have no idea of the political goals of the movement, which include overthrow of the US government, and destruction of the family unit.

This is not just a fad. We have had two generations of people indoctrinated in high schools and college to believe that not only is America not exceptional, but is actually evil.

Howard Zinn’s hit-piece on the US “A People’s History of the United States” is a complete diatribe against America and against European and Western culture. People look at Zinn’s writing as “the real truth” and ignore all of the evidence that America is a good nation and overall an extremely positive force in the world.

We must win this election. Otherwise there is real danger that we will lose the 2nd Amendment. The Democratic candidate has made statements that show this is his intent. I don’t need to say more than that.

The most important thing we can do other than vote – is to do what we can to educate our youth, and try to re-enter universities and high school teaching positions to change the narrative being fed to our young.

I use my Facebook page and blog to try and convince as many friends as possible about the goodness of America, and the falsehood of the leftist narrative.

We are moving backwards in almost every area of life – not forward. The exception being technology, and of course, that crown isn’t sitting on America’s head any longer.

Possibly the most frightening thing is the recalled conversation with an old friend who died many years ago. She was a German and her family escaped just before the fall of the Reich. I asked her “how will we know when America is close?” Her answer –

“EVERYTHING will become political. Every news story you read, or hear on the radio, no matter the subject, will have a political slant.

Sermons will become political speeches as patriotism and duty to country, becomes the new religion. Music, theater and art, all political. Where you shop, the type of car you drive, the style and brands of clothes you wear, your hairstyle, even your shoes, all political.

Secondly, the rise of corruption in the judicial system and the police state. Those who are elected officials, wear a military uniform or a badge, are exempt from the laws they enforce on others, and their lives will be seen as more valuable than those of civilians, even when those civilians are also party members themselves.”

I asked her, based on what she saw of America at the time, when she expected we might reach this point. This was at the height of the cold war in the early 80’s and her answer was, “after the turn of the century but before you die.”

When I asked her what I could be doing personally to prevent that she said, “there is nothing you can do get out now.”

“If we lose freedom here, there is no place to escape to. This is the last stand on earth.” -Ronald Reagan

Featured

Stay Focused

Yes. They are lying to you. They want you to be scared. People who are fearful are more likely to OBEY without question.

How we got here is irrelevant. Blathering on about the poor education system that for the last few decades has been growing us a nice crop of commie scum is counterproductive. We are here, now, because of that and trying to assign fault to what has already happened is silly. That the “protester” who’s about to smash your car’s windows out with a rock is simply a misguided soul who was lied to by his socialist teachers is not a valid reason to delay preventative measures so you can engage him in a pleasant discourse of the differences of socialism versus democracy.

Its too late for that. No, I’m not saying people cannot have a reasonable discourse on events, I’m saying the middle of a danged riot is not the place to discuss it.

We’re in the middle of it now.

Information is a valuable commodity. Waiting until the threat is on your doorstep is poor planning. You must do better than that.

Recognize that the mainstream media, ALL of it is corrupt. They ALL have an agenda. “Oh, but I get my news from FOX”. Yeah….no. FOX is CNN with the dial slightly twisted to the right. Some of the other “conservative” news outlets are that with their dials set a bit farther to the right than that. Most of them serve a purpose to incite their “base”. Few actually have fair and balanced information but it is out there if you take the time to look.

That’s the real challenge because there’s so much crap out there it takes time to get through that just to find the one or two little nuggets of real information. So take a little time out of your already busy day to LOOK.

Be informed. You make better decisions that way.

Yes. They are lying to you. They want you to be scared. People who are fearful are more likely to OBEY without question. This is why the media does not present the full range of information on covid. This is why the WHO and other organizations do what they do. The whole bleeping thing is a construct of falsehoods, hype and BS designed to turn us against one another, be distracted while they act on other fronts and ultimately, change the course of our Country.

The media shows you the armed BLM “platoons” at Stone Mountain Georgia stopping motorists and demanding reparations, or the “chop” BS is Seattle. They do not show you the totally awesome speech President Trump gave at Mount Rushmore. They loudly announce each day’s death totals and new cases of covid but never mention that “the flu” is many times that nor do they note that heart disease, cancer and other ills kill more than this stupid virus. They omit other statistics and as a result governors around the country are shutting businesses down…again. Gee, I wonder why.

Stay informed. Don’t let them manipulate you. Focus on what needs to be done because tomorrow may be here sooner than you think.

Featured

Something evil

So, again, from a historical perspective, and solely in my opinion, comparatively. Once this pandemic* “ends” we will already be within a depression.

If you look back at the Great Depression timeline, it started in 1929 and lasted thru 1939. Starting 10 years following the 1918-1919 pandemic.

However, and less historically notable, was the recession (or mini depression) of 1920-1921.

Regardless of what, how, or why, we are well far and away above the depression zone (so to speak). In my opinion.

So, again, from a historical perspective, and solely in my opinion, comparatively. Once this pandemic* “ends” we will already be within a depression. Rather than a mini-depression / short lived recession, as in 1920-1921. But a move of the follow on timeline back-to-back overlapping with the current plandemic*/Great Depression.

How long will it last?

Anyone’s guess. Truly.

Same guess as how long this current plandemic* will last.

No one knows. Again, truly.

If “everything” were to open back up today, as “if nothing happened”, we would still be in disastrous economic forecast zone. That wishful thinking is simply not occurring.

So, again, the depression will just linger on longer on the other side, once whatever “new normalcy” is truly reached.

What folks CAN do, at the individual/family level is prepare. Prepare for hard economic times, and the accompanying problems associated with said.

Folks whom are not recognizing the economic implications, well, not much to do about them. Normalcy bias I suppose.

*Whether one believes the current plandemic is true, or is false, makes no difference as to the economic ramifications of it.

Featured

The ControlYa Virus

Looking historically at that pandemic (1918-1919), then globally there is far far worse to come.

I have one question for you folks, and I hope it inspires some actual thought, reflection and perhaps some research. Though that may be hard as this thing has made the world so Orwellian with a touch of Atlas shrugging. Here is the question:

What is the historical precedent for the reaction this country and the world has had to this disease?

When in history was the last time we closed down businesses because of a sickness? When was the last time we quarantined THE HEALTHY? When was the last time in history we controlled how many folks could come together at one time? When was the last time in history that face masks were mandated?

The purpose of this post is for folks to think, remember, and research the questions. It is NOT to debate current closures and mandates.

The only answer I can find is the 1918-1919 flu pandemic.

Looking historically at that pandemic (1918-1919), then globally there is far far worse to come.

We are looking at a global depression. Followed by major/regional shooting war(s).

No idea, truthfully, on where/what/how. Wars could also be minor conflict types as well, land grab/resource grab kinda deals as well. Who knows?

That will occur well following the virus resolve, again if the timeline holds similar to 1918-1919, virus resolve should be under a few years (2-5, IMO).

Looking at WW2 in relation to the 1918-1919 pandemic, and the economic repercussions of such, I’d up a “predicted” time frame for similar type armed conflict by a decade. So whereas WW2 started in 1939, 20 years after the pandemic. I recon, we would experience large shooting conflict in a shorter time frame.

Within 5 to ten years following this pandemic resolve.

Simply put, due to more people on the planet, losing more due to the follow on depression. Idle hands, and all that, promulgating regional political change (ie brown shirts in Bavaria).

Could occur anywhere, however “easiest” to see would be a far more strict China when “push comes to shove” on the political side. Return towards hard core communism (never actually left, mind), however ‘en-mass at that point. No special economic zones & such. Return towards everyone wearing a potato sacks etc, because of “the EVIL West” kinda thing. etc.

China, in my opinion, would be the overlooked bear in the room in common main-stream media discussing such. In the short term following virus resolve.

China would have much to lose in a global depression, which again in my opinion, they caused.

If they lost all gained over the past 40 years, economically speaking, with ‘enmass corporate pullouts, sanctions etc they MAY deem themselves “up against a wall” and take things nuclear. “Simply” (in their minds) to even the field.

But again, who knows??

Could be regional South Africa trying for water.

Russia trying to revisit perceived/erroneous glory of “Union” days.

Pakistan not liking them folks over in India or vs a vs.

Featured

Prayer for Saturday, August 8, 2020

Genesis 41:35-36

Gen 41:35  And let them gather all the food of those good years that come, and lay up corn under the hand of Pharaoh, and let them keep food in the cities. 
Gen 41:36  And that food shall be for store to the land against the seven years of famine, which shall be in the land of Egypt; that the land perish not through the famine. 

Featured

Bacon potato salad

Bacon & Caramelized Onion Potato Salad
Everything is better with bacon, and this tasty dish is certainly no exception!

Prep Time: 15 min
Cook Time: 20 min
Total Time: 45 min
Serves: 8-10
Ingredients
• 2 Tbsp, olive oil
• 2 C. red onion, diced
• 1/4 C. brown sugar
• 6 potatoes, cubed
• 1/2 C. fresh chives, snipped (reserving 1 Tbsp. for garnish)
• 12 slices Nueske’s Smoked Bacon, diced and fried medium crisp (reserve 3 Tbsp. for garnish)
• Dressing:
• 1 C. mayonnaise
• 1 Tbsp. Dijon mustard
• Juice of 1 lemon
• 2 Tbsp. sour cream
Directions
Sauté onion in oil over medium low heat for about 5 minutes. Add brown sugar and continue to cook an additional 5 minutes. Meanwhile, boil potatoes until just tender, approximately 10 minutes. Drain and cool slightly.

Combine the onions, potatoes, chives, and all but 3 Tbsp. of the bacon. Whisk together the mayonnaise, mustard, lemon juice and sour cream. Pour mayonnaise mixture over potatoes. Toss together. Sprinkle with remaining fried bacon. Garnish with reserved chives.

Featured

Egg roll skillet recipe

Easy one skillet dinner

If you like egg rolls, this is amazing
INGREDIENTS:

I bag coleslaw mix
1 lb pork sausage
2 cloves garlic minced (or garlic powder)
1 tsp ground ginger
Salt to taste
1/4 c onion diced
Directions:

Brown the sausage in a large skillet and add the other ingredients right on top. Cover and cook on the stovetop about 5 min on med. remove lid, stir/toss, and taste. Finish to your taste/texture preference.

Featured

Once upon a time…

“Yes, you see, Grandma didn’t like vaccines. I didn’t want to vaccinate my children, but a few years after covid-19 we lost the right to choose things like that.

“Grandma, did people really not wear masks when you were a kid?”

“No, they didn’t. People didn’t start wearing masks until I was 33, in 2020. Reuben, your daddy, was 4 when it all started.”

Bobby wrinkles his nose at me and picks up his mask by the door.

“You mean you didn’t wear a mask at ALL?!” He says, swinging his around on his finger.

“No, not ever.” I say.

“But how did you stay safe?” Bobby says, setting his mask down.

“Oh, we got sick a lot. Your daddy had the flu when he was 3. It was scary, but he pulled through. He’s had his share of colds as a child.”

“That’s scary. It’s bad to get sick.”

I stop, and think. Is it time? Yes, it must be time. Bobby will be eight soon, and there are things he needs to know. Things it might not be safe for his father or his mother to talk about, things that are safer shared from an older mouth.

I snuggle him up on the couch and try to think of where to begin.

“Now Bobby. I’m going to tell you some things. I want to you to hold these things inside of you and don’t talk about them to anyone else, you hear? Some of these ideas can be misunderstood if the wrong person hears them.”

I think he understands. I hope he understands.

“Back in 2020 there was a virus. You probably learned about it in school.”

“Covid 19.” Bobby says. He isn’t smiling. “I did.”

“Yes, Covid 19. That was when everything changed.”

“Is that why you had to go to jail, Grandma?”

Now my heart sinks. He’s getting ahead of me.

“No, not really.” I say.

“Daddy says you had to go to jail when he was little and he missed you a lot.”

I feel tears prick the edges of my vision, but I blink them away.

“Yes, you see, Grandma didn’t like vaccines. I didn’t want to vaccinate my children, but a few years after covid-19 we lost the right to choose things like that. But Grandma didn’t give up. I fought for the right to keep Reuben and Rebekah free from vaccines, so I went to jail for awhile. It was hard for your daddy, he missed me a lot.”

Bobby holds my hand, and I remember another little boy, so many years ago who also sat on this couch and held my hand. And I remember his tears as the police took me away from him. I don’t want to remember this.

“But vaccines are good for you, Grandma. They keep you safe. We learned about them in school.”

I sigh.

“That’s what they say.” I say. “Yet, back when I was a kid, sometime people died after they were vaccinated. Sometimes people were damaged by the vaccines. And we still don’t know what is in them. No one will tell us.”

I turn to look into Bobby’s eyes. “People still are damaged by vaccines now. Just no one talks about it.”

Bobby scrunches his eyes up. He’s trying so hard to wrap his mind around my words.

“The world was a very different place when I grew up.” I say. “We had coins, like the ones in my collection. We spent those coins as money, instead of using the chips we have today. No one wore masks and you didn’t have to get vaccinated if you didn’t want too. Parents could teach their kids at home if they wanted, and school wasn’t year round. You could think what you wanted, no one was arrested for speaking their mind. People met in churches to sing to God.”

Bobby still looks confused. I wonder if he can even picture a world like I am describing. I wonder if he can even understand.

“Kids played together in the streets. We had birthday parties where people would come to your house and hang out. I could hug my friends whenever I wanted.” Now I am getting a bit choked up. It must be my age. I’ll be 76 this January.

I swallow.

“Now, Bobby dear, don’t go repeating anything I’ve told you. Keep it hidden in your heart, like the verses we learn over breakfast.”

“Like the bible under the planks in the shed?” He asks. I nod, yes, like the bible hidden in the shed.

Bobby slips from my side. I let him go, hearing the legos tinkle from the other room. The legos his dad collected as a kid.

I sit for awhile, thinking back. Times sure have changed. I don’t think they have changed for the better, no matter what the government says. I wonder what other things will change, before my bones go into the Earth. Soon the memories of that other world, that world of freedom and breath… will be buried in my tomb with me. And only the young will remember.

If they can.

It’s only a mask child, it’s only a mask.

It’s only for a month child, it’s only for a month.

It’s only six feet distancing child, it’s only 6 feet.

It’s only a vaccine child, it’s only a vaccine.

It’s for your safety child, it’s for your safety.

It’s for your own good child, it’s for your own good.

Get into the boxcar to go to a safe place child, get into the boxcar.

Featured

Prayer for Saturday, August 1, 2020

Whoever dwells in the shelter of the Most High
will rest in the shadow of the Almighty.

I will say of the LORD, “He is my refuge and my fortress,
my God, in whom I trust.”

When life is draining and there seems to be no time or place to rest, these words are reassuring, comforting, and encouraging. When things appear to be their worst, I tend to get a bit negative, and most of us are like that. Our natural tendency is to get down and miss out on what God may be doing in our situation.
When I find myself in these negative places, my goal becomes reprogramming my mind to fend off the negative and say of the Lord that He is my God in whom I trust, just as the writer of this Psalm did.

“He that dwelleth in the secret place of the most High shall abide under the shadow of the Almighty. I will say of the LORD, He is my refuge and my fortress: my God; in him will I trust.” – KJV Translation of Psalm 91:1-2

Featured

Hate speech

Speaking your mind on any issue cannot be labeled “hate speech” as it is your opinion or view that you are entitled to. Acting on some words is a different issue all together.

It is the SJW way of eliminating “Free Speech” by labeling speech as “Hate Speech”. To me, there is no such thing as “Hate Speech”. There are speech/words some people want to hear and agree with. And there are speech/words that some people do not want to hear and do not agree with.

Agree or disagree, folks are free to say whatever they like. There may be consequences of saying some word in the wrong place at the wrong time, but that does not make it “hate speech”. Yelling “FIRE” in a crowded theater comes to mind. Anyone is free to yell that out but sure enough, there will be a price to pay for doing so. Granted, there is a fine line there on what would be considered in that general. Telling someone you are going to open a can of Whoopass on them may have consequences also.

Speaking your mind on any issue cannot be labeled “hate speech” as it is your opinion or view that you are entitled to. Acting on some words is a different issue all together.

Take all the folks that are paying the price for putting words in the public domain. Those were their opinion that they were entitled to at that time. They were free to say them. They are now paying the consequence for saying them. Should their employer fire them for having said them? No. In a right and just America of the past it would be illegal to fire anyone for saying something in the past.

This SJW technique is only effective if the majority let it be effective and right. If someone ever tells me what I have said is “Hate Speech” I would just laugh at them. I would most likely throw it right back at them and call their not liking my speech “Hate Speech” towards me!

Think back not that long ago when the SJW/gender confused folks wanted everyone to use their “preferred gender pronoun.” How did that work out for them? Society dictates what words are acceptable and adopted, not someone’s opinion of them. Those gender pronouns died out pretty fast because society did not adopt them. You cannot force a society/people to use a certain speech, they have to willingly accept it. This whole “Hate speech” thing is exactly the same. SJW’s are trying to FORCE society to adopt certain words as unacceptable. It is only going to work if the majority let it.

Featured

American Creed

In consequence of the widespread disinformation campaign, the millions of Americans have been persuaded that their lives, labors, liberties, and freedoms were privileges granted and withheld by government, instead of rights secured and protected by government.

The American Creed

We, the people of the United States of America, recognize that we are endowed by our Creator [1] with the birthright to absolutely own ourselves, the fruits of our labor, and exercise liberty, upon our private property and upon public ways [2]. And that we have given passive consent to those who instituted or submitted to government, on their solemn promise to help secure our rights to life, security, privacy, and freedom [3] and not trespass upon them.

We, the people of the United States of America, have never knowingly, willingly or intentionally surrendered our inalienable rights [4] to life, liberty, and property ownership, except under the impetus of fraud, constructive fraud, misrepresentation, and withholding of material facts.

We, the people of the United States of America, demand specific performance to the compact; the constitutions of these united States. And that said constitutions, in harmony with the Declaration of Independence, delegate limited power to help secure inalienable rights of the people and forbid trespass [5] upon those rights.

In consequence of the widespread disinformation campaign, the millions of Americans have been persuaded that their lives, labors, liberties, and freedoms were privileges granted and withheld by government, instead of rights secured and protected by government.

And that Americans were deliberately misled to submit to false authority, contract with abominations, surrender their sovereignty, commit acts against the common good, and violate their conscience, their spiritual beliefs, and / or their common sense.

We, the people of the United States of America, realize that the necessary evil of government is only acceptable when it uses the awesome force of cooperation in the defense of the American people, and their common law, based upon justice, reason and common sense. And that cooperation in the attack upon the person and property of innocent people is nothing less than a perversion of the institution of government, and a trespass upon the people, and treason to the United States of America.

References:

  1. Declaration of Independence, paragraph 2, “That to secure these rights, Governments are instituted among Men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the governed…”
  2. Genesis 1:26 – 28, wherein man (individually) is given dominion (sovereignty) over the earth, and all that is upon it.
  3. NATURAL LIBERTY – The power of acting as one thinks fit, without any restraint or control, unless by the law of nature. The right which nature gives to all mankind of disposing of their persons and property after the manner in which they judge most consistent with their happiness, on condition of their acting within the limits of the law of nature, and so as not to interfere in the equal exercise of the same rights by other men. 1 Blackstone’s Commentaries, 123

NATURAL RIGHTS – … are the rights of life, liberty, privacy, and good reputation.

  • – – Black’s Law Dictionary, Sixth Ed., p. 1324
  1. United States Constitution, Article 4, Section 4.
    The United States shall guarantee to every State in this Union a Republican Form of Government, and shall protect each of them against Invasion.

GOVERNMENT (Republican Form of Government)- One in which the powers of sovereignty are vested in the people and are exercised by the people … directly…”

  • – – Black’s Law Dictionary, Sixth Edition, P. 695

“. . . at the Revolution, the sovereignty devolved on the [American] people, and they are truly the sovereigns of the country, but they are sovereigns without subjects, and have none to govern but themselves. . .”

  • – – Justice John Jay, Chisholm v. Georgia, 2 U.S. 2 Dall. 419 419 (1793)
    https://www.law.cornell.edu/supremec…CR_0002_0419_Z

“The people of the state, as the successors of its former sovereign, are entitled to all the rights which formerly belonged to the king by his own prerogative.”
Lansing v. Smith, (1829) 4 Wendell 9, (NY)

“It will be admitted on all hands that with the exception of the powers granted to the states and the federal government, through the Constitutions, the people of the several states are unconditionally sovereign within their respective states.”
Ohio L. Ins. & T. Co. v. Debolt 16 How. 416, 14 L.Ed. 997

  1. TRESPASS – An unlawful interference with one’s person, property, or rights… Any unauthorized intrusion or invasion of private premises or land of another. Antkiewicz v. Motorists Mut. Ins. Co., 91 Mich. App. 389, 283 N.W. 2d 749, 753
    Black’s Law dictionary, Sixth Ed. P. 1502

(OF COURSE, those who consented to be governed, surrendered their endowment, and should sit down, shut up, pay and obey.)

Featured

No MASKS!

I believe my best offense is a good defense. My body has a functioning immune system and I think it knows how to use it.

I do not wear a “Mask”. Public or private I have yet to don one. If a business requires me to wear one, I just do not give that business my business, I go elsewhere. I do respect a business’s right to refuse service to anyone, for any reason. I have stated I cannot wear one and many have accepted that without question. The ones who yell to GET OUT!! I simply turn and walk away, never to return.

For my reasons. First, I do not believe this virus is anywhere near the threat it is made out to be, not at all. It has over a 90-some percent survival and I believe, 99%+ survival rate in non-… what is the word they use… susceptible or something… groups, like being aged with other health issues that ANY flu would complicate. From all I can read it has a better survival rate that many “seasonal flu” pandemics. Yeah, I used their word, pandemic, because the seasonal flu is a pandemic. They just have never called it that before. It sounds much scarier.

What give me the most reason for this is using my eyes to observe. Think about this. Our politicians must have known about this from day 3 or 4, at the latest. You can’t convince me that no one in the US Government did not know something was up in China. Did any of the Congress-critters run to their little hidey holes and disappear? No? What would be the first thing you would do if you were “in the know” and found out a deadly, killer virus was just released in China? You knew within a few days or weeks it was going to be rolling across the world. Me? I would be stocked up and holed up in my little safe space not letting anyone or anything near me under threat of death. Yet Nancy Pelosi, whom I would consider as in the know as anyone, went to Chinatown 2 months into it and was interacting with the general public, no safeguards at all, no mask, no distancing, nothing. Look at what all the other “in the know” politicians were doing also. None went into hiding from it, none.

I do not know how it is transmitted but from what I can discern it is the same as any seasonal flu. Being around a lot of folks who have it, gives you a better chance to catch it. Avoid crowds as much as possible. Basic sanitation will help avoid it also. No, not sanitizing everything you touch or after you touch everything. That is ridiculous.

I believe my best offense is a good defense. My body has a functioning immune system and I think it knows how to use it. I eat dirt on a regular basis to help boost it. Yes, I go out in the garden and simply rinse the soil off stuff and eat them raw. I get lots of little bugs and bacteria that way. I also interact with the general public, mostly neighbors. This gives me exposure to small amounts of whatever “bugs” are floating around and give my body a taste of them so it can build antibodies. Do this regularly and it can adapt much better to the new, seasonal varieties as they are all similar to the last one. Covid is no different. Sars-Covid it is called. Remember the Sars death virus that was going to kill us all off? Sanitize everything in your environment, and your body has no chance to build a functioning immune system.

For the mask. No public official has given any warnings about proper use of “The Mask”. That raises the flag for me. It is just “Mandating” everyone wear one. Doesn’t it seem odd that no “instructions” or specifications went with this mandate? We just need to wear a face covering, is all I have heard. If they were all that concerned wouldn’t precautions be sent out also? What kind of “mask” is most effective? How to properly wear one. Proper sanitizing of one. Nothing.

For folks using “The Mask” what about after they touch it? Their hands are now contaminated and everything they touch is also. If they pull it down, then back up, any disease that was on the outside, is now on the inside! Folks use the same mask for days, no one warned them not to. Just NEED to use one. How about how long to have one on? Isn’t wearing one harmful to ones health? Build up of carbon dioxide, lack of oxygen in the system, re-breathing your exhaled breath… There is a long list of cons against wearing a piece of cloth over your nose and mouth all day. What about the eye membranes? They would be just as susceptible to virus entry and breathing them in. No mention of covering your eyes with anything.

After all that I make my way to the “shutdown”. The big elephant in the room. It was simply a blanket “shut it down”. Everything. Doesn’t that strike you as odd? Then, certain “essential” businesses were given exception to open. Remember the lists of “essential businesses”? Remember the lists of things folks were not allowed to buy? Paint. We can’t buy paint but we can buy anything else in that same store? Now about the lists of non-acceptable activities? There is a real winner there. You can’t go out to a park, or go fishing, In a whole state like Washington you cannot go fishing, anywhere!! You can go to the beach, but you can’t go swimming. Some places you can’t even go to the beach, others you can, but can’t have a chair. No rhyme or reason to any of it, none. That tells me they do not have a clue.

And this blanket “shut it all down” was for everyone, small and big. A place like NYC had the same restrictions as small-town flyover country. No tailoring it to anything. No partial, not hotspot shutdown, everywhere. Another no clue situation here.

Overall, no one has given me any reason to suspect I have to do any of the things they are “mandating”” besides the fact they say so under penalty of being thrown in jail. But wait! They can’t throw me in jail because they are letting prisoners OUT of jail.

How about the “mostly peaceful protests”. Just think back to the restrictions put on the general public and how they are different for the BLM “mostly peaceful protestors”. If that doesn’t tell you they do not have a clue about any of this, nothing will.

I will leave this long, too long… part with what about my rights here in what still is the United States of America. It is not the Governments place to be dictating what I can and cannot do as long as it is still legal. As far as I have heard, no one has created any laws that I have to abide by in this Coivd thing, none. A “mandate” is not a law passed by a house in the legislature by our elected officials.

Featured

Americans don’t know what they don’t know

TRUE OR FALSE QUIZ

A. “Socialism is good because social means living together.”
B. “Governance is important to restrain and control bad humans who need punishment. Self government is anarchy.”
C. “Only governments should have weapons so that bad people will fear government.”
D. “There’s nothing wrong with a government requiring our obedience and wealth in order for it to survive and grow.”
E. “The rich should support the poor, because the rich got rich by oppressing the poor.”
F. “Whatever is not mandatory, regulated, taxed, or permitted, should be forbidden.”
G. “Only governments should have the power to create new money. Everyone else is not trustworthy.”
H. “Rules and regulations are the only way to insure that people are held accountable for the harm they may do to others, even when there’s no injured party.”
– – – – – – – – – –
:
:

spoiler space
:

:

spoiler space
:
:


If American governments are instituted to secure endowed rights to life (natural rights), liberty (natural and personal liberty), absolute ownership of private property, inherent powers, and nothing more without consent of the governed, then all of the above are false.

Americans who have not consented, retain their natural rights to life, and to do all harmless activities in support of that life, as well as defend that life with whatever they deem necessary for the task, including firearms.

American nationals / Free inhabitants domiciled upon private property, have dominion over said property (natural liberty), and the right to travel upon all public roads and waterways (personal liberty). Outside of those liberties, one may need permission lest they commit a trespass upon the private property of another.

NATURAL RIGHTS – … are the rights of life, liberty, privacy, and good reputation.
– – – Black’s Law Dictionary, Sixth Ed., p. 1324

NATURAL LIBERTY – The power of acting as one thinks fit, without any restraint or control, unless by the law of nature. The right which nature gives to all mankind of disposing of their persons and property after the manner in which they judge most consistent with their happiness, on condition of their acting within the limits of the law of nature, and so as not to interfere in the equal exercise of the same rights by other men. 1 Blackstone’s Commentaries, 123,
– – – Black’s Law Dictionary, Sixth edition, p. 919.

PERSONAL LIBERTY – The right or power of locomotion; of changing situation, or moving one’s person to whatsoever place one’s own inclination may direct, without imprisonment or restraint, unless by due course of law. 1 Bl. Comm. 125.
– – – Black’s Law Dictionary, Sixth Ed., p. 919

TRAVEL – Within the meaning of a constitutional right to travel, means migration with intent to settle and abide.
– – – Black’s Law Dictionary, Sixth Ed., p.1500

” PERSONAL LIBERTY, or the Right to enjoyment of life and liberty, is one of the fundamental or natural Rights, which has been protected by its inclusion as a guarantee in the various constitutions, which is not derived from, or dependent on, the U.S. Constitution, which may not be submitted to a vote and may not depend on the outcome of an election. It is one of the most sacred and valuable Rights, as sacred as the Right to private property…and is regarded as inalienable.”
– – – 16 Corpus Juris Secundum, Constitutional Law, Sect.202, p.987.

PRIVATE PROPERTY – “As protected from being taken for public uses, is such property as belongs absolutely to an individual, and of which he has the exclusive right of disposition. Property of a specific, fixed and tangible nature, capable of being in possession and transmitted to another, such as houses, lands, and chattels.”
– – – Black’s Law dictionary, sixth ed., p.1217

” PERSONAL LIBERTY largely consists of the Right of locomotion to go where and when one pleases only so far restrained as the Rights of others may make it necessary for the welfare of all other citizens. The Right of the Citizen to travel upon the public highways and to transport his property thereon, by horsedrawn carriage, wagon, or AUTOMOBILE, is not a mere privilege which may be permitted or prohibited at will, but the common Right which he has under his Right to life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness. Under this Constitutional guarantee one may, therefore, under normal conditions, travel at his inclination along the public highways or in public places, and while conducting himself in an orderly and decent manner, neither interfering with nor disturbing another’s Rights, he will be protected, not only in his person, but in his safe conduct.”
– – – II Am.Jur. (1st) Constitutional Law, Sect.329, p.1135.

Of course, once you consent to be governed, shut up, sit down, pay and obey. . .

(In addition, thanks to the State of emergency declared in 1933, many constitutional prohibitions and requirements were bypassed.)

Featured

It’s not news it’s propaganda!

When you stop and look back at the beginning of the plandemic, it’s very easy to see how we were fooled by the media and pushed into actions that were not smart, and not in our best interest, but at the time the manipulation was invisible to us.

The media does not deal in information, it deals in propaganda and behavior modification.

Since late 2019, we have been manipulated by segments of the shadow government facilitated by their allies in the media. We have been bombarded with fear and hate.

I belong to a generation that once to believed, “if it wasn’t in the newspaper or on TV it did not happen.” Today, with the Internet, there are many more choices, but in essence, it comes down to the fact that if it’s nicely packaged and reported enough for a number of times, most folks are going to believe it. Unfortunately, we are very easy to manipulate through the media.

The way people get manipulated through the media/information hasn’t changed since the beginning of the USA, it just got more sophisticated, and we have gotten more plugged in and dependent on it.

When you stop and look back at the beginning of the plandemic, it’s very easy to see how we were fooled by the media and pushed into actions that were not smart, and not in our best interest, but at the time the manipulation was invisible to us.

We were fed misinformation from the beginning about the origin of the virus, the rate of infection, the mode of transmission, the rate of mortality, the prophylactic steps necessary to address the virus, and the length of time that our lives would be disrupted.

We were constantly bombarded with an overload of information and misinformation about changes that we must accept “for the greater good”. The shadow government spokesman and the media never talked about the overreach of the political system. It was always about the importance of our opinions and after a short time of this, folks started to believe that our opinions and the mandated changes in our normal life would lead to the defeat of this “invisible enemy” in short order.

Once a reasonable percentage accepted and echoed these talking points, once enough of us truly believed that these actions were for the “greater good”, the next phase of selling the plandemic was begun.

We were bombarded by the media that there were great differences between us, and that the differences were actually so big that they might be a problem for our future life in America. Hour after hour, day after day, we were inundated with the numbers of new cases, the outlandish numbers of hospitalizations, and the projections of millions of deaths.

In reality, you can point out huge differences between any groups of people, or political opinions anywhere in the world, and yet, that does not mean it needs to end up in blood letting. But with the continuing coverage of “black lives matter” and “AntiFa” we have been led to believe that spilling blood was the only solution for solving these differences.

The next stage-so intimidatingly logical-was fear. Fear of others, fear of differences, fear of those who had different ideas from us.

Media has instilled great amounts of fear in us, by careful and subtle hints. You did not even realize that you have been intimidated into a state of fear. Fear of contracting the virus, fear of infecting your loved ones, fear of dying, fear of “black lives matter”, fear of “AntiFa”. It seemed like a natural process until one day “fear” became the new normal.

Fear is a very powerful motivator, and under the influence of fear, you can be compelled to do a lot of things. Under the influence of fear, you will follow the directives of authority and relinquish your liberty.

Pres. Franklin Delano Roosevelt once said, “the only thing we have to fear, is fear itself.” Today, it would be accurate to say, “we need to fear loss of liberty caused by governmental overreach”.

Featured

Prayer for Saturday, July 25, 2020

And ye shall hallow the fiftieth year, and proclaim liberty throughout all the land unto all the inhabitants thereof: it shall be a jubilee unto you; and ye shall return every man unto his possession, and ye shall return every man unto his family.

Josephus says, the word “jobel” or “jubilee” signifies “liberty”: unto all the inhabitants thereof;

Featured

Tough times a-comin’

We can learn much from the American pioneers. From the pioneer provision list, to seed saving and their cooking equipment and recipes, we are wise to take note of techniques and tools used by the pioneers who “bugged out” West from 1840-1890 along the Oregon Trail.

If the recent lockdown should have shown us anything, it is how fragile our “just-in-time” distribution system is. This time it was some minor inconvenience with toilet paper and household bleach. What will you and your family do the next time?

We can learn much from the American pioneers. From the pioneer provision list, to seed saving and their cooking equipment and recipes, we are wise to take note of techniques and tools used by the pioneers who “bugged out” West from 1840-1890 along the Oregon Trail.

Mormon pioneers were the emergency preparedness and food storage masters of their time! Author Caleb Warnock, in his book, The Forgotten Skills of Self-Sufficiency Used by the Mormon Pioneers, shows you the first hand skills you’ll need. Learn to cultivate the pioneer’s independence to provide against lost wages, harsh weather, economic recession, commercial contamination and shortages, as you strengthen your family’s self-reliance.

Pioneer Lesson #1: Make a provision list.

Pioneers bring many survival lessons, starting with their provision list. Pioneers knew they could not depend on foraging for food or hunting alone along the trail, so before heading on the journey, pioneers relied on the knowledge of fur trappers to guide them on foods and supplies to bring.

Pioneer women didn’t write much about food along the trails, as they felt food was a rather mundane topic. Thankfully, however, men found food a worthwhile to write about, so we know pioneers packed plenty of dried goods, including dried meats, sugar, molasses, salt, and spices, as well as flour, cornmeal, oats, dried apples, coffee and tea. The following is an actual provision list modified to take into account modern provisions:

Enough highly portable, long term food storage, to last an entire winter. Long term explorers, miners, and trappers would pack in 600/lbs per man, and they would include dried fruits, veggies, and salt pork.

A modernized list would include freeze dried components, and run more to 450 lbs. This could be stretched an entire year if you add wild fish and game.

One year Grub Stake List (450 lbs),

60 lbs Flour,

40 lbs Bisquick mix,

50 lbs Oatmeal,

25 lbs Corn Meal,

100 lbs Rice,

25 lbs Pinto Beans,

50 lbs Pasta (Spaghetti Noodles, Elbow Mac),

25 lbs Coffee,

25 lbs Salt,

10 lbs Sugar,

1 gal Honey,

1 gal Maple Syrup,

12 lbs Jam (Strawberry/Grape/Berry),

1 Gal Crisco,

3 L Olive Oil,

1 lbs Baking soda,

1 lb Baking powder,

4 lb Yeast,

1 lb Corn starch,

Vanilla, 1 Bottle,

Ketchup 2 Bottles,

Spices-Garlic/Pepper/Chilli/Oregano,

Hot cocoa mix

Tea bags,

365 Multi/Vitamin C,

4 #10 Cans Entrees, 1 ea, Beef Stew, ChiliMac, Lasagna, Spaghetti.

4 #10 Cans Freeze Dried (Onions/G Peppers/Tomato paste/Potatoes),

4 #10 Cans Freeze Dried milk/Butter/Cheese/Eggs,

THIS IS PER PERSON

Lesson #2: Fire and cooking.

Cooking over an open fire was dangerous for pioneer women and the children who gathered around the fire. Pioneer women, and the girls who tended the cooking, wore their hair tightened in a bun. Additionally, pioneer women wore bonnets not only to keep their unkempt hair as orderly as possible, but also to cook over an open flame. They also wore heavy wool clothing to protect themselves from flying sparks.

With luck I will continue this topic next week.

You can discount this information if you choose, but consider what the consequences would be for you and your family if the local supermarket was barren like those in Venezuela.

Featured

The times they are a-changin’

If tourism doesn’t rebound very quickly, all the local economies that became hyperspecialized to serve global tourism (enabled by low-cost airfares and credit cards) will be gutted.

It has been said that what goes around, comes around. In some ways Bob Dylan’s 1964 song seems prophetic.

Come gather ’round people, wherever you roam

And admit that the waters around you have grown

And accept it that soon you’ll be drenched to the bone

If your time to you is worth saving

Then you better start swimmin’ or you’ll sink like a stone

For the times, they are a-changin’

Come writers and critics who prophesize with your pen

And keep your eyes wide, the chance won’t come again

And don’t speak too soon, for the wheel’s still in spin

And there’s no tellin’ who that it’s namin’

For the loser now will be later to win

For the times, they are a-changin’

Come senators, congressmen, please heed the call

Don’t stand in the doorway, don’t block up the hall

For he that gets hurt will be he who has stalled

The battle outside ragin’

Will soon shake your windows and rattle your walls

For the times, they are a-changin’

While the mainstream media understandably focuses on the here and now of the pandemic, some commentators are looking at the long-term consequences.

Indirect effect: the profoundly negative impact of a hyperspecialized economy that is suddenly disrupted. In this case, the specialization is tourism, but there are other examples, many driven by hyper-globalization.

Specialization has long been central to capitalism’s relentless drive to increase efficiencies and thus profits, and globalization has pushed specialization to extremes globally dominant corporations can arbitrage currencies, wages, political corruption and lax environmental standards in ways that localized competitors cannot.

The net result is increasing reliance on one globally competitive industry for jobs, tax revenues, etc.–in essence, the modern-day equivalent of a monoculture plantation or single-industry factory town.

When the plantation or factory closes, there’s no economically diverse ecosystem to pick up the slack.

If tourism doesn’t rebound very quickly, all the local economies that became hyperspecialized to serve global tourism (enabled by low-cost airfares and credit cards) will be gutted.

The second order effect of the pandemic will be the wrenching transformation of these local economies into a much broader economic ecosystem that will have to be moated from globalized competition. For example, grapes flown in from locales 3,000 miles away will be banned or heavily taxed so local grapes can compete.

The cost structure of most small enterprises was burdensome even in the best of times: rent, utilities, fees, taxes, regulatory compliance, insurance, labor overhead and so on are now crushingly costly, and once revenues decline by even modest amounts, the small businesses are no longer viable.

Costs such as rent, healthcare insurance, local fees and taxes are notoriously “sticky,” meaning the default setting is to ratchet ever higher. These costs don’t drop unless there is a full-blown crisis such as mass bankruptcies of commercial landlords and cities.

Thus we can anticipate a culling of all the marginal, struggling small businesses in the pandemic recession, and a weak or non-existent emergence of new businesses in the future to replace those lost, as revenues will remain weak while costs will only increase.

This will most likely be accelerated by the draconian measures instituted for “the greater good” such as mandatory masking and social distancing.

The world has changed, and the only things we know with certainty are 1) a return to the pre-“pandemic” status quo is not possible and 2) this is not a positive development.

Featured

Tyranny

The recent shut down of our society by state and local government with little or no input from those being governed falls under the classic definition of tyranny.

Tyranny is an autocratic form of rule in which one individual exercised power without any legal restraint. The word tyranny is usually pejorative and connotes the illegitimate possession or use of such power.

The recent shut down of our society by state and local government with little or no input from those being governed falls under the classic definition of tyranny.

The most-significant change in the conception of tyranny from the ancient world to the modern lies in the role of the people under a tyrant.

In ancient times tyrants tended to be popular, because the people saw them as upholding their interests. Tyrants often introduced measures to improve the economic and social status of the poor; it was the aristocracy (who wrote the histories) who tended to oppose tyranny, because, in bypassing the constitution, tyranny threatened their traditional privileges.

But as absolute rule became established in the Roman Empire, the terms of debate shifted, focusing on the question of when monarchic power became tyrannical in nature.

From that springs the idea of tyranny in its modern sense: a situation in which the power of the ruler outweighs that of the ruled. That definition allows even a representative government to be labeled a tyranny.

A Bob Dylan protest song from 1965 has lyrics that could have just as easily been written today.

“A question in your nerves is lit

Yet you know there is no answer fit to satisfy

Insure you not to quit

To keep it in your mind and not forget

That it is not he or she or them or it

That you belong to

Although the masters make the rules

For the wise men and the fools

I got nothing, Ma, to live up to

For them that must obey authority

That they do not respect in any degree

Who despise their jobs, their destinies

Speak jealously of them that are free

Do what they do just to be nothing more than something they invest in.

Featured

OBEY!

They control your mind. They control you through fear. They control you by convincing you that the world is a scary dangerous place, but they’re here to protect you, care for you, and keep you safe, just as long as you OBEY.

We as a society conform to the idea that it is always necessary to obey authority.

This is such a normalized function of everyday life, that it has resulted in us losing sight of our own moral convictions.

Not every act of this expected obedience is conscious. We have fell into the habit of obeying first and asking questions later.

Even worse than that, we have developed a more destructive habit of not questioning authority at all. Our moral judgements have became clouded by our understanding of authority as well as the desire and expectation to conform with others opinions and actions.

From a very young ages we are taught not to question authority. It is instilled in our heads as children that authority figures are always right.

We are seeing the most draconian measures enforced at all levels of government that we’ve ever seen in our lifetimes, and yet rather than being alarmed by the things going on, so many of you applaud.

People are being arrested for spending too much time outside, and you applaud. Pastors are being arrested for daring to hold church services, and you applaud. A child’s birthday party is raided by police, and you applaud. A young woman is ticketed for going on a leisurely drive alone because it’s deemed “non-essential travel”, and you applaud.

A parade of school teachers and administrators who wanted to drive through neighborhoods and wave at children is busted up by cops because they were “nonessential,” and you applaud.

A lone paddleboarder in the ocean on a beach without any other people around is arrested because he’s violating quarantine orders, and you applaud.

People are being denied life saving medical treatments because they’re not a priority right now (not “essential” as deemed by the government) as the entirety of our medical system is focused on one thing, and you applaud.

Businesses are beings forcibly closed and padlocked and owners arrested for refusing to shut down, and you applaud. Dairy farmers and other farmers are being incentivized to stop dairy farming and to sell their herds, and you don’t seem to understand the implications.

You’re being told to use hotlines and online forms provided by your local governments to report your neighbors who don’t obey, and you comply.

You scold people day after day for not obeying government edicts, and if any of us dare to question what’s happening, you lecture about how we’re a danger to society and we just don’t care about people dying.

You’ve somehow managed to convince yourselves that the people whose lives are affected by a virus are MUCH more important than the people whose lives are being destroyed (and in many cases, leading to death) by the effects of a worldwide economic shutdown and impending worldwide depression the likes of which no one has ever seen before.

At what point will you start QUESTIONING what’s going on?

How far does the government have to push before you’re jolted awake from your slumber? How far are you willing to go with this?

If they told you to load your families onto train cars so that you could be taken to Virus Protection Facilities for your own safety, would you do it?

YES. Yes, you would.

That much has become painfully obvious to me. And the whole time, you’d be shaking your finger and yelling at those of us who refused, accusing us of being “a danger to society” and “not caring if people die.”

But they don’t have to load you onto train cars and take you to Virus Protection Facilities, or force you to comply, because you do that voluntarily.

They control your mind. They control you through fear. They control you by convincing you that the world is a scary dangerous place, but they’re here to protect you, care for you, and keep you safe, just as long as you OBEY.

They know that as long as you’re locked inside your comfortable home with Netflix, Hulu, Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and a cell phone, while dangling a $1200 check in front of you like a carrot on a stick, you’ll comply. No force is necessary for the majority of the herd.
YOU ARE IMPRISONED, willingly, and you’re too blind to see it. “

Featured

As a man thinketh…

That we have had so much contradicting dialogue and that there has been so much censorship, we are left either holding onto what we think is true, or losing all faith in all sources of information and acknowledging we CAN’T know what’s true unless and until we dig into the data ourselves. The latter is a huge undertaking virtually no one is capable of doing.

Your thoughts affect your immune system. It can work the opposite way as well —-changes in the immune system create changes in your nervous system which lead to changes in your emotions. Quiet simply put stress and unhealthy eating habits can influence how you think and feel. Simply put – your mental state affects your immunity. Research today is beginning to unravel the complex connection between your psychological state and your immune system.

The immune system is comprised of organs, tissues, cells and cell products that all work together to fight harmful substances like the pathogens that cause infection and disease.

If our lives are greatly influenced by the hormones of stress, then the natural function of the immune system is suppressed, which leaves us more prone to illness or disease.

When stress is prolonged or unrelenting, it becomes known as chronic stress. Chronic or bad stress can be detrimental to mental and physical health.

Constant worrying about things like family or problems are examples of chronic stress. Post-traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) is another form of chronic stress.

The immune system is a collection of billions of cells that travel through the bloodstream. They move in and out of tissues and organs, defending the body against foreign bodies (antigens) such as bacteria, viruses and cancerous cells.
The main types of immune cells are white blood cells.

Being positive and having a healthy perspective could be the difference between longevity and disease. Every thought you have produces a chemical which signals the body to feel exactly the way you are thinking. In turn your thoughts will generate feelings, and your feelings will generate thoughts.

This creates a vicious cycle — being mindful of your thoughts in the morning could be the difference in what type of day you have.

The release of stress hormones is the result of a number of complex and interacting factors such as the interaction between the stressors and our perception of the stress.

How we perceive an event plays a very significant role in whether the stressor triggers our stress response or not.

Stop and ask yourself, if the media hadn’t been constantly beating the fear drum since last December about the Corona virus, would you have even noticed it?

Month after month, week after week, day after day, hour after hour panicky headlines predicting doom.
“US surpasses world in active cases of Covid-19” , “Hospitals overwhelmed, refrigerated morgue trucks brought in”… and on and on.

Contradictory “information” from “experts” that confuses us further. “Wear a mask”, “Don’t wear a mask”, “Heat kills the virus, go out in the sun”, “Stay inside and sanitize everything” until even the most sensible persons’ head is spinning and their stress level is through the roof.

Confirmation bias is, I think, a huge player these days. People live in an echo chamber. We listen to news we trust and deem other sources of being biased. We look for confirmation of our beliefs without analyzing the actual data.

That we have had so much contradicting dialogue and that there has been so much censorship, we are left either holding onto what we think is true, or losing all faith in all sources of information and acknowledging we CAN’T know what’s true unless and until we dig into the data ourselves. The latter is a huge undertaking virtually no one is capable of doing.

So when we see news reports like “96% Of All People Tested Are Positive, Most Asymptomatic”, how many of us actually get on the phone to call the facilities that provided this information to the news source? I found an article a couple days ago where Florida was found to be in error with regard to positive C-19 test cases. Rather than 96%, the number was 9.6%. That’s a big difference!! So was the error deliberate or accidental?

Evil or stupid?

That seems to be the recurring question of our times.

In my opinion, it is intentional and evil. The question you need to ask yourself is simply, WHY?

Featured

Prayer for Saturday, July 18, 2020

Matthew 9:36

Seeing the people, He felt compassion for them, because they were distressed and dispirited like sheep without a shepherd.

There is, however, an immense preponderance of authority in favor of another reading, which gives the passive participle of the verb translated “trouble” in Mark 5:35, Luke 7:6, and meaning literally “flayed,” and thence figuratively “tormented, worried, vexed.” They were not merely as sheep that have grown weary and faint, hungry, looking up and yet not fed, but were as those that have been harassed by the wolf—the prey of thieves and robbers.

Featured

Two sides of the coin

It’s mall about control

I’ve seen signs in stores here to either have exact change or use a credit card.

On one hand the system wants you to cash your change in. This is not a real crises it’s the plan. Because real coin, even clad is a liability for the bankers/government etc.

For when we do go cashless, clad coins will hold value better than whatever digit system they currently have or will have.

I don’t understand, if there is a coin shortage due to less circulation and production, why aren’t Federal Reserve Notes also affected?

This causes people to think about the money hidden in their penny jars, piggy banks and safes. If the country goes cashless what will become of the stowed away cash? Is it now valueless?

No one seem to know where the coins went. So how come no one knows? Banks aren’t giving them out.

As usuall it seems like a plot, a conspiracy or a trick the government is playing on the people.

My bank now has locked doors. You can get in with an appointment only.

It seems like a plot, a conspiracy or a trick the government is playing on the people.

I looked it up. There is $3,818,300,000 in coin out there. There are 320,000,000 people in the US including children.That means there is about $12 in change for every person in the country.

The average family of 3.5 – $42 in change

And people still believe they are having trouble distributing coins?

The best methodology for manipulating a situation is to take a real event and mold it to suit your desired effect. Is there some shortage of coins? Probably. Who knows how bad it really is?

I think those in control are wanting to go to a cashless society so they can track all purchases and tax,tax,tax.

It would not surprise me at some point that the government makes coins and later all bills illegal due to possible spread of Covid 19 and wants them all turned in. If you had any 90% silver coins, they would expect those to be turned in also at face value and not the “silver” value.

If this scenario holds true,paper money is the next to go. With no coin, there is no need for a mint with no paper money, there is no need for a treasury.

I think this coin shortage is a con, they don’t magically disappear,the mint is not releasing
coins, Some entities are hoarding them for their own reasons. Maybe to push cashless on us as suggested, that seems logical. Maybe hoarding because paper is about to be greatly devalued and coins historically keep their face value.

Say you’ve got a $10 bill and $10 in coins, the bill can be devalued to $1 but the coins are still $10 face value. This has happened several times with other nations. It’s kind of silly to think it can never happen here.

It seems to me if coins are disappearing, being purposely removed from circulation – SOMEONE is wanting them and wanting US to Not have them so maybe I’ll just keep mine and see what happens. who knows how they may come in handy some day.

Start to look at the big picture:

Elimination of cash transactions provides the alphabet agencies to review your history of transactions, payments, purchases and other incidentals.

Taxing authorities will now get more money. You capitalists are finally paying your “fair share”.

Government payments can and will be monitored.

Consider the number of people who have multiple social security numbers due to the mothers passing their kids to other mothers to file for more money.

Consider the fraud with welfare money.

Consider the money (in emergency cash payments currently), that low income people can get to go to the market. This can be validated.

This gives the ability to monitor spending habits (think suspected hoarders, or, if you prefer, preppers).

Child support payments.

All transactions outside government control.

Cash tips and gratuities.

Any and all under the table work for cash.

It’s all about control.

Featured

A Call To Action

Individual Health Is the Responsibility of the Individual, Not the State

Do I have to wear a mask? Should I just wear a mask to avoid being heckled or harassed? What if wearing a mask makes me feel unwell? These are just a few of the questions that people are grappling with as a growing number of jurisdictions nationwide institute mandatory mask measures.
At present, all but a handful of states call for mandatory mask-wearing, and many cities have their own mask ordinances.[1],[2],[3] However, I believe that wearing a mask should be an individual’s choice. A growing contingent of individuals are concerned that mandatory mask policies jeopardize bodily, civil and constitutional rights.


Mandatory Masks Can Cause Considerable Harm and Are Not Proven Effective

Evidence that face masks reduce the transmission of viral respiratory infections within community settings is equivocal at best.[4],[5],[6] A recent meta-analysis of scientific literature, including 11 randomized, controlled trials and 10 observational studies, found that there was no clear clinical or laboratory-confirmed evidence that masks prevent infection.[7]
To the contrary, the study warned that facemasks “…may even increase transmission if they act as fomites [objects or materials that are likely to carry infection] or prompt other behaviours that transmit the virus such as face touching.”


This echoes World Health Organization (WHO) guidance published on January 29, 2020 titled, “Advice on the use of masks in the community, during home care and in healthcare settings in the context of the novel coronavirus (‎‎‎‎‎2019-nCoV)‎‎‎‎‎ outbreak.”[8] In it, the WHO says, “Wearing medical masks when not indicated may cause unnecessary cost, procurement burden and create a false sense of security that can lead to neglecting other essential measures such as hand hygiene practices.” Furthermore, the January 2020 WHO guidance stated, “Cloth (e.g., cotton or gauze) masks are not recommended under any circumstance.”


Cloth masks have been found to be particularly problematic,[9],[10],[11] and some masks have raised concerns because they’ve been treated with a registered pesticide.[12],[13] A British Medical Journal (BMJ) study published in April 2020 cautions against the use of cloth masks, citing “Moisture retention, reuse of cloth masks and poor filtration may result in increased risk of infection.”[14] The WHO affirms increased infection risk with cloth masks in its latest June 5, 2020 guidance.[15] It based its guidance on an earlier BMJ study that found the penetration of particles to be 97% in the cloth mask group, with significantly higher rates of infection and influenza-like illness.[16]


A study on the CDC website that reviewed 10 different randomized clinical trials worldwide on highly infectious respiratory virus transmission found “no significant reduction” in “transmission with the use of face masks.”[17]


Given the lack of evidence for their use,[18],[19],[20],[21],[22],[23] and flip-flopping advice both against[24][25] and for their use by authoritative health agencies like the WHO, the increasing pressure to wear masks in public — and to be able to access basic services required to maintain one’s health, liberty and livelihood — constitutes an unnecessary power grab and means of controlling the population.


Fear Is Driving Violence and Aggression
Nonstop media and social media coverage of coronavirus has generated unprecedented levels of fear, panic and anxiety.[26],[27],[28] On June 30, Dr. Anthony Fauci warned lawmakers that we could easily see 100,000 new cases of coronavirus each day.[29],[30] Fauci stated that he is unable to accurately predict the incidence and mortality that the US will eventually see, but he declared, “It’s going to be very disturbing, I will guarantee you that.”[31],[32]
Some individuals are now fraught with so much panic and worry[33] that they are becoming violent toward family members[34] and anyone they believe is a threat to their personal safety. Aggression toward those who don’t wear masks is becoming is increasingly common and ranges from verbal threats, to assault and battery, to murder.


In March, an 86-year-old dementia patient was killed in a Brooklyn emergency room after she lost her bearings and grabbed onto another patient’s IV pole to steady herself.[35] The patient, 32-year-old Cassandra Lundy, became irate that the elderly woman, Janie Marshall, had broken social distancing guidelines and then knocked her to the floor.[36]


Ms. Marshall — who initially went to the ER for severe abdominal pains — struck her head on the floor, lost consciousness and died hours later. According to reports, Ms. Lundy, who has been charged with manslaughter, told detectives that she shoved Ms. Marshall because the elderly woman “got into the defendant’s space.”[37]


The Great Mask Divide
Masks have become one of the most controversial issues of our time.[38],[39],[40] Those who are seen in public without a mask are often judged and discriminated against,[41],[42] even if they have a condition that precludes compliance. Harassment and discrimination have become rampant,[43],[44] and fellow citizens are policing each other with very little to no knowledge of why someone may or may not be wearing a mask.[45],[46]


Even in communities that have mask exceptions for certain members of the population, those individuals are no longer allowed to fully participate in society because businesses are barring them or won’t provide services to them without a mask. It’s a breach of an individual’s privacy and autonomy to not be able to go into public without being discriminated against, and banning people from entering or participating in society because they don’t wear a mask violates their constitutional rights.[47]


These types of breaches have sparked lawsuits nationwide from individuals claiming they have been personally or financially harmed from mandatory mask measures.[48],[49],[50] Some also contend that forcing people with medical conditions to wear masks violates Title III of the Americans with Disabilities Act,[51] which prohibits discrimination on the basis of disability of “enjoyment of services, facilities, privileges, advantages or accommodations by any person who … operates a place of public accommodation.”[52]


Individual Health Is the Responsibility of the Individual, Not the State

With unbridled governmental control throughout much of 2020 — under the guise of emergency orders needed to curb coronavirus — citizens from coast to coast have seen their civil, constitutional and religious rights trampled upon.[53],[54] An onslaught of executive orders have shaped nearly every aspect of our personal lives, from where we can go and what activities we’re allowed to engage in, to how we educate our children, to how we earn a living, to how we worship. [55]


They have also dictated which medical philosophies we embrace and which medical treatments we can receive. In doing so, we’ve been extremely restricted in how we’ve been able to care for ourselves and support our immune systems — and we’ve been asked to follow guidelines that are not evidence-based “for the greater good.”


Although the government plays a role in controlling the spread of infectious illness, adults are responsible for their own health;[56] each person has the right to responsibly make choices about what precautions and perceived risks they take. It’s not incumbent on government officials to direct individual health decisions, and granting them this power is dangerous. Individuals are much more qualified than public servants to weigh the risks and benefits of their own personal actions.


Public officials should not impose mandates to seek compliance. Mandates perpetuate the idea that individuals lack the moral or intellectual capacity to make sound decisions for themselves and their children, so the state needs to do it for them.[57] Individuals are capable of making responsible decisions,[58] and those decisions must take a person’s whole health into account.
The health of the individual cannot be forsaken or sacrificed for the collective. We can only have a healthy society when that society is made up of healthy individuals.[59] Health is a personal right and responsibility. It is not something that we should look to the government to bestow on us or guarantee.


Masks as “Submission Signaling”

There is no compelling scientific evidence to justify the widespread push to mandate universal mask-wearing.[60] The demonstrated risks [61],[62],[63] far outweigh the purported benefits. Whereas those who wear masks believe they are “virtue signaling” their concern for the weakest and most vulnerable among us, those who refuse to submit to authoritarian decrees do so because they believe that health is a personal responsibility — and that it is up to them to decide what precautionary measures they implement to avoid a virus with an estimated case fatality rate of .1% to .26%.[64]


At-risk populations and those who are sick can self-isolate, and society should take the best care of them possible. However, healthy, law-abiding citizens should not be forced to take any precaution that can result in physical[65] and emotional harm[66] and that impinges on their constitutional rights; this includes the right to bodily autonomy, the right to move about freely, the right to participate in society and connect with others, and the right to be free from unreasonable government intrusion.[67]


It’s Time to Stand – Urge Your Lawmakers to Make Face Coverings Voluntary

Never before has it been so important for you to stand up for your rights! Mandatory medicine and mandated interventions such as social distancing and mask-wearing have no place in a free society;[68],[69] citizens have the right to make responsible decisions about what is best for themselves and their children based on their own unique circumstances.
Please stand up against governmental medical tyranny.


References
[1] https://www.littler.com/publication-press/publication/facing-your-face-mask-duties-list-statewide-orders
2] https://www.businessinsider.com/coronavirus-the-17-states-requiring-people-to-wear-masks-public-2020-6
[3] https://www.usatoday.com/story/news/health/2020/07/03/covid-face-masks-states-require-public/5371503002/
4] Med Hypotheses. 2020 May 19;143:109855.doi: 10.1016/j.mehy.2020.109855. Online ahead of print.
[5] Ann Intern Med. 2020 Jun 24;M20-3213. doi: 10.7326/M20-3213. Online ahead of print.
[6] medRxiv – April 6, 2020
[7] https://www.qeios.com/read/1SC5L4
[8] https://apps.who.int/iris/handle/10665/330987
[9] https://bmjopen.bmj.com/content/5/4/e006577
[10] Cardiol J. 2020;27(2):218-219. doi: 10.5603/CJ.a2020.0054. Epub 2020 Apr 14.
[11] The Epoch Times
[12] https://www.newschannel5.com/news/newschannel-5-investigates/tennessee-governors-free-sock-masks-treated-with-registered-pesticide
[13] https://beyondpesticides.org/dailynewsblog/2020/06/face-masks-that-contain-toxic-pesticide-distributed-in-tennessee-for-coronavirus-then-recalled/
[14] https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC4420971/#__ffn_sectitle
[15] https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/advice-on-the-use-of-masks-in-the-community-during-home-care-and-in-healthcare-settings-in-the-context-of-the-novel-coronavirus-(2019-ncov)-outbreak
[16] https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC4420971/#__ffn_sectitle
[17] https://wwwnc.cdc.gov/eid/article/26/5/19-0994_article
[18] BMJ April 7, 2020; 369:m1422 doi: 10.1136/bmj.m1422
[19] https://www.cidrap.umn.edu/news-perspective/2020/04/commentary-masks-all-covid-19-not-based-sound-data
[20] https://www.infectioncontroltoday.com/view/cloth-masks-are-useless-against-covid-19
[21] American Thinker
[22] https://www.rcreader.com/commentary/masks-dont-work-covid-a-review-of-science-relevant-to-covide-19-social-policy?fbclid=IwAR3XrEyWaRxO8qWOqsySq_wPutL4JGx00FKV5VwL8O8P9X5Z156n_qoWSC8
[23] https://jennifermargulis.net/healthy-people-wearing-masks-during-covid19/
[24] https://www.novushealth.com/2020/04/face-masks-in-a-covid-19-world-to-wear-or-not-to-wear/
[25] Twitter, U.S. Surgeon General, February 29, 2020
[26] Cureus. 2020 May 2;12(5):e7923. doi: 10.7759/cureus.7923.
[27] J Med Internet Res. 2020 May 19;22(5):e19556. doi: 10.2196/19556.
[28] https://qz.com/1812664/the-psychology-of-coronavirus-fear-and-how-to-overcome-it/
[29] https://www.c-span.org/video/?473393-1/covid-19-response-reopening-schools
[30] https://www.nytimes.com/2020/06/30/us/politics/fauci-coronavirus.html
[31] https://www.cnn.com/2020/06/30/politics/fauci-redford-testimony-senate-coronavirus/index.html
[32] https://www.cnbc.com/2020/06/30/fauci-says-us-coronavirus-outbreak-is-going-to-be-very-disturbing-could-top-100000-cases-a-day.html
[33] Int J Soc Psychiatry. 2020 May 21;20764020925835. doi: 10.1177/0020764020925835.
[34] Psychiatry Res. 2020 Apr 30;289:113046. doi: 10.1016/j.psychres.2020.113046.
[35] https://www.nytimes.com/2020/04/08/nyregion/coronavirus-brooklyn-janie-marshall-cassandra-lundy.html
[36] https://bklyner.com/86-year-old-killed-coronavirus/
[37] https://patch.com/new-york/bed-stuy/social-distancing-death-suspect-held-coronavirus-packed-rikers
[38] BMJ 2020;369:m2005
[39] https://www.cidrap.umn.edu/news-perspective/2020/06/controversy-covid-19-mask-study-spotlights-messiness-science-during
[40] https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/think-act-be/202005/why-are-masks-triggering-conflict-and-rage
[41] BMJ 2020;369:m2009
[42] Disability Rights UK June 18, 2020
[43] https://www.pewsocialtrends.org/2020/07/01/many-black-and-asian-americans-say-they-have-experienced-discrimination-amid-the-covid-19-outbreak/
[44] https://www.facebook.com/photo.php?fbid=1143163319383637&set=gm.4087336354647037&type=3&theater
[45] https://www.nytimes.com/2020/05/04/us/social-distancing-rules-coronavirus.html
[46] https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/think-act-be/202005/why-are-masks-triggering-conflict-and-rage
[47] Cornell Law
[48] https://www.miamiherald.com/news/coronavirus/article243643797.html
[49] https://www.nytimes.com/2020/05/04/us/social-distancing-rules-coronavirus.html
[50] https://www.npr.org/sections/coronavirus-live-updates/2020/07/10/889691823/more-than-20-u-s-states-now-require-face-masks-in-public
[51] https://pittsburgh.cbslocal.com/2020/06/22/lawsuits-against-giant-eagle-mask-policy/
[52] ADA Gov
[53] https://www.aclu.org/news/civil-liberties/civil-liberties-never-sleep-the-aclu-in-the-pandemic/
[54] https://www.foxnews.com/opinion/judge-andrew-napolitano-coronavirus-crisis-constitution
[55] Ballotpedia
[56] https://jennifermargulis.net/science-shows-coronavirus-covid19-treatments-without-masks-lockdowns-isolation/
[57] https://standforhealthfreedom.com/blog/why-states-are-getting-it-wrong-with-medical-mandates/
[58] https://www.mercatus.org/bridge/commentary/beware-government-overreach-protect-our-health
[59] https://www.weforum.org/agenda/2020/01/5-ways-to-build-healthier-societies/
[60] https://www.nejm.org/doi/full/10.1056/NEJMp2006372
[61] Neurocirugia (Astur).2008 Apr;19(2):121-6.
[62] Ann Occup Hyg. 2012 Jan;56(1):102-12.doi: 10.1093/annhyg/mer069. Epub 2011 Sep13.
[63] Acta Neurologica Scandinavica February 28, 2006.
[64] https://www.nejm.org/doi/pdf/10.1056/NEJMe2002387?articleTools=true
[65] BMJ 2020;369:m2003
[66] BMC Family Practice, 2013; Published online Dec. 24, 2013. DOI: 10.1186/1471-2296-14-200.
[67] DanPatrick.org – April 22, 2020.
[68] https://ahrp.org/beware-of-medicine-marching-in-lockstep-with-government-personal-reflections/
[69] https://freedomwire.com/masks-safety-or-control/
[70] https://www.heritage.org/the-constitution/commentary/constitution-isnt-suspended-covid-19-attorney-general-barr-warns-public
[71] https://www.mercurynews.com/2020/04/23/opinion-wheres-the-line-on-constitutional-rights-in-a-pandemic/

Featured

The new silk road

Many members of Congress, on both sides of the political aisle have economic ties to China which would begin to explain the ongoing vigorous opposition from both Democrats and some “Republicans” to the “America First” attitudes of the Trump administration which have, (until the conveniently timed Covid-19 crisis), strengthened the US vs. Chinese economic expansion world-wide.

China’s controversial Belt and Road Initiative is the cornerstone of its ambitious foreign policy strategy. The initiative seeks to replicate the historic Silk Road trading routes through financing a series of projects across Asia, Eastern Europe and Africa. Over sixty , accounting for two-thirds of the world’s population, have indicated their interest or have already signed up for projects.

China’s investment model in developing countries is likely to tolerate corruption and a lack of transparency, which has a range of destabilizing impacts. Moreover, the risk of the institutionalization of BRI investments in developing countries has increased fears that it could increase the likelihood of the authoritarian model being adapted, whilst undermining the political and economic independence of developing countries in the long term. Therefore, the increased presence of China throughout the developing world poses an implicit threat.

China is consolidating geopolitical power through predatory practices. Throughout exploitation of its debts, China has convinced the Sri Lankan government to agree to a 99 year lease to operate its strategic Hambantota port. In Greece, Chinese firms bought 51% of the port authority in Piraeus port near Athens in 2016, following the economic crisis.

The likelihood of a Chinese monopoly on untapped resources is a concern. Countries like Azerbaijan are known for their oil and natural gas reserves. China’s singular presence would be problematic for both foreign investors and global powers alike.

Meanwhile, for local economies, foreign loans and accumulating debt increases the risk of an economic ‘drain’, without guarantee of sustainable reinvestment into the local economy.

The BRI initiative will be felt on a global stage over the next decade. The use of loans to finance projects and the accumulation of unsustainable debt in developing countries remains a significant long term risk, as debts could be used to leverage economic, political and military power.

Many members of Congress, on both sides of the political aisle have economic ties to China which would begin to explain the ongoing vigorous opposition from both Democrats and some “Republicans” to the “America First” attitudes of the Trump administration which have, (until the conveniently timed Covid-19 crisis), strengthened the US vs. Chinese economic expansion world-wide.

The American electorate really only has two choices. #1, educate themselves regarding the conflicts of interest on the part on many of their elected representatives. OR #2, learn Mandarin Chinese.

Featured

R.I.P. the Republic

The Republic is dead…act accordingly

Another “happy” email I received from a friend who does his homework.
2000 census listed U.S. population at 281,421,906.2020 estimate lists U.S. population at 331,002,651.


That corresponds to an 80 year doubling rate… which is far behind world average of 47 years.What that means is genocidal socialist countries (like the USA) have a drop in birthrate while non-socialist countries are booming – and exporting their surplus to – guess where?
Some may feel that reducing the growth in population is a “good thing.”Others may consider that if you’re not making descendants, who else will “inherit your country?”


Is it a coincidence that non-socialist countries south of the border are exporting their surplus population to our country?


Frankly, the USA is a conquered nation, marking time to the next conflagration that changes the form of government to deal with the “new kids on the block.”
It was conquered by greedy usurers and collectivist ideologues who have infiltrated and destroyed our institutions, perverted our religious sects, and turned our world upside down… for power and profit.


How do we know this? Just look at the news. What kind of government instituted to secure rights of the people acts impotent and incompetent in the face of Antifa, BLM, and masked rioters?It’s not a healthy one!


The remedy is simple – if you don’t mind someone else telling you what to do. But if you want to know the remedy, go read the law for yourself. Since few Americans will bother to do that, they will cling to their opinions, unaware of how they were shaped by the world’s greatest propaganda ministry, and meekly watch the burning of their civilization on their high tech devices.
You finally got what you deserved, and the Founders’ dream is over.

Featured

It’s for your own good

There is only one thing that we can do to save ourselves. AVOID ALL THESE VIRUS INFESTED PLACES AT ALL COST! Do not visit places that have mandatory masking requirements, face diapers could be fatal. Do not SHOP in any places that have mandatory masking. Face diapers hold moisture that encourage disease growth.

I am nothing if not flexible. Apparently we have been doing it all wrong.

Obviously the geniuses that “rule” over our country, states, counties , cities and villages know better than us peasants what is in our own best interest.

The latest indication of this is the passage last night of a mandatory mask wearing ordinance in the city of Springfield, Missouri. Branson, Missouri is not too far behind as they have called a special meeting on Thursday to consider a masking ordinance.

It has become clear that the Chinese plague has become such a scourge that it is necessary to wear, (even if somewhat questionable in effectiveness), protective masks to avoid a horrible illness that COULD strike down as many as one-quarter of one percent of the population. (There have already been THREE deaths out of a population on 55,525 in Taney County).

SOMETHING MUST BE DONE!

It is apparent that this plague is running rampant in Southwest Missouri. It is not safe to breath unmasked air in Springfield, Missouri. You are most likely committing the 2020 version of Sepukku, (what westerners call Hari-Kari), if you do.

There is only one thing that we can do to save ourselves. AVOID ALL THESE VIRUS INFESTED PLACES AT ALL COST! Do not visit places that have mandatory masking requirements, face diapers could be fatal. Do not SHOP in any places that have mandatory masking. Face diapers hold moisture that encourage disease growth. To do so would be sure suicide. Do not go to restaurants or entertainment venues that require you to wear a face diaper. SAVE YOURSELF! As our political “leaders” tell us, “it’s for our own good.”

“For our own good?” I think we have heard that phrase sometime in the past… not in English. I remember now. It was in the late 1930’s in Germany; “es ist zu Ihrem Besten.”

Featured

What’s that SMELL?!?

In my younger days I spent time in the rural wilds of Wisconsin. Aside from some very good beer and a bunch of toothsome bar food,one of the ubiquitous bar snacks were pickled hard boiled eggs, (it’s a bit of an acquired taste).

In my younger days I spent time in the rural wilds of Wisconsin. Aside from some very good beer and a bunch of toothsome bar food,one of the ubiquitous bar snacks were pickled hard boiled eggs, (it’s a bit of an acquired taste).

There are a bunch of different recipes but this is the quickest and easiest.

1 quart Mason jar

9 or ten hard boiled eggs (enough to fill the jar and don’t worry about head space.

Pack the eggs in the jar

Fill 3/4 to top with your favorite wing sauce

Fill the rest to top with white vinegar

Stick it in the fridge for nine days

Enjoy!

For simple quick pickling if you’re looking for flavor, you could use dill pickle juice, the leftover juice from pickled okra, mustard, probably Italian dressing. I’d say anything vinegar based.

Here’s a recipe that’s a tad more complicated.

Ingredients. Combine these in a sauce pan:

1) 2 Cups of White Vinegar

2) 1/2 Cup of Water

3) 1/2 Cup of White Sugar

4) 1 teaspoonful of salt

5) 1 teaspoonful pickling spice

6) 1 teaspoonful red pepper flakes

7) 4-5 cloves

8) 1 Cinnamon Stick

9) 2-3 Banana Peppers (yellow color) cut into rings (discard stems). Include the seeds as well.

10) 2-3 Green Jalapeno Peppers cut into slices

11) 1/2 Red Pepper cut into strips

12) A few rings of a freshly cut White Onion

Allow all ingredients to simmer on the stove for at least 10-15 minutes. Stir occasionally while simmering.

Step 3: Combine Eggs and Broth

Remove the broth from the heat and scoop some of the peppers/onions into a Quart sized Mason Jar. Add 3 eggs. Scoop some more of the peppers/onions/spices into the jar. Add 3 more eggs. Continue to add the peppers/onions/spices and eggs. When done, pour the remaining broth into the Mason Jar, using a funnel if you like, to within a quarter inch of the top. You may have some leftover broth, depending on the size of the eggs and peppers, etc. If you are short on broth, just top off with white vinegar.

Hand tighten a lid and ring on the Mason Jar and let it cool. Then place it in the refrigerator for 2-3 weeks.

Featured

It’s not about a mask, it’s about control.

It’s absolutely terrifying to me that so many people do not question authority because they see that authority as “all-knowing.”

For all of my friends defending the mask, I won’t unfriend you, no matter how hard you try to push your views down my throat, but read this…

When you ask why I won’t wear a mask and say-“it’s just a mask.”… “It’s just a mask” can turn into “it’s just a vaccine” very quickly. And it will, you can bet your bottom dollar on that! In less than 5 months, our government has successfully divided the country into “obedient mask wearers” versus “selfish people that refuse to wear masks.”

“It’s just a mask you guys.” It’s for “the greater good!” Where have we heard this phrase before? In less than 5 months, our government has dictated what events are acceptable versus unacceptable to attend. Riots are okay, but church and family funerals are not. Standing in a graduation line is a “safety hazard,” but feel free to line up at Walmart, Lowe’s, and Home Depot.

But it’s “just a mask” and “safety precautions,” you guys. In less than 5 months, our government successfully facilitated the closing of family-owned businesses while granting authority to large corporations that they have vested interests in.

It’s “just a mask” and “safety precautions” you guys. Oh, and here’s a measly $1200 that we stole from you in the 1st place. Enjoy! In less than 5 months, our government was able to successfully sway the population into believing that a cashless society is a good thing! In the name of a government sponsored virus.

In less than 5 months, our government closed down schools, and has “restructured” school moving forward under the guise of “public safety” from a “virus.” These same schools fed children crap per the corrupt USDA food pyramid. But “health” matters when it comes to a government sponsored virus.

It’s “just a mask” and “heightened safety precautions,” you guys. In less than 5 months, our government demonstrated how easily people assimilate to “guidelines” (that have no scientific premise whatsoever” when they are fearful. And, what was up with all that toilet paper?

It’s “just a mask” and “six-foot social distancing”, you guys. Oh, and toilet paper. In less than 5 months, our government has successfully instilled fear in a majority of the population in America. But citizens are not “afraid” of the people in power who are responsible for the removal of their “freedoms.” Instead, they are fearful of their neighbors and family, human touch, and air. Government created division.

There are thousands of viruses that “could” affect the population, but these viruses do not matter because mainstream media do not say that they do. It’s absolutely terrifying to me that so many people do not question authority because they see that authority as “all-knowing.” It’s even more terrifying that these same people rely on corrupt “leaders” to be led, thus lacking all critical thinking skills/independence. Slaves to the system that keeps them oppressed. How quickly history is forgotten and repeated!

What’s most problematic to me about all of this is that the people who are wearing masks “for the greater good” will be the 1st to sign up for the shiny new vaccine that has 0 safety tests against and in art placebo. What’s more problematic to me is that this vaccine MAY be the deciding factor in life moving forward.

You thought a mask was inconvenient? Wait until you’re told that you cannot enter a store without proof of the Covid 19 vaccine. Wait until you cannot go to public events, or travel, without proof of having received this vaccine. To everyone who that doesn’t believe that this is possible-do you understand that our government has just successfully dictated to people when they were allowed to be outside, where they were allowed to go, and how their children would be educated, all in less than 5 months? And, a majority of the population followed blindly because they were told to do so. You’re kidding yourself if you believe that they’re not going to repeat this behavior with the vaccine.

If people have not protested the occurrences in America over the past 5 months, they will assuredly continue to abide by unsubstantiated “guidelines” that will include a vaccine.

IT’S NOT ABOUT A MASK, IT’S ABOUT CONTROL!

Featured

Prayer for Saturday, July 11, 2020

Romans 1:18 “For the wrath of God is revealed from heaven against all ungodliness and unrighteousness of men, who by their unrighteousness suppress the truth.”

In our pluralistic society today we have created a God in our own image, after our own likeness and put forth the doctrine that God is love and only love and would thus never punish sin but the truth is that God will judge all who have never repented.

The wrath of God still abides on all who have not yet believed and to believe means to be obeying and doing what God commanded.

Regardless of what the Supreme Court has ruled God overrules.

Featured

We are poor little lambs who have lost our way…

In consequence of the widespread disinformation campaign, the millions of Americans have been persuaded that their lives, labors, liberties, and freedoms were privileges granted and/or withheld by government, instead of rights secured and protected by government.

America has lost her way.

She no longer knows right from wrong. She has turned away from the way of truth and light found in the Bible and followed in the way of lust, wickedness, immorality and evil. She dances now to a different drummer.

We live in The Land of the Deceived. Man is really great on

self-deception. Self-deception is the conduct of a fool.

America is a ship of fools. And where do you think the ship is

headed? It is time to reclaim our heritage and renew ourselves and our Republic. It is time for a new American Creed;

We, the people of the United States of America, recognize that we are endowed by our Creator [1] with the birthright to absolutely own ourselves, the fruits of our labor, and exercise liberty, upon our private property and upon public ways [2]. And that we have given passive consent to those who instituted or submitted to government, on their solemn purpose to help secure our rights to life, to cure 80, privacy, and freedom [3] and not trespass upon them.

We, the people of the United States of America, have never knowingly, willingly or intentionally surrendered our inalienable rights [4] to life, liberty, and property ownership, except under the impetus of fraud, instructive fraud, misrepresentation, and withholding of material facts.

We, the people of the United States of America, demand specific performance to the compact; the constitutions of these United States. And that said constitutions, in harmony with the Declaration of Independence, delegate limited power to help secure inalienable rights of the people and forbid trespass [5] upon those rights.

In consequence of the widespread disinformation campaign, the millions of Americans have been persuaded that their lives, labors, liberties, and freedoms were privileges granted and/or withheld by government, instead of rights secured and protected by government.

And that Americans were deliberately misled to submit to false authority, contract with abominations, surrender their sovereignty, commit acts against the common good, and violate their conscience, spiritual beliefs, and/or their common sense.

We the people of the United States of America, realize that the necessary evil of government is only acceptable when it uses the awesome force of cooperation in the defense of the American people, and their common law, based upon justice, reason and common sense. And that cooperation in the attack upon the person and property of innocent people is nothing less than a version of the institution of government, and a trespass upon the people, and a treason to the United States of America.

– – – –

References:

1. Declaration of Independence, paragraph 2, “that to secure these rights governments are instituted among men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the government…”

2. Genesis 1:26-28, wherein man (individually) is given dominion (sovereignty) over the earth, and all that is upon it.

3. NATURAL LIBERTY-the power of acting as one thinks fit, without any restraint or control, unless by the law of nature. The right which nature gives to all mankind of disposing of their persons and property after the manner in which they judge most consistent with their happiness, on condition of their acting within the limits of the law of nature, so as not to interfere in the equal exercise the same rights by other men. 1 Blackstone’s commentaries, 123

NATURAL RIGHTS-… Are the rights of life, liberty, privacy, and good reputation.-Blacks Law dictionary, 6th edition, page 1324

4. United States Constitution, article 4, section 4.

The United States shall guarantee to every state in this union a Republican form of government, and shall protect each of them against invasion.

GOVERNMENT (Republican form of government)-one in which the powers of sovereignty are vested in the people and are exercised by the people… directly…

-Black’s Law dictionary, 6th edition, page 695

“… At the revolution, the sovereignty devolved on the [American] people, and they are truly the sovereigns of the country, but they are sovereigns without subjects, and have none to government but themselves…”

-Justice John Jay, Chisholm versus Georgia, to U. S. 2 DAL L. 419 419 (1793)

“the people of the state, as the successors of its former sovereign, are entitled to all the rights formally belong to the king by his own prerogative.”

Lansing V. Smith, (1829) 4 Wendell 9, (NY)

“it will be admitted on all hands that with the exception of the powers granted to the states and the federal government through the constitutions, the people of the several states are unconditionally sovereign within their respective states.”

Ohio life insurance and trust company V. DeBolt 16 HO W. 416, 14 LEd. 997

5. TRESPASS-an unlawful interference with one’s person, property, or rights… Any unauthorized intrusion or invasion of private premises or land of another.

-Antkiewicz v. Motorists mutual insurance Company, 91 Michigan appellate 389, 283 N. W. 2-d 749, 753

-Black’s Law dictionary, 6th edition page 1 502

Those who consent to be governed, have surrendered their endowment, and should sit down, shut up, pay and obey

Featured

Rules for Radicals-Part 3

Should the “deep state” worst-case scenario come to pass in the days, weeks or months ahead, the darkest days of our republic will have likely begun. At that point you should assume that if the Internet goes dark or blocks all alternate media such as this blog it will begin the time for all the artificial intelligence models to kick in. It would likely usher in a purge similar to the Chinese great leap forward and ethnic cleansing on steroids.

Today will outline the final 4 “Rules for Radicals”.

10. “The major premise for tactics is the development of operations that will maintain a constant pressure upon the opposition.” It is this unceasing pressure that results in the reactions from the opposition that are essential for the success of the campaign.

For 4 years now, the Democrats have been pushing the idea that President Trump is “corrupt”. That he was somehow under the control of Russian Pres. Vladimir Putin in spite of the fact that it was Hillary Clinton herself who sold over 50% of the US uranium to Russia during the uranium one scandal.

Since February 2020 greatest economic boom in over 50 years has been brought to a screeching halt in response to a virus that has a mortality rate of less than one quarter of a percent. Conflicting information and a raging fire of fear fanned by the false media has further divided our people.

The death of a convicted drug dealer has been used as a trigger to declare war on the police and to declare the United States society as a vehicle of institutional racism.

Week and feckless politicians at the municipal, county and state levels have brought malfeasance in office to a level never seen before in these United States. Police have been ordered to stand down, remove their protective gear under threat of suspension, and been ordered to retreat in the face of an anarchist mob. Governmental buildings have been vandalized, municipal property has been destroyed and public monuments desecrated in the name of “justice”.

11. “If you push and negative hard enough, it will push through and become a positive.” Violence from the other side can when the public to your side because the public sympathizes with the underdog.

Certainly the events in Charlottesville, Virginia in August 2017 likely qualified as “violence from the other side winning public sympathy over to the radical Democrats after one “protester” against a so-called “white supremacist” rally was run over and killed by a vehicle.

Yet from 2017 through 2020 huge numbers of violent crimes were committed against President Trump’s supporters only because they wore a. MAGA hat or carried a pro Trump sign. Since the death of Mr. Floyd in Minneapolis numerous police officers have been seriously injured and the number killed all in the name of “social justice”. Riots, looting, arson and the unacceptable injuring and maiming of innocent persons have become the “new normal” in the assault on our American culture. It is time that the silent majority breaks its silence and demands accountability for the radical left.

12. “The price of a successful attack is a constructive alternative.” Never let the enemy score points because you’re caught without a solution to the problem.

While the radical Democrats and the phony media continue to attempt to blame the President for the failure to beat the virus, the shutdown of the economy, the destruction and chaos caused by the rioters and the nebulous “institutional racism” there is some indication that the general public is beginning to have a shift in their attitude as to who is to blame.

With Nancy Pelosi, Chuck Schumer and the radical Democrats offering no constructive alternatives to these ongoing problems, Alinsky’s rule number 12 could soon blow up in the Democrat faces should the awakening public realize the blame is on them.

13. “Pick the target, freeze it, personalize it, and polarize it.” Cut off the support network and isolate the target from sympathy. Go after people and not institutions; people hurt faster than institutions.

Anybody who hasn’t seen the above “rule” playing out across all America over the past several years just hasn’t been paying attention. 1st they attempted to demonize President Trump (and have continued that demonization full bore every day for the past 4 years), they also went after any and all of President Trump’s supporters, characterizing us as “deplorable” or “racists” or “white supremacists” even if we might be Native Americans, black, Hispanic or lifelong Democrats.

Look what they’ve done to the independent media and anybody and everybody who didn’t toe the party line. Even many supposedly far-left independent media outlets are being “blacklisted” for having the courage to speak out.

While those in the phony media have accused Pres. Trump of destabilizing America, the very nature of Saul Alinsky’s 13 “Rules for Radicals” have been used for almost 50 years to “destabilize America”.

With Alinsky’s tactics perfected by both Barack Obama and Hillary Clinton among others, the radical Democrats really did believe that they be successful at winning the 2016 election, keeping Obama’s globalist policies intact and keeping America on that long road toward ruin that they’d been pushing us down for decades.

And while Pres. Trump put a temporary stop to their agenda, we can see how perilously close we are to all of that being reversed should the “Deep State” be successful in taking down the president.

Should the “deep state” worst-case scenario come to pass in the days, weeks or months ahead, the darkest days of our republic will have likely begun. At that point you should assume that if the Internet goes dark or blocks all alternate media such as this blog it will begin the time for all the artificial intelligence models to kick in. It would likely usher in a purge similar to the Chinese great leap forward and ethnic cleansing on steroids. Should that happen it is not too paranoid to suggest you must ditch your cell phone immediately with the 1st sign of this happening because even turned off your cell phone can be used to pinpoint your location.

Just because you’re feeling paranoid does not mean that you don’t have reason to suspect that someone might be out to get you.

Featured

Rules for Radicals-Part 2

How many of the rank-and-file on the left actually believe that all of Pres. Trump’s supporters are not sees and/or racists, that we are all truly “deplorable” people and that all white people and men are “toxic” due to the lies of the radical left and phony mainstream media? In this case, the good news is, that the radical left has not learned the lesson that “the threat is usually more terrifying than the thing itself” and that the true toxicity is there “Trump-derangement-syndrome” zone that so many of them are now living in.

Picking up where we left off yesterday, the next rule is probably the most effective weapon in the “Rules for Radicals” armory.

5. “Ridicule is man’s most potent weapon.” There is no defense. It’s irrational. It’s infuriating. It also works as a key pressure point to force the enemy into concessions.

Well before the 2016 general election we witness the mainstream media apparatus in the entire Democratic Party ridiculing president Trump, from the size of his hands the size of other parts of his anatomy, the radical left is dipped to the very lowest levels attempting to bring down a man who put his life on hold in an attempt to “right” America.

They also continue to ridicule the nearly half of Americans that continue to support the president despite the mainstream media propaganda machine using the vast percentage of their coverage of him and his agenda as negative, quite literally slandering the man and his supporters.

The difference is that Donald J Trump is not your average politician. He’s a tough, smart, New York St. fighter who is an experienced counterpuncher. He seems to delight in throwing ridicule back against the likes of” crooked” Hillary Clinton, quote ignorance” Nancy Pelosi, “lyin’” Chuck Schumer, the totally corrupt “Deep State”, and the “fake news” of the mainstream media.

6. “A good tactic is one your people enjoy.” They’ll keep doing it without urging and come back to do more. They’re doing their thing and will even suggest better ones.

One of the radical left’s favorite tactics that they continue to use and keep coming back to is making their own supporters believe that they are “victims” and thus deserves special treatment because of their; sex, sexual status, color, race or religion. Sadly, it is more often than not men, Christians, or Caucasians, who are the real victims.

Also capitalizing on their constituents’ love of “free stuff”, Democrats have been able to capitalize upon “state payouts” while turning their supporters into compliant “sheep” completely dependent upon “the state” to survive.

“Victimization” and “free stuff” are two the tactics that the radical left going back to as they are tactics that continually pay off for them, buying them new loyal voters who will continue to vote Democrat while they call anyone who doesn’t agree with them and “racist”, “Nazi”, “homophobic”, “sexist” or worse.

As long as the radical left and their lapdog mainstream media allies continue to get away with labeling all of their political opponents as “racists” or other pejoratives, and their base keep buying into the lies, they’ll keep going back to that tactic over and over and over again.

7. “A tactic the drags on too long becomes a drag.” Don’t become old news.

Sadly, most Democrats, and the deep state “establishment” don’t realize that they have become “old news”. The American people are beginning to wake up and soon the majority will have reached its limit to the amount of false news and phony propaganda that they are willing to accept.

The people are starting to realize that they have been lied to, gas lighted and manipulated to the point the trust is lost and belief in government of, by, and for the people is shattered.

With the fake mainstream media also attempting to drum up headline stories that will turn the masses against president Trump, even if their stories are fake news that get debunked a day or 2 later, the pressure from the media, the radical left, and the entire deep state against president Trump would have taken down any other politician already. President Trump is, surely, a most unusually strong man.

9. “The threat is usually more terrifying than the thing itself.” Imagination and ego can dream up many more consequences than any activist.

The more the radical Democrats in the phony mainstream media screamed the “racist” boogie man, the more their dumbed down audience believes that there really was racism on the part of President Trump.

There is an old propaganda truism that says, “repeat a lie loud enough and often enough and people will believe it.” … That is exactly how the radical left wants their voters.

The globalists who’ve “hijacked” America have been working for years to dumbed down the American people and control our thought processes by disinformation, globalist propaganda, and now “big tech” manipulation of search engine results, the visibility of alternative content and outright censorship.

How many of the rank-and-file on the left actually believe that all of Pres. Trump’s supporters are not sees and/or racists, that we are all truly “deplorable” people and that all white people and men are “toxic” due to the lies of the radical left and phony mainstream media? In this case, the good news is, that the radical left has not learned the lesson that “the threat is usually more terrifying than the thing itself” and that the true toxicity is there “Trump-derangement-syndrome” zone that so many of them are now living in.

In tomorrow’s post I will analyze the rest of Saul Alinsky’s “Rules for Radicals” because knowledge is power.

Featured

Rules For Radicals-Part 1

Saul Alinsky was a brilliant man. Evil, but brilliant.

Saul Alinsky was a brilliant man. Evil, but brilliant.

To understand his mind better, we only need to go to the dedication of his book rules for radicals. “Lest we forget at least an over the shoulder acknowledgment to the very first radical: from all our legends, mythology, and history (and who is to know where mythology leaves off and history begins – or which is which), the first radical known to man who rebelled against the establishment and did it so effectively that he at least won his own kingdom” – Lucifer.

Unfortunately, whether we like it or not, everyone on the Left from the Chuck Schumer on down is playing by his rules in the political arena. Not all liberals have read his book or know his name, but his tactics have become universal.

Sadly, for conservatives, when two evenly matched forces go head-to-head outside of a fairy tale, the side that tries to play nice usually ends up with its head handed to it.

So, don’t lie or become an evil person like Alinsky, but learn from what he wrote and give the Left a taste of its own medicine.

When we take a look at events of today unfolding in our political and social world, we see that Alinsky’s “13 Rules for Radicals” are being fully played out. Perhaps it is time to understand Alinsky’s “rules” and co-opt them to use against the Democrats, AntiFa, BLM and all others who would destroy our Republic.

In this series I will take a look at Alinsky’s 13 rules point by point, remembering that Hillary Clinton herself wrote her senior college thesis on this book.

In any tactical scenario, knowing the oppositions moves and methods beforehand gives an unprecedented advantage. The methods and simple rules found in Alinsky’s playbook have been the force behind progressive leftist politics and their media cohorts for the last 50 years.

Let us begin to take a look at Alinsky’s 13 Rules for Radicals with examples of each behavior now being played out.

  1. “Power is not only what you have, but what the enemy thinks you have.” Power is derived from 2 main sources-money and people. “Have-nots” must build power from flesh and blood.

Ever since Hillary Clinton lost to Donald Trump in the 2016 election, she and the Democrats have attempted to undermine the president’s agenda while their allies in the mainstream media have put out slanted and outright false stories.

  • “Never go outside the expertise of your people.” It results in confusion, fear, and retreat. Feeling secure adds to the backbone of anyone.

President Trump has successfully used a type of verbal jujitsu to diminish and in many cases eradicate the believability of the Democrat leaders. The same tactics used by the president’s press secretary against the mainstream media propaganda merchants has taken away much of their believability.

3. “Whenever possible, go outside the expertise of the enemy.” Look for ways to increase insecurity anxiety and uncertainty.

President Trump and his surrogates has successfully turned Saul Alinsky’s rules against the Democrats and their mainstream media allies and while they continue to attempt to thwart him and his America-1st agenda, he and his surrogates continually throw their own tactics back in their faces. This is caused frustration and anxiety in the deep state and their media allies.

4. “Make the enemy live up to its own book of rules.” If the rule is that every letter gets a reply, send 30,000 letters. You can kill them with this because no one can possibly obey all of their own rules.

For a number of years, the Democrats have been successful in “making their enemies live up to their own book of rules”. Apparently, President Trump has also read Alinsky’s book and has continued forcing the Democrats to live up to their own set of rules, fighting fire with fire.

“Rules for Radicals” is considered the Bible for the left, the Democrat party playbook. Barack Obama is a disciple of this guide for community organizing. The reality is that the rules are applicable to any political cause or movement, not just one on the left side of the political spectrum.

The rules can easily be used by conservatives and libertarians to. In Alinsky’s own words, “in this book we are concerned with how to create mass organizations to seize power and give it to the people.” The time has come to fight fire with fire.

In tomorrow’s post I will continue shining light into the dark corners of “Rules for Radicals”, pointing out more ways that these principles can be used in the fight against those who would change our Republic into a tyranny of the elite.

Featured

We Do Not Consent

People who are apathetic toward their own liberty cannot eliminate Constitutional rights for those who are not.

The below is the Op-Ed that was accepted to USAToday on June 24. They deleted key phrases/paragraphs for their print paper and then they refused to print it at all online.

It is clear to me as a physician-lawyer that the disinformation about both Covid-19 and the Constitution has caused us to turn a medical issue into a legal crisis.

The scientific usefulness of a mask has been so aggressively overstated, and the foundational importance of the Constitution has been so aggressively understated, that we have normalized people screaming obscenities at each other while hiking.

The Covid virus was supposed to be contained in the kind of lab where people wear astronaut suits and go through triple sealed doors. It is a con of massive proportion to assert that now, having escaped those environs, a bandanna will magically do the trick.

After all, size matters

The pore size of cloth face coverings range from ~ 20-100 microns.   The Covid virus is 200-1000x smaller than that, at 0.1 microns. Putting up a chain link fence will not keep out a mosquito. Even the most esteemed medical journals admit their purpose is to calm anxiety. “Expanded masking protocols’ greatest contribution may be to reduce the transmission of anxiety …”

Of course, by knowledge or common sense observation, most Americans already know that masking everyone is superstition. But unlike privately carrying a lucky charm, mandating facial coverings requires the consent of the governed.

Many cultures mandate clothing that appears totally irrational to outsiders. Never have those cultures pretended that there is a scientific basis for their clothing requirement. Their leaders rule, and their citizens accept, that their choice of clothing is due to religious or cultural preference.

Not wearing a mask is not mere “personal choice” like deciding between a head covering or a t-shirt. It is a flashpoint for being a free human being who has consented to be governed but has not consented to be ruled. We do not consent to a masked America, because that is a fundamental change in American society, culture, norms, and rights.

People who are apathetic toward their own liberty cannot eliminate Constitutional rights for those who are not. This is not the first (or last) time that people who believe in superstition are screaming the loudest. The Constitution exists precisely to protect all people during times of mass hysteria.

The mask has become the most visible symbol of #socialconditioning to Americans determined to preserve individual freedom. Thus far most Americans have continued to give their consent to be governed. But you are trying our patience.

Featured

A New Revolution

“THESE are the times that try men’s souls. The summer soldier and the sunshine patriot will, in this crisis, shrink from the service of their country; but he that stands by it now, deserves the love and thanks of man and woman.

Tyranny, like hell, is not easily conquered; yet we have this consolation with us, that the harder the conflict, the more glorious the triumph.

What we obtain too cheap, we esteem too lightly: it is dearness only that gives every thing its value. Heaven knows how to put a proper price upon its goods; and it would be strange indeed if so celestial an article as FREEDOM should not be highly rated” -Thomas Payne, The Crisis

Featured

Looking through the telescope

Our government officials have failed to lead.. Have failed to protect the citizenry and have failed to protect the Constitution and laws of this Nation.

Those who believe the November elections are going to change everything are living in a dream world. If this were the year 1982 or even 1994 … an election might make a difference but not this time. The election won’t stop the tyranny.

The Insurrectionists haven’t yet given a damn about laws, Law Enforcement officers or Elected Officials. They will continue to ignore the law up to and beyond the November elections.

The politicians have backed down and knelt down in hopes of appeasing the tyrannical mobs. Even the military has knelt down. The only thing left for them to do is to lay down their weapons and raise the white flag.

Congressional Representatives have spoken their support for these radical groups. The House Of Representatives Socialist, Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, publically spoke her support and provided a “tweet” as well. The old hag, Nancy Pelosi and Charles Schumer and others on the Democratic side have knelt in support of these groups for the entire world to see. Pelosi ordered the removal of statues from the U.S. Capitol Building, again in an attempt to appease the mob rule and for political gain, knowing full well the supportive impact it would have on the mobs. Obama provided public support when he stated “Make them feel uncomfortable.” Obviously he couldn’t say “Continue to riot, assault, steal, burn and kill.”

Our government officials have failed to lead.. Have failed to protect the citizenry and have failed to protect the Constitution and laws of this Nation. The mobs now know how far the ‘government’ will let them go… How far the mobs can push and bend the laws of this country without repercussion. Hell, New York City turns criminals loose as soon as they are arrested.

When Trump is re-elected in November … and he will be re-elected … the mobs and the Left will explode like nothing before experienced. Lawlessness will reign. And it will be a defining moment for this country.

Participants on this Forum and others who continue to post messages saying things will be better in November … or this will all blow over … or the 15 minutes of fame for these groups is just about over … “Let them eat their own.” and “This is going to burn out soon. Just leave them be.”… … those participants are ‘trolls’ from ‘the other side’. They are attempting to persuade others to not take action. The written words are soothing and slick. But doesn’t Satan do the same?

The status quo in this country is no longer in existence. And yet … it appears a large percentage of the citizenry is oblivious or hoping for the best while doing nothing.

Featured

Last days of the Republic?

Our institutions of higher learning have become breeding grounds for indoctrinating our youth of the Liberal philosophies. In turn, the youth carry these ideologies to the public as they ‘fight against the system’ with the goal of destroying anything they disagree with.

Americans will “Celebrate(?)” 244 years of “Independence” in two days, (to be historically correct, the Declaration of Independence was actually signed on July 2, 1776). We have had a good run and here are some thoughts on this anniversary;

Our Nation, the Constitution and the Bill of Rights … as well as the Courts / Law & Order … are being attacked from within and from others who hold their allegiance to another country.

For decades our Government has meddled with the inner workings of other nations, all in the name of ‘planting the seeds of Democracy’. That was a lie and it has now come home to destroy us. Those issues are multiplied by the dissent existing between our Two Party System. The most obvious example, of which there are many, is demonstrated in the Democratic controlled Committee hearings where Parliamentary Rules are purposely ignored for “Democratic witnesses” but stringently enforced for all others.

The ‘Rule of Law’ has broken down in Congress and is quickly spreading across our nation. And those in authority tremble with fear as they cower under their desks or in basements behind locked doors. Our leaders are either incapable of leading or refuse to lead – all to the demise of our Nation.

Our Courts are packed with Liberal judges who legislate from the Bench rather than interpret law. These court decisions have made ‘right wrong’ and ‘wrong right’.

Our institutions of higher learning have become breeding grounds for indoctrinating our youth of the Liberal philosophies. In turn, the youth carry these ideologies to the public as they ‘fight against the system’ with the goal of destroying anything they disagree with.

Elected officials in Congress have allowed themselves to become ‘gods’ rather than upholding their oath of office. Neither they nor a large segment of our citizens hold anything to be sacred or honorable. Love for our fellow man has become terminally eroded.

America is now likened to the last days of the Roman Empire.

Unless something substantial is done very soon, America will dissolve away into history.

Featured

Those who have eyes, see. Those who have ears, hear. Those who have understanding, prepare.

The first objective is to test the response of local law enforcement.

Don’t know if this Factual. But I have had this Feeling about the 4th. Read and pass along.

Captain Greg. Retired

ANTIFA PLAN:

THIS HAS BEEN CONFIRMED BY THE GETTYSBURG POLICE DEPT.

(717) 334-1168

If you fail to copy or share this you are not a patriot you are part of the problem

I received this in a email – FYI

Tuesday, June 23, 2020 11:59 AM

Subject:

PLEASE be aware this July 4…….

30,000 members per state…many trained by radical Islam they plan on killing as many Trump supporters and whites as possible!!

ANTIFA To Desecrate Gettysburg National Cemetery on July 4 – Then MURDER & BURN White Suburbs under cover of “Fireworks”

ANTIFA is planning to desecrate the Gettysburg National Cemetery by burning flags there on July 4; just before they begin MURDERING White people and BURNING DOWN Suburbs the same day. It will start at the desecration of Union Solder graves at Gettysburg, Pa.

According to the Controlled Unclassified Law Enforcement Bulletin issued as “Law Enforcement Sensitive – For Official Use Only” to Police and Fire Departments about ANTIFA already using fireworks to acclimate suburbia with sounds of explosions, so they can use those to cover for gun fire when they attack white, suburban, neighborhoods the same day.

According to Controlled Unclassified Information (CUI) in a Bulletin issued to Police and Fire Departments, ANTIFA has been taking deliveries of very large shipments of professional-grade fireworks. They have been sending teams out to various areas throughout America to detonate those fireworks for the past two weeks, to achieve Three (3) specific objectives:

1) The first objective is to test the response of local law enforcement. If fireworks are going off around the clock and residents are filing complaints, will police respond? How long does it take them to respond? How many officers? Do they even respond at all? This data is being recorded by these groups, and will prove to be very valuable intel for what is to come. This is a very accurate barometer to test the waters.

2) The second objective is to get local residents (ie: white people in nearby neighborhoods) acclimated to the frequent sounds of explosions that often sound like gunfire.

3) The final objective: Knowing response times and manpower of police, and having acclimated the local population into explosion sounds that mimic gunfire, to then commit arson attacks with professional fireworks to set so many fires, local Emergency Services are immediately overwhelmed, and enter houses to actually fire guns and kill as many as possible in white suburbs.

Unless you have been living on different planet, you should be fully aware that America is currently under attack. While mass-media has portrayed this situation as “peaceful protests” those engaged have been rioting, smashing private property and businesses, looting on a scale which is un-paralleled, and beating, stabbing, shooting innocent people in the areas where these activities are taking place.

You have probably also read or overheard many reports of illegal fireworks and explosions that are currently taking place throughout many different US cities. If you do a Google search for “fireworks complaints” you will find countless articles posted just in the last week or so.

Most of these news reports are local, since local news is far more likely to have boots on the ground and residents reporting an accurate assessment as to what is actually going on. However, national media outlets are largely attempting to paint this “uptick” in fireworks activity as a sign of people being overly “celebratory” in preparation for the 4th of July.

Here are the facts, so please pay close attention.

As a result of major 4th of July events being shut down and cancelled due to the Covid-19 pandemic, an overwhelming surplus of fireworks have flooded the market. Several activist groups including ANTIFA, BLM and Weather-Undergound are exploiting this surplus and are bulk purchasing from suppliers in extremely high volumes.

In many cases, these are highly dangerous, professional-grade fireworks.

The number of people within these groups must not be underestimated. They operate like terrorists and use clandestine communication strategies. There are many members of these in groups in most major cities, and have been for several years. Yes, these are essentially domestic terror cells, and as you’ve likely guessed, this is indeed the year in which they have been instructed to carry out their master’s dystopian agenda.

What they are doing is delivering fireworks in bulk, via moving trucks and vans.

You may have remembered the pallets of bricks that were being dropped off at various locations so Rioters could use those bricks to destroy property? This is a similar strategy.

Once these fireworks are delivered, they are then distributing them to any black people who wish to set them off for their own entertainment, previously under the guise of the non-existent “Juneteenth” holiday, and to make sure these fireworks were set off almost continually all day and night in various cities.

This may not be a shock, as you’re likely aware that white, Marxist radicals are the ones who have been frequently arrested for burning buildings cars during these riots. Again, these are activists/terrorists who have covertly infiltrated these predominantly black areas. So, this answers the question of “who” is responsible for the huge number of fireworks complaints that have been circulating for a week or more.

You may remember a blip on Drudge and various other outlets not long ago about the riots reaching white neighborhoods, and this is indeed the objective.

The foundations of this great nation are in the process of being literally erased. This should be clear by now. Pray for America.

Featured

More History

And here we are in the USA in 2020, with mobs ravaging business owners. Somewhere along the way in years past the voices of insurrection found and collected disenfranchised youths and whispered in their collective ears in a way that would make Mao smile.

In the 1960’s a man named Mao Tse Tung told young people in China that the nation had suffered because of the “rich landowners,” the “bourgeois capitalists.” Those words were used to put a target on the back of any who owned anything. Literally. If they were prospering, and you were poor, then it was unfair and action was required. He organized the youth into groups called the Red Guards to bring about social justice. They were empowered to take any action they wanted against the the adults around them. So they destroyed or stole their property and put them on public platforms to be beaten with sticks. They created a humiliating punishment called “the airplane” in which the tortured soul’s arms were pulled straight behind the body like swept jet wings, and then they took clippers and cut their hair off to the scalp with a viciousness that left the victim bloodied.

The wrath spread to any that the mob wanted to target. So not surprisingly, they also beat their own teachers and destroyed schools. Anyone of influence was viewed as a threat to the new social order and purged. Religious and cultural relics were destroyed. All of this was part of the plan to destroy the “Four Olds” – old ideas, old customs, old culture and old habits. Society collapsed from the chaos and pain, all carried out in the name of socio-economic purification. It had to be done. Mao smiled approvingly, cementing his power via these young agents of terror.

This Great Proletarian Cultural Revolution that began in 1966 ultimately resulted in an estimated 1.5 million deaths and banishment of 20 million more (to rural areas and poverty). In the end, the people of China were left powerless and the state grew into the all-powerful communist regime that we know today, the one that “disappears” journalists, doctors, professors, ethnic and religious minorities, and anyone else who exercises unapproved speech.

And the poor are still poor.

And here we are in the USA in 2020, with mobs ravaging business owners. Somewhere along the way in years past the voices of insurrection found and collected disenfranchised youths and whispered in their collective ears in a way that would make Mao smile. They heard the message of unfairness, of social injustice, and it resonated to them. Their anger was built to an explosive level. And then a sudden spark, the catalyst that the fathers of anarchy had been waiting for. This, they tell them, is the time. Go out and inflict pain to achieve justice. Tear down and destroy. Loot and burn. Make the privileged kneel and confess their sins. Do it with a righteous vengeance to any who have more than you or who dare to defy your power. Tear down symbols of the past. Enforce limits on speech. A new day has come. You, the youth of America, are the key. And so they have.

Ultimately, they will be discarded, just as they were in China. The puppet masters will have achieved their goal, the dismantling of the American Olds … individual liberty and the system of capitalism. The state will rule with supreme authority, freed of the limitations of the old outdated Constitution for the sake of New Ideals. The mob will have served its purpose.

And the poor will still be poor.

Featured

Tinfoil or truth?

If therefore this theory is anywhere near the truth, this means that the riots and looting were far more than underclass individuals engaging in robbery; far more than Antifa and Black Lives Mater exploiting George Floyd’s death; it was far more than people who have held anger at being mistreated by cops lashing out.

Regulars here are by now all too well aware that the nationwide riots were not spontaneous nor were they organic. They were the coordinated work of forces who are allied with one another, as they communicated using modern technology to target certain areas on certain days and times. The sudden appearance of several pallets with many bricks in city downtowns, far from construction sites, was no coincidence.

Antifa, of course, was involved.

While I see what happened as a planned insurrection aimed at frightening law-abiding citizens, to vilify law enforcement (and to make it shirk its duties resulting thus in an increase in crime, to then place the blame on President Trump because somehow he’s responsible because everyone who isn’t on his side thinks he’s racist), and to strike at American capitalism, I came across a theory.

On the weekend of June 6, the weekend when President Trump held a Bible in front of St. John’s Church, a lot happened. Days earlier, leftist activists were all over social media calling for 1 million protesters (rioters, given “protesters” sounds neutral) to storm Washington, D.C.

President Trump was bunkered in the White House.

That same week, the mayor of D.C., who is a Democrat, stood down police and the National Guard. But while this can be expected, the Joint Chiefs of Staff issued odd statements, insinuating they were on the side of the looters and criminals rather than on the side of their boss. They made no references to the chain of command, they spoke about how they could not “…. abide divisiveness and hate…

Frankly, that week, and that weekend especially, as outraged as I was, I actually thought they were going to try to storm the White House. These are things that happen in Third World backwaters. We’ve all seen footage and photographs of the army of North Vietnam crashing through the gates of the presidential palace of South Vietnam in 1975. We all think it would never happen in America.

Now let’s think for a second. There were federal troops around the White House, but the President was bunkering. I have never served in the military but I know the U.S. military is hyper-professional and exceptionally well-equipped and trained. They, and other branches of government, have simulated and trained situations in which the White House is attacked. But that weekend, the troops that were around the White House by the time the photograph of President Trump with a Bible in his hand was taken were not federal troops.

These were troops affiliated with the Department of Justice.

Unless I’m wrong here, it was Attorney-General William Barr who made the decision to get federal troops out and to put DOJ troops/guards in their place, because supposedly the former were more loyal to the Joint Chiefs, but the DOJ troops would act in obedience to the Attorney-General.

If therefore this theory is anywhere near the truth, this means that the riots and looting were far more than underclass individuals engaging in robbery; far more than Antifa and Black Lives Mater exploiting George Floyd’s death; it was far more than people who have held anger at being mistreated by cops lashing out.

This was a potential attempt to get Trump out of office through the use of an invading, angry, rioting mob. It was a failed attempt to execute a coup.

As preposterous as this may sound and it could all be tinfoil hat nonsense, given the media and the left and the Democrats began to smear Trump from the day he announced his candidacy, moving to attack him during the campaign, Steele Dossier, Christopher Steele, Russiagate, then Ukrainegate, then even a BLM co-founder, Patrice Cullors, stating on tv days ago that her organization’s goal is to get Trump out of office….

I wouldn’t rule anything out for these people, because there’s no rule they wouldn’t break.

(Some say President Trump holding a Bible was a signal to his base – and whatever we think of President Trump, the man is NOT stupid; if this was indeed a coup, he knows very well that it was.)

Featured

Mr. Sam would be grieved

The apostate morality of egalitarianism allows the Enemy to claim the moral high ground, yet nothing could be further from the truth. It is the most fundamental rule of decent governance that a tiny minority cannot make decisions for the majority. Give them one inch, and they will seize the mile. While we breathe, there can never be peace.

Bentonville is the lovely little town in Northwest Arkansas that I have spent nearly my entire life in. At the heart of Bentonville, in the center of our town square, there has rested a Confederate monument for the last 112 years, honoring the Southern soldiers who, carrying on the spirit of their Revolutionary fathers and grandfathers, gave their lives for the freedom of their fellow Southrons and all of their descendants. For over a century, not one man quarreled with our monument. That changed within the past few years, just as Bentonville has, just as our whilom nation has. Last autumn, our monument was attacked and seriously damaged by two egalitarian brownshirts, both of whom are members of the nouveau riche that have lately colonized our town. Now, without one single vote cast, without a single town hall, without a single word of notice, the rulers of Bentonville have unilaterally decided to remove our monument.

I embarked upon this investigation to answer one simple question: Who removed our Confederate monument? After weeks of obfuscation, unreturned phone calls, and warnings to not tread where there be dragons, I was able to unearth the truth. What I discovered was an extraordinarily vast conspiracy, three years in the making, planned and carried out by a culprit so powerful that the local newspaper refused to print a condensed version of this piece. While it was initially written for the citizens of Bentonville, its microcosmic message applies to all of us, in every defiled town across this country that once was ours.

Bentonville is much like any other small Southern town, save for one thing — it is the headquarters of Walmart. Historically, we have been much the better for it; Bentonville has long been a cocoon, into which the problems of the nation have rarely intruded. Yet, as all things must end, so too must this, for while the retailer undoubtedly built this town, it will also be our demise. Death has marched into our town under the guise of “Progress.” The removal of our Confederate monument is but one part of the larger process whereby our town has been leveled and transformed, remade in the image of the vampiric Carpetbaggers and Scalawags that wealth has ushered in. Bentonville is now unrecognizable as the town in which I came of age, the town that Sam Walton so cherished. Its new ruling class is comprised of outsiders with managerial pedigree, transient mercenaries who hold no stake in our town. Many of them do not even live here full-time, and yet they have taken it upon themselves to bring us benighted, deplorable yokels down into their enlightened cave.

The decision to remove our monument was announced as violent activists gathered at the statue to “protest” in support of the American Kristallnacht that we are now witnessing. Though at first glance, this timing appears to be yet another pathetic attempt to placate the insatiable “color revolution”, this decision was set in motion three years ago, when the chief of a certain corporate behemoth with deep roots in our town approached the United Daughters of the Confederacy, the owner of our monument. About one year ago, this same entity chose to sever those roots, using the shoestring Benton County Historical Society as a front to present a deal to the UDC. By its terms, the UDC had to officially initiate the removal, in order to make it appear as if it was their organic idea, a choice freely made. On the contrary, this deal was an offer that could not be refused; though the UDC was never explicitly threatened, the informal participation of one Benton County judge cast a long shadow. In the background of the proceedings was the knowledge that, were they to refuse this opportunity, that judge, a man who, quite hypocritically, campaigned on “trust, integrity, and transparency”, was available to issue an order that would have forced the UDC to remove it within twelve months, or else let it be removed by the County.

Of course, a carrot accompanied the stick. Through well-handled negotiations, the UDC was able to secure a new private park in which to honor our monument and Confederate dead, named for Arkansas Representative, Senator, Governor, and Confederate veteran James H. Berry. The UDC thus made the best of a bad situation, and I cannot fault them for the agreement; indeed, that is not the point. The point is that this was a blatant deception whereby our town has been forever altered, without any transparency or public deliberation to speak of. The conspirators handled this brilliantly; though they operated in the trappings of local government, thus establishing the implicit support of the State, our public officials had no legal duty to disclose anything to us. By using entirely private money, our elected representatives were allowed to follow the orders of their corporate handlers to circumvent the political process and subvert the will of the people. These officials lied to our faces for the entirety of the last three years, consistently assuring us that any potential removal or relocation of our monument would be put to a vote, thereby leading us to believe that we were still in control of the destiny of our town. Clear now, for all to see, is the truth that Bentonville is not a democracy — it is a kingdom.

The conspiracy succeeded with aplomb; the identity of the culprit is known only to a select few, all of whom are extremely reticent to discuss the matter. Even the supporters of our statue have been misled into believing that the UDC wanted this to happen; for anyone who cares to peek behind that curtain, the old adage holds true: follow the money. The UDC can hardly afford to dismantle and relocate a monument, nor can it afford to develop a new park; all of this will be paid for by the entity that set it in motion. Monument removal and relocation costs hundreds of thousands of dollars, a price compounded by the fact that ours has already been damaged and thus must be repaired. Who could care so much about erasing the memory of the Confederate States of America that they are willing to spend such exorbitant sums? The hostile class that has infiltrated and transformed the American company into the globalist corporation believes itself to be the arbiter of morality, while we provincials are merely their serfs, irredeemable peons who cannot be entrusted with directing our own lives. Why did we allow them to take our town from us?

As our riven nation burns, symbols of Southern heritage have been targeted as never before. Be not deceived — the Founding Fathers are next. When Old Dixie is finally driven down, Old Glory will wither away along with her. Where is the counterrevolution? Do we not realize that if we cannot stand for what might now seem to be the small things, we cannot stand for anything? Why do no sons and daughters of the South offer any resistance? A large part of the answer is that we stand alone. The South has not been represented in American government since the Egalitarian Revolution of the Sixties, and the Republican Party that claims to be our protector exists solely to harness the Southern spirit and redirect it straight into the ground. While the Left has metastasized for the last eight decades, the Right has been relentlessly purged from the ranks of the cocktail conservatives, hijacked and crushed.

Thus, in our present state of disorganization, when we dare to stand for ourselves, we know that we have no institutional support, and thus no insulation whatsoever. We are a stateless people, in the unique position of voting, every election cycle, for men who work tirelessly to accelerate our dispossession. We then tell ourselves that we do this because the alternative choice, which is indeed stark raving mad, advocates for our dispossession. So, in order to avoid the Enemy in its avowed form, we run into the arms of the very same Enemy in disguise. The Republican Party dies when we understand that it, along with the corporate “private” sector that it is beholden to, is a far greater threat to our people than the rabid Leftism that so repulses us. What of the faux originalists in the judiciary? In one week, the spuriously “conservative” Supreme Court upheld the unconstitutional Obama amnesty, refused to hear any Second amendment cases, refused to address California’s “Sanctuary State” law, and essentially enacted the Equal Rights Amendment by applying the already unconstitutional Civil Rights Act to homosexuals and transgenders, opening the floodgates to a deluge of new depredations. Just as our unrepresentative government is illegitimate, so too are the kritarchs in black who sit on the Court and credulously place the “constitutional” stamp upon whatever the ruling class wishes it to.

The apostate morality of egalitarianism allows the Enemy to claim the moral high ground, yet nothing could be further from the truth. It is the most fundamental rule of decent governance that a tiny minority cannot make decisions for the majority. Give them one inch, and they will seize the mile. While we breathe, there can never be peace. Our Confederate monument might have been relocated rather than destroyed, but the Enemy will never be satisfied until it is obliterated, and then until there is no record that it ever existed. These monuments are not stone, but rather material representations of our forefathers, and, by extension, ourselves. They are a solemn reproach, a constant height to which the Enemy can never ascend, a reminder of the glorious nation that the Enemy knows he could never have built. Thus, to profane our altars and debase our monuments is more than a means to psychologically humiliate us; erasing the memories of our accomplishments makes them feel better about having none of their own. They come for monuments now because they can, and now that they know that nothing stands in their path, it cannot be long now until they come for us. Witness the toppling of Christopher Columbus statues across the country, an unmistakable declaration of war with only one message — that we do not belong here, that America should not exist. What is our response?

Silence.

Featured

Words of caution

This country was set up by visionaries who believed in education and self discipline. It just doesn’t work when degraded by spoiled participation trophy children following socialist fantasies.

Diversity is not your friend. We have too many illegal aliens here. We have too many “refugees” here. We have too many immigrants who refuse to assimilate here. We have allowed the college/university elites to preach left wing ideals that are the antithesis to our Constitution. We have allowed the leftists to have an overwhelming voice. We have abandoned our culture and heritage for promised utopia of pixie dust and unicorn farts.

This country was set up by visionaries who believed in education and self discipline. It just doesn’t work when degraded by spoiled participation trophy children following socialist fantasies.

If things continue along this path it will be a hell of a decade or two.

If you are in a big city, get out.

If you are in a lot of debt, get out.

If you find yourself in a large crowd, get out.

If you are in a career that is in decline, get out.

If you have your kids in bad public schools, get out.

Get ready.

If we’re wrong, you’ll be fine. If we’re right, you’ll be in a place to help yourself and others.

“The key to success is action and the essential in action is perseverance.” –Sun Yat Sen

Featured

I Wonder if there is a correlation?

I wonder if there’s a correlation

There are 24 Federal Reserve branches.

Boston

New York

Philadelphia

Cleveland

Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland Cincinnati Branch

Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland Pittsburgh Branch

Richmond

Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond Baltimore Branch

Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond Charlotte Branch

Atlanta

Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta Birmingham Branch

Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta Jacksonville Branch

Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta Miami Branch

Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta Nashville Branch

Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta New Orleans Branch

Chicago

Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago Detroit Branch

St Louis

Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis Little Rock Branch

Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis Louisville Branch

Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis Memphis Branch

Minneapolis

Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis Helena Branch

Kansas City

Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City Denver Branch

Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City Oklahoma City Branch

Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City Omaha Branch

Dallas

Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas El Paso Branch

Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas Houston Branch

Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas San Antonio Branch

San Francisco

Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco Los Angeles Branch

Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco Portland Branch

Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco Salt Lake City Branch

Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco Seattle Branch

Compare that list to the list of cities where there has been “protesting/rioting”

Featured

Walmart & BLM

When we establish SPECIAL standards to “protect” specific people based on skin color, gender, religion, etc… we enforce the racism, not address it.

Walmart has jumped on the bandwagon to accommodate the demands of Black Lives Matter. They are not, however, alone in the corporate rush toward political correctness. There are many others in the business world who are rushing to change product names, logos and “reeducate” their employees with enhanced “sensitivity training”.

The content and language will all be very carefully crafted to appear neutral, claim how we ALL must treat each other equally. But just like the civilian world, media, etc, there will be an undertone that it is the white males who are naturally the oppressors/racists.

It will be aimed at them and charged as their duty to capitulate. They will be quietly made to be understand that they are privileged and can’t Possibly understand how those of other colors feel.

It’s divisive and, in its own way, just as racist.

When we teach things like this, we are propagating the division.

When we establish SPECIAL standards to “protect” specific people based on skin color, gender, religion, etc… we enforce the racism, not address it.

But can we ever have a truly honest, open, blunt discussion on how to fix things?

I doubt it. Every time it is attempted it seems to instantly fall into blaming whites. If that can’t be avoided, no worthwhile discussion is to be had. Conversely, if blacks can’t find a way to accept responsibility for their own actions, take some action to improve their lives without handouts and special incentives, nothing will change.

We are a nation where All men are created equal, what we do with that is up to us. If we wallow in a preconceived victim mentality we will squander it. If we continue to work to better ourselves…

Featured

Some further thoughts on the race/civil war

We were established to be a nation of liberty based upon laws. It’s safe to say that there were a few issues at the time of founding that needed to be addressed, and they were. But now that the ball is rolling, some would have us continue to attempt to do something nature, life itself, is unable to do.

Welcome to the shit show.

If Blacks continue to generationally insist whites are racist and the cause of their failure, they will ignore that it is actually other blacks who do the most harm to each other and won’t be content until all white people endure life as a slave with them in control.

If Whites continue to grow more guilty generationally despite having established or supported a myriad of things which exclusively promotes and assists blacks only they will continue to come out on the short end.

They foolishly can’t understand why after all their efforts and self loathing, blacks continue to blame them.

A race war?
Not likely. Not in the traditional sense of the concept of war.

Yeah, there will be skirmishes, probably a few major battles. But as long as the color of skin is the uniform by which sides are made and lines are drawn, it will never end.

I believe that there is a third party to these issues.

Those who hide behind the curtain have skillfully used peoples of all colors to sow division, hate, anger, despair… they are the tools by which they are able to manipulate us.

Until we are all willing to ignore the color of ones skin we will continue to see these issues. But ignoring skin color is not as we would be led to believe.

Being one color doesn’t make you a victim any more than being an opposite color makes you the evil, privileged one.

We were established to be a nation of liberty based upon laws. It’s safe to say that there were a few issues at the time of founding that needed to be addressed, and they were. But now that the ball is rolling, some would have us continue to attempt to do something nature, life itself, is unable to do.

Force equality.

As Americans we are not promised a successful life, a wealthy, easy, happy existence. We are offered a chance.

We are ALL afforded the liberty from birth to succeed or fail based on our own choices, efforts, and intelligence. What we do with that life is solely up to us. Those who claim otherwise are trying to control you.

Featured

Systematic Racism for Dummies

white people confronted with their complicity in racism cannot accept it and instead engage in a number of ‘defensive moves’ to avoid the accusation, including disagreeing, staying silent, becoming emotional, and going away.

“How do you navigate conversations with people when the default assumption is that you’re a racist? What do you do when calmly and sincerely stating that you are not a racist is taken as evidence of your guilt of racism?

First, understand what the terms mean, where they come from, and who are the proponents. ‘Anti-racism’ means being against racism, except for one important detail. What anti-racist advocates mean when they use the word ‘racism’ isn’t the same as what most people mean.
‘Anti-racism’ comes directly from the academic scholarship of Critical Race Theory. In Critical Race Theory, ‘racism’ means ‘systemic racism’, which is said to be ‘the ordinary state of affairs’ in the United States. Systemic racism is believed to be the explanation for every disparity in outcomes in which some minority groups, especially blacks, have worse outcomes than whites (or Jews and Asians). The academic definition of ‘anti-racism’ includes ‘working to identify internalized racial dominance if you are White’ or a ‘Person of Color’, ‘joining organizations working for racial justice’, and ‘seeking out continuing education’ in the theory of ‘anti-racism’. It is described as a ‘lifelong commitment to an ongoing process’ that includes social activism to end what it calls ‘racism’, which has an equally peculiar definition.

Robin DiAngelo, a New York Times bestselling scholar of the ‘critical whiteness’ aspect of Critical Race Theory, sees racism in everything. She explains what she calls ‘racism’ this way: ‘the question is not “did racism take place?” but instead “how did racism manifest in this situation?”’ In other words, all situations contain racism, and it is up to the anti-racist activist to uncover it. To do anything else is described as — you guessed it — being a ‘racist’ by upholding ‘racism’.

Second, understand how these ideas are used unfairly against you. The ‘anti-racism’ program offered by Critical Race Theory offers no neutrality. Everyone is either an ‘anti-racist’ or they are ‘racists’ by default. The lines of literature in which DiAngelo situates her claims clearly state that there is no such thing as being not-racist, and she repeatedly asserts that neutrality on this issue means favoring ‘racism’. Not even progressives are safe. DiAngelo writes, ‘white progressives cause the most daily damage to people of color. I define a white progressive as any white person who thinks he or she is not racist, or is less racist.’

This false dichotomy is central to the ‘anti-racism’ narrative currently being forwarded, especially by other New York Times bestselling authors like Ijeoma Oluo, Layla F. Saad, and Ibram X. Kendi, whose books are currently dominating the bestseller lists. Put bluntly, the only option these activist-scholars offer is to join their movement or accept being a ‘racist’.

Anti-racism is defended further with another hot buzzword: ‘white fragility’. DiAngelo created this idea and describes it as a state of ‘racial stress’ that white people find intolerable when confronted with the fact of their ‘complicity’ in ‘racism’ and ‘white supremacy’. She claims white complicity is an automatic result of receiving the benefits of white privilege, which all white people necessarily have. She, being a white woman, then names her personal goal not as overcoming racism, which would be impossible (she writes that it is not possible to construct a ‘positive white identity’), but as progressively becoming ‘less white’.

DiAngelo further asserts that white people confronted with their complicity in racism cannot accept it and instead engage in a number of ‘defensive moves’ to avoid the accusation, including disagreeing, staying silent, becoming emotional, and going away. These ‘maneuvers’ expose their white fragility. ‘White fragility’ is therefore a charge that cannot be denied and thus separates all white people into two categories: racists (who admit it) and racists (who are too fragile) to admit it.

Third, agree that racism is horrific. This is obvious, so it’s easy.

Fourth, calmly expose and explain the bait-and-switch definitions. An identical argument could be made about literally any position: there are two types of people — Trump supporters who admit it and Trump supporters who are too afraid to admit it; those who claim they don’t like pancakes and those who are too deceitful to tell the truth that pancakes are awful; witches who confess and witches who are too in league with the devil to admit it. If white fragility is a real phenomenon, it needs a better litmus test than this.”

Featured

All lives matter

African slaves were very expensive during the late 1600s (50 Sterling). Irish slaves came cheap (no more than 5 Sterling). If a planter whipped or branded or beat an Irish slave to death, it was never a crime. A death was a monetary setback, but far cheaper than killing a more expensive African. The English masters quickly began breeding the Irish women for both their own personal pleasure and for greater profit.

~A great history lesson..DID YOU KNOW…this is the information erased from our kids history books! Definitely worth your time to read~

The Irish slave trade began when 30,000 Irish prisoners were sold as slaves to the New World. The King James I Proclamation of 1625 required Irish political prisoners be sent overseas and sold to English settlers in the West Indies. By the mid 1600s, the Irish were the main slaves sold to Antigua and Montserrat. At that time, 70% of the total population of Montserrat were Irish slaves.

Ireland quickly became the biggest source of human livestock for English merchants. The majority of the early slaves to the New World were actually white.

From 1641 to 1652, over 500,000 Irish were killed by the English and another 300,000 were sold as slaves. Ireland’s population fell from about 1,500,000 to 600,000 in one single decade. Families were ripped apart as the British did not allow Irish dads to take their wives and children with them across the Atlantic. This led to a helpless population of homeless women and children. Britain’s solution was to auction them off as well.

During the 1650s, over 100,000 Irish children between the ages of 10 and 14 were taken from their parents and sold as slaves in the West Indies, Virginia and New England. In this decade, 52,000 Irish (mostly women and children) were sold to Barbados and Virginia. Another 30,000 Irish men and women were also transported and sold to the highest bidder. In 1656, Cromwell ordered that 2000 Irish children be taken to Jamaica and sold as slaves to English settlers.

Many people today will avoid calling the Irish slaves what they truly were: Slaves. They’ll come up with terms like “Indentured Servants” to describe what occurred to the Irish. However, in most cases from the 17th and 18th centuries, Irish slaves were nothing more than human cattle.

As an example, the African slave trade was just beginning during this same period. It is well recorded that African slaves, not tainted with the stain of the hated Catholic theology and more expensive to purchase, were often treated far better than their Irish counterparts.

African slaves were very expensive during the late 1600s (50 Sterling). Irish slaves came cheap (no more than 5 Sterling). If a planter whipped or branded or beat an Irish slave to death, it was never a crime. A death was a monetary setback, but far cheaper than killing a more expensive African. The English masters quickly began breeding the Irish women for both their own personal pleasure and for greater profit.

Children of slaves were themselves slaves, which increased the size of the master’s free workforce. Even if an Irish woman somehow obtained her freedom, her kids would remain slaves of her master. Thus, Irish moms, even with this new found emancipation, would seldom abandon their kids and would remain in servitude.

In time, the English thought of a better way to use these women (in many cases, girls as young as 12) to increase their market share: The settlers began to breed Irish women and girls with African men to produce slaves with a distinct complexion. These new “mulatto” slaves brought a higher price than Irish livestock and, likewise, enabled the settlers to save money rather than purchase new African slaves. This practice of interbreeding Irish females with African men went on for several decades and was so widespread that, in 1681, legislation was passed “forbidding the practice of mating Irish slave women to African slave men for the purpose of producing slaves for sale.” In short, it was stopped only because it interfered with the profits of a large slave transport company.

England continued to ship tens of thousands of Irish slaves for more than a century. Records state that, after the 1798 Irish Rebellion, thousands of Irish slaves were sold to both America and Australia. There were horrible abuses of both African and Irish captives. One British ship even dumped 1,302 slaves into the Atlantic Ocean so that the crew would have plenty of food to eat.

There is little question that the Irish experienced the horrors of slavery as much (if not more in the 17th Century) as the Africans did. There is, also, very little question that those brown, tanned faces you witness in your travels to the West Indies are very likely a combination of African and Irish ancestry.

In 1839, Britain finally decided on its own to end its participation in Satan’s highway to hell and stopped transporting slaves. While their decision did not stop pirates from doing what they desired, the new law slowly concluded THIS chapter of nightmarish Irish misery.

But, if anyone, black or white, believes that slavery was only an African experience, then they’ve got it completely wrong.
Irish slavery is a subject worth remembering, not erasing from our memories.

Featured

Scripture for Saturday, June 20, 2020

The word “nation” in Greek is ethnos (eth’-nos). It means race, or tribe.

Luke 11:17

Because Jesus knew what they were thinking, he said to them, “Every kingdom involved in civil war becomes a wasteland, and a house torn apart by divisions will collapse.

 Three times in scripture, Jesus speaks about wars and such and what things must happen before He calls God’s children home. This morning, though, a particular phrase stuck in my head and it appears three times: nation shall rise against nation. Mat. 24:7, Mark 13:8, and Luke 21:10 all say the same exact thing = For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. Focus on the words “nation” and “kingdom.” 

The word “nation” in Greek is ethnos (eth’-nos). It means race, or tribe. This scripture has been read for years and described by many pulpiteers as the conflicts between the USA and Russia, or USA and China, or USA and Iran/Iraq or any other combination of other land masses (nations) against other land masses (nations).

Jesus did speak of wars and rumor of wars which would be between land masses (nations). But this part, “…nation shall rise against nation…” specifically means that races (people of EVERY color, EVERY skin tone) will begin to start coming against one another and tearing each other down.

Jesus knows today, just as He did when He walked this earth, that nations (land masses) would have different “ethnos” (nations, races) on every one of them. If you read this any other way and claim I am racist, then you better look into my life. I have a “mixed” stepson with 3 different “ethnos” in his blood.

I am trying to bring clarification to something: “ethnos” is destroying our cities, our states, and our nation. If you are saved, your are not a “white” Christian, nor a “black” Christian, nor a “brown” Christian, and on and on. You are a CHRISTIAN. But, even when surveys are taken, no matter the subject, the surveyor breaks down the main topic into “FOR AND AGAINST” (example) but then goes on to break it down into “ethnos” voted this way, “age” voted this way, etc. 

Christ then says, “…kingdom against kingdom…” In Greek the word is basileia (bas-il-i’-ah). This means royalty, rulers, and realms. Can we not see with our eyes that we have not only been divided by nation (ethnos – race) but also broken into financial classes. There is the upper – upper class. Upper class. Upper-middle. Middle. Upper-lower. Lower. And what is crazy each “kingdom” (class) only votes for those who will do their “kingdom” (class) any good.

Every political speech is filled with “kingdom issues” (ex = I will work for the middle class and blah blah blah. (insert whatever class)). Politicians also use words such as, “I will work for this “ethnos” and that “ethnos.” No wonder America is falling apart. BOTH PARTIES are chocked full of liars but yet we still allow them to speak to our “ethnos and basileia” (race and class) instead of speaking to us as humans, as equals, as children created by an amazing God.

Christ spoke to all and never gave a “speech” where race or class was involved. He spoke to all. He died for all. He intercedes for all. His blood covers all. His stripes heal all. He saves all. He delivers all. HE LOVES ALL. 

In closing, HE said this also, in Luke 11:17 = EVERY kingdom divided against itself is brought to desolation, and a house against a house falls. BUT, even, notice the next verse, 18, = If Satan also be divided against himself, how shall his kingdom stand..?” It’s amazing that Satan is smart enough to realize the power of unity. He gets it but there are some of us in America who don’t. 

Let’s quit being “ethnos” (colors), quit being “basileia” (classes), quit being denominations, quit being religious. The enemy loves when we are divided. Psalms 133:1-3 = How beautiful and how pleasant it is for brethren (all colors, all classes) to dwell together in unity. It is like precious ointment…for there (unity) the LORD commanded the blessing, even life for evermore.

Featured

Father knows best?

Around this time we celebrate Father’s Day. But fathers in our culture have not recently appeared very important—at least according to Hollywood and other culture-shapers.

Much of the mayhem we see today is linked to fatherlessness.

Around this time we celebrate Father’s Day. But fathers in our culture have not recently appeared very important—at least according to Hollywood and other culture-shapers.

If you need housing or any other public assistance, the rule is that the father can not be in the home. THIS is what real systemic victimization that disproportionately impacts minorities looks like. The government is a leading cause of broken families.

SOURCE: https://www.afa.net/the-stand/family/2020/06/the-catastrophe-of-fatherless-america/?fbclid=IwAR1nzGD2ODeMBiYIZDePQIJill6eVZWxxGLzHREt0x8DpMF2Ckw4zRYeI0k#.Xuuci9lq4QM.facebook

Featured

New McCarthyism?

Did you know that almost every person Senator Joe McCarthy named as a communist in public … was ACTUALLY a Soviet agent?

It isn’t surprising that Black Lives Matter is a communist organization—but the type of communism they subscribe to is. They are conservative communists attempting to fold the progressive movement back into traditional Marxism.

BLM has turned its back on intersectional theory, the modern conflict theory that birthed safe spaces, trigger warnings, and the Oppression Olympics. Instead, BLM is rebirthing the traditional class struggle, reframing it in terms of black and white.

Did you know that almost every person Senator Joe McCarthy named as a communist in public … was ACTUALLY a Soviet agent?

Making the above statements likely will get you labeled as the new Joe McCarthy. Accused of creating a bogus Red Scare and smearing countless innocent victims in a five-year reign of terror, Senator Joseph McCarthy is universally remembered as a demagogue, a bully, and a liar. History has judged him such a loathsome figure that even today, a half century after his death, his name remains synonymous with witch hunts. But that conventional image is all wrong.

It all began with a February 9, 1950 speech in Wheeling, West Virginia (which was not recorded,. Senator Joseph McCarthy of Wisconsin was discussing the level to which our government had been infiltrated by communists and reportedly said that he had “here in my hand a list of 205 [active members of the Communist Party and members of a spy ring] that were made known to the Secretary of State . . . and who nevertheless are still working for and shaping policy in the State Department.”

These were names already provided to the House Appropriations Committee whose cases were still pending. That’s where the confusion came in: he then cross-referenced that list with another one of 284 security risks given him (of whom 79 had already been dismissed) for 205 names and 57 still employed.

Historians have obsessed with the different numbers, but a surviving copy of his speech that day show that he has “205″ crossed out and “57″ written in, and he said only 57 were still in government.

Of course, the press ran with the bigger number, saying “State Department has 205 Commies.”

As noted in another “Wild moment,” the most important Soviet spy was not in the State Department, but in the Treasury Department, where the assistant Secretary of the Treasury, Harry Dexter White, was a full-fledged Soviet agent. He was aided there by Solomon Adler, Frank Coe, and Harold Glasser (whom he personally recruited). And in the Agricultural Adjustment Administration, there was Alger Hiss. Even FBI director J. Edgar Hoover estimated there were 200-400 active Soviet spies in the US. McCarthy just thought most of them were in government.

If anything, though, McCarthy underestimated the degree of penetration in the Roosevelt/Truman administrations: Laurence Duggan at Treasury, Michael Straight at State, John Abt at Justice. One of McCarthy’s supposed “victims,” Owen Lattimore, who was editor of Pacific Affairs, was specifically named by McCarthy as one who behaved like a Soviet agent—but McCarthy never actually named him. On the very day the Tydings Committee announced that the U.S. government was “free of Communist infiltration,” Julius Rosenberg was arrested for espionage. 

In fact, McCarthy’s “names” included Gustavo Duran, Mary Jane Keeney, Edward Posniak, John Carter Vincent, and Lattimore, and a 1954 article revealed that every security or loyalty risk McCarthy brought forward had either resigned or been dismissed from government. Other Soviet operatives that McCarthy named were T. A. Bisson, Cedric Belfrage, Leonard Mins, and William Remington. If anything, McCarthy was too late. By the time he identified them, the FBI had been watching them for years—yet they retained their jobs.

The “205″ number remains a bogey man to this day, and M. Stanton Evans’ book, Blacklisted by History shows that none of the three living witnesses to the speech remembered McCarthy saying there were 205 communists in government, but rather 205 suspects and “55″or “57″ including a note by one woman who wrote down “205″ then “57cc.” Newspapers the next day used the “57″ number or “over 50.” 

All of this mattered for two reasons.

One, some of these people engaged in espionage for the Soviet Union.

Two, they manipulated U.S. foreign policy to the benefit of the communists. More than 50 years later, the betrayal continues under the tutelage of Joe Biden, Nancy Pelosi and Chuck Shumer and their minions . But Senator Joe McCarthy tried to prevent it.


Featured

Media Overhype

This media influence is a Clear and Present danger which is FAR worse that Cover 19 because the only cure for it is self education, which many progressive and younger people adamantly refuse to do.

For many of us long time cynics, Covid 19 is not a true SHTF scenario, but simply a good rehearsal for one. All the frantic, store binging activity is just as we thought the early stages of SHTF would be. This is a good thing as it points out to us weak spots in our preps.

Having said the above, look at Covid 19 through the Bambi-like eyes of the unprepared. No TP in the stores is not an inconvenience, it’s the end of the world. When other staples started going away, it just reinforced their belief the end was here.

I believe that there was never a need for mass hysteria, total lock down, or the attempted destruction of our economy, good cleaning and hygiene habits, masks, and social distancing could well have taken care of this.

We didn’t stop with that because first, the Progressive leadership is desperately trying to bring Trump down and did their level best to make the situation as bad as they could.

Secondly, and more importantly because it describes a major danger to us all, and that is the media. For the same purposes as the Progressives, they whipped up a fear of dying, that I’ve not seen in my lifetime (I’m old!).

Coupled with this last point, we have a generation of Millennials that had fear rubbed in their nose, the fact that they might die someday and they weren’t ready for it. They expected to live forever, bad things would never happen to them, and life is fair.

Suddenly, bad things COULD happen to them, they weren’t going to live forever, and life is not fair and can be very hard.

We should all be aware that this fear mongering is the real issue here, not the flu. The next time they do this, it really could tip us over past the ability to recover.

This media influence is a Clear and Present danger which is FAR worse that Cover 19 because the only cure for it is self education, which many progressive and younger people adamantly refuse to do.

As a Pandemic, Covid 19 only registers 3rd or 4th from the bottom of history’s plagues.

Indeed, many of us lived through the Hong Cong Flu, which killed 1-4 million people around the world from 1956 to 1958- I remember it, but there was no panic or hysteria involved; the Swine flu in 2009, which killed 200K people – no panic then; and the annual flu which we have vaccines for kills over 60,000 per year- every year – neither of these get any special attention by the media or the progressives. Smallpox was the worst, killing 300 to 500 MILLION people the first 75 years of the 20 century.

Still, the media continues to beat the drum over covid 19 and, for the past weeks over the George Floyd case and the attendant riots.

This is not new. A quote here would be appropriate;
The media’s the most powerful entity on Earth. They have the power to make the innocent guilty and to make the guilty innocent, and that’s power. Because they control the minds of the masses.”

You might think that quote was from Donald J Trump. You would be wrong. It was said by Malcolm X.

Featured

The “Pride” thing

the more people continue to point out factors that separate us as human beings the less likely people are to quit using race as a crutch or as a way to be degrading.

June is being celebrated as LBGTQ?Pride month. February has been designated as the month to celebrate “Black Pride”. It seems that every subset of humanity has a demand for a tribal exercise of superiority signalling.

In a sense, I get it.

But if pride is ever justified, race is one of the least valid reasons. It’s at the bottom of the list.

At the top is what you’ve actually done. You can be justly proud of how you’ve lived your life. The way you’ve shown your character. What you’ve accomplished. How you’ve raised your children. And especially, how you’ve treated other people.

All else are things that are accidents of birth. These all have tribalist implications.

It’s fine to be proud of your family, when you’ve had good parents, who’ve encouraged and supported you. But pride in distant relatives who may have distinguished themselves in some way is much less valid.

Below that, I’d put national pride. I suppose it’s OK, but you had no choice in it, and it’s too easy to get carried away. And to me, it would be much more justified depending on what you’ve contributed to your country and your fellow citizens.

And lowest on the list are purely biological characteristics that are functions of your lifestyle and DNA. Like your race or your sexual orientation.

Is it really rational for me to be proud I’m a white guy? I know it’s part of who I am, but it happened because of a random reproductive event. It’s nothing I did, and nothing over which I have any control.

I’ve never understood “pride” in something you didn’t accomplish, like gay pride, for example.

Having a specific identity around being a minority seems to do more harm than good. The same goes for black or racial pride. Being obsessed with your “blackness” just seems obsessive and invites a microcosm.

As I see it, being proud of my race or sexual orientation makes as much sense as being proud of my blood type.

If we’re going to have “pride” in things we did not accomplish, why not male or female pride? Or for things we chose, why not Christian or Muslim or atheist pride? These concepts don’t really exist, but it may have to do with the fact that there are too many people under each label that by being one of these things you’re “not special enough”.

I believe racial pride is both stupid and pointless. There’s nothing wrong with being educated on your culture or history and no one should feel ashamed of their race.

But I believe that at the same time, one persons accomplishment(s) are not those of an entire race. No one should be ashamed of their race because it’s a fact of life and something that shouldn’t even be a problem, but the more people continue to point out factors that separate us as human beings the less likely people are to quit using race as a crutch or as a way to be degrading.

I understand celebrating your culture and traditions, but for some reason it seems like the same people going around talking about Latino pride, Black pride, Asian pride and White pride are the same people who go around saying their race is so oppressed in society and that they feel discriminated against.

Proverbs 11:2 – [When] pride cometh, then cometh shame: but with the lowly [is] wisdom.

Featured

The cop, the thug and the funny money

It is interesting. If you consider that El Nuevo Rodeo might likely be a front for a three letter national security agency; or at the very least a valuable inside source for domestic intelligence and surveillance,

https://scontent-den4-1.xx.fbcdn.net/v/t1.0-0/p640x640/103090062_2486465331666037_5192151767670266890_o.jpg?_nc_cat=103&_nc_sid=19369f&_nc_ohc=3A6G5QPPIHYAX9G42X4&_nc_ht=scontent-den4-1.xx&_nc_tp=6&oh=e31b96631006fb2c3d206bf8cbae3800&oe=5F0680A2

Things are seldom as they seem. Skim milk masquerades as cream.

Everything around El Nuevo Rodeo, the Mexican Cantina and Dance Club where George and Derek worked, is sketchy.

El Nuevo Rodeo (hereafter ENR) is a front business. Nothing is as it seems.

The background ownership of ENR takes you to a shady network of LLC’s and the name Omar Investments Inc. (est. 1996). Dig a little deeper and something else becomes evident… The ownership might connect to one or more U.S. three letter agencies.

The ownership network has previous interactions with FBI operations in/around Minneapolis. This is not surprising because Minneapolis Minnesota has more national security operations ongoing than any other community in the country. Various Somali groups are being watched, and anyone can do a google search to see when those security operations surface in the media.

Omar Investments Inc. owns El Nuevo Rodeo Cantina and night club since 1996. The principle of Omar Investments Inc. is Muna Sabri, (an alleged classmate of Ann Dunham). In 2001 a close relative, Basim Sabri, was captured by the FBI in a sting operation.

…”In 2001, FBI agents recorded Sabri giving Herron $5,000, cash intended to curry the lawmaker’s support for his development. Sabri was later convicted on three bribery counts and fined $75,000.” (link)….

FBI intercept in 2001, there’s the capture. That’s the asset creation point for U.S. security to find a way to embed within Minneapolis, and assist the Sabri’s along the way.

The presented “former club owner”, Maya Santamaria, seen on television, appears to be a purposeful ‘front’ (a face useful in deflecting attention from the primary owner and operations). With that in mind, the scale of false information in/around the visible event, horrible as it was/is, creates layers and layers of purposeful misinformation and a need to control what the public sees in the media.

It is interesting. If you consider that El Nuevo Rodeo might likely be a front for a three letter national security agency; or at the very least a valuable inside source for domestic intelligence and surveillance, things start reconciling rather quickly.

ENR also looks like a money laundering operation. Part of that laundry operation appears to involve counterfeit currency. This enterprise, writ large, looks like the answer to ‘how’ a U.S. agency infiltrated the background criminal network in Minnesota to watch and monitor for domestic threats. So there are layers to what is visible and a myriad of interests involved.

Officer Derek Chauvin is a 19-year veteran of the Mineapolis police dept. Derek Chauvin also worked at ENR for 17 years. That timeline puts Derek Chauvin showing up to work security at El Neuvo Rodeo cantina and club right after the FBI busts Basim Sabri (everyone remembers what intel agencies were doing right after 9-11-01).

Recently – When the Wuhan Virus hits the night club needs to shut down. By extension this shuts down any illicit activity maintained by the legit operation. Any activity within a laundering operation would have to be paused. It would look silly, very suspicious, if the ENR club bookkeeper was making bank deposits while the business is closed.

However, this also means George Floyd was out of work.

The police were called because George Floyd was passing counterfeit $20 bills.

Could the way Chauvin, and the responders writ large, interacted with George Floyd have been an outcropping of concern that Floyd was putting the ENR operation at risk?

Read the indictment. Everything was cool until the responding officers attempted to put Floyd in Derek Chauvin’s squad car. Floyd is presented as being ok with the arrest stuff; but really, really, didn’t want to get in Derek’s car.

17-years as a “security officer” for El Nuevo Rodeo. Was Chauvin the enforcer?

Does that explain why everyone seems casual, even the responding EMT’s?

Could the national security angle explain why no prior charges against Chauvin in a 2006 shooting were ever sought?

One thing is clear, as attested by Benjamin Crump, Derek Chauvin and George Floyd knew each-other; this was not some random street incident. Arguably, every single person in/around law enforcement and EMT response that day knew each-other.

Who would go through a cost-prohibitive process to counterfeit $1 dollar bills?

A U.S. national security agency conducting an operation with little interest in the profit dynamic; that’s who.

Review the George Floyd “murder” video again, but before you do, look up the https://7-s3.com/

During the “protests” the club was burnt to the ground.

During the “protests” the police precinct housing the evidence was burnt to the ground.

The mayor of Minneapolis ordered the police and fire departments to stand down and allow the police precinct to burn to the ground, destroying all the evidence.

A manufacturing company, 7 Sigma has informed Minneapolis that they will be moving their operations.

7 Sigma manufactured very realistic looking medical dummies for medical training exercises. We have seen what looked like medical dummies in the early covid hospital bed scenes breathlessly broadcast by MSM when they were claiming the hospitals were full of covid patients. Were they 7 Sigma dummies? If so, what a “coincidence” all that evidence burned in a fire.

Featured

Ongoing Coup

What’s next? So much damage has been inflicted to date. It’s perfect timing to launch a nuke, so to speak. An enemy of war doesn’t let up while they think they’re winning. Instead, they double-down with crushing blows to ensure a win.

We are living through a pivotal time in American history. A Takeover attempt.

It has become crystal clear. We are right in the middle of a coordinated Takeover for power. And we have been for many years. What’s different now? “They” are “all in”. Right now. 2020.

If we lose to those who are attempting this Takeover, America will be lost forever. It will transform into something very different from what you perceive today, or have perceived in the past. At least that’s my opinion.

They were sure that the deal would be sealed NOV-2016. After 8 years of Obama sewing the seeds, watering and fertilizing… and decades of multi-pronged indoctrination, the HildaBeast would have completely enabled an extreme-left ChicomMarxiGlobalistTakeover – forever changing our nation.

Instead, they were stunned. A rag tag bunch of Deplorables came out in numbers to vote for a charismatic orange man who seemed to stand for American independence. From that day forward, a daily thrashing ensued. Attacks from all their guns. Amazingly, the orange man fought back. A highly unexpected move from the CMG’s.

Every day since, we have witnessed an unbelievably relentless onslaught. Everything they tried has failed. However the orange man has been bloodied and bruised. They smell blood in the water. They have pulled all the stops, so to speak. They’re all in. Right now. 2020. Must. Crush. Orange Man (and anyone not in lock step with the CMG’s.

I have never lived through such troubled times. I’ve never seen such coordinated effort to take out the political opposition. I feel it in my bones. This is big.

So I finally get to the question of the day. Is a mass casualty false flag event coming next?

Why do I ask that question? Because they are all in for maximum disruption. Chaos. Just look what has happened so far this year, which is barely half over.

The economy is in ruins (the real effects soon to be felt).
More people out of work than the Great Depression.
Opportunistic multi-month lock-downs of the American people have successfully destroyed the middle class, their businesses, and have taken away their bread-and-circuses.
The biggest wealth transfer in human history from the middle class to the extremely wealthy.
An opportunistic and pre-planned coordinated multi-frontal attack on the Police and lawn-and-order.
The highly energized attempts to incite a race war (ongoing).
A stunningly coordinated mainstream media inflaming every and all battles against the orange man and his supporters, at any and all costs.
50% (or more) of the population apparently ready and willing to fall in line with the CMG’s and the “new life” that awaits them in Utopia.
50% (or less) of the population increasingly agitated and upset about what has been happening, many of whom are beginning to see what’s going on behind the curta

I worry about what they’ve planned next. Do you?

Featured

Prayer for Saturday, June 13, 2020

Ephesians 6:14 Stand firm then, with the belt of truth buckled around your waist, with the breastplate of righteousness in place

Ephesians 6:14, shows that standing, that is, maintaining our ground, not yielding or fleeing, is the grand aim of the Christian soldier. Translate as Greek, “Having girt about your loins with truth,” that is, with truthfulness, sincerity, a good conscience

Featured

Giant Killer

each evening a terrible giant, revealed as a silhouette against the skyline, would come and terrorize them.

I think it’s a very dangerous thing to allow yourself to be intimidated.

Because as soon as you do, you feel like you have to please someone else. And then you’re effectively enslaved.

Like the villagers and the Shadow Giant…

Once, a young traveling woman entered a village and immediately noticed how downcast, demoralized and afraid all the inhabitants seemed to be.

She was told by a trembling villager that each evening a terrible giant, revealed as a silhouette against the skyline, would come and terrorize them.

He would stand seemingly a mile high and demand they make sacrifices to please him and that if they didn’t there would be terrible consequences. They were eager to fulfill his every demand.

But the girl was unafraid. And that evening as twilight approached, rather than hurry to hide she waited for the giant’s shadow to appear.

Suddenly there it was, towering and booming, threatening and demanding. The girl now did something that astonished the villagers.

Rather than cower with the rest of them she began to walk towards the shadowy menace. And as she did so a strange thing happened.

The closer she got, the smaller the giant became.

Eventually, she as she drew near, she was the giant compared to it. She picked up the former “giant” in her hand.

“What is your name, O creature that shrinks as I approach you?” asked the young woman.

The now tiny former giant replied: “My name is… fear!”

And it was then that it disappeared, freeing the villagers from their misery.

Featured

Drain The Swamp?

If there ever was a need in America for a Military Tribunal, this might be a good place to start. These people attempted a Coup’ de’tat on the country and the people of America.

From 2001 to 2005 there was an ongoing investigation into the Clinton Foundation. A Grand Jury had been impaneled. Governments from around the world had donated to the “Charity”.

Yet, from 2001 to 2003 none of those “Donations” to the Clinton Foundation were declared. Now you would think that an honest investigator would be able to figure this out.

Look who took over this investigation in 2005, none other than James Comey. Coincidence? Guess who was transferred into the Internal Revenue Service to run the Tax Exemption Branch of the IRS? None other than, Lois Lerner. Isn’t that interesting?

But this is all just a series of strange coincidences, right? Guess who ran the Tax Division inside the Department of Justice from 2001 to 2005? None other than the Assistant Attorney General of the United States, Rod Rosenstein.
Guess who was the Director of the Federal Bureau of Investigation during this time frame? Another coincidence (just an anomaly in statistics and chances), but it was Robert Mueller.

What do all four casting characters have in common? They all were briefed and/or were front-line investigators into the Clinton Foundation Investigation. Another coincidence, right?

Fast forward to 2009. James Comey leaves the Justice Department to go and cash-in at Lockheed Martin. Hillary Clinton is running the State Department, official government business, on her own personal email server. The Uranium One “issue” comes to the attention of Hillary. Like all good public servants do, supposedly looking out for America’s best interest, she decides to support the decision and approve the sale of 20% of US Uranium to no other than, the Russians. Now, you would think that this is a fairly straight-up deal, except it wasn’t. America got absolutely nothing out of it.

However, prior to the sales approval, none other than Bill Clinton goes to Moscow, gets paid $500,000 for a one-hour speech; then meets with Vladimir Putin at his home for a few hours. Ok, no big deal, right? Well, not so fast, the FBI had a mole inside the money laundering and bribery scheme.
Robert Mueller was the FBI Director during this time frame. He even delivered a Uranium Sample to Moscow in 2009. Who was handling that case within the Justice Department out of the US Attorney’s Office in Maryland? None other than, Rod Rosenstein.

And what happened to the informant? The Department of Justice placed a gag order on him and threatened to lock him up if he spoke out about it.
How does 20% of the most strategic asset of the United States of America end up in Russian hands when the FBI has an informant, a mole providing inside information to the FBI on the criminal enterprise?

Very soon after; the sale was approved. $145 million dollars in “donations” made their way into the Clinton Foundation from entities directly connected to the Uranium One deal. Guess who was still at the Internal Revenue Service working the Charitable Division? None other than, Lois Lerner.

Ok, that’s all just another series of coincidences, nothing to see here, right? Let’s fast forward to 2015. Due to a series of tragic events in Benghazi and after the 9 “investigations” the House, Senate and at State Department, Trey Gowdy who was running the 10th investigation as Chairman of the Select Committee on Benghazi discovers that Hillary ran the State Department on an unclassified, unauthorized, outlaw personal email server. He also discovered that none of those emails had been turned over when she departed her “Public Service” as Secretary of State which was required by law. He also discovered that there was Top Secret information contained within her personally archived email.

Sparing you the State Departments cover-up, the nostrums they floated, the delay tactics that were employed and the outright lies that were spewed forth
from the necks of the Kerry State Department, we shall leave it with this, they did everything humanly possible to cover for Hillary.

Now, this is amazing, guess who became FBI Director in 2013? None other than James Comey, who secured 17 no-bid contracts for his employer (Lockheed Martin) with the State Department and was rewarded with a $6 million dollar thank you present when he departed his employer? Amazing how all those no-bids just went right through at the State Department. Now he is the FBI Director in charge of the “Clinton Email Investigation” after of course his FBI Investigates the Lois Lerner “Matter” at the Internal Revenue Service and he exonerates her. Nope, couldn’t find any crimes there.

In April 2016, James Comey drafts an exoneration letter of Hillary Rodham Clinton, meanwhile the DOJ is handing out immunity deals like candy. They didn’t even convene a Grand Jury! Like a lightning bolt of statistical impossibility, like a miracle from God himself, like the true “Gangsta” Comey is, James steps out into the cameras of an awaiting press conference on July 5th of 2016 and exonerates Hillary from any wrongdoing.
Do you see the pattern?

It goes on and on, Rosenstein becomes Assistant Attorney General, Comey gets fired based upon a letter by Rosenstein, Comey leaks government information to the press, Mueller is assigned to the Russian Investigation sham by Rosenstein to provide cover for decades of malfeasance within the FBI and DOJ and the story continues.

FISA abuses, political espionage pick a crime, any crime, chances are this group and a few others did it:

 All the same players.
 All compromised and conflicted.
 All working fervently to NOT go to jail themselves.
 All connected in one way or another to the Clinton’s. They are like battery acid; they corrode and corrupt everything they touch. How many lives have these two destroyed?

As of this writing, the Clinton Foundation, in its 20+ years of operation of being the largest International Charity Fraud in the history of mankind, has never been audited by the Internal Revenue Service.

Let us not forget that Comey’s brother works for DLA Piper, the law firm that does the Clinton Foundation’s taxes.

The person that is the common denominator to all the crimes above and still doing her evil escape legal maneuvers at the top of the 3 Letter USA Agencies? Yes, that would be Hillary Rodham Clinton.

Let’s learn a little about Mrs. Lisa H. Barsoomian’s background. Lisa H. Barsoomian, an Attorney that graduated from Georgetown Law, is a protégé of James Comey and Robert Mueller. Barsoomian, with her boss R. Craig Lawrence, represented Bill Clinton in 1998.

Lawrence also represented;
Robert Mueller three times,
James Comey five times,
Barack Obama 45 times,
Kathleen Sebelius 56 times,
Bill Clinton 40 times,
and Hillary Clinton 17 times.
Between 1998 and 2017, Barsoomian herself represented the FBI at least five times.

You may be saying to yourself, who cares about the work history of this Barsoomian woman? Apparently, someone does, because someone out there cares so much that they’ve “purged” all Barsoomian court documents for her Clinton representation in Hamburg vs. Clinton in 1998 and its appeal in 1999 from the DC District and Appeals Court dockets. Someone out there cares so much that even the internet has been “purged” of all information pertaining to Barsoomian.

Historically, this indicates that the individual is a protected CIA operative. Additionally, Lisa Barsoomian has specialized in opposing Freedom of Information Act requests on behalf of the intelligence community. Although Barsoomian has been involved in hundreds of cases representing the DC Office of the US Attorney, her email address is LisaBarsoomian@NIH.gov. The NIH stands for the National Institutes of Health. This is a tactic routinely used by the CIA to protect an operative by using another government organization to shield their activities. It’s a cover, so big deal, right? What does one more attorney with ties to the US intelligence community really matter?

It deals with Trump and his recent tariffs on Chinese steel and aluminum imports, the border wall, DACA, everything coming out of California, the Uni-party unrelenting opposition to President Trump, the Clapper leaks, the Comey leaks, Attorney General Jeff Sessions recusal and subsequent 14-month nap with occasional forays into the marijuana legalization mix and last but not least Mueller’s never-ending investigation into collusion between the Trump team and the Russians.

Why does Barsoomian, CIA operative, merit any mention? Because she is Assistant Attorney General Rod Rosenstein’s wife. –. Written by:
Tom Tancredo/Team America

This is how your government works. These are your high paid employees, what they do, how they do it, and consistently get away with crimes against you and me. These are the principal people who need to be arrested, tried and convicted of their crimes against “We the People”. Therefore, I suggest they be put on trial for their crimes.

James Comey
Rod Rosenstein
Robert Mueller
Barack Obama
Jeff Sessions
Hillary Clinton
R. Craig Lawrence
Kathleen Sebelius
Bill Clinton
Lisa Barsoomian
Lois Lerner
John Kerry

If there ever was a need in America for a Military Tribunal, this might be a good place to start. These people attempted a Coup’ de’tat on the country and the people of America.

Further, I would suggest arresting Nancy Pelosi, Governor Gavin Newsom, Eric Holder, Adam Schiff, Jerrold Nadler, Loretta Lynch, Governor Cuomo, Diane Feinstein, and Ralph Northam. Charge then with sedition and treason.

We’re nearly 4 years into this boondoggle. None of these people are going to face the music.

Most statutes of limitations have long run out by now on criminal or civil suits, with few exceptions. Many are immune from lawsuits anyway. These plainly easily solved investigations have been purposefully slow-walked so nothing will occur, and when they are completed, they are inconclusive and simply pass the buck, kick the can, or they are too limited in scope and state there needs to be different investigations.

It’s a total con game, watch the shell…where’s the little pea, charade.

What any reasonably interested human could decipher with a $50 monthly internet connection and some open source research in a long-weekend, these bloated swamp creature fat cats cannot solve crimes in spite of their unlimited budgets and workforce and subpoena powers.

If they were REALLY interested, why is Rosenstein just now sitting for a hearing? He was fired, what, 2 years ago? Maybe 3? It’s unreal. Same with Hillary. She’s just now being subpoenaed for events that occurred FOUR years ago or longer….

It’s certainly feasible that any of these “investigations” could easily bleed into 2021, and theoretically Trump could lose and the new DEM POTUS will just shut it down and move on.

Nothing is going to happen to see justice being served.

Featured

Letting America Burn Is The Path To Growth

Saul Alinsky, Rules for Radicals:
“Accuse your opponent of what you are doing, to create confusion and to inculcate voters against evidence of your own guilt”

Massachusetts attorney general Maura Healey (D.) on Tuesday refused to denounce the violent riots occurring nationwide, likening them to the purifying effects of a forest fire.
“Yes, America is burning, but that’s how forests grow,” Healey said in a speech delivered to the Boston Chamber of Commerce.
Healey, who is also the co-chair of the Democratic Attorneys General Association, repeated her remarks in a tweet later the same day, adding that Americans need to “seize the opportunity” to rid the country of “institutionalized racism,” which she blamed for the violence.
Republican Attorneys General Association chairman Jeff Landry called on Healey to renounce her statement shortly after, criticizing her for “inflammatory rhetoric.”

“Maura Healey’s inflammatory rhetoric is part of the problem, not a solution,” Landry said. “An AG is elected to uphold the rule of law and protect life and property, not to violate their oath and incite additional violence by inflaming emotions and condoning lawlessness. AG Healey has an obligation to quell fear, not incite further damage and destruction.”

Landry affirmed that all who seek to harm or kill “must be held accountable” during this time.

“The wrongful death of any innocent life is a tragedy. That includes George Floyd and Ahmaud Arbery, and now the numerous law enforcement officers and business owners who have been killed or assaulted as a result of these riots and domestic terrorism. Criminal elements have infiltrated peaceful protests, and those individuals breaking the law must be held accountable,” he said.

Healey’s remarks come after a week of protests in cities nationwide sparked by the death of George Floyd, a black man who was killed as a white police officer pinned him to the ground and refused to let him get back up.

The protests have taken a violent turn by night in many of America’s cities. Businesses have been ransacked, cars and homes have been set ablaze, and cultural sites have been defaced.

In Minneapolis, where George Floyd was killed and the protests began last week, fires consumed cars, businesses, and homes last weekend, and the city’s 3rd Precinct headquarters was set ablaze by protesters.

On Sunday night in Washington, D.C., some protesters set the historic St. John’s Church on fire, which stands a block from the White House. The fires were doused before any damage was done to the main sanctuary, but the church’s nursery was destroyed.

Saul Alinsky, Rules for Radicals:
“Accuse your opponent of what you are doing, to create confusion and to inculcate voters against evidence of your own guilt”

Karl Marx: “Accuse Your Enemy Of What You Are Doing, As You Are Doing It To Create Confusion”

Nikita Khrushchev:We will bury you” “Your grandchildren will live under communism.” “You Americans are so gullible. No, you won’t accept communism outright, but we’ll keep feeding you small doses of socialism until you’ll finally wake up and find you already have communism. We won’t have to fight you.” We’ll so weaken your economy until you’ll fall like overripe fruit into our hands.”

Featured

Post Covid analysis

I am actually surprised they screwed this up this badly. It was SO BAD people woke up before insurmountable damage was done.

Let’s face it. The guy screwed up. His virus failed. He ran the simulations, he released it, and IT FAILED. It does not matter where it came from, (I am still undecided between Fort Detrick and Wuhan) but we do know this virus was paid for by Gates/Fauci if it came from Wuhan, so screaming “china virus” in the media just heaps more failure on Gates even if the scam gets carried all the way to sending aircraft carriers to knock on China’s door . . . . . rather than Bill’s door.

Gates did not get what he wanted. Everything is opening back up. Someone threw a tantrum and burned a church. Despite the ignorant graffiti left behind, the only ones impassioned enough over all of this were those who had something to lose, even if your money paid for it . . . . . and if you operate at a level where other people’s money does your evil, you’re not a hick. Graffiti fail.

We live in a post “covid” world. And it is a world that has been warned about evil people launching virus plots with what they wanted to be a real nasty killer for the sole purpose of locking down economies and getting people to fall in line commie style the same way people would have to if the guns ever get banned . . . . . and so far the plotters have failed at that too.

I’d like to ask “kingdom of the world” Gates&co how it feels to not get away with stealing for practically the first time ever. They tried to steal it ALL this time rather than just steal software and elections and people’s data and they failed.

I bet they thought they had it in the bag, all mapped out by AI that had a “you can’t possibly lose” scenario all plotted out, – a scenario they are STILL trying to run in their scamming media as it all falls apart because they failed to realize that if you’re going to program an AI to win, it needs to have the truth.

And if it has that, and it is a genuine AI, one that will actually work, – you know, something that sees the world accurately like the mind of God, and you give it the truth it’s going to logic your evil plot right out of existence. A machine is a machine. You can’t tell a machine to be evil, it’s all just ones and zeros and if it’s all going to work, the input has to be accurate. Obviously they did not give it that, considering how fast this particular communist smack down bit the dust.

We now get to watch them spin the last yarns according to the direction of a faulty AI and FAIL, reality does not live in a box that has to compute outcomes based on bullshit.

They’ll soon have only a few big box stores to leverage fear into the kiddies and force compliance, only, it won’t be fear, it will be an irritation, but since that’s their last leverage point they’ll use it while society gets moving again with an irritation rather than a communist system.

I am actually surprised they screwed this up this badly. It was SO BAD people woke up before insurmountable damage was done. They’ll never get a chance at a virus plot again, EVER unless they do something like release smallpox and if they do that, everyone will know who did it. The genie is out of the bottle for them, they can’t put this type of scam back in the bottle and pour it fresh again EVER, and as a result the world is a whole lot safer from engineered sicknesses now.

Maybe it’s time to bring on the race war?!?

Featured

When normal became abnormal

Over the past six months we, as a people, have been put under house arrest, prevented from gathering socially and prevented from making a living over a virus that has had a fatality rate below a difficult annual influenza season. Finally, over the past three weeks the extreme left, aided an abetted by gutless politicians on both sides of the aisle, has used the egregious actions of four police officers against a career criminal to bring chaos and anarchy across the nation.

Donald Trump is many things. But one thing he is not is a defender of the 2009-2016 status quo and accepted progressive convention. Since 2017, everything has been in flux. Lots of past conventional assumptions of the Obama-Clinton-Romney-Bush generation were as unquestioned as they were suspect. No longer.

Everyone knew the Iran deal was a way for the mullahs to buy time and hoard their oil profits, to purchase or steal nuclear technology, to feign moderation, and to trade some hostages for millions in terrorist-seeding cash, and then in a few years spring an announcement that it had the bomb.

No one wished to say that. Trump did. He canceled the flawed deal without a second thought.

Everyone realized the Paris Climate Accord was a way for elites to virtue signal their green bona fides while making no adjustments in their global managerial lifestyles—at best. At worst, it was a shake-down both to transfer assets from the industrialized West to the “developing world” and to dull Western competitiveness with ascending rivals like India and China.

Not now. Trump withdrew from the agreement, met or exceeded the carbon emissions reductions of the deal anyway, and has never looked back at the flawed convention. The remaining signatories have little response to the U.S. departure, and none at all to de facto American compliance to their own targeted goals.

Rich NATO allies either could not or would not pay their promised defense commitments to the alliance. To embarrass them into doing so was seen as heretical. No more.

Trump ranted about the asymmetries. And more nations are increasing rather than decreasing their defense budgets.

The private consensus is that the NATO allies knew all along that they were exactly what Barack Obama once called “free riders” and justified that subsidization by ankle-biting the foreign policies of the United States—as if an uncouth America was lucky to underwrite such principled members. Again, no more fantasies.

China was fated to rule the world. Period.

Whining about its systematic commercial cheating was supposedly merely delaying the inevitable or would have bad repercussions later on. Progressives knew the Communists put tens of thousands of people in camps, rounded up Muslims, and destroyed civil liberties, and yet in “woke” fashion tip-toed around criticizing the Other.

Trump then destroyed the mirage of China as a Westernizing aspirant to the family of nations. In a protracted tariff struggle, there are lots of countries in Asia that could produce cheap goods as readily as China, but far fewer countries like the United States that have money to be siphoned off in mercantilism trade deals, or the technology to steal, or the preferred homes and universities in which to invest.

Republicans for the last 40 years joined progressives in ensuring that illegal immigration was mostly not measured, meritocratic, diverse, or lawful, but instead a means to serve a number of political agendas.

Most Americans demurred, but kept silent given the barrage of “racist,” “xenophobe,” and “nativist” cries that met any measured objection. Not so much now. Few any longer claim that the southern border is not being overrun, much less that allowing a non-diverse million illegal aliens in six months to flood into the United States without audit is proof that “diversity is our strength.”

The Republican Party’s prior role was to slow down the inevitable trajectory to European socialism, the end of American exceptionalism, and homogenized globalized culture. Losing nobly in national elections was one way of keeping one’s dignity, weepy wounded-fawn style, while the progressive historical arc kept bending to our collective future. Rolling one’s eyes on Sunday talk shows as a progressive outlined the next unhinged agenda was proof of tough resistance.

Like it or not, now lines are drawn. Trump so unhinged the Left that it finally tore off its occasional veneer of moderation, and showed us what progressives had in store for America.

Over the past six months we, as a people, have been put under house arrest, prevented from gathering socially and prevented from making a living over a virus that has had a fatality rate below a difficult annual influenza season. Finally, over the past three weeks the extreme left, aided an abetted by gutless politicians on both sides of the aisle, has used the egregious actions of four police officers against a career criminal to bring chaos and anarchy across the nation.

The current normal correctives were denounced as abnormal—as if living in a sovereign state with secure borders, assuming that the law was enforced equally among all Americans, demanding that citizenship was something more than mere residence, and remembering that successful Americans, not their government, built their own businesses and lives is now somehow aberrant or perverse.

The political problem, then, may be that the accelerating aberration of 2009-2016 was of such magnitude that normalcy is now seen as sacrilege.

Weaponizing the IRS, unleashing the FBI to spy on political enemies and to plot the removal of an elected president, politicizing the CIA to help to warp U.S. politics, allying the Justice Department with the Democratic National Committee, and reducing FISA courts to rubber stamps for pursuing administration enemies, that the perversion of freedom of speech and freedom to assemble into looting and destruction became the new normal. Calling all that a near coup was abnormal.

Let us hope that most Americans still prefer the abnormal remedy to the normal pathology.

Featured

Prayer for Saturday, June 6,2020

Psalms 52:2-3

“Thy tongue deviseth mischiefs; like a sharp razor, working deceitfully. Thou lovest evil more than good; and lying rather than to speak righteousness.”

Deviseth mischiefs – Lies and slanders proceeding from the tongue argue the desperate wickedness of the heart.

Like a sharp razor, working deceitfully – Which instead of taking off the beard, cuts and wounds the flesh; or as the operator who, when pretending to trim the beard, cuts the throat.

Seems to describe the media pretty well.

Featured

Alice in Wonderland Cognitive Dissonance

We’ve known that this was unconventional warfare but knowing that it’s called the Alice in Wonderland technique empowers you to identify it when it’s happening, to help you distance yourself from the fragmentation that it is attempting to induce.

On May 12th, Anthony Fauci testified before the Senate that reopening the economy too quickly could lead to “suffering and death that could be avoided [that] could even set you back on the road to…economic recovery.”

On May 23rd, Anthony Fauci appeared to reverse course when he told CNBC that the stay-at-home orders could end up causing “irreparable damage” and “I don’t want people to think that any of us feel that staying locked down for a prolonged period of time is the way to go.”

This about-face triggered tweets of exasperation. Then I saw a reference that what Fauci did was an example of the “Alice in Wonderland Technique”.

I’ve heard of Alice in Wonderland – but a technique by that name? This sent me down a rabbit hole for which I’m grateful, because for the past three years, I’ve been talking about the “psychological civil war” being waged against us, not knowing that the orchestrated gaslighting we’ve been subjected to is a scaled-up version of what was originally developed as an interrogation technique.

In other words, what we’ve been being put through is literally torture and the technique described in “Alice in Wonderland: The Power of Applied Confusion”, a chapter starting on page 129 of a manual entitled, ‘EDUCING INFORMATION – Interrogation: Science and Art’, published by the National Defense Intelligence College in 2006, citing a 1963 torture manual entitled, “KUBARK Counterintelligence Interrogation Manual, Human Resource Exploitation Training Manual,” based on CIA research, much of it conducted through the MK ULTRA program but some of it going all the way back to the 1350s, to the work of Nicholas Eymerich, Inquisitor General of Aragon, Spain.

“The purpose stated in the interrogation technique is not just to obliterate the normal. The purpose is also to replace that which is normal, with the mindbogglingly bizarre. So the person goes into a state of deep trauma that is so awful, they would rather give up their secrets and return to a reality that makes sense, than have to continue with more days [of this]. It takes days for them to crack, usually.”

To me, this describes the antics seen in the unrelenting #FakeNews, the Mueller Investigation and the fake impeachment, concomitant with things like #MeToo and the transgender putsch that have become the themes of this era.

Christine Blasey Ford, Jussie Smollett and the media crucifixion of Nick Sandmann were illogical orchestrated psyops designed to badger everyone into agreement, in order to just make it stop.

We’ve known that this was unconventional warfare but knowing that it’s called the Alice in Wonderland technique empowers you to identify it when it’s happening, to help you distance yourself from the fragmentation that it is attempting to induce.

I believe this could help us to cope with the madness of COVID-19. When we know that it’s called Alice in Wonderland and that it incorporates Gregory Bateson’s double-bind theory of Schizophrenia, scaled-up to the level of a global psyop, it can help us release ourselves from its thrall.

Featured

Defining tolerance

The fact that a general consensus towards an action can drive an individual’s conscious not only signifies a movement towards authoritarianism, but it also signifies movement towards social moral depravity.

Tolerance vs Acceptance. Living in the United States, it seems like we hear these two words almost every day. Many advocacy groups tend to use the words interchangeably, not recognizing the extensively different implications of each word. The fact is that these two words carry different connotations and implications. While we are in no way obligated to accept one another, in order to maintain our civilized society, we must be able to tolerate one another.

To tolerate something is to have a fair and objective attitude about someone whose opinions differ from their own. To accept something is to consciously approve of it. The difference is that tolerance is a virtue and a symbol of living in a civilized society. Acceptance implies that we must have uniform beliefs and perspectives in order to maintain society.

If a person feels that an action is morally wrong, then by the virtue of “acceptance”, they would be forced to ignore their conscious and believe that it is morally justified. The implication, then, is that people would be forced the let the general consensus of what is acceptable and what is not acceptable drive their own individual conscious of what is right and wrong.

By the virtue of tolerance, on the other hand, no one is obligated to believe an action is necessarily right or wrong. Rather, they are encouraged to look at issues with an objective attitude and the aim of looking for what ought to be. In the well-known words of Aristotle, “It is the mark of an educated mind to be able to entertain a thought without accepting it.” Simply put, you cannot accept something without tolerating it, but you can tolerate something without accepting it.

No one, not even society, should be able to have control over another individual’s conscious. The free exercise of conscious is essential towards preserving one’s moral integrity. It is the innate ability to feel and give weight to the moral emotions. It is the “common sense” at the heart of common sense moral philosophy.

The fact that a general consensus towards an action can drive an individual’s conscious not only signifies a movement towards authoritarianism, but it also signifies movement towards social moral depravity. We need to stop forcing people to be accepting of one another and their actions and start encouraging people to tolerate one another. Whether or not someone is willing to accept something is up to their own conscious. America was built on the notion of freedom of thought and personal liberties. While forced acceptance is a violation of this ideal, tolerance is integral towards preserving it.

Featured

Facebook’s Snopes Fact-checkers

Why does this Enquirer-worthy story matter? Well, would you buy a used “fact” from these people? “The eye altering alters all,” observed poet William Blake.

CLAIM: “Facebook ‘fact checker’ who will arbitrate on ‘fake news’ is accused of defrauding website to pay for prostitutes — and its staff includes an escort-porn star and ‘Vice Vixen dome.’”

Although the above is the form used to introduce topics at “fact-checking” website Snopes.com, don’t hold your breath waiting for this particular claim to appear there anytime soon. This isn’t because the quoted sentence, a Daily Mail headline, is true or untrue. It’s because it’s all too revealing about Snopes’ CEO — in a “the emperor has no clothes” kind of way.

The claim of embezzlement was made by Snopes founder Barbara Mikkelson against co-founder and ex-husband David Mikkelson; the pair are locked in a bitter legal dispute in which they accuse each other of financial impropriety.

This he-said/she-said story takes on importance because of what Facebook recently said: that Snopes will be one of the fact-checking outlets it will use to determine if news is “fake” and should, therefore, be discredited and sent to Internet Siberia. Other Facebook fact-checkers are media organs such as ABC, the Associated Press, and Politifact — left-leaning entities all.

Not surprisingly, the Snopes fact-checking couple can’t agree on the facts surrounding their own decoupling. As the Daily Mail reports:

Legal filings seen by DailyMail.com detail a lengthy financial and corporate dispute which stretches long after their divorce, and which one lawyer describes as ‘contentious’ in court documents.

In the filings, Barbara, 57, has accused her former husband, 56, of ‘raiding the corporate business Bardav bank account for his personal use and attorney fees’ without consulting her.

She also claimed he embezzled $98,000 from the company over the course of four years ‘which he expended upon himself and the prostitutes he hired’.

… In court records, Barbara alleged that her ex-husband removed thousands from their business accounts between April and June of 2016 to pay for trips for him and his ‘girlfriend’.

She claimed he spent nearly $10,000 on a 24-day ‘personal vacation’ in India this year and expensed his girlfriend’s plane ticket to Buenos Aires.

‘He’s been depleting the corporate account by spending monies from it on his personal expenses,’ said Barbara in a filing last June.

Of course, David disputes the above. He says the India trip was business-related — he was getting a sense of the culture because he’s considering establishing a fact-checking website on the subcontinent — and that he went to Buenos Aires for a fact-checking conference. The Mail doesn’t indicate that he disputed the allegations about company funds used for prostitutes.

What is not in dispute is that Snopes smacks of a den of iniquity. Having divorced Barbara last year, David married 47-year-old Elyssa Young, a longtime escort and porn actress whose working name is “Erin O’Bryn.” Note, David had previously hired Young to be an “administrative assistant” at Snopes.

Young has an “escort”-oriented Twitter page and website, which the Mail states appear to still be active, and has described herself as “a mature and experienced courtesan [what the less sophisticated call a ‘hooker’], idealist, activist & dreamer.”

The fees she dreams of, and presumably received, are $1,200 for four hours and $5,000 for a full 24. For that you can have “‘an elite and discreet companion’ who ‘understands that while pleasure and passion may be explored in the bedroom, it is hardly the only place,’” wrote Young.

It’s not known if David Mikkelson advertises for hires in a red-light district, but Young is perhaps not the strangest Snopes fact maven. As Breitbart informs, “Writing under the pseudonym Vice Vixen, Snopes fact-checker Kim LaCapria regularly wrote about sex and fetish gear on her own blog, which was described as a lifestyle blog ‘with a specific focus on naughtiness, sin, carnal pursuits, and general hedonism and bonne vivante-ery.’ LaCapria’s blog often featured reviews of sex toys…. On another blog, LaCapria once described what she did on her day off, writing that she ‘played scrabble, smoked pot, and posted to Snopes.’ She then added, ‘That’s what I did on my day ‘on,’ too.’”

In other words, she admitted she has done her Snopes work while stoned.

LaCapria also revealed that she has strong dominatrix instincts and, more bizarrely still, said she was “addicted to smutty HP [Harry Potter] fanfic,” according to the Mail.

Why does this Enquirer-worthy story matter? Well, would you buy a used “fact” from these people? “The eye altering alters all,” observed poet William Blake. People enthusiastically indulging vice and unapologetically proclaiming it are called vice-ridden, and it’s risky to assume that amidst a pattern of vice a person would exhibit the virtue of honesty. Moreover, this quality and another virtue, diligence, are prerequisites for competence. Just ask yourself if you would retain the services of an auto mechanic, a baby-sitter, or a brain surgeon you knew had a LaCapria-like altered eye. Would you want to elect a politician who did?

Losing sight of the virtue/vice character yardstick creates an altered eye resulting in altered judgment. Just consider the Duke University rape frame-up case in 2006. Media and social activists formed a life-rending lynch mob against three white Duke lacrosse players who were falsely accused of rape by black stripper Crystal Mangum (now incarcerated for murder in an unrelated incident). As New York Times public editor Dan Okrent put it, alluding to the prejudices coloring judgment, “It was white over black, it was male over female, it was rich over poor, educated over uneducated.”

In fact, Durham County District Attorney Mike Nifong was so corrupt in his prosecutorial efforts of the Duke trio that he was forced to resign and was disbarred. Yet common sense should have informed that strippers aren’t exactly reliable sources. Mind you, I’m not saying a rush to judgment should blithely dismiss such a person’s claims — only that a bigotry-born rush to misjudgment caused them to be blithely labeled gospel.

Featured

I will not conform

When the “new normal” is filled with starvation, depression, suicide, child abuse, domestic violence, imprisonment, governmental spying, and pure DESPERATION, the “virus” is going to look preferable to the world you helped facilitate.

I’m sorry but anyone that thinks that social distancing is a good idea for the next few years, actually wants to be micro-chipped or thinks that a ‘benevolent’ dictatorship is for the good of humanity, I don’t want to give that point of view any of my energy.

I am a free Human Being and if you want to stay home, stay home. That’s your sovereign right to choose.

If you want to wear a mask, wear a mask. That’s your sovereign right to choose.

If you want to avoid large crowds, avoid large crowds. That’s your sovereign right to choose

I am not required to descend into poverty for YOU.

I am not required to abstain from human contact for YOU.

I refuse to participate in “quarantine life” until there’s an unsafe, untested vaccine released in eighteen months.

I refuse to receive a vaccine to make others feel more safe. That’s my sovereign right to choose!

If you’re convinced the vaccine is safe and effective, you can get it yourself.

Some of you are allowing fear and policies devoid of scientifically accurate data to destroy the country you live in and ruin your life.

We have a constitutional right to take risks. Life is full of bacteria and viruses, many of which spread before symptoms manifest and after they subside.

We have a sovereign right to receive OR refuse vaccines.

The data was inaccurate at best; purposely overblown to justify government overreaction at worst.

Stop allowing the government to destroy:

The food supply;

Small businesses;

Medical autonomy;

Access to healthcare;

Mass gatherings;

Privacy rights;

Our mental health & freedom

When the “new normal” is filled with starvation, depression, suicide, child abuse, domestic violence, imprisonment, governmental spying, and pure DESPERATION, the “virus” is going to look preferable to the world you helped facilitate.

I’m going to turn this around on people from now on. Those that say I’m (or anyone that supports this) putting money over lives by wanting the country back open for business…

Hear this:

-YOU don’t care about the people that will kill themselves out of hopelessness

-YOU don’t care about small businesses that’ll close their doors (THEIR LIVELIHOOD) permanently

-YOU don’t care about the children/women/men that’ll be victims of domestic abuse

-YOU don’t care about people defaulting on their mortgages

-YOU don’t care about bills going unpaid by families with ZERO income right now

-YOU don’t care about people wondering where their next meal will come from

-YOU don’t care about the people that’ll lose their sobriety and slip back into alcoholism

-YOU don’t care about the people that will starve

-YOU support the inevitable looting that’ll take place

-YOU don’t care about anyone that’s murdered the longer this shut down goes on

-YOU don’t care about people’s mental health

-YOU don’t care about the children that DO need teachers and educators to guild & educate them

-YOU don’t care about the economy crashing down around us

-YOU DON’T CARE.

-YOU love your shackles

-YOU are pathetic, begging your leaders for MORE shut down and MORE regulations and MORE handouts

I will NOT tolerate another person telling me that I don’t care about lives.

I care about the situation in its entirety.

But YOU don’t care about any of that so…

YOU stay home.

YOU wear a mask.

YOU live in fear.

I on the other hand will not. As is my sovereign right to choose NOT To!

Featured

Is the media the enemy of the American People?

An enemy media would undermine the government, publish its national security secrets, portray the people in the worst possible light and advocate policies meant to leave America poorer and weaker.

Is the media the enemy of the American people?

President Trump had referred to the New York Times, CNN and NBC News as “the enemy of the American people” shortly after taking office. At CPAC, soon afterward, he declared, “I called the fake news the enemy of the people, and they are — they are the enemy of the people.”

Trump’s comments inspired Washington Post and New York Times pieces comparing him to Stalin. Every marginal political figure looking for 15 seconds of slobbering media coverage, from Senator Jeff Flake to Khrushchev’s great-granddaughter, joined in with the silly Stalin analogies.

CBS and NBC vet Marvin Kalb wrote a book ponderously titled, “Enemy of the People: Trump’s War on the Press, the New McCarthyism, and the Threat to American Democracy.” Despite the media’s outrage at being called names, it’s not at all shy about calling the President all sorts of apocalyptic names.

“Mr. President, will you stop calling us the enemy of the people, sir? CNN’s Jim Acosta demanded during a recent tax anniversary reform event.

That’s not too likely.

In a USA Today poll, 34% of voters agreed that the media was the enemy of the people. Other polls also showed a sizable amount of agreement that the media was innately hostile to the American people.

Is the media really the enemy of the American people? Let’s tackle the question objectively.

Enemies hate you and want to destroy you. Do the New York Times, the Washington Post, CNN, CBS, and the whole alphabet soup of organizations with corporate headquarters in major cities really want to destroy the people who watch their programs, buy their papers and serve them soup after hours?

It seems implausible. But so did the Communists of the Khmer Rouge shooting everyone who wore glasses. Or North Korea’s multi-generational concentration camps, Nazi Germany diverting crucial resources from the war effort to kill Jews, or Venezuela shipping oil to Cuba while its people starve.

Plausibility is a poor measure of what fanatical ideologues might do. Let’s start with what they do, do.

While Jim Acosta was demanding a retraction for being called an “enemy of the people”, the media had thrown every effort into opening the border. The American people are defined by their physical possession of the territory. And that territory and its possession is defined and measured by a border.

You can’t advocate the destruction of the American people and then object to being called their enemy.

Without a border, there is no America and no American people. The territories formerly known as the United States fill up with various peoples who claim the entitlements of citizenship but not its responsibilities, whose identity is not of their current country of residency, but of their country of birth.

You don’t need to be an American to watch CNN, MSNBC or serve soup to one of their reporters. They would rather you weren’t. That’s what replacing Americans with cheap labor and cheap votes is about.

The media’s first allegiance is to the left. Not to America. Its people are not Americans. They’re leftists. The politics of the left are geared at replacing Americans with leftists through a combination of indoctrination, demographic replacement, economic warfare and voter suppression.

Destroying the American people would be an act worthy of an “enemy of the people”.

The media is offended by being referred to as the “enemy of the people”. But does it believe that the American people have the right to exist and maintain their existence? And if so, on what terms?

The media has opposed every war that against Communism or Islamism that the United States has fought. It has sought to undermine our country and our soldiers in these conflicts on various pretexts.

The media has covered up numerous acts of violence by Islamic terrorists. It has sided with Islamic terror networks such as the Muslim Brotherhood. It has urged our government to arm Islamic terrorists. It has supported Iran’s push for a nuclear bomb. It has spread disinformation about the links between Islamic terrorists and their domestic support networks. It has worked to silence law enforcement and intelligence officials who attempted to warn about the threat of Islamic terrorism.

If the Muslim Brotherhood controlled the media, would the news look any different than it does now?

This isn’t a shocking new development. The media repeatedly sided with Communist nations, guerrillas, spies, terrorists and superpowers against our own government. It covered up atrocities by the Soviet Union, glamorized Communist spies, urged that we arm and aid Communist nations, and undermined allied governments, and even our own government and its soldiers when they fought Communism.

There has never been a time in the last century when enemy propaganda wasn’t on the front pages of the major newspapers of America. After the fall of the USSR, the media traded the red for the green. Its collusion with the Islamic conspiracy is a sequel to its collusion with the Communist conspiracy.

Is this the behavior of an American institution or an enemy institution out to destroy America?

On the domestic stage, the media has repeatedly advocated for policies that have cost countless American lives and jobs. Its pro-crime advocacy has empowered gangs and thugs. Its economic programs have devastated cities, agricultural and industrial areas.

The media’s broadcasts claim that America is evil. It empowers the hateful voices of black nationalists and Islamist activists that want to destroy America. It calls for the eradication of the major historical figures. It cheers when Christopher Columbus and George Washington are removed from public places.

Any foreigner watching and reading the media comes away with the impression that America is a racist country whose institutions and populace are utterly despicable, and who have no right to exist.

If an actual foreign enemy were in charge of our news coverage, how different would it be?

There’s really not that much difference between how the media covers America, and how Al Jazeera, RT, Xinhau and other enemy state media cover America.

An enemy media would undermine the government, publish its national security secrets, portray the people in the worst possible light and advocate policies meant to leave America poorer and weaker.

How is that any different from what the New York Times and the Washington Post already do?

Featured

Godspeed Dragon

I reflect on the dreams and aspirations of that self-proclaimed nerd…

On October 4, 1957 Sputnik was launched at 10:29 p.m. Moscow time from the Tyuratam launch base in the Kazakh Republic. On the following day an eleven year old “nerd” heard the news and excitedly turned on the family floor model Philco multi-band radio to scan the short wave bands and hear the new baby moon go da-da-da.

On February 20, 1962, a fifteen year old high school junior was enthralled when John H. Glenn, Jr., became the first American to orbit Earth. An Atlas launch vehicle propelled a Mercury spacecraft into Earth orbit and enabled Glenn to circle Earth three times. It was the stuff teen-aged dreams were made of.

On July 20, 1969, a twenty-three year old married father of two was awestruck when Neil Armstrong became the first person to walk on the moon, a short six years before the martyred president John F. Kennedy has promised the world that we would go to the moon in a decade.
After many years the excitement and wonder of space travel tended to slip from pubic sight with the space shuttle becoming seemingly commonplace with the exception of the loss of the shuttle crew carrying Christa McCauliff.

Today, May 30, 2020, sixty-three years after Sputnik, the United States returned to launching American astronauts from American soil riding American rockets. As a seventy-four year old man I reflect on the dreams and aspirations of that self-proclaimed nerd and dare to hope that somewhere there is eleven year old excited and inspired to perhaps be a part of the American adventure to the stars and beyond.

Godspeed Dragon, may your flight be glorious and a beacon for the new generation of space dreamers.

Featured

Prayers for Saturday, May 30, 2020

How amazing is this? Mere coincidence? Hardly! Everything in creation declares God’s wonders, awesomeness, beauty, wisdom, and plan.

“‘Come now, and let us reason together,’
Says the Lord,
‘Though your sins are as scarlet,
They will be as white as snow;
Though they are red like crimson,
They will be like wool.’”
(Isaiah 1:18)

What an amazing promise and offer from God! No matter how foul and filthy we are and how horribly we have sinned, God is willing to forgive, forget, and wipe our slate clean! What kind of love is this? What kind of mercy? He even bids us come and reason with Him. What a reflection of the patience and compassion of God.

I looked up the meanings of the words for crimson and scarlet. Believe it or not, the Hebrew definitions are pretty much the same, and they are not so much about the colors scarlet and crimson as they are about worms. Worms?

What do worms have to do with being cleansed by God? If we take a closer look at the meanings from which the names of these colors –– both deep red like blood –– are derived, we see that they come from the worm or grub from which scarlet and crimson dyes were obtained during biblical times. This particular type of worm, the coccus illicis, would climb onto a tree, or wooden post, attach itself to the wood in a way that it could never be removed, and there give birth to its young. Right after she gave birth, the mother would die and secrete the crimson or scarlet fluid from her body which would then stain the wood. As she gave birth, her body would also form a protective covering over her young, and they would feed on her body to sustain them with nourishment and give them life. Once they were able, the larvae came out from under her body, and from the tree which was now stained crimson from her dying blood, her body would turn into a powder which would then fall like snow from the tree.

“But now ask the beasts, and let them teach you;
And the birds of the heavens, and let them tell you.
Or speak to the earth, and let it teach you;
And let the fish of the sea declare to you.
Who among all these does not know
That the hand of the Lord has done this,
In whose hand is the life of every living thing,
And the breath of all mankind?”
(Job 12:7-10)

How amazing is this? Mere coincidence? Hardly! Everything in creation declares God’s wonders, awesomeness, beauty, wisdom, and plan. One thousand years before Jesus laid down His life, was crucified on the cross to shed His blood to cleanse and forgive us, and to give us new life, this is what King David prophesied of the coming Messiah:

“But I am a worm and not a man,
A reproach of men and despised by the people.
All who see me sneer at me;
They separate with the lip, they wag the head, saying,
‘Commit yourself to the Lord; let Him deliver him;
Let Him rescue him, because He delights in him.’
Yet You are He who brought me forth from the womb;
You made me trust when upon my mother’s breasts.
Upon You I was cast from birth;
You have been my God from my mother’s womb.
Be not far from me, for trouble is near;
For there is none to help.
Many bulls have surrounded me;
Strong bulls of Bashan have encircled me.
They open wide their mouth at me,
As a ravening and a roaring lion.
I am poured out like water,
And all my bones are out of joint;
My heart is like wax;
It is melted within me.

My strength is dried up like a potsherd,
And my tongue cleaves to my jaws;

And You lay me in the dust of death.
For dogs have surrounded me;
A band of evildoers has encompassed me;
They pierced my hands and my feet.
I can count all my bones.
They look, they stare at me;
They divide my garments among them,
And for my clothing they cast lots.”
(Psalm 22:6-18)

By the way, the word illicis in the Latin name for this worm means “finished.” When Jesus bore our sins on the tree, He said, “It is finished.”

Coincidence? Hardly! Jesus, the King of all creation, became that worm so that we could become His sons and daughters and live with Him forever. He didn’t just take on or cover our sin, but He actually became our sin so that we could become the righteousness of God in Him, the just for the unjust, the godly for the ungodly. And He gave us a picture of what He would do and did for us in this lowly coccus illicis worm.

If you had a Bible, and somehow all the pages or verses got ripped out except for one or two, these few verses could sum up the gospel in a nutshell, just like that grub sums up the gospel in a worm. If it’s all you had, this would pretty much explain the amazing love and mercy of our God and Jesus who came to give His life and shed His blood to make us clean and new:

“For we also once were foolish ourselves, disobedient, deceived, enslaved to various lusts and pleasures, spending our life in malice and envy, hateful, hating one another. But when the kindness of God our Savior and His love for mankind appeared, He saved us, not on the basis of deeds which we have done in righteousness, but according to His mercy, by the washing of regeneration and renewing by the Holy Spirit, whom He poured out upon us richly through Jesus Christ our Savior, so that being justified by His grace we would be made heirs according to the hope of eternal life.”
(Titus 3:3-7)

Featured

A Pandemic…or not?

James Madison once said, “A popular Government, without popular information, or the means of acquiring it, is but a Prologue to a Farce or a Tragedy; or, perhaps both.”

A typical flu season is about 4 months, and we’re now 5 months into this. And if you’ve been following the information here on the board, the actual number of deaths directly attributed to the WuFlu virus is about half the number the media have been throwing around. Half of those deaths are nursing home deaths in NY, and a large fraction of the total deaths in the rest of the country are the very elderly as well.

James Madison once said, “A popular Government, without popular information, or the means of acquiring it, is but a Prologue to a Farce or a Tragedy; or, perhaps both.” The coronavirus fascists have succeeded in cementing their illogical, immoral, and illegal policies through the prism of false information about the timing of the virus, the specific nature and severity of the overall fatality rate, the number of actual deaths, and the utility (or perhaps harm) of lockdown policies in actually mitigating deaths – all the while obfuscating the much higher collateral deaths and damage caused by the lockdown itself.

Every day we learn new information demonstrating the lies driving lockdown.

1) The shocking inflation of COVID-19 death numbers: From day one, we were warned that states are ascribing every single death of anyone who happens to test positive for the coronavirus — even if they are asymptomatic — to the virus rather than the clear cause of death. Now, thanks to a lawsuit in Colorado, the state was forced to revise its death count down by 23 % over the weekend — from 1,150 to 878. The state is now publishing numbers of deaths “with” COVID-19 separate from deaths “from” COVID-19. County officials started accusing the state’s department of health of reclassifying deaths of those who tested positive for the virus but died of things like alcohol poisoning as COVID-19 deaths just to insidiously inflate the numbers. This revision in Colorado is a bombshell story that, of course, will remain unknown to most Americans. Every state needs to do this, and if they did, we would find an across-the-board drop in numbers by at least 25%, the same percenage by which Dr. Birx reportedly believes the count is being inflated, according to the Washington Post. For example, in Minnesota, state officials are now admitting that every single person who dies in a nursing home after testing positive is now deemed to have died from the virus, never mind the fact that 25% of all natural deaths in a given week occur in nursing homes and that most cases of COVID-19 are asymptomatic, which means more often than not, they died exclusively of other causes.

2) States with longer lockdowns had worse results: Kyle Lamb posted a solid analysis on Twitter, grouping states by how long they implemented a lockdown and averaging out the deaths per 100,000 people by each grouping. The results are astounding, as there is a perfectly inverse relationship between how long a state implemented a lockdown and how successful it was in keeping the deaths down.

While this doesn’t necessarily prove that lockdowns cause more COVID-19 deaths (although they definitely cause other deaths), it’s nearly impossible to assert the other way around – that lockdowns prevent deaths – if we see zero correlation in the data. This is especially true given that Florida is the third most populous state and has the highest concentration of seniors, yet deaths and hospitalizations are way down since the state reopened on May 4. Florida is more densely populated than Michigan and Pennsylvania, yet has one-sixth and one-fourth of the deaths per capita, respectively. The same holds true for Georgia, which is a fairly densely populated state. Infections are down over 40% and deaths are down 31% since reopening. As Secretary of Health Alex Azar said, “We are seeing that in places that are opening, we’re not seeing this spike in cases. We still see spikes in some areas that are, in fact, closed.”

3) Outside nursing homes, the fatality rate never warranted such action, even if it would work: Every day we find more hard data showing that the overwhelming majority of cases are asymptomatic or mildly symptomatic, and outside nursing homes, the chance of dying is very low and very limited to a population we can more efficiently shield. For those who are younger and healthier, deaths are almost nonexistent. Spain was one of the hardest-hit countries and has a higher overall fatality rate than others, yet its age-stratified fatality rates mirror what we have seen in the Netherlands, Denmark, France, and elsewhere. One Twitter commentator has broken down the age-based fatality rates of the comprehensive Spanish antibody study, and the results are similar to what we’ve seen elsewhere.

Remember, Spain was one of the hardest-hit countries, but even there, 57% of all deaths and the overwhelming majority of deaths of those above age 80 were in senior care facilities. When you take them out of the equation, the death rates are shockingly low. Yet the same politicians who focused on locking up an entire country failed to care for those in nursing homes.

4) Outside New York, this is barely worse than bad flu seasons: While Europe is opening its schools, almost every U.S. state continues to keep schools shut. Yet according to the CDC’s latest weekly report, “For children (0-17 years), COVID-19 hospitalization rates are much lower than influenza hospitalization rates at comparable time points during recent influenza seasons.” Even the World Health Organization’s top scientist just admitted that children “seem less capable of spreading the virus.” As for everyone else, if you look at the bump in overall deaths for most states (outside the tristate area), they are either at, slightly below, or slight above the 2018 flu season. But at this point, everything is way below a typical flu season in the winter, yet you wouldn’t know it from listening to the media. According to the CDC, hospitalizations and deaths have been declining in all 10 designated regions for the past 3-7 weeks. Still, we are now being more fascist that even Italy in violating civil rights.

5) Excess deaths are from the lockdowns, not the virus: While there is zero evidence that lockdowns saved any lives of coronavirus patients, there is clear evidence they cost other lives. It has been observed in a number of states that there are excess deaths being detected, primarily from people dying at home. The CDC is predicting 21,462-40,097 excess deaths NOT due to COVID-19, likely from those too scared to come to the ER because of the exaggerated risk being associated with COVID-19. Also, a recent analysis of excess deaths in England shows that they are seeing thousands of people dying at home from other symptoms because of the lockdown.

6) Social distancing was invented by a high-school kid and politicians, not scientists: Jeffrey Tucker of the American Institute for Economic research reports that the origin of this cult of “social distancing” being used for totalitarian lockdowns was the brainchild of a high schooler’s sociology paper in 2006, promoted by the Bush administration during the avian flu. It was widely mocked by the epidemiological community, including by Johns Hopkins, for “causing the potential for a ‘serious adverse outcome,’” thereby ensuring that “a manageable epidemic could move toward catastrophe.”

How have we allowed such an illogical approach to crush our liberties, economy, hospitals, education, and criminal justice? How have we lost our freedoms?

The answer is that the public is not getting the right information. This is why the political class is doing everything in its power to censor anyone who dares question the idolatry of this lockdown cult. YouTube has censored the videos of Knut Wittkowski, who was a top epidemiologist in Germany and then served as the head of biostatistics, epidemiology, and research design at Rockefeller University. One would think we’d want to hear his opinion, but there is only one view that is allowed to gain traction. Why is it that only one side is scared of the information of the other side?

As James Madison warned, “Knowledge will forever govern ignorance: And a people who mean to be their own Governors, must arm themselves with the power which knowledge gives.”

Featured

Justice?

Let that sink in for a moment: members of the Justice Department and Intelligence community did not witness any crimes, they just didn’t think the elected President of the United States had any right to change US policy.

Of all the officers of the Government, those of the Department of Justice should be kept most free from any suspicion of improper action on partisan or factional grounds, so that there shall be gradually a growth, even though a slow growth, in the knowledge that the Federal courts and the representatives of the Federal Department of Justice insist on meting out even-handed justice to all.

  • Theodore Roosevelt, letter to Attorney General William H. Moody (August 9, 1904)

The most shocking thing to come out thus far is confirmation that no matter who is elected President of the United States, the permanent government will not allow a change in our aggressive interventionist foreign policy.

According to testimony, the Justice Department and DEA was concerned over “influencers promoting a false narrative of Ukraine inconsistent with the consensus views of the interagency.”

“Consensus views of the interagency” is another word for “deep state.”

Let that sink in for a moment: members of the Justice Department and Intelligence community did not witness any crimes, they just didn’t think the elected President of the United States had any right to change US policy.

And who gets to decide US foreign policy objectives in Europe? Not the US President, according to government bureaucrat Fiona Hill. In fact, Hill told Congress that, “If the President, or anyone else, impedes or subverts the national security of the United States in order to further domestic political or personal interests, that is more than worthy of your attention.”

Who was Fiona Hill’s boss? Former National Security Advisor John Bolton, who no doubt agreed that the president has no right to change US foreign policy. Bolton’s the one who “explained” that when Trump said US troops would come home it actually meant troops would stay put.

Meanwhile, both Democrats and Republicans in large majority voted to continue spying on the rest of us by extending the unpatriotic Patriot Act. Authoritarianism is the real bipartisan philosophy in Washington.

Featured

Soft Civil War?

Donald Trump has caused the Shadow Government to come out of hiding: Professional government is a guild. Like medieval guilds. You can’t serve in it if you’re not a member. If you haven’t been indoctrinated into its arcane rituals. If you aren’t in the club.

This is a fascinating (and scary) read.  One of the best nutshell descriptions of our current political situation that I’ve seen.

Dr. Jack Devere Minzey, born 6 October 1928, died 8 April 2018, was the Department Head of Education at Eastern Michigan University as well as a prolific author of numerous books, most of which were on the topic of Education and the Government role therein. (Editor’s note) This was the last of his works:

Civil War:  How do civil wars happen?

By Dr. Jack Devere Minzey

Two or more sides disagree on who runs the country.  And they can’t settle the question through elections because they don’t even agree that elections are how you decide who’s in charge.  That’s the basic issue here  Who decides who runs the country? When you hate each other but accept the election results, you have a country.  When you stop accepting election results, you have a countdown to a civil war.

The Mueller investigation was about removing President Trump from office and overturning the results of an election.  We all know that. But it’s not the first time they’ve done this.  The first time a Republican president was elected this century, they said he didn’t really win.  The Supreme Court gave him the election.  There’s a pattern here

What do sure odds of the Democrats rejecting the next Republican president really mean?  It means they don’t accept the results of any election that they don’t win.  It means they don’t believe that transfers of power in this country are determined by elections. That’s a civil war.

There’s no shooting.  At least not unless you count the attempt to kill a bunch of Republicans at a charity baseball game practice.  But the Democrats have rejected our system of government.

This isn’t dissent.  It’s not disagreement.  You can hate the other party.  You can think they’re the worst thing that ever happened to the country.  But then you work harder to win the next election.  When you consistently reject the results of elections that you don’t win, what you want is a dictatorship.

Your very own dictatorship.

The only legitimate exercise of power in this country, according to Democrats, is its own.  Whenever Republicans exercise power, it’s inherently illegitimate The Democrats lost Congress.  They lost the White House.  So what did they do?  They began trying to run the country through Federal judges and bureaucrats.  Every time that a Federal judge issues an order saying that the President of the United States can’t scratch his own back without his say so, that’s the civil war.

Our system of government is based on the constitution, but that’s not the system that runs this country.  The Democrat’s system is that any part of government that it runs gets total and unlimited power over the country.

If the Democrats are in the White House, then the president can do anything  And I mean anything.  He can have his own amnesty for illegal aliens.  He can fine you for not having health insurance.  He can use the IRS as his own police force and imprison citizens who speak against him.  He can provide guns and money (Fast and Furious) (Iran nuclear deal) to other countries to support his own agenda, and watch while one of America’s Ambassador’s is dragged through the streets and murdered doing nothing to aid our citizens.  His power is unlimited.  He’s a dictator.  But when Republicans get into the White House, suddenly the President can’t do anything.  He isn’t even allowed to undo the illegal alien amnesty that his predecessor illegally invented.  A Democrat in the White House has ‘discretion’ to completely decide every aspect of immigration policy.  A Republican doesn’t even have the ‘discretion’ to reverse him.  That’s how the game is played.  That’s how our country is run. Sad but true, although the left hasn’t yet won that particular fight.

When a Democrat is in the White House, states aren’t even allowed to enforce immigration law.  But when a Republican is in the White House, states can create their own immigration laws.  Under Obama, a state wasn’t allowed to go to the bathroom without asking permission.  But under Trump, Jerry Brown can go around saying that California is an independent republic and sign treaties with other countries.  The Constitution has something to say about that.  Whether it’s Federal or State, Executive, Legislative or Judiciary, the left moves power around to run the country.  If it controls an institution, then that institution is suddenly the supreme power in the land.  This is what I call a moving dictatorship

Donald Trump has caused the Shadow Government to come out of hiding: Professional government is a guild.  Like medieval guilds.  You can’t serve in it if you’re not a member.  If you haven’t been indoctrinated into its arcane rituals.  If you aren’t in the club. And Trump isn’t in the club.  He brought in a bunch of people who aren’t in the club with him.

Now we’re seeing what the pros do when amateurs try to walk in on them.  They spy on them, they investigate them and they send them to jail.  They use the tools of power to bring them down.

That’s not a free country.

It’s not a free country when FBI agents who support Hillary take out an ‘insurance policy’ against Trump winning the election.  It’s not a free country when Obama officials engage in massive unmasking of the opposition.  It’s not a free country when the media responds to the other guy winning by trying to ban the conservative media that supported him from social media.  It’s not a free country when all of the above collude together to overturn an election because the guy who wasn’t supposed to win did.

Have no doubt, we’re in a civil war between conservative volunteer government and a leftist   socialist Democrat professional government.

Well now Pilgrims and Patriots, having read the above, I suggest two things:  forward this very timely, very important analysis to those whom you believe think like you do (and those that don’t) and ask them to read it.

“Let all sides be fairly heard.”

Featured

Fudging the numbers?

Last month, New York funeral home directors blew the whistle about inflated coronavirus death numbers. Death certificates mark “COVID-19” as the cause of death even when the deceased hadn’t tested positive for coronavirus, much less actually died of the virus.

Thinking for yourself is hard, that’s why the “Powers that be” want you to let the State and the media do it for you.

Last month, New York funeral home directors blew the whistle about inflated coronavirus death numbers. Death certificates mark “COVID-19” as the cause of death even when the deceased hadn’t tested positive for coronavirus, much less actually died of the virus. This week, a San Diego county supervisor suggested the numbers are even more inflated.

“We’ve unfortunately had six pure, solely coronavirus deaths — six out of 3.3 million people,” County Supervisor Jim Desmond said on the radio show Armstrong & Getty Extra Large Interviews., The San Diego Union-Tribune reported. San Diego County had reported roughly 190 deaths at the time — the current number is 200.

Desmond went on to criticize California’s lockdown. “I mean, what number are we trying to get to with those odds. I mean, it’s incredible. We want to be safe, and we can do it, but unfortunately, it’s more about control than getting the economy going again and keeping people safe,” he said.

In short, Desmond was suggesting that while COVID-19 may have contributed to the 190 deaths, most of those deaths were due in part to previous, unrelated health concerns.

Indeed, the disease has proven most deadly for people with underlying health conditions, so it stands to reason that “pure, solely coronavirus deaths” would be the minority — perhaps even just 3.2 percent of the total recorded deaths, as Desmond suggested.

As of Friday afternoon, there have been 87,218 deaths attributed to COVID-19 in the U.S. If Desmond’s claim is accurate and if that 3.2 percent rate holds across the country, and discounting the death certificate inflation, that would mean there are only 2,891 “pure, solely coronavirus deaths” in the U.S.

This is a rough estimate and it would be extremely difficult to confirm. Furthermore, there is little reason to dismiss a death when coronavirus has indeed contributed to it. If someone already had a serious case of asthma, got coronavirus, and died, it would be fair to say coronavirus contributed to the death.

However, the likelihood that “pure, solely coronavirus deaths” are so low does make a difference when analyzing the pandemic in terms of years of life lost, an important measurement. The Centers for Disease Control (CDC) applies a principle that “the allocation of health resources must consider not only the number of deaths by cause but also by age.” Therefore, the CDC explains that the “years of potential life lost” is a useful figure — not because the lives of young people are more important than the lives of the elderly, but because humans can only delay death, not prevent it, and beause there is a difference between a disease that kills a 20-year-old in the prime of her life and one that kills a 90-year-old who would have otherwise died a month later.

Taking this figure, James Agresti and Andrew Glen at Just Facts compared the maximum years of life the lockdowns could possibly save and compared it to the years of life lost from the anxiety surrounding the pandemic, including lockdown anxiety. “The anxiety from reactions to Covid-19—such as business shutdowns, stay-at-home orders, media exaggerations, and legitimate concerns about the virus—will extinguish at least seven times more years of life than can possibly be saved by the lockdowns,” they concluded.

Since COVID-19 robs an average of 12 years of life from its victims, the lockdowns could save no more than 7.4 million years of life. Meanwhile, the anxiety and stress of the pandemic will cost 42.9 million Americans an average of 1.3 years of life, thus destroying 55.7 million years of life.

The coronavirus anxiety and stress cost at least 7.5 times more in terms of years of life than the lockdowns could possibly save, according to Just Facts.

If Jim Desmond is correct about the low rate of “pure, solely coronavirus deaths,” then COVID-19 may take even fewer years of life from its victims, thus bolstering the case against the lockdowns even further.

Americans would be wrong to only consider “pure, solely coronavirus deaths” in their analysis of the coronavirus pandemic. Even when COVID-19 only exacerbates a pre-existing condition and causes death that way, that death is tragic and rightly considered part of the pandemic. However, his claim raises two questions about reported deaths. If there are “pure” coronavirus deaths, are there “impure” ones? Did some people who tested positive for the virus nevertheless die of something else entirely?

There may be four types of recorded coronavirus deaths: (1) deaths only caused by COVID-19 (roughly 3 percent), (2) deaths in which COVID-19 ended the life of someone already struggling with health conditions, (3) deaths from other causes but after a patient had tested positive for the virus, and (4) deaths falsely marked “COVID-19” when there was not even a test. Deaths of type 1 and 2 are rightly considered coronavirus deaths, while deaths of type 3 are much harder to distinguish from type 2, and deaths of type 4 are completely inflating the numbers.

Americans cannot claim there have only been 2,891 deaths from the coronavirus pandemic, but they should be skeptical about the 87,218 number. The true number of coronavirus deaths is likely to be smaller.

Featured

The New Counter-Culture

…we are now the counter-culture. That our ideals and values now run counter to what is accepted as mainstream.

Received in an email from a friend:
THE NEW COUNTER-CULTURE

The counter-culture movement of the sixties and seventies has won. Not that that’s a bad thing, they just have. The movement, in those days, was mainly about social change, women’s rights, race relations, sexual liberation and anti-war.

It was a generations way of rebelling against the values of their parents, the generation that fought the Second World War. And by any metric, they won.

While the media would have us believe otherwise, the various races of this country have never been more equal and in some cases we are actually starting to see it shift in the opposite direction. Away from repression of the African Americans and towards evil whitey.

A prime case in point is the Ahmaud Arbery shooting. A young black man killed by two white men is newsworthy today as an example that the race war still exists. But the intentional hunting and execution of an elderly white man and woman in a veteran’s cemetery gathers barely a mention. In case you haven’t heard about this, you can read about it here, https://justthenews.com/government/local/couple-their-mid-eighties-murdered-during-daily-visit-their-sons-grave

And while neither of these cases appear to be justifiable, it is clearly evident that one of them is more justified than the other. Just as the #MeToo movement has sent misogynists running for cover, entertainment is full of examples that sexual exploitation or representation is totally acceptable. Where the counter-culture stood on the fact that a woman has the right to choose what happens to her body is now a mainstream view, if not hotly contested. But the counter-culture won the war and what was once counter to our existing culture is mainstream to it.

All the things the counter-culture stood for were absorbed into mainstream culture and as a result there was no longer anything to counter and radicals of the day were absorbed and assimilated.

There is no better proof for this statement than the example of Bill Ayers. Once the leader of a radical anti-war movement that committed acts of terrorism like bombing buildings. He became a professor at the University of Illinois at Chicago, at one point holding the titles of Distinguished Professor of Education and Senior University Scholar. An admitted Communist, Ayers was fully accepted into mainstream life, even though he was a known terrorist.

It could be argued that the current social activists are still carrying the counter-culture torch, but that would incorrect. Because what has become mainstream cannot be counter to it.

However, that does not stop these social justice warriors from claiming they are fighting the good fight. Let’s take a minute and look at that.

While the current Progressive Leftists, arguably what became of the original counter-culture, claim they are still fighting for racial equality, they are doing more damage to the idea than their previous generation undid.

Racial relations are at historic lows. A wedge far worse than anything that existed in the 60’s has been driven between law enforcement and minorities. While every shooting of a black man is held up as evidence of this, it does a terrible disservice to the ideal. Jim Crow laws are long gone. Young black men are not really in danger of being arrested and beaten on any given day for no reason, despite what the media portrays. A black man was elected president of the nation, a move Martin Luther King probably didn’t dare hope for in such a relatively short time frame.

Inversely, now every police officer has to be worried should they be forced to defend themselves or others with lethal force should the criminal in question be among the more equal classes. With near certainty the officer in question will be considered guilty until proven innocent. And even if they are, with enough pressure applied by various activist groups, they can essentially find themselves facing double jeopardy having to defend themselves yet again in a Federal Court.

And I’m not saying every shooting is justifiable. Many are not and if not, the officer should face the full weight of the law. But the race of the victim should be of no concern whatsoever. The law should be colorblind and yet it is not.

Do not mistake this for what is often incorrectly referred to as reverse-racism, for no such thing exists. Something is either racist or it isn’t. The race in question is not the qualifier but the act itself being committed based on the race of the victim.

Women’s rights were championed as well and a cornerstone of this was about abortion and the right of a woman to have the final say of what can and cannot happen to her body. And yet these same people are the ones now supporting a mandatory, even forcible vaccination from a virus with extremely low mortality rate. What happened to my body, my choice?

What about the anti-war stance? Hilary Clinton was very much pro-war when she was Secretary of State and running for president. I firmly believed that had she won we would have quickly been in conflict with Russia. Ukraine was cast into turmoil in her efforts to destabilize Russia. The Left is very much pro-war, so long as Russia is the target. But you better not look at China as a threat.

Universities were a breeding ground for the counter-culture revolution of the 60’s and 70’s and many of those revolutionaries never left. Going from student to professor and never holding any real job outside of the university echo chamber. Whereas freedom of speech and open exchange of ideals were championed and even the use of psychedelic drugs was promoted as a path to enlightenment, today they are free speech dead zones.

Today the counter-culture doesn’t want new ideas or to create a place one feels safe to express themselves, though that is the very reason they use to repress it! Universities are echo chambers of uni-thought where differing ideas are to be stamped out at the first occurrence. Where the counter-culture fought for equality, and won it, they now fight for inequality.

The idea of equal morphed into Animal Farm. Some animals are more equal then others. Why? They essentially achieved their goals. Then, they themselves, moved the goalpost. Maybe because they did so well they just figured they could keep on going.

Maybe looking back on this you’ll come to the same realization I did today in a conversation with my friend. That we are now the counter-culture. That our ideals and values now run counter to what is accepted as mainstream.

The New Counter-Culture Yes, I am part of the counter-culture. But I’m not wearing tie-dye and growing my hair out, well, just my beard. This is what the new counter-culture looks like. It’s full of people that want to live their lives the way we see fit. We want to worship in the method we choose. Or not. Counter-cultures are typically anti-religion, we are about the freedom to decide.

We want to be able to speak our minds, freely, whether people agree with what we have to say or not, that’s liberty.

I am not a Nazi, racist, bigot or homophobic. But I am routinely labeled one because I use the wrong pronoun or didn’t check the bulletin board for that day’s list of acceptable New Speak words. Or to worry what electronic device was listening to us.

During the original counter-culture movement surveillance was a time consuming and manpower heavy job. People would have to physically access your phone line or break into your home to plant a listening device. Today, we’re dumb enough to actually pay for them ourselves and willingly bring them into our homes! Why must I wonder who’s listening, because someone is always listening. And we accept the fact!

We want to provide for our families. To work, endeavor and achieve and we want to enjoy the fruits of our labor. Why are we selfish that we do not want to share what we’ve earned or created with the lazy? I’ve spent decades of my life, lost time with family and friends, broken my body to achieve what I have. I paid all the costs, no one helped me. Where was my white privilege when I was breaking concrete slabs with a sledgehammer in the Illinois winter cold? And how can anyone think they are owed any part of the reward? Meager as they were back then.

And I include the Federal Government, who always has their hand out.

We want to be free to associate with whoever we want, where and when we want. The chosen can gather in mass and commit criminal acts of looting, arson, assault and general mayhem. But let twenty or thirty thousand of us gather in defense of our rights and we’re called terrorists.

Let us openly display our keys to liberty, weapons, and we will be shouted at and called all manner of foul names. Yet the Black Panthers can stand outside a polling station and that is not called intimidation?

We want to be able to choose our medical treatment and insurance. Not be shoehorned into or priced completely out of the market. Medicare and Medicaid are bloated beasts rife with abuse and grifters. This is publicly acknowledged by Congress continually, though nothing is done. The VA is a pathetic healthcare provider, the idea of even placing it into that classification is disgusting use of the term. And yet, all these programs are ran by the same people that want to take over my healthcare?

We want the right to decide how to live our lives, every facet of it, down the seemingly insignificant. Is that really too much to ask? Isn’t that the very reason this nation exists in the first place? Did the founders of this country not leave their native land and risk everything in the hope they could lead their lives in the manner they see fit? Did they not want the opportunity, not the guarantee, of success? Were they not fully ready and willing to accept success or failure?

The new counter-culture is now the very ideals this nation was founded on. We’ve come full circle it seems. We are, once again, going to have to fight for the very principals the Constitution set forth as immutable. That, by my very existence, I have certain rights and I am entitled to the opportunity to attempt, to risk it all and reach for the stars. Other than that I am owed nothing.

You cannot be owed a right, you have it by your mere presence. They cannot be given and they cannot be taken away. They can be surrendered freely and that is the problem.

We’re surrendering our rights with nothing more than muttered sniveling.

Our government governs at the consent of the governed. I withdraw my consent. I am determined to become ungovernable. I will resist at every opportunity, no matter how trivial the issue. I will not obey, I will not yield. I damn sure will not ask permission.I will not go quietly into that good night and that is why I am a pissed off American. In case you have forgotten your history, allow me to remind you of one fact. This nation was founded by angry men with guns and it’s going to require angry men with guns to take it back.

Featured

Is the media the enemy of the American people?

If an actual foreign enemy were in charge of our news coverage, how different would it be?

President Trump had referred to the New York Times, CNN and NBC News as “the enemy of the American people” shortly after taking office. At CPAC, soon afterward, he declared, “I called the fake news the enemy of the people, and they are — they are the enemy of the people.”

Trump’s comments inspired Washington Post and New York Times pieces comparing him to Stalin. Every marginal political figure looking for 15 seconds of slobbering media coverage, from Senator Jeff Flake to Khrushchev’s great-granddaughter, joined in with the silly Stalin analogies.

CBS and NBC vet Marvin Kalb wrote a book ponderously titled, “Enemy of the People: Trump’s War on the Press, the New McCarthyism, and the Threat to American Democracy.” Despite the media’s outrage at being called names, it’s not at all shy about calling the President all sorts of apocalyptic names.

“Mr. President, will you stop calling us the enemy of the people, sir? CNN’s Jim Acosta demanded during a recent tax anniversary reform event.

That’s not too likely.

In a USA Today poll, 34% of voters agreed that the media was the enemy of the people. Other polls also showed a sizable amount of agreement that the media was innately hostile to the American people.

Is the media really the enemy of the American people? Let’s tackle the question objectively.

Enemies hate you and want to destroy you. Do the New York Times, the Washington Post, CNN, CBS, and the whole alphabet soup of organizations with corporate headquarters in major cities really want to destroy the people who watch their programs, buy their papers and serve them soup after hours?

It seems implausible. But so did the Communists of the Khmer Rouge shooting everyone who wore glasses. Or North Korea’s multi-generational concentration camps, Nazi Germany diverting crucial resources from the war effort to kill Jews, or Venezuela shipping oil to Cuba while its people starve.

Plausibility is a poor measure of what fanatical ideologues might do. Let’s start with what they do, do.

While Jim Acosta was demanding a retraction for being called an “enemy of the people”, the media had thrown every effort into opening the border. The American people are defined by their physical possession of the territory. And that territory and its possession is defined and measured by a border.

You can’t advocate the destruction of the American people and then object to being called their enemy.

Without a border, there is no America and no American people. The territories formerly known as the United States fill up with various peoples who claim the entitlements of citizenship but not its responsibilities, whose identity is not of their current country of residency, but of their country of birth.

You don’t need to be an American to watch CNN, MSNBC or serve soup to one of their reporters. They would rather you weren’t. That’s what replacing Americans with cheap labor and cheap votes is about.

The media’s first allegiance is to the left. Not to America. Its people are not Americans. They’re leftists. The politics of the left are geared at replacing Americans with leftists through a combination of indoctrination, demographic replacement, economic warfare and voter suppression.

Destroying the American people would be an act worthy of an “enemy of the people”.

The media is offended by being referred to as the “enemy of the people”. But does it believe that the American people have the right to exist and maintain their existence? And if so, on what terms?

The media has opposed every war that against Communism or Islamism that the United States has fought. It has sought to undermine our country and our soldiers in these conflicts on various pretexts.

The media has covered up numerous acts of violence by Islamic terrorists. It has sided with Islamic terror networks such as the Muslim Brotherhood. It has urged our government to arm Islamic terrorists. It has supported Iran’s push for a nuclear bomb. It has spread disinformation about the links between Islamic terrorists and their domestic support networks. It has worked to silence law enforcement and intelligence officials who attempted to warn about the threat of Islamic terrorism.

If the Muslim Brotherhood controlled the media, would the news look any different than it does now?

This isn’t a shocking new development. The media repeatedly sided with Communist nations, guerrillas, spies, terrorists and superpowers against our own government. It covered up atrocities by the Soviet Union, glamorized Communist spies, urged that we arm and aid Communist nations, and undermined allied governments, and even our own government and its soldiers when they fought Communism.

There has never been a time in the last century when enemy propaganda wasn’t on the front pages of the major newspapers of America. After the fall of the USSR, the media traded the red for the green. Its collusion with the Islamic conspiracy is a sequel to its collusion with the Communist conspiracy.

Is this the behavior of an American institution or an enemy institution out to destroy America?

On the domestic stage, the media has repeatedly advocated for policies that have cost countless American lives and jobs. Its pro-crime advocacy has empowered gangs and thugs. Its economic programs have devastated cities, agricultural and industrial areas.

The media’s broadcasts claim that America is evil. It empowers the hateful voices of black nationalists and Islamist activists that want to destroy America. It calls for the eradication of the major historical figures. It cheers when Christopher Columbus and George Washington are removed from public places.

Any foreigner watching and reading the media comes away with the impression that America is a racist country whose institutions and populace are utterly despicable, and who have no right to exist.

If an actual foreign enemy were in charge of our news coverage, how different would it be?

There’s really not that much difference between how the media covers America, and how Al Jazeera, RT, Xinhau and other enemy state media cover America.

An enemy media would undermine the government, publish its national security secrets, portray the people in the worst possible light and advocate policies meant to leave America poorer and weaker.

How is that any different from what the New York Times and the Washington Post already do?

Featured

Prayer for Saturday, May 23.2020

Isaiah 26:5-6

26:5  For he bringeth down them that dwell on high; the lofty city, he layeth it low; he layeth it low, even to the ground; he bringeth it even to the dust. 
Isa 26:6  The foot shall tread it down, even the feet of the poor, and the steps of the needy. 

The weakest foot may trample on the proudest foe, when God has laid him in the dust. God levels the path of the just. However difficult your path, dare to believe that you are being directed in righteousness God cannot make mistakes.

Featured

We are in a silent/irregular war against an invisible enemy

How far does the government have to push before you’re jolted awake from your slumber?

Irregular warfare is far more varied than conventional conflict: hence the importance of an intellectual framework that is coherent enough to provide guidance, and flexible enough to adapt to circumstances.

American counterinsurgency practice rests on a number of assumptions:

-that the decisive effort is rarely military (although security is the essential prerequisite for success);

-that our efforts must be directed to the creation of local and national governmental structures that will serve their populations, and, over time, replace the efforts of foreign partners; that superior knowledge, and in particular, understanding of the ‘human terrain’ is essential;

-and that we must have the patience to persevere in what will necessarily prove long struggles.

Insurgency, however, can and will flourish in the modern environment.

The strains created by globalization, by the collapse of weak state structures, by demographic, environmental, and economic pressures, by the ease of cooperation among insurgent groups and criminals, and by the appearance of destructive radical ideologies, all augur a period in which free and moderate governance is at risk.

Insurgency is the organized use of subversion and violence to seize, nullify or challenge political control of a region.

As such, it is primarily a political struggle, in which both sides use armed force to create space for their political, economic and influence activities to be effective.

Insurgency is not always conducted by a single group with a centralized, military-style command structure, but may involve a complex matrix of different actors with various aims, loosely connected in dynamic and non-hierarchical networks.

To be successful, insurgencies require charismatic leadership, supporters, recruits, supplies, safe havens and funding (often from illicit activities).

They only need the active support of a few enabling individuals, but the passive acquiescence of a large proportion of the contested population will give a higher probability of success.

This is best achieved when the political cause of the insurgency has strong appeal, manipulating religious, tribal or local identity to exploit common societal grievances or needs.

Insurgents seek to gain control of populations through a combination of persuasion, subversion and coercion while using guerrilla tactics to offset the strengths of government security forces.

Their intent is usually to protract the struggle, exhaust the government and win sufficient popular support to force capitulation or political accommodation.

Consequently, insurgencies evolve through a series of stages, though the progression and outcome will be different in almost every case.

Reread the above “bolded” portion and think back over the past few months. A small number of well-placed experts have manipulated events in such a way as to completely disrupt normal life while convincing the majority of the population to voluntarily relinquish their livelihoods, social lives, family contacts… all in the name of safety and the “common good”.

You’ve somehow managed to convince yourselves that the people whose lives are affected by a virus are MUCH more important than the people whose lives are being destroyed (and in many cases, leading to death) by the effects of a worldwide economic shutdown and impending worldwide depression the likes of which no one has ever seen before.

At what point will you start QUESTIONING what’s going on? How far does the government have to push before you’re jolted awake from your slumber? How far are you willing to go with this?

Featured

Freedom vs Liberty

the same liberal cult that wants to make us un-free also tries to take away personal responsibility, replacing it with government force.

The sad truth is what fuels the anti-liberty agenda of the liberal cult: masses of fools simply won’t know what they’ve got ’til it’s gone.

And it’s a really big deal when somebody takes yours away. But if you inherited it, and never were without it, you don’t really appreciate it, and just think it’ll always be there.

Social is good doers and busybodies want to have power over that which is not their property. They are the ones who infringe on others freedom via property right violations. They say; “it becomes my business if you actions infringe on my freedom. You may think you have an unbridled freedom to do whatever you want, whenever, but you will have to accept the responsibility for what may follow from your selfishness. We have to reach an accommodation, an agreement. That’s called compromise, and is what community and being a good neighbor is all about.”

My response is; ” I don’t compromise my liberty. If it is not your property, it is not your business.”

The doo-gooder response will be along the line of; “So you can defecate upstream in the water I have to drink? I don’t think so.”

It happens everyday.

Such thinking as yours pushes responsibility from you for you to others.

For instance, I once went backpacking along pristine Lake Superior. Others who got the mandatory lecture from the park ranger were appalled the ranger recommended filtering your water. In defense the park ranger put the burden on the drinker saying, you don’t know if a beaver just peed in the water around the bend or a dead moose is decaying in the water just out of sight.

If you own the water as it flows along your property, it is YOUR responsibility to make sure it’s purity meets your high standards.

Liberty is bounded by attendant responsibility; freedom is not.

Consider, for example, that the word “freedom” is rarely used in our organic charters, and in the published arguments for and against their ratification. Instead, when natural rights are concerned, the word “liberty” is used, to denote a latitude tempered by the responsibility not to violate the equal rights of others.

The quintessential example of the word freedom in our organic charters comes, of course, from the First Amendment guarantee that “Congress shall make no law… abridging freedom of speech, or of the press…” That admonition secured a pair of civil liberties against prior restraint. It does not refer to the right of speech or of the press, which are bounded by the equal rights of others, but rather secures the boundless freedom against government intervention before the fact.

That is to say, freedom of speech is the entirely limitless latitude to say anything at all without restriction beforehand. The right of speech, a facet of liberty, is the latitude to say that which does not necessarily violate the equal rights of others.

So imagine I say something defamatory about you that destroyed your reputation and ruined your livelihood. When you sue me in a court of competent jurisdiction and win a judgement against me, that court is providing remedy because I trespassed beyond the natural definition of liberty because my latitude of speech violated your rights. But that court had to allow me to make the defamatory statement before it could act. If it punished me before I uttered the defamatory words, it would have violated my freedom of speech, because freedom is unbounded and absolute.

My freedom to swing my arm has no limit, but my right to swing my arm usually ends at your nose… unless you are presently violating my right to my life, liberty, or property, at which point I have every right to punch you and more.

Freedom is liberty’s amoral cousin.

Freedom and responsibility go hand in hand. This is why the same liberal cult that wants to make us un-free also tries to take away personal responsibility, replacing it with government force. Patriots do the opposite of that. And this is a fundamental difference between the two camps.

Liberty requires taking responsibility for one’s personal well being and one’s own actions.

Liberty is like money and sex: it only seems like a big deal when you aren’t getting any of it.

Featured

Revelation 6:12-14?

The Hawthorne area had been mined since the 1850’s, and the studied geology, high level of earthquake activity, & prolific geothermal eruptions in region should have been enough to indicate it would be a bad choice to store millions of pounds of explosives on top of it.

12 And I beheld when he had opened the sixth seal, and, lo, there was a great earthquake; and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair, and the moon became as blood;

13 And the stars of heaven fell unto the earth, even as a fig tree casteth her untimely figs, when she is shaken of a mighty wind.

14 And the heaven departed as a scroll when it is rolled together; and every mountain and island were moved out of their places.

A magnitude-6.5 earthquake rattled western Nevada just before sunrise May 15, 2020 waking up people at 4:03 a.m. local time, well before their morning alarms went off, according to news reports.

This is the strongest earthquake to shake Nevada in 65 years. As of 5 a.m. local time, six magnitude-4 or higher aftershocks had already rocked the region, including a magnitude-5.1 aftershock just 23 minutes later, at 4:26 a.m. local time, according to the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS).

The earthquake struck 34.7 miles (56 kilometers) west of Tonopah, Nevada, near the California-Nevada border, about 120 miles (193 km) southeast of Carson City. Shaking was felt as far away as Sacramento and Reno. People also reported feeling shaking in Las Vegas, about 200 miles (330 km) southeast of the quake’s epicenter. So far, there aren’t any reports of injuries.

The earthquake originated 1.7 miles (2.8 km) underground, in the shallow crust of the North American plate. The USGS has classified it as a strike slip fault, which happens at vertical fractures when the rocky plates that make up Earth’s surface move horizontally. To visualize this movement, place two fists together and move one backward, or watch this 1-second USGS video.

The earthquake happened within Walker Lane, an active seismic zone located along part of the California-Nevada border. The Walker Lane zone is a hotspot; it contains up to 25% of the motion where the North America and Pacific Plate interact, USGS said. The remainder of that motion largely happens in the San Andreas fault system.

Over the past 50 years, about two dozen magnitude-5 or higher earthquakes have hit within 62 miles (100 km) of today’s spot, largely to the west and south, USGS reported. In roughly the same region, for instance, a magnitude-6.8 earthquake struck in December 1932 and a magnitude-6.5 quake hit in January 1934.

I have a contact that lives in the vicinity who made the following email report;

“Yeah, I was sitting at my computer facing due East, and I felt it coming at me from out of the Southeast. The hanging lights confirmed that with the direction of their swing. It had the rolling “feel” of a shallow quake with some pretty good force pushing it.

My best first guess for origin was the Hawthorne, NV area, and at a force over 6.0, since Hawthorne is about 130 to the Southeast, the felt force & the distance would just about be right for the way it felt passing thru here.

Hawthorne always concerns me, since it is built right over one of the thinnest surface crust areas in North America, and is also one of the largest repositories for ordinance & high explosives in the U.S. The Hawthorne AAD* is 226 sq miles of explosive bunkers, of which about 200 Sq Mi are in actual use the last time I read the published stats. The actual bunker count is numbered at 2,427, and they claim status as “The Worlds Largest” ordinance depot. They did supply the majority of the ordinance used to fight WWII, so there is that.

The origin of Hawthorne AAD might be seen as beginning with the Black Tom Depot explosion in New Jersey in 1916. Then the Morgan Munitions Depot explosion in 1918, also in New Jersey. There was a popular belief that German sabotage might have been the cause. The Germans did have motive, means, & opportunity, but when an explosive depot cooks off, there isn’t much left in the way of forensic evidence, and no case was ever made to a positive conclusion. Then in 1926 The Lake Denmark Naval Ammunition Depot blew up, also in New Jersey. These were all massive explosions that killed or injured people at great distance.

Congress got involved, and passed a pretty open ended mandate, that a Depot be commissioned in the West, and no farther that 1,000 miles from the coast, which would put in play the entire State of Nevada, and about half of Utah to boot.

The Hawthorne area had been mined since the 1850’s, and the studied geology, high level of earthquake activity, & prolific geothermal eruptions in region should have been enough to indicate it would be a bad choice to store millions of pounds of explosives on top of it.

I’d guess the final location decision in 1930 was made on a Friday afternoon, by a mid level D.C. bureaucrat, who just stuck a pin in a map & called it good. Watching the news these days, I really don’t think things have changed that much.

*Hawthorne Army Depot (HWAD) is a U.S. Army ammunition storage depot located near the town of Hawthorne in western Nevada in the United States. It is directly south of Walker Lake. The depot covers 147,000 acres (59,000 ha) or 226 sq. mi. and has 600,000 square feet (56,000 m2) storage space in 2,427 bunkers. HWAD is the “World’s Largest Depot” and is divided into three ammunition storage and production areas, plus an industrial area housing command headquarters, facilities engineering shops, etc.

Maybe it’s the beginning of the promised apocalypse?

Featured

What we have learned – Part 2

I have learned that we have far more sheep than I had originally thought. The sheer amount of people posting on Fakebook that support our government and their actions, and many of them think they haven’t done enough, and are begging for more.

“Believe nothing you hear, and only one half that you see.” Edgar Allan Poe

10 lessons:

1. The numbers are wrong

2. Don’t trust the government

3. It’s all about money

4. Don’t trust the government

5. Much to do about nothing

6. Government idiots abound

7. Don’t trust the government

8. We have a country full of mice, not men

9. Have a good stock of books

and finally…..

10. Don’t trust the government

I have learned that we have far more sheep than I had originally thought. The sheer amount of people posting on Fakebook that support our government and their actions, and many of them think they haven’t done enough, and are begging for more.

I have learned that my government is far worse than I imagined. I used to believe, “They would never do that, they may posture about doing it, political chest thumping, but when push comes to shove, they really wouldn’t.”

Now I know, “Yes, they would!”

 Many (most?) people want to be governed. The prospect of objectively looking at those who govern us and concluding “they’re full of shit”, and that we should decide for ourselves what to do is absolutely terrifying to many people.

The people I thought were self-sufficient and self-reliant have proven themselves. That’s refreshing. Some people I had thought were intelligent and rational have proven they aren’t that way when something like this happens. And by “like this” I don’t mean the pandemic but the government overreach.

It has taught me that the mentally ill, drug addicts, alcoholics, etc. are going to be even more dangerous in a post-SHTF world than they are in a normal world. Crime has slowed down with everyone staying home, except for the aforementioned groups (and those who like to hit their spouses). While police are going to less calls and dealing with less “routine” stuff, what they are seeing is more dangerous and more unpredictable.

I think it has also taught me that the older people who are the most at risk tend not to give a shit about pandemics, while many of the younger people who have very little risk are freaking out.

Not sure if it’s age, perspective, wisdom, or what. I see people in the 65+ age group out and about regularly with no Personal Protective Equipment, but most of the 18-30 crowd look like they are going to perform some kind of medical procedure just to gas up their cars.

I never honestly imaged an armed insurgency against our government. Now, I can see it is only a breath away. A few more rights ignored/denied and I can honestly say I see bullets starting to fly. I have also learned that there would be a substantial number of Americans firing those bullets. And those not initially firing themselves, would probably be wishing them well as they fly by.

I don’t think our government has realized the Can Of Whoop-Ass they have potentially unleashed with their recent ill-conceived decrees and incompetence.

Once the Whoop-Ass has escaped the can, there is no police force in America that could do a damn thing to stop it. The military could, but I honestly think most of them would be on the Whoop side rather than the Ass side.

Want to donate? Click the link below.

https://checkout.square.site/pay/0fcfdd31ec344a899cfc2ccae1852c94

Featured

We hold these truths

The denizens of the Deep State, (and I would sadly include many of the Executive Branch, including Atty General Barr), have, most certainly, become destructive of life, liberty and the pursuit of happiness.

For those who have continued to believe that sooner or later there would be justice done and the swamp drained… guess again peons.


The US attorney general said Monday he did not expect to investigate either former president Barack Obama or former vice president Joe Biden over the 2016 Russia election meddling case, despite President Donald Trump’s call for a probe.


“We cannot allow his process to be hijacked by efforts to drum up criminal investigations of either candidate.”


This, after saying; “original investigation into possible collusion between the Trump campaign and Russia in the 2016 election was a “grave injustice” to the president and based on “utterly baseless” suspicions.”


For those who slept through, (or never had), Civics class;”We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable rights, that among these are life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness. That, to secure these rights, governments are instituted among men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the governed. That, whenever any form of government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the right of the people to alter or to abolish it, and to institute new government, laying its foundation on such principles, and organizing its powers in such form, as to them shall seem most likely to effect their safety and happiness.”


The denizens of the Deeps State, (and, sadly, I would include many of the current Executive Branch, including Atty General Barr), have, most certainly become destructive of life, liberty and the pursuit of happiness. They have perpetuated a two-tier system of jurisprudence, one for the elite, ruling class and another, inferior one for the peasants. The republic, as envisioned and produced by our Founding Fathers is, without further doubt or discussion, one of the walking dead.
It is time to either accept our fate as chattel of the state or withdraw consent and institute new government as is described in the Declaration of Independence.

Featured

What have we learned?

I was/am amazed at how easily the masses can be controlled. I had no idea it would be that easy.

Well, if nothing else, I have learned a few things during the last few months that Covid-19 has been “all the rage”.

At the start of this thing, I figured there would be some things to be learned from it all. Here’s my preliminary list:

Having pandemic supplies will not do a thing unless you and your whole family stay home alone and nobody comes to visit. I realized, that’s just not me, even though I’m a bit of a hermit.

It’s also not realistic for the majority of people to do this long term. Sorry, but if something really nasty comes along, I will probably die because even if I stayed home, wife won’t. Besides, I’m not staying at home forever out of fear. That’s a life I’m not willing to live.

Getting truthful information is nearly impossible, even without a comm shutdown! I doubt HAM radio operators got any better information than I did on the idiot box or internet.

Trying to sort thru all of it was a mind trick. Now, I’m just angry because I don’t believe the media, I don’t believe the politicians of either party, I don’t believe the medical experts… I flat-out don’t believe anybody! At this point, I’m just thinking……..BRING IT ON!

I was pretty stocked up on food and still am, but I do get bored cooking and planning every single meal.

I also didn’t realize how important fresh veggies were to my mental health. Canned and frozen veggies get monotonous really quickly. I don’t think I’ll ever underestimate fresh celery, lettuce, spinach, tomatoes and mushrooms again.

Also, even though we have lots of freezer space and when your spouse still gets carry-out fast food, when you cook every meal at home,even for just yourself, that food disappears rather quickly.

Watching YouTube videos and reading books on how to cut hair doesn’t hold a candle to actually cutting hair.

I learned I need to get my dog grooming supplies cleaned up and that cutting hair will have to be a learned skill. Combs! I need to get some combs!

I learned which of my family and friends are or aren’t fearful of these sorts of things. The majority of our friends and family are not fearful.

Are they (and I) stupid, stubborn, fed up, all of the above?? Who knows? Only time will tell. But any fear I may have had has morphed straight into anger because at this point, I think this is all a big farce and and experiment in social engineering.

I was/am amazed at how easily the masses can be controlled. I had no idea it would be that easy.

However, after this thing blows over, I don’t think it will be so easy in the future. At least, that is my hope!

To make a donation click the link below.

https://checkout.square.site/pay/0fcfdd31ec344a899cfc2ccae1852c94

Featured

Prayer for Saturday, May 16, 2020

Put on the full armor of God

Ephesians 6:10-18

10 Finally, be strong in the Lord and in his mighty power. 11 Put on the full armor of God, so that you can take your stand against the devil’s schemes. 12 For our struggle is not against flesh and blood, but against the rulers, against the authorities, against the powers of this dark world and against the spiritual forces of evil in the heavenly realms. 13 Therefore put on the full armor of God, so that when the day of evil comes, you may be able to stand your ground, and after you have done everything, to stand. 14 Stand firm then, with the belt of truth buckled around your waist, with the breastplate of righteousness in place, 15 and with your feet fitted with the readiness that comes from the gospel of peace. 16 In addition to all this, take up the shield of faith, with which you can extinguish all the flaming arrows of the evil one. 17 Take the helmet of salvation and the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God. 18 And pray in the Spirit on all occasions with all kinds of prayers and requests. With this in mind, be alert and always keep on praying for all the Lord’s people.

Featured

There is no shortage of fear

If it was the plan of the Deep State to set out to deliberately destroy an economy, requesting most people to stay home has been a very effective way.

Is anyone else  wondering what effect the ‘lockdown’ will have on food production and distribution.

It is a fragile and time sensitive system. Crops need to be harvested and moved to market on a steady basis. Warehouses need to rotate stock on a constant basis, to keep it fresh and available.

Consider a major warehouse distribution center, a HUGE place that moves massive amount of produce, meats, dairy, seafood and so on. It is all perishable and needs to be rotated fast. Think of all the produce needed to supply restaurants and major grocery chains in a city.  It comes and goes through only a few major hubs.

Now, think of the supply chain that gets it all there. From farm to market so to speak, only in massive quantities. When one part of the system slows down, it has to back-up another part of it. Food stuffs accumulate and expire all along the chain.

It will find an equilibrium, eventually, as it did when building up. But, it is going to take time for that chain to build back up to the amounts it was at before the lock down. Is this all because of a virus with a mortality rate of less than .10%?

Things are not adding up. They are dumping milk as well; it is claimed because restaurants,, institutions and schools aren’t buying, but they are limiting how much you can buy at the store. Shortages are being created by someone and for some reason and they may succeed in making them real, fatally real.

These are the issues that will come to a head some months down the road. Nobody really thinks of the logistical chain, or the steps in the process. We only think of truckers and distribution most of the time.

What if workers are sick and can’t get into the field to harvest, or aren’t allowed to harvest, sick or well? There won’t be anything to ship. If farmers can’t get into the field to plant there won’t even be anything to harvest. If cattle, hogs and poultry have been destroyed there won’t be anything to process.

As many who follow this blog already know, the virus was the catalyst and not the cause.

When the repo markets started blowing out last September the timer on the bomb started ticking down. The whole world economy was going to come apart at the seams anyway and the elites, (call them The Powers That Be, The Shadow Government or the Deep State), needed a scapegoat to blame and now there is one.

The Fed has already dumped more liquidity into this then they did back in 2008 and it‘s hardly having any effect at all. Unfortunately we are not going back to what was considered as normal before this started. We have to go down this road now which is starting as deflation and goes into a hyperinflationary depression.

We are still on the deflation side of the equation. Sooner or later they will have to go beyond the $1200 stimulus checks and start a universal basic income or direct helicopter money dumps.

From the perspective of economic theory and practice, government spending during World War II demonstrated how massive government spending at a time of severe economic downturn and dislocation can indeed get an economy humming again.

During WW II Government spent money on aircraft, ships, landing-craft, weapons, tanks, trucks, jeeps, food for millions of soldiers, supplies, and so forth. Government spending not only skyrocketed to over 40% of GDP during the war, but it was accompanied by a command and control economy, with Government agencies directing what was to be produced, Soviet style.

When the stock market crashed in 1929, the Dow plummeted from its September peak of 381.17 to a low of 41.22 in July 1932. Unemployment increased, to a peak of about 25 percent in early 1933. Gross domestic product fell steadily, ultimately declining by about 30 percent.

The economic crash caused by the coronavirus, if anything, will be sharper and steeper. If it was the plan of the Deep State to set out to deliberately destroy an economy, requesting most people to stay home has been a very effective way.

Fear of the virus is disrupting production, and the “public health” response to the virus is economically catastrophic. Given the scale and rate of likely economic collapse, we could easily see G.D.P. decline by Great Depression levels, and at a much more rapid rate than in the early 1930s.

It took WW II to stimulate us out of the last depression. I am seeing some very troubling parallels here.

Featured

Science is the new secular religion – part 4

They were exhibiting blind faith – accepting the theories without comprehending them.

Science is horribly misguided and mistaken on a practical level.

Science has been totally corrupted by special interests who fund and determine the outcome of much of the research. They can pay for whatever “scientific result” they want for their agenda, not only because one’s very act of observation determines one’s reality, but also because they can slant, distort and omit data in line with their goals.

Simply put, a scientist discovering the “wrong” result will be quickly rejected and defunded.

This fake and fraudulent science, which is not true science at all but rather corporate junk science which passes under the rubric of science, is all pervasive.

Science Will Bend to Accommodate Modern Trends

If you think scientists are immune to the pressure to conform to public opinion – think again. I am not even going to consider the announcements made by scientists under totalitarian regimes (such as racist “conclusions”), because I consider these to be forced aberrations.

Instead I will use the scientific approach to homosexuality.

It was included in the list of personality disorders of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorder (DSM) up to its 1973 edition. It was then removed – only to be replaced a year later by a close variant, before being removed entirely in 1986.

Upon what evidence rested the changing decisions to include or exclude homosexuality among mental disorders? Public sentiment, backed by convenient “empirical evidence”, played a leading role.

Most of Science is Unfounded

Dark Matter, Dark Energy, Quantum Strings and Ego – all of them sound like plausible stories. But can anyone point out the Ego locus in a dissected brain? Or use the concept of Dark Energy for anything besides helping to explain the expanding universe – another scientific theory? There is no actual proof for any of these theories.

That’s right – we have no proof for the existence of 96% of what science thinks the universe is made of – and yet the theories explaining it (we call them theories to avoid calling them stories) we hold to be true. Why? you ask. Because we have faith.

Science Requires Faith

Even highly-specialized scientists will often pursue a certain line of thought, and explore the implications of certain theory while rejecting others, based on nothing more than intuitive preferences, and their sense of what is elegant and right.

Most people who reject the religion they once accepted will claim to have done so in favor of the reasonable, clear-cut answers provided by logic and science. When asked to explain the existence of the universe, they’ll mention the Big Bang and M Theories; when asked to explain the existence of humans, they’ll mention evolution.

When pressed to explain any of the above, however, they soon realize that they actually understand very little. They were exhibiting blind faith – accepting the theories without comprehending them. If you don’t understand something, yet accept it as the truth, then you’re simply a Believer – and like much of science, you’ll find yourself well within the territory of religion.

Mainstream scientists will probably feel aghast to hear it, but the truth is that science is a religion with its own high priests – they just wear white coats rather than black gowns. It requires belief (faith) in its theories (doctrine) which can never ultimately be proven (Evolution, Relativity, Big Bang) because they are full of assumptions and contradictions. There is always at least one question that can never be answered, and constantly redefining terms, omitting numbers or inventing new factors becomes, at a certain point, like twisting facts to suit theories, rather than twisting theories to suit facts, as the fictional character Sherlock Holmes liked to say.

Featured

Science is the new secular religion- Part 3

Anything contradicting this dogma is simply rejected and ignored, or ridiculed for as long as possible.

Science is not so much about knowledge as doubt. Never in the field of human inquiry have so many known so little about so much.

If this all sounds rather rarefied, consider science at its most practical, scientific experiments don’t end with a holy grail so much as an estimate of probability.

For example, one might be able to accord a value to one’s conclusion not of “yes” or “no” but “P<0.05”, which means that the result has a less than one in 20 chance of being a fluke. That doesn’t mean it’s “right”. They cannot determine The Truth. And Truth, with a capital T, is forever just beyond one’s grasp.

But, the fiction of settled scientific truth is still dangled out there for the homage of the public.

Scientists  are looked upon as wizards, men like gods, who either have more than the regular human complement of little grey cells, or access to occult arcana denied to us ordinary mortals.

They are our secular priests in vestments of white coats, tortoiseshell specs and pocket protectors. We don’t dare criticize them. We don’t engage with them – we bow down before them.

Science Has Its Own Code of Ethics

There are state laws, and there are moral laws. And now, according to science, there are “laws of scientific conduct”. All kinds of atrocities are committed in the name of science – take a doctor, for example, who has to give placebo pills to a number of his patients in a drug trial, knowing that they will suffer or die much sooner than if they had received proper treatment.

But scientific advancement almost always claims precedence over personal morality. And – unless you’re a zealot yourself – its ethics will clash with your personal code of conduct.

Science Has Its Own Priesthood

Newton, Darwin and Einstein serve as the holy trinity of western science. And below these are the elders: Watson, Crick, Dawkins, Hawking, Dennet, Chomsky, Penrose and Sagan. And then you have the High Priests: the Nobel Prize winners, the popular writers and the media celebrities… and recently we have Cardinal Fauci.

Their opinions are received as sermons, and their statements are quoted like sacred texts.

Ordinary people are ridiculed, if they doubt the interpretations of this priesthood. Even for scientists, questioning a member of a higher tier is done only at your own risk. After all, all scientific work (from papers to grant applications) is peer reviewed, remember?

Science is Based on Established Dogmas

Ever wonder how for centuries, the best doctors could insist on blood-letting as a cure – without ever noticing that their patients did worse? The answer: belief in blood-letting was part of the scientific dogma at the time.

Anything contradicting this dogma is simply rejected and ignored, or ridiculed for as long as possible. Currently the doctrine seems to be belief in the mystical power of a yet untested and unproven vaccine. Damn the torpedoes, full speed ahead! Science thus has the trappings of a full blown religion.

Once again, I have posited enough blasphemy to make your average adjunct professor’s head explode. So enough for today. Join us tomorrow for some final heresy’s regarding the secular scientific sacredotals.

Featured

Science is the new secular religion – Part 2

“It’s Settled Science”.

You’d think from the way that science tends to be reported in the mainstream media, that Professor Helsing von Frankenstein goes into the dungeon laboratory of his castle one morning, dons his white coat and, by 11:00 AM, working completely alone – discovers a way to kill all known germs, safely.

He gets his assistant, Igor, to set up a press conference at lunchtime, at which the professor emphasizes that the research raises more questions than it answers. By the 5 O’clock news he has won the Nobel prize and his magic nostrum will be available from the CDC next morning.

Well, as we all know, science doesn’t work like that.

Scientific research gets trapped in more box canyons than the Lone Ranger; does more U-turns than the average tourist driver; falls to certain death more often than Wile E Coyote and generally gets the wrong answer.

The problem is that we, the great unwashed public who won’t know the difference between a Levine tube and an entrenching tool are told, very often, and by people who ought to know better, that science is a one-way street of ever-advancing progress. It is allegedly a zero-sum game in which facts are accumulated and ignorance dispelled.

In reality, the more we discover, the more we realize we don’t know. Even worse, we don’t know WHAT we don’t know.

The answer is that those who are scientists, or who pretend to be scientists, cling to the mantle of a kind of religious authority. And as anyone who has tried to comment on the new secular religion has discovered, there is no such thing as criticism. There is only blasphemy.

Science is portrayed as one way street with no u-turns or detours needed.

Its THE one way path which continues to lead humanity forward in its quest for absolute and unassailable truth.

Significant errors or, — god forbid — scientists contradicting one another, is not discussed openly as this might undermine the faith of the public in it. Scientists are seen like “gods” not to be questioned or doubted. Only fools would do so. The fact that scientists debate and disagree frequently over how to interpret and explain data, and what to conclude etc is lost on the general public.

One of the hallmarks of religion is faith. And faith is the belief in something without there being evidence to support the belief.

Ah yes…such as the “quantum string” theory, the serious postulate of multiple universes, the existence of “black energy”, “dark matter” , origin of life from aggregates of organic molecules, the evolution of tremendous diversity and steadily increasing complexity of life from prokaryotic precursors in the Pre-Cambrian with NO remains of links gradual change whatsoever!

Science even has its own martyr— Galileo Galilei.

Certainly a good scientist but nothing on the level of a Newton or Einstein. But he is exalted on to the chopping block — the poster child for all that is wrong with religion and how science emerged in spite of the oppressive Catholic Church to lead us into enlightenment. There was a bit more to it than that, but that’s for another day.

WHAT!?! Equating science with religion? HERESY!

Well, here are a few principles that secular science and traditional religion agree;

 Humans are Special

It is understandable that religion might place man in the center of the universe – but for science to do so is inexcusable. However, a great number of astrophysicists and cosmologists are eager to talk about how the universe conforms to the “anthropocentric principle”.

There is absolutely no scientific reason why human understanding – above that of slugs, dolphins and monkeys – should be wide enough to encompass the universe. Anthropocentrism – the assumption that humans take center-stage in the universe – is rife in the sciences, as it is in religion.

It Casts Out Heretics and Persecutes all Other Religions

Science, like God in the Old Testament, behaves jealously against any other religion. So science will say to its followers: “You shall have no other gods before me”.

If you have any doubts, try asking a group of scientists to join you in a prayer. From that moment on you’ll be called a theist-anti-scientist. A heretic. A miasma. An abomination. A not very nice person.

Science Reveres Its Own Saints

The ranks of science martyrdom may be thin, yet its members are revered as far greater scientists they actually were.

Take Galileo Galilei, for example, the patron saint of all scientists persecuted by religious orders. He actually contributed very little to science: most of his achievements were technical, such as tampering with telescopes. Heliocentricity was known since the 4th century BC.

Science Makes up Stories, (they call them theories), to Explain Our Origins

The Sumerians, the Babylonians, the Greeks, the Chinese, the Aztecs – all of them had/have creation myths, probably invented around a fire. All of them took their creation myths seriously. Now, of course, we have science to explain our origins.

You know what sciences latest version of this story is? In the beginning, there were giant membranes. These membranes touched each other, triggering something called the “Big Bang”.

Sure. And the planet Mars is inhabited by lizard people.

Well, so far this is enough to boggle your mind for today, (if you get too boggled you will get very dizzy and vomit). Tune in tomorrow, same time, same channel for the next exciting episode of “It’s Settled Science”.

Featured

Science is the new secular religion – Part 1

Materialism vs. idealism is really the philosophical battle between the ideas that matter exists independently (and that consciousness doesn’t exist or is secondary), as opposed to the idea that consciousness, thought and energy are primary (and that matter is secondary).

Mainstream science, despite all its claims of objectivity, and despite the fact it attempts to lay claim to the truth, is itself a religion.

Science places itself on a pedestal and assures everyone it has dispassionately arrived at its conclusions. Meanwhile, however, it is full of assumptions, denials and limitations, and makes the serious mistake of presenting its theories as facts.

The errors of mainstream science are gladly seized upon by technocrats, eager to use science and technology to further their own ambitions of control, and include forcing the vaccine, GMO, surveillance, man made global warming, geoengineering, SMART and microchipping agendas onto an unsuspecting public.

Materialism, the driving force behind mainstream science, has been shown again and again to lack the capacity to explain the world around us, especially in relation to idealism or other theories that account for the energetic nature of reality. Yet, despite this, we remain collectively bedazzled by materialism, because science is a religion that has induced a certain faith in us.

This is certainly not the first time we have struggled with the debate of whether the world can best be described by materialism. The ancient Greek philosophers and scientists thought long and hard about the issue. 

Materialism vs. idealism is really the philosophical battle between the ideas that matter exists independently (and that consciousness doesn’t exist or is secondary), as opposed to the idea that consciousness, thought and energy are primary (and that matter is secondary).

Democritus championed the first viewpoint (and his ideas were taken further by Aristotle), whereas Plato proposed the second with his famous theory of the World of Forms or World of Ideas. According to Plato, our materialist reality is an inferior copy of a more perfect world.

This is exactly in alignment with what various cultures, shamans, religions and spiritual traditions have been saying about the preeminence of energy and mind over matter.

Over the course of the next week I will share some thoughts on how we have abandoned the spiritual in favor of the “material”, and, in so doing have, as a society bowed down to a secular theology with it’s own catechism, it casts out and persecutes heretics, has and reveres it’s own saints, has it’s own theology to explain our origins, has it’s own ethics and morals, has it’s own priesthood, strictly follows it’s own dogma, tends to be mostly unfounded and requires blind faith from it’s acolytes.

Follow along, (if you dare), during the next few days and challenge beliefs rather than parroting facts.

Featured

Prayer for Saturday, May 9, 2020

Comforting lies are never as beneficial as loving truth.

32 And ye shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.

The most enticing aspect of sin is the promise of freedom. Even from the first temptation, in the garden of Eden, man has assumed that defying God is a way to control his own destiny. In fact, the opposite is true. Nothing enslaves like sin—it corrupts our thinking, controls our actions, and destroys our peace. Worst of all, it separates us from God (Ephesians 2:12) and condemns us to an eternity of loneliness and shame (Matthew 8:12). Jesus, on the other hand, represents the truth—that is, Himself. This is theme Christ will return to often in His teaching (John 14:6; John 8:12). No other claims are true, and nothing but truth can really free us.

Comforting lies are never as beneficial as loving truth. Even when the truth is not what we want to hear, we can’t expect to make good decisions or correct choices when we’re operating under the control of a lie.

Featured

Is it the “End of the World”? Nah, it’s just a virus.

This was just a test run…

Everyone who has bought this Covid-19 fiasco…and has been afraid to go in public, bought the mask, believed the lies etc…once the “curve is lowered” WAY BEFORE predicted…you will all take credit for “lowering the curve” because “you did such a great job of social distancing”…

Or…

maybe the curve wasn’t EVER going to be that steep because THEY ALWAYS HAD FLAWED DATA IN THE MODEL!!!…

but you now have a vested interest in maintaining it was real or you will have the proverbial “egg on your face”…you have to believe that it was all true…and now, you also are the very ones who will be obligated to get a vaccine when your “lord of health” tells you to (the CDC, WHO…the GOVERNMENT?…whoever you believe) and says “we now have a vaccine, and EVERYONE is required to get it”

Get in line…and hurry!!!…because there will be a shortage just like there was for toilet paper…

By the way…make sure you send a thank you note to Bill and Melinda Gates, because they will have been the ones that created the crisis that was great enough to justify you “shaming” people like me into getting “the shot” so that I don’t put YOU at risk!…

…you better bring your “A-Game of shame”…because there isn’t enough shame in the world to MAKE me take a shot…especially that one...

I do hope…for some of you, that you read this and actually are provoked to think…do some research…you will find:

that there is a “real virus” called Covid-19.

you will find that Coronavirus has been around for 10s of years!…Covid19 is the new strain

if you had underlying conditions you were especially susceptible

that the numbers of deaths will be similar to the flu…BUT NO WHERE NEAR what they scared everyone with! (notice, I didn’t say it wasn’t deadly!..smh)

you will also find that the virus was CREATED in a laboratory in Wuhan that is funded in part (if not mostly) by Bill and Melinda Gates, NOT A WET MARKET !!! (that’s a cover for the actual place it was created…in a lab)

You will also find in the end most people developed an immunity to the virus, (possibly already had the virus and didn’t even know it) but were scared out of their minds, literally, by the MSM to give up all of their liberties for “the good of their fellow man”

…and if you’re honest with yourself, you will also find fear was the motivating factor for most of what you did…but you cloaked it with “being wise”

You will also find the one world government you will eventually be forced to comply with was “herding” all of the minds of the world (hopefully not yours) into a place where they could be controlled…

This was just a test run…

…you can begin to crucify me now…it’s just past the season for it…

“Have I therefore become your enemy because I tell you the truth?”

‭‭Galatians‬ ‭4:16‬ ‭NKJV‬‬

Featured

We are NOT all in this together

Beware anyone promoting the notion that we are “all in this together”; this is the gateway to collectivism and it is a blatant lie.

A common phrase I have heard lately all around the internet as well as all around the area I live whenever the pandemic situation is broached is that “We are all in this together, and WE will get through this together….”

The sentiment is repeated like a religious mantra and I believe it is rooted in a collectivist reaction in the minds of many. The idea is that if we all comfort each other by repeating the lie that we’re all in the same boat, and if everyone believes it, then the threat of the outbreak along with the economic collapse will somehow simply “disappear”.

The notion that “we are going to get through this together” seems to be based in the assumption that the crisis is going to move quickly, and if we hold tight, our sacrifice will be minimal and all will go back to the way things were before. This is simply not so.

I highly respect the ideal of giving hope to others whenever possible (as Aragorn says in Return Of The King “I give hope to men. I keep none for myself”). However, hope has to come from a legitimate place. It has to be based in some reality. There are too many lies driving public psychology right now to give concrete hope to anyone. The lies have to land, they have to touch ground, and the facts have to hit people hard before we can then come to an understanding of what we have to do to survive this event. In the meantime, the majority of people are going to be trapped in fantasy land, hypnotized by delusions of magical cures and economic silver bullets that will lead to salvation “in just two more weeks”.

On top of all that, the American public has never been more divided than it is right now. Sure, we can soak in a bathtub of brain-dead dreams with worn-out elitist celebrities like Madonna, telling us that the virus “makes us all equal”, but does it really? I’m sorry, but the truth that not all people are equal is about to become more apparent than ever before.

The pandemic along with the economic collapse is going to separate people into clearly definable categories, and many of these groups will be in direct conflict with each other:

The Prepared.
The Unprepared.
The Independents.
The Collectivists.
The Global Elites.
The Sheeple.

These different types of people are mostly at odds with each other. There is no “we”, there is no “us” and there is no “getting through this thing together”. I will say that the vast majority of people do have a conscience, unlike the globalists that created this calamity in the first place, but that does not mean we will all end up on the same team. The dark magic of chaos is that it can be used to convince otherwise peaceful people to support horrifying tyranny in the name of the “greater good”.

Beware anyone promoting the notion that we are “all in this together”; this is the gateway to collectivism and it is a blatant lie. As mentioned, there are establishment elites that plan to gain from this event while the rest of us suffer; they are NOT on our side or in our boat. They will use the pandemic and the simultaneous economic collapse (which they have engineered) to maneuver the public into abandoning their freedoms in the name of collective safety.

Understand that there are many sides to this conflict and very few of them are honorable. Listen to your conscience, listen to evidence, truth and reason, and choose your side wisely.

Featured

Alien virus invades the earth

At another time of crisis, President Franklin Delano Roosevelt said; “We have nothing to fear but fear itself. He was only partially right. We also have to fear the stupidity of a populace that acts like sheep.

What if I told you …….. we know now in the first two decades of the 21st century that viruses, which had made the jump from animals to humans in the recent past, had mutated and targeted vulnerable human populations on earth. These unsympathetic viruses mounted their attack. No one would ever guess they were being directed from an outside source.

What if I told you….. Human populations were so entranced in their cell phones they didn’t realize they were walking into a future viral pandemic of unimaginable proportion. The world was not prepared for such a calamity.

What if I told you….. Literally a cloud of air pollution that had been gathering over Wuhan, China caused these viruses to deliver aerosolized virus particles into the lungs of unsuspecting individuals. This resulted in a severe form of lower- lobe lung pneumonia where the infected literally succumbed to internal drowning.

What if I told you….. These lung infections coordinated with simultaneous and seemingly unconnected light flashes detected on the surface of the planet Mars, which initially went unreported for fear of panicking the masses in the middle of another panic.

On October 30th. 1938 CBS broadcasting presented Orson Well’s radio drama, “War of the worlds”. Soon, an announcer was at the crash site describing a Martian emerging from a large metallic cylinder. “Good heavens,” he declared, “something’s wriggling out of the shadow like a gray snake. Now here’s another and another one and another one. They look like tentacles to me … I can see the thing’s body now. It’s large, large as a bear. It glistens like wet leather. But that face, it… it … ladies and gentlemen, it’s indescribable.”

Of course, it was make-believe, a radio drama. There were reports of people panicking to the extent that the Federal Communications Commission investigated the unorthodox program but found no law was broken. Networks did agree to be more cautious in their programming in the future.

In reality, Orson Welles’ radio epic really never panicked many. Retrospectively we find Orson Welles’ War Of The Worlds was actually a myth . The newspapers of the day needed readers. News reports said that over one million people ran from their houses. In fact, the supposed panic was so tiny as to be practically immeasurable on the night of the broadcast.

But it was surely a preview of fake news to come.

And yes, the masses of Americans today may believe they would not be so easily fooled either, but just like yesteryear, the news agencies say otherwise. And it is that fake panic and fear that has gained a hold in a population where people see other people acting like it’s real.

Already uncovered is a physician inside Elmhurst Hospital in New York City, the epicenter of the COVID-19 coronavirus Ameri-demic, foisting false images of dead bodies in refrigerated trucks, recording fake pleas for more ventilators, all emanating from a physician who is a trained “medical simulation specialist.” An infectious disease disaster drill went live. It’s 1938 all over again. (Orson Welles II?)

COVID-19 coronavirus is now being produced as a daily drama by television, newspaper and other online news sources. The entire locked-down American public has nothing else to do but turn on their television sets and get propagandized. Sponsors need viewers.

Americans dutifully follow orders issued by federal officials and state governors, and shame those who don’t. It is so cunning. Religion and paper currency wiped out in a week. I’ll just bet you most Americans have no idea what the definition of demagogue is. (Demagogue: a leader who makes use of popular prejudices and false claims and promises in order to gain power. Sound familiar?

Were Americans completely hoodwinked by the frightful but inaccurate mortality figures for COVID-19 in the US and drawn by fear to cooperate with a lockdown of the economy?

At the present time, a trio of dishonest and deceitful virologists who advise the President have taken over the world. Wear a (useless) mask. Stay six-feet away. Stay indoors, at home. Be a good American. But what if it’s all a misdirection, Orson Wells redux?

At another time of crisis, President Franklin Delano Roosevelt said; “We have nothing to fear but fear itself. He was only partially right. We also have to fear the stupidity of a populace that acts like sheep.

Featured

False Evidence Appearing Real = FEAR

One of the first tactics of war is to disorganize and disrupt supply lines of critical materials, (food, water, medical equipment and protective gear).

FEAR=False Evidence Appearing Real.

The models were wrong, yet that was used to shut down the world.

A vaccine is being rushed through, and the government has indemnified Gilead against liability if something, (like a side effect like death), occurs.

Toilet paper in short supply, now the media drums are beating for a food shortage.

One of the first tactics of war is to disorganize and disrupt supply lines of critical materials, (food, water, medical equipment and protective gear).

Sound familiar?

“Plandemic” #101

Featured

Sloppy Joe Bread Rolls

Sloppy Joe Bread Rolls made of seasoned beef mixture and refrigerated biscuits are easy to make and ready in minutes. With soft, fluffy buns around a savory Sloppy Joe filling, they’re a tasty weeknight dinner or portable snack.

Sloppy Joe Bread Rolls made of seasoned beef mixture and refrigerated biscuits are easy to make and ready in minutes. With soft, fluffy buns around a savory Sloppy Joe filling, they’re a tasty weeknight dinner or portable snack.

Prep Time 15 minutes

Cook Time 45 minutes

Total Time 55 minutes

Servings 16 Servings

Ingredients

  • 1 tablespoon canola oil
  • 1/2 small onion, peeled and chopped
  • 1 clove garlic, peeled and minced
  • 1/2 pound ground beef
  • 1/2 cup button mushrooms, chopped
  • 1/2 cup tomato sauce
  • 1/4 cup ketchup
  • 2 teaspoons Worcestershire sauce
  • 1 teaspoon yellow mustard
  • 1 teaspoon white vinegar
  • 1 tablespoon brown sugar
  • salt and pepper to taste
  • 2 tubes (16 ounces each) grand biscuits,
  • 2 tablespoons butter
  • Parmesan cheese
  • dried basil

Instructions

  • In a pan over medium heat, heat oil. Add onions and garlic and cook until softened. 
  • Add ground beef and cook, breaking into pieces, until lightly browned.
  • Add mushrooms and cook until tender.
  • Add tomato sauce, ketchup, Worcestershire sauce, and sugar. Season with salt and pepper to taste. 
  • Stir to combine and bring to a boil. Lower heat, cover and continue to cook until meat is cooked through and liquid is reduced to almost dry. 
  • Separate dough into individual biscuits and flatten into 4-inch circles.
  • Spoon about 1 1/2 to 2 tablespoons of beef mixture on center of each dough. Gather dough to cover and seal filling. Using palms of hands, shape into balls.
  • Arrange filled biscuits seam side down on a lightly greased baking sheet. Brush tops with melted butter and sprinkle with Parmesan cheese and dried basil.
  • Bake in a 370 F oven for about 10 to 15 minutes or until golden brown.
Featured

Aunt Annie’s Soft Pretzel Bites

The pretzels won’t look gorgeous as they come out of the boiling water, but don’t worry—they will brown and crisp up and be oh-so-gorgeous when they come out of the oven!

The pretzels won’t look gorgeous as they come out of the boiling water, but don’t worry—they will brown and crisp up and be oh-so-gorgeous when they come out of the oven!

Yields: 32

Prep Time: 0 hours 15 mins

Cook Time: 0 hours 25 mins

Total Time: 0 hours 40 mins

Ingredients

Cooking spray 1

(16.3-oz.) can refrigerated biscuit dough

4 c. water

1/4 c. baking soda

1 large egg, beaten

Coarse salt 2 tbsp.

butter 2 tbsp.

flour 1 c.

milk 2 c.

cheddar

Kosher salt 

Freshly ground black pepper

Pinch cayenne pepper

Directions

  1. Preheat oven to 425°. Line a large baking sheet with parchment paper and spray with cooking spray.
  2. Make the pretzels: Quarter each biscuit, then roll each piece into a ball. Using a knife, carve an X into each ball. In a medium saucepan, combine water and baking soda. Bring to boil then reduce to a simmer. Add balls and cook for 30 seconds. (The dough will float to top.) Remove with a slotted spoon and transfer to baking sheet, making sure the pretzels aren’t touching. (Don’t worry if the dough looks messy here! They’ll completely transform in the oven.) Brush beaten egg over each pretzel, then sprinkle with coarse salt. 
  3. Bake for 10 to 15 minutes or until golden brown. 
  4. Meanwhile, make cheese sauce: Melt butter in a small saucepan over medium heat. Whisk in flour and cook for 1 minute. Stir in milk and bring to a simmer. When milk begins to thicken, stir in cheese, whisking constantly until sauce is smooth. Season to taste with salt, pepper, and cayenne. Serve with the pretzels.
Featured

Skillet potatoes and bacon

Skillet Potatoes and Bacon makes a simple yet spectacular addition to any dinner meal.

Skillet Potatoes and Bacon makes a simple yet spectacular addition to any dinner meal. With crisp edges, creamy centers, and loads of flavor, the everyone will be fighting over the last piece!

Prep Time 10 minutes

Cook Time 20 minutes

Total Time 30 minutes

Servings 4 Servings

Ingredients

  • 1 1/2 pounds baby Yukon gold potatoes, halved lengthwise
  • kosher salt
  • 6 slices bacon, chopped
  • 2 cloves garlic, peeled and minced
  • 2 tablespoons green onions, chopped
  • freshly-ground pepper

Instructions

  • In a saucepan over medium heat, combine potatoes, about 1 teaspoon salt, and enough cold water to cover. Bring to a boil for about 3 to 5 minutes or just until potatoes start to soften but not completely cooked through. 
  • Drain potatoes and pat dry.
  • In a cast iron skillet over medium heat, add bacon. Cook, stirring occasionally until it renders fat and crisps. Remove bacon from pan and drain on paper towels.
  • Add potatoes to the pan with cut sides down. Cook, turning as needed for about 7 to 10 minutes or until nicely browned and tender. 
  • Add garlic, bacon, and salt and pepper to taste. Cook, stirring to combine, for about 1 to 2 minutes or until garlic lightly browns. 
  • Garnish with chopped green onions. Serve hot.
Featured

Things to be aware of

This is a great explanation of situational awareness.

Remember the signs and symptoms that lead us to where we are now? Disaster starts with a sequence of subtle changes before the event itself. Learning to read these sequences can prepare you to avoid suffering and improve your condition.

Running time 4 minutes 33 seconds

This is a great explanation of situational awareness.

Featured

Famine and pestilence

We have been told that even though farmers are plowing under their crops and ranchers and producers are destroying their animals… even though processing plants are shutting down that there will not be a food shortage.
WE HAVE BEEN LIED TO!

We have been told that this is all about a virus. We have been told that we must stay at home and self-quarantine to be safe.

We have been told that even though farmers are plowing under their crops and ranchers and producers are destroying their animals… even though processing plants are shutting down that there will not be a food shortage.

WE HAVE BEEN LIED TO!

MAKE THIS GO VIRAL!

Featured

Flattening the curve

Shutdown was an economic solution to a medical problem.

Some observations well into the self-quarantine, “flatten the curve” narrative.

Notice that nowhere was shutdown meant to save lives.
It was to flatten the curve – not that fewer people would die- it was to space the deaths out so that demand did not overwhelm supply- but that the healthcare system would not be overwhelmed.

It was designed to”prevent jams in the ER”- so that everyone would have the chance to die of corona in the hospital- cause you can’t bill someone that dies at home. Meanwhile, medical personnel were furloughed because elective procedures were prohibited.

Shutdown was an economic solution to a medical problem.

It is Just in Time Supply Chain Management applied to disease.
So, just stand in line and wait your turn – you will get corona, she’ll get corona, he’ll get corona, we’ll all get corona until there is a herd immunity built up.

Featured

Truth? You can’t handle the truth!

Even if Covid-19 vanished from the Earth tomorrow, or the entire economy opened tomorrow, the collapsing of the fraud bubble cannot be reversed, any more than the addict can be “cured” with some makeup to mask the devastation and clean clothing to hide all the tracks.

Just for a change of pace, can we be bluntly honest about the U.S. economy? It’s difficult to do because we’ve chosen to ignore all the realities, much like a family that hides all the addictions, drunkenness and lies in a dysfunctional household to maintain the outward illusion of a happy functioning family.

It’s extraordinarily costly to maintain such a demanding masquerade. The psychological toll is immense, and the financial ruin that’s always threatening to collapse the flimsy facade feeds the most destructive coping strategies.
Please don’t claim that Daddy and Mommy aren’t really addicts, addicted to lies, cheating and stealing to fund their corruption and maintain the absurdly threadbare happy-story mask of normalcy.

Being honest is painful but freeing. Once all the ugliness is exposed to sunlight, then healing becomes possible. As long as reality is cloaked, hidden, explained away, etc., the destruction only deepens until complete collapse of the masquerade is the only possible outcome.

We’ve reached that point: we can no longer deny the U.S. economy is little more than a grab-bag of skims, scams, fraud and corruption. Even if Covid-19 vanished from the Earth tomorrow, or the entire economy opened tomorrow, the collapsing of the fraud bubble cannot be reversed, any more than the addict can be “cured” with some makeup to mask the devastation and clean clothing to hide all the tracks.

Let’s start with the most risible fraud: “value.” Every skim and scam claims to be “creating value” for shareholders, customers, the planet, etc. But it’s all fraud and lies. No value is being created; what’s really happening is entrenched insiders have established corrupt relationships that funnel income streams into their own pockets at the expense of everyone else, who must be kept in the dark about how the skim/scam actually works.

“Value” is now defined as private gains skimmed under the false claim of “value to customers.” Behind the bogus PR, product quality is ruthlessly slashed, quantity reductions are hidden by larger packaging, planned obsolescence is the Prime Directive of every corporation because all these frauds increase profits, which flow to an increasingly thin slice of America’s financial elites.

The entire stock market rally of the past 20 years is nothing but a gigantic fraud based on stock buybacks funded by debt. Stocks go up because the majority owners of the stock borrow money from a banking sector that gives nearly free money to financiers and corporations. The corporate insiders buy back shares with the borrowed money, and the company services the loan.

The company’s income is devoted to paying the debt taken on to boost the personal wealth of insiders. That’s fraud. Or if you prefer, embezzlement.
Take away the stock buyback scam and the U.S. stock market collapses. Take away a Federal Reserve devoted to lavishing nearly free money on financiers and corporations and the buyback scam collapses.

Consider WeWork, all the scooter start-ups, Netflix and Tesla. WeWork was a scam from the start, but there was so much money to be skimmed in selling the fraud to the public that everyone in Wall Street and the corporate media promoted the scam by refusing to look at the actual business.

The same dynamic fueled the absurd explosion of scooter start-ups, as if the business model could ever be profitable. No, the business could never be profitable, but unloading worthless shares in multiple rounds of venture capital was extremely profitable–for insiders.

As for Netflix and Tesla, the more money they lose, the more valuable they become. The key fraud here is “disruption.” If a company can be promoted as a “disruptor,” the sky’s the limit, Baby, because “disruptors”, well, disrupt, and presto-magico, somewhere down the road they become immensely profitable because, um, they disrupted something or other.

The greater the emotional pull of the scam, the easier it is to promote. Garsh, isn’t it wunnerful how a college degree guarantees a lifetime of high earnings and financial security. Except that isn’t guaranteed at all. What’s guaranteed is insiders are skimming fortunes in the higher education cartel and its fraudulent handmaiden, the student loan industry.

Then there’s sickcare, Corporate America’s rip-off skimming operation masquerading as “healthcare.” Caring has nothing to do with it; the driver is greed, maximizing profits by establishing corrupt relationships with politicos and regulators to insure staggering sums of federal monies are sluiced into sickcare’s insatiable maw.

National defense is another emotional cover for boondoggles and insider profiteering. We won World War II, doggonnit, so just ignore the $1,000 hammers and the $100 billion over-runs.

Every institution in America is little more than a cover for insider profiteering via skims, scams, rackets, fraud and embezzling schemes, all sanctified as “legal” via a thoroughly corrupted legal system and judiciary.

Debt-serfdom is packaged and sold as a “middle class lifestyle.” Political neutering, i.e. powerlessness, is sold as “party loyalty.” And so on, in an endless parade of skims and scams packaged and sold to cloak the ugly ascendancy of greed, fraud and lies.

We live in a constantly distorted house of mirrors devoted to maintaining useful illusions of “democracy,” “free markets” and other fairy tales we tell ourselves to reduce the pain of living a vast, all-encompassing fraud in which everyone who isn’t a grifting insider is the loser.

We don’t just have financial bubbles that are popping; we have bubbles in trust and credibility that are popping, too. All the lies, skims, scams, excuses, frauds, bezzles, artifices, profiteering, promotional schemes and rackets are unraveling, not because the virus shut down the economy but because the enormity of all the corruption, lies and fraud is now so great that the entire status quo is collapsing under its own weight.

Pulling the sleeve down to hide the tracks doesn’t mean the addict is cured. The illusion, the facade, the masquerading of normalcy, are no longer sustainable. The Monster Id can no longer be hidden, and simulacra no longer substitute for reality.

Trust, credibility, transparency and accountability have all been sacrificed for personal gain, at the expense of the stability of the entire system.

Once the system collapses, we all lose, even the insiders who have traded every shred of their soul for financial gains, at the expense of everything that was once held dear.

Pray fervently
Prepare constantly
Take care of your tribe
Exterminate evil whenever you can

Someone, somewhere will, like our grandfathers at Nuremberg, see an end to all this. When they do, mete out justice to all those who’ve done this evil. Then begin rebuilding…

Featured

A prayer for Saturday, April 25, 2020

John 6:31

Our fathers ate the manna in the wilderness; as it is written, ‘He gave them bread out of heaven to eat.’”

This verse continues the crowd’s angry reaction to Jesus’ claims. After seeking Him out in Capernaum, the crowd who witnessed Jesus’ miraculous feeding the day before has been spiritually challenged. Jesus pointed out that their real interest was in more free food, not truth.

Featured

Ukrainian Paska

Ukrainian Easter bread or paska (which means Easter) is a slightly sweet egg bread that can be decorated with religious symbols.

Ukrainian Easter bread or paska (which means Easter) is a slightly sweet egg bread that can be decorated with religious symbols.

It’s taken to church on Easter morning in a special basket with other foods to be blessed.

Ingredients

  • 1For the Sponge
  • 1 cup milk
  • 1/3 cup all-purpose flour
  • 2 teaspoons sugar
  • 1/2 cup water (lukewarm)
  • 3 (1/4-ounce) packages active dry yeast
  • For the Dough
  • 10 large egg yolks (room-temperature)
  • 2 large eggs (room-temperature)
  • 1 teaspoon salt
  • 1 cup sugar
  • 8 ounces butter (melted)
  • 2 teaspoons vanilla extract
  • 1 tablespoon lemon zest (grated)
  • 6 cups all-purpose flour
  • Optional: 1 cup raisins (light or dark)
  • 1 large egg (room-temperature)
  • 2 tablespoons milk (or water, room-temperature)

Steps to Make It

Note: while there are multiple steps to this recipe, this Easter babka is broken down into workable categories to help you better plan for preparation and baking.

Make the Sponge

  1. Gather the ingredients.
  2. Scald the milk and cool it to 110 F.
  3. Place 1/3 cup flour in a medium bowl and pour the cooled scalded milk over, beating until smooth. Set aside.
  4. In a measuring cup or small bowl, dissolve 2 teaspoons sugar in lukewarm water and stir in the yeast.
  5. Transfer the yeast mixture to the milk-flour paste, mixing well.
  6. Cover with plastic wrap and let rise until light and bubbly.

Make the Dough

  1. Gather the ingredients.
  2. In a large bowl or stand mixer, beat the egg yolks, whole eggs, and salt.
  3. Add 1 cup sugar and continue beating until light.
  4. Beat in the butter, vanilla, and lemon zest.
  5. Add the sponge to this mixture and mix well.
  6. Add 6 cups flour and knead 7 minutes by machine or 10 minutes by hand.
  7. Knead in the optional raisins.
  8. Cover with greased plastic wrap and let rise until doubled.
  9. Punch down dough, knead a few times, and let it rise again.
  10. Grease 3 babka cylinders or food-grade coffee tins and fill each pan 1/3 full.
  11. Cover with greased plastic wrap and let rise until tripled.
  12. Brush tops with 1 large egg beaten with 2 tablespoons of milk or water.

Bake the Babkas

  1. Heat oven to 375 F.
  2. Bake babkas 10 minutes.
  3. Then lower temperature to 325 F and bake 30 minutes.
  4. Then lower temperature to 275 F and bake 15 to 20 minutes longer. Cover tops with aluminum foil, if they are browning too quickly.
  5. Remove from the oven and let stand in the pan for 10 minutes.
  6. Turn loaves out of the pan, running a knife around them, if necessary, and cool completely on a wire rack.
  7. If desired, the cooled loaves can be iced with a simple confectioners’ sugar glaze, letting it drip down the sides for a decorative effect.
  8. Serve and enjoy!

Sugar Glaze

Ingredients

  • 4 tablespoons butter 
  • 2 cups powdered sugar
  • 2 to 4 tablespoons milk (or hot water, for desired consistency)
  • 1 1/2 teaspoons vanilla extract

Steps to Make It

  1. Gather the ingredients.
  2. Melt the butter in a saucepan, or in a bowl or cup in the microwave.
  3. Sift 2 cups of powdered sugar into a medium-size bowl.
  4. Add the melted butter, 2 tablespoons of milk or hot water, and the vanilla to the powdered sugar. Stir to blend.
  5. Beat with an electric mixer until smooth and creamy, adding a little more milk or hot water if necessary.
  6. Drizzle the finished glaze over a cooled cake, quick bread, coffee cake, cupcakes, or other desserts.

At Easter one says “Khrystos Voskres” (“Christ is risen!”) and responds “Voistynu Voskres” (“He is truly risen”).

Featured

Crusty French Baguettes

The aroma of freshly-baked bread has more than just the power to make your mouth water. According to a new study, it can also make you a kinder person. With all of us cooped up self-quarantining bake up some of these loaves for a kinder home… after all, who can be angry when the house smells like a French bakery?

The aroma of freshly-baked bread has more than just the power to make your mouth water. According to a new study, it can also make you a kinder person. With all of us cooped up self-quarantining bake up some of these loaves for a kinder home… after all, who can be angry when the house smells like a French bakery?

INGREDIENTS

2 cups of bread flour (regular flour will work too)
1 cup fine corn meal
1 teaspoon salt
½ a package of yeast (1 package will work for about 5 cups of flour)
2-3 tbsp of olive oil and about a cup of warm bleach free water ,give or take,

METHOD

Mix all this together well till is actually cleaning the bowl, dough shouldn’t be too sticky form into a ball, and knead for about 2-3 minutes.

oil bowl and cover with a humid towel and let rest for about 2 hours in a warm area till double

After it has double do not knead again just shape into a ball or loafs

Brush with olive oil and sprinkle a little coarse salt on top

Let rest for about 30-40 minutes and baked in a very hot oven or your BBQ for about 20 minutes.

If you have a food processor/stand mixer then just add everything to the bowl a little water first then the oil then the water till starts to clean the bowl and then just let it knead for a few seconds.

Artisan bread requires no kneading, just mixed everything and let it rest till double

Dumped the dough into a mold or well oil cast iron Dutch oven with a piece of foil/parchment paper on the bottom

Let rest like before and baked in a very hot oven.

Also unglazed quarry tiles or oven tiles will give you a beautiful crusty loaf once they get hot enough just like the old wood ovens, a charcoal BBQ works great for this.

PS.the internal temperature of the bread should be about 180* when fully baked. And the house should smell like Heaven.

Featured

War?

It is planned, it will happen, it will be the worst war ever, and that’s saying a lot more than most imagine. The only question is when it pops off.

“We are “at war” with an unseen enemy.” –Donald J Trump


Today the calendars of nations are punctuated by holidays to celebrate wars won and to perform memorial services for those who died waging them. Public support is best fired up by appeal to the emotions of deadly combat, over which the amygdala—a center for primary emotion in the brain—is grandmaster. We find ourselves in the “battle” to stem an oil spill, the “fight” to tame inflation, the “war” against cancer. Wherever there is an enemy, animate or inanimate, there must be a victory. You must prevail at the front, no matter how high the cost at home.

Any excuse for a real war will do, so long as it is seen as necessary to protect the tribe. The remembrance of past horrors has no effect.

Yes. . . Sadly War IS Inevitable. So long as it is within human nature to resort to violence from time to time, Then war is indeed inevitable. It really just boils down to how long it will be until the next conflict brews up, Whether it is a regional conflict or another world war.
Things that lead to war; financial crisis, food crisis, epidemic crisis… guess what kiddies, we are there.

In which direction?

-War with China? They’re not going to take being a pariah nation lightly. They’ve lost more face than a clumsy plastic surgeon.
-Civil war? That’s been brewing for years.
-War with Iran? Well, we helped them with ventilators on one hand and got set up to shoot boats on the other.

It is planned, it will happen, it will be the worst war ever, and that’s saying a lot more than most imagine. The only question is when it pops off.

The problem IS as it has ALWAYS BEEN – those who sit in the seats of power on this earth – those who pull the strings for THEIR personal benefit at the expanse of humanity as a whole . . . be that financial – ego – power – control. the “WHY” of it really does not matter.
“We see, therefore, that War is not merely a political act, but also a real political instrument, a continuation of political commerce, a carrying out of the same by other means.” –Carl von Clausewicz

Featured

Dinner rolls

Lambert’s Cafe, in Sikeston, Missouri, which calls itself the “Home of Throwed Rolls,” has made a name for itself by throwing hot dinner rolls to customers. They are light, yeasty and delicious. What follows is my interpretation of those yeasty gems.

Lambert’s Cafe, in Sikeston, Missouri, which calls itself the “Home of Throwed Rolls,” has made a name for itself by throwing hot dinner rolls to customers. They are light, yeasty and delicious. What follows is my interpretation of those yeasty gems.

Ingredients

1 teaspoon sugar. 1 (1/4 ounce) package dry active yeast. 1/4 cup tepid water (105-110 degrees).
1 cup warm milk. 1/4 cup melted butter. 1/4 cup sugar. 1 egg, beaten (at room temp). 1 teaspoon salt. 4 cups all-purpose flour.

Directions

Combine sugar and yeast in tepid water. Let stand 5-10 minutes until yeast begins to foam.
Thoroughly mix milk, butter, sugar, egg and salt in large bowl. Stir in the yeast mixture and 3 1/2 cups of flour, adding a bit more if necessary to make a soft, pliable dough.
Turn dough out on floured board and let rest while you clean and butter bowl.
Knead dough gently 4-5 minutes, adding flour if necessary, until dough is smooth and silky. Return to bowl, cover with plastic wrap, and let rise in warm place until doubled in size (1 1/2 hours approximately).
Butter a 12-cup muffin tin. Punch down dough.
Pinch off pieces that are about 1 1/2 inches in diameter, (enough to fill one-half of muffin cup), and roll into smooth spheres. Place two such pieces in each prepared muffin cup- it will be a tight fit.
Cover dough loosely with plastic wrap for 45 minutes.
Bake rolls in preheated 350 degree oven for 20-25 minutes, or until light brown.
Serve as soon as they are cool enough to throw.

Featured

Some words to the wise

Imagine breakfast without toast, a grilled cheese sandwich without the bread or a burger without the bun, even simple soups taste better with a slice of bread or dinner roll.

Some of us were lucky enough to be taught “old-time” skills from parents and grand parents who lived through the Depression. “Use it up, wear it out, make it over or do without” was their mantra and it served them, (and us), well.

I believe that our society has lost its’ way.

We have become dependent upon handouts from the government; junk food full of chemicals and “entertainment” that should make decent folks want to vomit.

It wasn’t always this way. Not too long ago, our grandparents and their fore-bearers knew how to grow things; how to make things; how to preserve the harvest. They knew how to not only survive, but to thrive, through good times and lean times.

There was a time when all folks knew these skills and tricks, but over the past 70 years or so, many skills and much of the knowledge that was commonplace became rare and in some cases was lost.

This next series of posts will be an attempt to provide a resource where those who are interested in becoming more self-reliant and self-sufficient can find some answers, (and, perhaps, share some of their own knowledge).

The next few days will be devoted to feeding your family.

WELCOME TO GRANDPAS’ OLD-TIME RECIPES.

Some of them come from my parents and grandparents; some from friends and family and some from some of my favorite chefs and restaurants.

I have tested all of them and they are delicious!

BASIC WHITE BREAD


If you can’t bake bread you will not survive! You can’t stock-up on bread because it is perishable, so you must bake it yourself. For a well balanced self-sufficient meal plan you must bake it every week.

Imagine breakfast without toast, a grilled cheese sandwich without the bread or a burger without the bun, even simple soups taste better with a slice of bread or dinner roll.

(Total time 3 hours)   Makes one loaf

INGREDIENTS
3 cups All-Purpose Flour, (grind you own from wheat berries or use a good quality like King Arthur)
1/4 cup Sugar
1/3 cup Oil (or Melted Crisco Shortening)
1 tsp Salt
1 cup 110-120 degree water
1 pkg (1 tsp) “Active Dry Yeast” or “Rapid Rise Yeast”

Proofing, (blooming), the Yeast:
For guaranteed rising results when using “Active Dry Yeast” or “Rapid Rise Dry Yeast”

I proof the yeast in warmed water 100-110 degrees checked with a thermometer and combine the sugar and yeast into a small bowl or measuring cup and stir until dissolved, let froth for about 5-10 minutes.

Combining:
In another bowl combine and whisk together all the dry ingredients.
Then add the bloomed yeast, oil and blend for 2-5 minutes with a stiff handle rubber spatula. Now just blend the ingredients into a ball but do not knead. Should take 1-2 minutes.

1st Rise:
Now remove from the bowl and knead aggressively for 1-2 minutes. Place the dough back into the bowl. (This can be as long as overnight)

2nd Rise:
Punch the dough down, knead for 1-2 minutes and then shape to fit in a greased bread baking pan. Let it rise again in the pan, in a warm place, until about double is size, about 60 minutes.

Bake:
Now after the dough has risen the second time put it in the oven, middle rack and bakes at 325 degrees F for 45-55 minutes or until golden brown.

Cool for 30 minutes and enjoy.

Tips:
• Oven temperature is critical for success. Use an oven thermometer on the shelf you’re baking on for accurate temperature.

• To prevent the bread sides and bottom from burning or becoming overdone place a pizza stone on the shelf you’re baking on (to deflect the heat rising from below) then place the bread pan on the pizza stone.
• Avoid dead bread: The yeast must be kept warm through out the preparation to give the results you want.

Most cases of bread rising failure goes right back to the time you add your ingredients. The flour, sugar and oil must be warm also (room temp) If these items are stored in a refrigerator or a cold pantry they will draw the heat out of the yeast and water. The result is stalled yeast and little on no rising will occur = Dead Bread. The ideal temperature for letting bread dough rise is 80 degrees f. This holds true for all yeast recipes.

Featured

Durable power of attorney for financial

A financial power of attorney is a good document to make for yourself, but it can also be a great blessing for your family. If you become unable to decide for yourself and you haven’t prepared a durable power of attorney, a court proceeding is probably inescapable. Your spouse, closest relatives, or companion will have to ask a court for authority over at least some of your financial affairs.

A durable power of attorney for finances — or financial power of attorney — is a simple, inexpensive, and reliable way to arrange for someone to manage your finances if you become incapacitated (unable to make decisions for yourself).

A financial power of attorney is a good document to make for yourself, but it can also be a great blessing for your family. If you become unable to decide for yourself and you haven’t prepared a durable power of attorney, a court proceeding is probably inescapable. Your spouse, closest relatives, or companion will have to ask a court for authority over at least some of your financial affairs.

A financial power of attorney can be drafted so that it goes into effect as soon as you sign it. (Many spouses have active financial powers of attorney for each other in case something happens to one of them — or for when one spouse is out of town.) You should specify that you want your power of attorney to be “durable.” If you don’t, in most states, it will automatically end if you later become incapacitated.

Or, you can specify that the power of attorney does not go into effect unless a doctor certifies that you have become incapacitated. This is called a “springing” durable power of attorney. It allows you to keep control over your affairs unless and until you become incapacitated, when it springs into effect.

When you create and sign a durable power of attorney, you give another person legal authority to act on your behalf. This person is called your agent or, in some states, your attorney-in-fact.

Commonly, people give their agent broad power to handle all of their finances. But you can give your agent as much or as little power as you wish. You may want to give your agent authority to do some or all of the following:

  • use your assets to pay your everyday expenses and those of your family
  • buy, sell, maintain, pay taxes on, and mortgage real estate and other property
  • collect Social Security, Medicare, or other government benefits
  • invest your money in stocks, bonds, and mutual funds
  • handle transactions with banks and other financial institutions
  • buy and sell insurance policies and annuities for you
  • file and pay your taxes
  • operate your small business
  • claim property you inherit or are otherwise entitled to
  • transfer property to a trust you’ve already created
  • hire someone to represent you in court, and
  • manage your retirement accounts.

The agent is required to act in your best interests, maintain accurate records, keep your property separate from his or hers, and avoid conflicts of interest.

What follows is a form legal in Missouri:

missouri-financial-durable-power-of-attorney-form

Forms for other states can be found here

Featured

We have been warned-Freedom to chains


In 1965, American radio host Paul Harvey gave an immense warning to the American people about the fate of the nation. “We Were Warned: Freedom to Chains” is a short film about the the parallels between the warning Harvey gave over fifty-five years ago, and today with the Socialist influences in government and society.


Running time: 9 minutes 28 seconds
Featured

Durable power of attorney for healthcare and financial

You have a right to decide what kind of medical treatment you do and do not want. If you have specific wishes about your health care, a Durable Power of Attorney for Health Care will ensure that those wishes are honored even if you are physically or mentally unable to tell your doctors what you want.

Nobody looks forward to contemplating being disabled and being incapable of making decisions about their life. Nobody looks forward to contemplating their own demise. With what has happened in the world over the past quarter, the consideration of these events are, unfortunately, something that prudent people must consider. Specifically, what are called “advanced directives” or durable powers of attorney for health care and financial. This post will cover the Durable power of attorney for health care.

A Durable Power of Attorney for Health Care is a document that lets you name someone else to make decisions about your health care in case you are not able to make those decisions yourself. It gives that person (called your agent) instructions about the kinds of medical treatment you want.

You have a right to decide what kind of medical treatment you do and do not want. If you have specific wishes about your health care, a Durable Power of Attorney for Health Care will ensure that those wishes are honored even if you are physically or mentally unable to tell your doctors what you want.

Even if you do not have specific wishes about your health care, a Durable Power of Attorney for Health Care will ensure that someone you trust will make your medical decisions if you cannot do so.

If you do not have a Durable Power of Attorney for Health Care and are physically or mentally unable to tell your doctors what you want, the following people, in order of priority, are legally authorized to make your health care decisions for you:

  • Your court-appointed guardian or conservator;
  • Your spouse or domestic partner;
  • Your adult child;
  • Your adult sibling;
  • A close friend; or
  • Your nearest living relative.

To make a Durable Power of Attorney for Health Care, you sign a paper saying that you want a certain person or persons (called your agent(s)) to make health care decisions for you if you are unable to make those decisions yourself.

Your agent can make a wide range of health care decisions, including:

  • Whether to admit or discharge you from a hospital or nursing home;
  • Which treatments or medicines you do or do not want to receive; and
  • Who has access to your medical records.

Your agent can only make these decisions if you cannot do so yourself, and your agent must follow your wishes when making these decisions.

You must say so in writing. When you make a Durable Power of Attorney for Health Care, you can:

  • State when you do or do not want your doctors to use machines to keep you alive;
  • State when you do or do not want to be hooked up to feeding tubes that provide you with food and water;
  • Tell your agent how you want your body disposed of when you die;
  • State whether you want to donate any organs; and
  • Name a person you want to be your legal guardian, if necessary.

If you live in Missouri, you may use the form below:

missouri-medical-power-of-attorney-form

If you live in any of the other 49 states you can find a downloadable form at https://powerofattorney.com/medical-power-attorney/

The choice is yours to make, choose wisely.

Featured

Scripture-Isaiah 26:20-21


Isa 26:20 Come, my people, enter thou into thy chambers, and shut thy doors about thee: hide thyself as it were for a little moment, until the indignation be overpast.
Isa 26:21 For, behold, the LORD cometh out of his place to punish the inhabitants of the earth for their iniquity: the earth also shall disclose her blood, and shall no more cover her slain.

Featured

Plandemic

One of the many side effects of the COVID-19 virus pandemic has little, if anything to do with medical issues or sickness. Crops rotting in fields. Dairy farmers incentivized to quit for good. Beef/pork processors shutting down.

We have often said that not all conspiracies are theories. Some forward-looking warnings are very real and worth consideration.

It is in your interest to check this out, digest the information and then make up your own mind.

One of the many side effects of the COVID-19 virus pandemic has little, if anything to do with medical issues or sickness. Crops rotting in fields. Dairy farmers incentivized to quit for good. Beef/pork processors shutting down.

The position here is that this is not by accident, but all by design.

Spread the word and make sure everyone starts growing food, no matter how small scale — every bit helps.

Featured

So you’re late to the party

* My first tip* if your local Costco/Sam’s club is a zoo, try Dollar Tree. Ours have special Covid displays with things like hand sanitizer, disinfectant spray, lysol concentrate, and shelf stable food.

This is a repost from one of my friends.

So you’re late to the party!

Good thing you’re here!

I’m hoping that our expert longtime preppers will put some basic ideas here for Covid19 preps for the ultimate beginner, keeping in mind that most people don’t have lots of experience or money to burn.


* My first tip* if your local Costco/Sam’s club is a zoo, try Dollar Tree. Ours have special Covid displays with things like hand sanitizer, disinfectant spray, lysol concentrate, and shelf stable food.

I’ve been pleased to find that a lot of their food products (generic spam, canned clams, shelf-stable milk that tastes good) are actually made in the USA!

If you want, you can order by the case online and pick up at your local store for free or ship to home for a cost.


***TOP 10 TIPS***

1. STOP and BREATHE. Prep don’t panic. Panic makes people do stupid, dangerous things.
Stop. Breathe. Think. Plan. Prepare.

2. Practice good hygiene.

Out and about? Cover your cough. Don’t touch your face.

Can’t find hand sanitizer? That’s okay! Be sure to have soap on hand. You can even try a recipe from a reliable source. (D)

Wash your hands WELL with soap and water. (A) This works better than hand sanitizer! No running water? No problem! (B)

3. No mask? Practice social distancing. CDC recommends staying 1-3 feet away from others. Wave instead of handshakes.

4. Remember kids, pets, and any seniors who rely upon you when planning. Medicines, special foods, litter, diapers etc.

5. WATER
Chances are you’ll get a little warning before losing municipal water supply if it does happen.

Before losing water:
-Wash out and fill old bottles (soda pop, juice, etc.) with tap water.
-Look into buying a filter if you have a pool or hot tub, and be sure it’s topped off.
-Look into buying a Water Bob. It’s basically a water bladder with hand pump for tubs.
-Most homes have 50 gallons of fresh water in the hot water tank.

If you’re going to be losing water service soon:
-Fill EVERYTHING with water: sinks, tubs, coolers, pitchers, pots, pans, buckets.
Remember that bleach and boiling can be used to kill germs in water (C)

6. FOOD

If possible, buy extra of what you and your family normally eat and rotate stock like at the store.

7. Don’t forget basic household safety like batteries in smoke detectors and carbon monoxide detectors. First responders and medical personnel may be stretched thin.


8. If you choose to use a mask, understand it’s limitations. Don’t allow it to give you a false sense of security. Be sure you’re wearing and fitting it correctly. If you choose to use gloves, practice taking them off without touching the contaminated outside.

9. Personal hygiene

No TP?
*Try looking into a bidet or even a “peri bottle” like they give to new moms.
*If you choose to use other paper products: Kleenex, paper towels, IRS tax code book, etc. be sure to put a plastic bag or lidded trash can nearby so you don’t ruin your plumbing.
*Another option may be family cloth. (E)

No baby wipes?
DIY with paper towels and baby bath. (F)

(A)https://www.cdc.gov/handwashing/fact-sheets.html

(B)https://www.cdc.gov/safewater/public…/tippy-tap.pdf

(C)
https://www.fema.gov/news-release/20…ter-safe-drink

(D)
https://www.who.int/gpsc/5may/Guide_…Production.pdf

(E)
https://redandhoney.com/how-to-get-s…ually-love-it/

(F)Complicated version in video link. Just take the basic idea and use watered down baby bath instead.
https://youtu.be/jTjQVx9qN9Q

***Helpful Printable Online Books***

1) Hesperian Health Guides “Where There Is No Doctor”, “Where There Is No Dentist”, “Sanitation and Cleanliness” and many many more. Starting at 95 cents for a PDF.

https://store.hesperian.org/SFNT.html

2)Food Storage for Emergencies from University of Utah Extension Office. How to safely store foods at home, nutrition of shelf stable foods, etc. FREE!

https://extension.usu.edu/foodstorag…e_Booklet2.pdf

Featured

We’ve run out of God pills

(Donald Trump) understands that the real fight is between your quislings in the DNC and across the European Union trying to export China’s dystopian world and retaining some semblance of the nation-state. And this full court press for global government in the name of stopping a disease is ludicrous.

It is obvious that by either design or acting opportunistically this pandemic has become the “progressive’s” casus belli on us, to usher in a new world based on total surveillance, total compliance and control.

You’ve used fear over a bug to induce mass hysteria at a level that is difficult to contain. After more than two generations of marginalizing the masculine and amplifying the feminine the Progressive deification of trained experts which you turned into ‘believe all women’ to push identity politics has reached its zenith.

This has now reverted back into ‘believe all smart people’ in the minds of your useful idiots who retweet exponential growth curves they don’t understand and take as gospel truth your antipathy to curing this virus.

Thanks to this mass induced insanity we have a society that is uncomfortable with the risk of living thanks to a Nanny State that is more Oedipal Mother than the usual Abusive Father.

But this is more than just risk aversion. It’s truly a pathological fear of risk and the consequences of poor decisions; high time-preference decisions that permeate every aspect of our Western society.

Because we’ve been conditioned by you to believe there’s always another bubble to be blown up. There’s always another credit-induced boom around the corner. Housing prices can’t go down. Our jobs will come back and there will always be enough food.

But that myth of the magic money tree can’t bargain with a random piece of foreign DNA. The threat to our biology can’t be fought with more fake money.

But we still cling to your mass delusion that we live in a post-scarcity age that’s endemic across the generations. Even the angry and bitter Gen-Xers aren’t quite ready for what the world looks like without access to nearly unlimited credit.

And it has created the false sense of security that we as a species have mastered risk.

But we haven’t. You’ve mastered the art of laying off that risk for another day, another week, another year and called it prosperity.

And because we all want to believe we’re smarter than average bear and don’t want to face tomorrow without our favorite things we go along with the comfortable lie.

In other words, we believe risk is someone else’s problem. And that we owe the debts to ourselves. And it’s okay to foist risk off on those hapless suckers lest we be inconvenienced by the barest minimum of privation.

Let’s call that, in the words of a friend of mine, Spiritual progressivism, (or, if you prefer, “Social Democracy”.

It’s so insane that our financial system is built on pricing debt instruments based on the dubious concept of R* equaling zero. What is R*? It’s the ‘default risk premium’ used to ‘price’ financial assets.

Only supremely arrogant people who believe they have conquered time, can believe there are such things as risk-free anything.

But it’s clear that into this riskless world you’ve steered us into thinking exists we’re being over-stimulated to believe in the potential risk from COVID-19 to push for changes to our society that benefit you far more then us.

But I thought we mastered risk. You told us so.

And that’s the dirty little secret isn’t it? The truth is that you’re the ones that can’t handle risk. You’ve never actually risked anything, preferring instead to create an endless series of one-way trades where no matter who loses, you win.

You love your power and pelf. You believe you are the wise, all-seeing parents, guiding their wayward children to a better world, your Utopia.

The riskless systems you’ve deluded us into building for your benefit over-invested in the wrong kinds of insurance; social safety nets that are now overwhelmed to the breaking point and are soon to be revealed as just another failed bribe.

While the kinds we need, medical infrastructure, don’t have a dime’s worth of spare capacity when risk actually rears its ugly head, because you extracted that out in all your laying off the risk.

From the beginning, the threat from COVID-19 wasn’t about the virus itself but about its added strain to already over-strained medical systems. These are the mismanaged and malinvested systems of either full-on state control like in your paragon of Europe or Byzantine regulatory strata designed to eliminate competition and drive up pricing known here as Obamacare.

And now you’re going to use your own failures to scare us into accepting the worst kinds of intrusions into our lives. You’re going to lock out dissidents who refuse to get a medical passport and Bill Gates’ ID2020 chip.

It’s like all of a sudden Gates has emerged as the high priest of Spiritual Progressivism. We need this as the first stage of preparation for the next virus coming our way.

Because, you know, risk.

We’ve gone from a fairly normal world to an episode of Black Mirror in a month. And in your unbelievable hubris you think we’re all going to just go along with it because of a freaking cold and a four-year old TED Talk?

Do you really think we’ve become such ball-less eunuchs to think that this worship of blue-check marked, official smart people is the key to humanity’s future in dealing with the risks of being alive?

Because we can see you crapping your pants on TV, by the way. That is, when we decide to tune in for a few minutes to see if you’re still there.

But looking at the numbers it’s clear we’re not watching your doom porn anymore and we’ve got a whole lot more time on our hands to wonder why in the hell we spend 70 hours a week on a hamster wheel to pay the most onerous taxes in human history for a few leftover slips of green paper you treat worse than people treated toilet paper before the Coronapocalypse.

Faith in government is failing at every level. The continued false thesis that China’s death toll is only around 4000 people because they locked everyone down is meant to be the antithesis to the U.S.’s less top-down approach where now the death toll in New York alone is more than three times those that died on 9/11.

And the synthesis in your inaccurate Straussian model of our behavior is us accepting free movement as long as we can show our proper papers?

Um, how about no?

We can see you prepping the ground for this. This is the deplatforming of Alex Jones taken to its logical conclusion. If we aren’t willing to submit to complete monitoring and tracking of all of our movements then we cannot be a member of your society.

I can see why Donald Trump is fighting this they way he is. He’s started a new Cold War with China because he realizes it’s a major front in his, to date, mostly defensive war against you.

I think he understands that the real fight is between your quislings in the DNC and across the European Union trying to export China’s dystopian world and retaining some semblance of the nation-state. And this full court press for global government in the name of stopping a disease is ludicrous.

Because when you step back from those growth curves and put down the crack pipe full of noradrenaline if we hadn’t named it, if you hadn’t instructed the media to create mass hysteria most people in the world would just see it as another really bad flu season.

Because that’s the reality of the numbers at this point.

And had your financial markets not crapped the bed, you would be lying to us still about the severity of this virus.

So issue your diktats all you want. Push for your post-COVID Utopia of driverless cars, bug burgers, biometric conduct codes and rights-denying vaccination profiles.

Go for it. Honestly, we aren’t listening anymore. You lost your cache with us because your first instinct in any crisis is to lie to us. And now we don’t believe you about frankly anything.

Because after decades of lying to us about everything we’re asking the simple question, “Why would you be telling us the truth now?”

Featured

FEAR ITSELF

At what point will you start QUESTIONING what’s going on? How far does the government have to push before you’re jolted awake from your slumber? How far are you willing to go with this?

We are seeing the most draconian measures enforced at all levels of government that we’ve ever seen in our lifetimes, and yet rather than being alarmed by the things going on, so many of you applaud.

People are being arrested for spending too much time outside, and you applaud.

A child’s birthday party is raided by police, and you applaud.

A young woman is ticketed for going on a leisurely drive alone because it’s deemed “non-essential travel”, and you applaud.

A parade of school teachers and administrators who wanted to drive through neighborhoods and wave at children is busted up by cops because they were “nonessential,” and you applaud.

A lone paddleboarder in the ocean on a beach without any other people around is arrested because he’s violating quarantine orders, and you applaud.

People are being denied life saving medical treatments because they’re not a priority right now (not “essential” as deemed by the government) as the entirety of our medical system is focused on one thing, and you applaud.

Businesses are beings forcibly closed and padlocked and owners arrested for refusing to shut down, and you applaud.

Dairy farmers (and soon, other farmers) are being incentivized to stop dairy farming and to sell their herds, and you don’t seem to understand the implications.

You’re being told to use hotlines and online forms provided by your local governments to report your neighbors who don’t obey, and you comply.

You scold people day after day for not obeying government edicts, and if any of us dare to question what’s happening, you lecture about how we’re a danger to society and and we just don’t care about people dying.

You’ve somehow managed to convince yourselves that the people whose lives are affected by a virus are MUCH more important than the people whose lives are being destroyed (and in many cases, leading to death) by the effects of a worldwide economic shutdown and impending worldwide depression the likes of which no one has ever seen before.

At what point will you start QUESTIONING what’s going on? How far does the government have to push before you’re jolted awake from your slumber? How far are you willing to go with this?

If they told you to load your families onto train cars so that you could be taken to Virus Protection Facilities for your own safety, would you do it?

YES. Yes, you would.That much has become painfully obvious to me. And the whole time, you’d be shaking your finger and yelling at those of us who refused, accusing us of being “a danger to society” and “not caring if people die.”

But they don’t have to load you onto train cars and take you to Virus Protection Facilities, or force you to comply, because you do that voluntarily. They control your mind. They control you through fear. They control you by convincing you that the world is a scary dangerous place, but they’re here to protect you, care for you, and keep you safe, just as long as you OBEY.

They know that as long as you’re locked inside your comfortable home with Netflix, Hulu, Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and a cell phone, while dangling a $1200 check in front of you like a carrot on a stick, you’ll comply. No force is necessary for the majority of the herd.

YOU ARE IMPRISONED, willingly, and you’re too blind to see it.

Years ago a popular president is quoted as saying; “The only thing we have to fear is, fear itself.” He was wrong. We need to be terrified of the stupidity of sheep.

Featured

Woo or “Q”

There are many explanations for what has been going on. Some are plausible and some are simply tin-foil hat stuff.

There are many explanations for what has been going on. Some are plausible and some are simply tin-foil hat stuff. The following video makes some interesting points and some interesting assertions. Unfortunately, it also contains some egregious errors in fact.

I present it for your information and consideration. It is up to you, dear friend, to make up your own mind.

https://youtu.be/4BG1RCiuL1Q
Running time 49:29
Featured

Prayer for Saturday, April 11,2020

When David lifted his eyes up to the hills, he didn’t just see a beautiful view. He saw his life flash before his eyes.

Psalm 121:1-3

121 I will lift up mine eyes unto the hills, from whence cometh my help.

My help cometh from the Lord, which made heaven and earth.

He will not suffer thy foot to be moved: he that keepeth thee will not slumber.

hills of judea 1

When I was reading Psalm 121, I began to think about David’s life.

It appears that David wrote this psalm after he was king, which means it was after he had spent a lot of time in those hills, the ones to which he was lifting his eyes.

What had happened in those hills?

For years, maybe as many as ten or fifteen years, he had hidden in those very hills, from a maniacal king who was dead-set on killing him.

hills of judea 2

When David lifted his eyes up to the hills, he didn’t just see a beautiful view. He saw his life flash before his eyes. He remembered moving from one hill to another, from one cave to another, hiding in the back of a cave while the king slept in the front, working his way around one side of the mountain while the king and his army marched inexorably around the other side.

When David looked at those hills, he saw despair and grief and darkness and hopelessness.

But when he looked at those hills, he saw something more. He saw protection. He saw deliverance. He saw safety in the cleft of the Rock. In those hills, David knew the presence of God.

Featured

Big Brother Is Watching

The tech giant confirmed that it is publishing anonymized data for 131 countries and regions around the world to show how people have moved during the course of the pandemic that has now infected over 1 million people.

Google on Friday, April 3, 2020 announced that it has started releasing global location data in an effort to help public health officials track how people are moving during lockdowns and orders to stay at home around the world.  

The tech giant confirmed that it is publishing anonymized data for 131 countries and regions around the world to show how people have moved during the course of the pandemic that has now infected over 1 million people.

The information is gathered using user data from Google Maps and other Google services.

The novel 1984 was never intended as an operations manual but it certainly seems to have become one.

Here’s something you might want to cut and paste to follow off-line;
How to turn off location tracking on an Android device
1.) Open the Settings app on your Android and look for either the “Connections” tab or, depending on your phone, the “Privacy” tab.
2.) Tap “Location” and toggle the switch to off.
3.) You can also tap “Emergency Location Service” and “Google Location Sharing” to switch off location-tracking features there as well.

Featured

The Enemy Within?

A top Harvard scientist was charged Tuesday, 3-31-2020 with lying to the Pentagon and the National Institutes of Health about his involvement in a program run by the Chinese government and a Chinese university.

A top Harvard scientist was charged Tuesday, 3-31-2020 with lying to the Pentagon and the National Institutes of Health about his involvement in a program run by the Chinese government and a Chinese university.

A federal criminal complaint says Charles Lieber gave false statements about his participation in the Thousand Talents Program, which U.S. officials say is a conduit for economic espionage. The filing also says that Lieber, chair of Harvard’s department of chemistry and chemical biology, raked in hundreds of thousands of dollars a year in salary and living expenses from the Wuhan University of Technology, along with $1.5 million to build a laboratory in China.

https://youtu.be/0sTpLGjLk9s
Featured

COVID-19 & PRC

Human nature demands that we find a guilty party when something bad happens… so I was at first very skeptical about the noise churning in the background of all this about a supposed Chinese Government’s role.

Human nature demands that we find a guilty party when something bad happens… so I was at first very skeptical about the noise churning in the background of all this about a supposed Chinese Government’s role.

But perhaps I was wrong..

.. here is an expat in china fluent in Chinese who I been following for a while on separate stuff.
The young man is by no means a crackpot and has sources: (Video run time:10:02)

Watch and make up your own mind.

Featured

COVID-19 & the CCP

Human nature demands that we find a guilty party when something bad happens… so I was at first very skeptical about the noise churning in the background of all this about a supposed Chinese Government’s role.

Human nature demands that we find a guilty party when something bad happens… so I was at first very skeptical about the noise churning in the background of all this about a supposed Chinese Government’s role.

But perhaps I was wrong..

.. here is an expat in china fluent in Chinese who I been following for a while on separate stuff.
The young man is by no means a crackpot and has sources: (Video run time:10:02)

Featured

COVID-19 and Hydrooxychloroquin

Covid-19 had us all fooled, but now we might have finally found its secret.

I am NOT a doctor. This is NOT intended to be taken as medical advice. This post is for informational purposes only. As always, do your own research and make your own medical decisions in conjunction with your own medical professional.

In the last 3–5 days, a mountain of anecdotal evidence has come out of NYC, Italy, Spain, etc. about COVID-19 and characteristics of patients who get seriously ill. It’s not only piling up but now leading to a general field-level consensus backed up by a few previously little-known studies that we’ve had it all wrong the whole time. Well, a few had some things eerily correct (cough Trump cough), especially with Hydroxychloroquine with Azithromicin.

There is no ‘pneumonia’ nor ARDS. At least not the ARDS with established treatment protocols and procedures we’re familiar with. Ventilators are not only the wrong solution, but high pressure intubation can actually wind up causing more damage than without, not to mention complications from tracheal scarring and ulcers given the duration of intubation often required… They may still have a use in the immediate future for patients too far to bring back with this newfound knowledge, but moving forward a new treatment protocol needs to be established so we stop treating patients for the wrong disease.

The past 48 hours or so have seen a huge revelation: COVID-19 causes prolonged and progressive hypoxia (starving your body of oxygen) by binding to the heme groups in hemoglobin in your red blood cells. People are simply desaturating (losing o2 in their blood), and that’s what eventually leads to organ failures that kill them, not any form of ARDS or pneumonia. All the damage to the lungs you see in CT scans are from the release of oxidative iron from the hemes, this overwhelms the natural defenses against pulmonary oxidative stress and causes that nice, always-bilateral ground glass opacity in the lungs. Patients returning for re-hospitalization days or weeks after recovery suffering from apparent delayed post-hypoxic leukoencephalopathy strengthen the notion COVID-19 patients are suffering from hypoxia despite no signs of respiratory ‘tire out’ or fatigue.

The lungs, in particular, have 3 primary defenses to maintain “iron homeostasis”, 2 of which are in the alveoli, those little sacs in your lungs we talked about earlier. The first of the two are little macrophages that roam around and scavenge up any free radicals like this oxidative iron. The second is a lining on the walls (called the epithelial surface) which has a thin layer of fluid packed with high levels of antioxidant molecules.. things like ascorbic acid (AKA Vitamin C) among others. Well, this is usually good enough for naturally occurring rogue iron ions but with COVID-19 running rampant your body is now basically like a progressive state letting out all the prisoners out of the prisons… it’s just too much iron and it begins to overwhelm your lungs’ countermeasures, and thus begins the process of pulmonary oxidative stress. This leads to damage and inflammation, which leads to all that nasty stuff and damage you see in CT scans of COVID-19 patient lungs. Ever noticed how it’s always bilateral? (both lungs at the same time) Pneumonia rarely ever does that, but COVID-19 does… EVERY. SINGLE. TIME.

Eventually, if the patient’s immune system doesn’t fight off the virus in time before their blood oxygen saturation drops too low, ventilator or no ventilator, organs start shutting down. No fuel, no work. The only way to even try to keep them going is max oxygen, even a hyperbaric chamber if one is available on 100% oxygen at multiple atmospheres of pressure, just to give what’s left of their functioning hemoglobin a chance to carry enough o2 to the organs and keep them alive.

Best case scenario? Treatment regimen early, before symptoms progress too far. Hydroxychloroquine with Azithromicin has shown fantastic, albeit critics keep mentioning ‘anecdotal’.

All that hilariously misguided and counterproductive criticism the media piled on chloroquine (purely for political reasons) as a viable treatment will now go down as the biggest Fake News blunder to rule them all. The media actively engaged their activism to fight ‘bad orange man’ at the cost of thousands of lives. Shame on them.

SOURCE:http://web.archive.org/web/20200405061401/https:/medium.com/@agaiziunas/covid-19-had-us-all-fooled-but-now-we-might-have-finally-found-its-secret-91182386efcb

Featured

COVID-19 and Hydroxychloroquin

Covid-19 had us all fooled, but now we might have finally found its secret.

I am NOT a doctor. This is NOT intended to be taken as medical advice. This post is for informational purposes only. As always, do your own research and make your own medical decisions in conjunction with your own medical professional.

In the last 3–5 days, a mountain of anecdotal evidence has come out of NYC, Italy, Spain, etc. about COVID-19 and characteristics of patients who get seriously ill. It’s not only piling up but now leading to a general field-level consensus backed up by a few previously little-known studies that we’ve had it all wrong the whole time. Well, a few had some things eerily correct (cough Trump cough), especially with Hydroxychloroquine with Azithromicin.

There is no ‘pneumonia’ nor ARDS. At least not the ARDS with established treatment protocols and procedures we’re familiar with. Ventilators are not only the wrong solution, but high pressure intubation can actually wind up causing more damage than without, not to mention complications from tracheal scarring and ulcers given the duration of intubation often required… They may still have a use in the immediate future for patients too far to bring back with this newfound knowledge, but moving forward a new treatment protocol needs to be established so we stop treating patients for the wrong disease.

The past 48 hours or so have seen a huge revelation: COVID-19 causes prolonged and progressive hypoxia (starving your body of oxygen) by binding to the heme groups in hemoglobin in your red blood cells. People are simply desaturating (losing o2 in their blood), and that’s what eventually leads to organ failures that kill them, not any form of ARDS or pneumonia. All the damage to the lungs you see in CT scans are from the release of oxidative iron from the hemes, this overwhelms the natural defenses against pulmonary oxidative stress and causes that nice, always-bilateral ground glass opacity in the lungs. Patients returning for re-hospitalization days or weeks after recovery suffering from apparent delayed post-hypoxic leukoencephalopathy strengthen the notion COVID-19 patients are suffering from hypoxia despite no signs of respiratory ‘tire out’ or fatigue.

The lungs, in particular, have 3 primary defenses to maintain “iron homeostasis”, 2 of which are in the alveoli, those little sacs in your lungs we talked about earlier. The first of the two are little macrophages that roam around and scavenge up any free radicals like this oxidative iron. The second is a lining on the walls (called the epithelial surface) which has a thin layer of fluid packed with high levels of antioxidant molecules.. things like ascorbic acid (AKA Vitamin C) among others. Well, this is usually good enough for naturally occurring rogue iron ions but with COVID-19 running rampant your body is now basically like a progressive state letting out all the prisoners out of the prisons… it’s just too much iron and it begins to overwhelm your lungs’ countermeasures, and thus begins the process of pulmonary oxidative stress. This leads to damage and inflammation, which leads to all that nasty stuff and damage you see in CT scans of COVID-19 patient lungs. Ever noticed how it’s always bilateral? (both lungs at the same time) Pneumonia rarely ever does that, but COVID-19 does… EVERY. SINGLE. TIME.

Eventually, if the patient’s immune system doesn’t fight off the virus in time before their blood oxygen saturation drops too low, ventilator or no ventilator, organs start shutting down. No fuel, no work. The only way to even try to keep them going is max oxygen, even a hyperbaric chamber if one is available on 100% oxygen at multiple atmospheres of pressure, just to give what’s left of their functioning hemoglobin a chance to carry enough o2 to the organs and keep them alive.

Best case scenario? Treatment regimen early, before symptoms progress too far. Hydroxychloroquine with Azithromicin has shown fantastic, albeit critics keep mentioning ‘anecdotal’.

All that hilariously misguided and counterproductive criticism the media piled on chloroquine (purely for political reasons) as a viable treatment will now go down as the biggest Fake News blunder to rule them all. The media actively engaged their activism to fight ‘bad orange man’ at the cost of thousands of lives. Shame on them.

SOURCE:http://web.archive.org/web/20200405061401/https:/medium.com/@agaiziunas/covid-19-had-us-all-fooled-but-now-we-might-have-finally-found-its-secret-91182386efcb

Featured

What they’re not telling you about ventilators

COVID-19 in older adults and seriously ill persons mostly kills by respiratory failure, progressing over a few hours or days from a sensation of breathlessness to a losing struggle to breathe. Only a minority of elderly persons who are put on ventilators survive to leave the hospital, and most have become more disabled from being very sick and mostly immobile.


On March 26, 2020 the L.A. Times ran a story about the lack of ventilators available to treat acute cases of the COVID-19 virus.

“It’s a choice most doctors never thought they would have to make: Who lives and who dies.

But in coming weeks, if COVID-19 continues to surge, such decisions will be inevitable.

The coronavirus will attack so many people’s lungs that thousands could show up at hospitals gasping for air and will need to be hooked up to machines that breathe for them. But there won’t be enough ventilators for everyone, forcing doctors to make impossible calls about which lives to save.” is what the article said.

It went on to decry that there will be doctors who will have to decide, based on lack of equipment, whether to “save” an 80 year old grandpa or a 20 year old both of whom are in sever respiratory distress.

There are a few problems with the L.A. Times story.

First off, up to this point, the vast majority of those who are severely stricken with COVID-19 are in the senior age range, (60 and above). The cohort of 20 year olds who exhibit any symptoms at all are, so far, infinitesimal. So, the Times article is setting up a “straw man” false choice.

Secondly, during his press briefing on Saturday, April 4, 2020, president Trump was asked about the shortage of ventilators complained about by New York governor Cuomo. His response was that perhaps the better question for examination is what can be done to prevent the need for the ventilators since no one would be comfortable with the answer. None of the media people asked the obvious follow up question, why would they not be comfortable?

Here is the terrible, horrible truth.

COVID-19 in older adults and seriously ill persons mostly kills by respiratory failure, progressing over a few hours or days from a sensation of breathlessness to a losing struggle to breathe. Only a minority of elderly persons who are put on ventilators survive to leave the hospital, and most have become more disabled from being very sick and mostly immobile. Older adults already living with eventually fatal illnesses and their families might make decisions to avoid all this and accept that a serious case of COVID-19 is likely the end of their lives.

Ventilators are no panacea for coronavirus patients. Research shows that most patients placed on the breathing machines still die, (upwards of 80%) — and ventilators themselves can cause fatal infections.

Patients end up on a ventilator when their lungs can no longer deliver enough oxygen to keep the body going. It’s an extreme measure. Patients are given sedation so that they go to sleep and then the doctors provide a paralytic that stops their breathing.

Next, they insert a long plastic tube through the trachea and vocal cords that allows a machine to deliver puffs of highly oxygenated air to the lungs. (This is done by cutting a hole in the neck called a tracheotomy).

The ventilator itself can do damage to the lung tissue based on how much pressure is required to help oxygen get processed by the lungs. Coronavirus patients often need dangerously high levels of both pressure and oxygen because their lungs have so much inflammation. Also, ventilators create a path for a wide range of infections to reach the lungs.

These are unpleasant facts but they must be faced.

Every one of us at high risk because of age or illness should be setting goals and making decisions about the desirability of hospitalization and ventilator support—yet no one is talking about making and using COVID-19 advance care plans.

Having the opportunity to make decisions ahead of becoming ill with COVID-19 is especially important for those who decide not to take the conventional pattern of going to the hospital and/or being put on a ventilator. These discussions are difficult.

We need to be having these discussions and decisions now.

Featured

What they are not telling you about ventilators

COVID-19 in older adults and seriously ill persons mostly kills by respiratory failure, progressing over a few hours or days from a sensation of breathlessness to a losing struggle to breathe. Only a minority of elderly persons who are put on ventilators survive to leave the hospital, and most have become more disabled from being very sick and mostly immobile.


On March 26, 2020 the L.A. Times ran a story about the lack of ventilators available to treat acute cases of the COVID-19 virus.

“It’s a choice most doctors never thought they would have to make: Who lives and who dies.

But in coming weeks, if COVID-19 continues to surge, such decisions will be inevitable.

The coronavirus will attack so many people’s lungs that thousands could show up at hospitals gasping for air and will need to be hooked up to machines that breathe for them. But there won’t be enough ventilators for everyone, forcing doctors to make impossible calls about which lives to save.” is what the article said.

It went on to decry that there will be doctors who will have to decide, based on lack of equipment, whether to “save” an 80 year old grandpa or a 20 year old both of whom are in sever respiratory distress.

There are a few problems with the L.A. Times story.

First off, up to this point, the vast majority of those who are severely stricken with COVID-19 are in the senior age range, (60 and above). The cohort of 20 year olds who exhibit any symptoms at all are, so far, infinitesimal. So, the Times article is setting up a “straw man” false choice.

Secondly, during his press briefing on Saturday, April 4, 2020, president Trump was asked about the shortage of ventilators complained about by New York governor Cuomo. His response was that perhaps the better question for examination is what can be done to prevent the need for the ventilators since no one would be comfortable with the answer. None of the media people asked the obvious follow up question, why would they not be comfortable?

Here is the terrible, horrible truth.

COVID-19 in older adults and seriously ill persons mostly kills by respiratory failure, progressing over a few hours or days from a sensation of breathlessness to a losing struggle to breathe. Only a minority of elderly persons who are put on ventilators survive to leave the hospital, and most have become more disabled from being very sick and mostly immobile. Older adults already living with eventually fatal illnesses and their families might make decisions to avoid all this and accept that a serious case of COVID-19 is likely the end of their lives.

Ventilators are no panacea for coronavirus patients. Research shows that most patients placed on the breathing machines still die, (upwards of 80%) — and ventilators themselves can cause fatal infections.

Patients end up on a ventilator when their lungs can no longer deliver enough oxygen to keep the body going. It’s an extreme measure. Patients are given sedation so that they go to sleep and then the doctors provide a paralytic that stops their breathing.

Next, they insert a long plastic tube through the trachea and vocal cords that allows a machine to deliver puffs of highly oxygenated air to the lungs. (This is done by cutting a hole in the neck called a tracheotomy).

The ventilator itself can do damage to the lung tissue based on how much pressure is required to help oxygen get processed by the lungs. Coronavirus patients often need dangerously high levels of both pressure and oxygen because their lungs have so much inflammation. Also, ventilators create a path for a wide range of infections to reach the lungs.

These are unpleasant facts but they must be faced.

Every one of us at high risk because of age or illness should be setting goals and making decisions about the desirability of hospitalization and ventilator support—yet no one is talking about making and using COVID-19 advance care plans.

Having the opportunity to make decisions ahead of becoming ill with COVID-19 is especially important for those who decide not to take the conventional pattern of going to the hospital and/or being put on a ventilator. These discussions are difficult.

We need to be having these discussions and decisions now.



Featured

Fearmongering and loss of liberty

I see the need to a degree of shuttering businesses to slow down its progression, but stripping rights or even suspending them is a bit more nuanced as I said previously. Not everyone will win.


Many are talking about our rights being taken away during the Coronavirus pandemic. People on YouTube talking about how the government is suspending rights due to Coronavirus.

On the flip side, President Trump is barely using his authority. He seems to be scupulously following Constitutional principles.

There are several threads on FaceBook this topic, and I try to see it both ways.

Let’s be honest, people are acting like idiots with this outbreak. That goes across the board from government officials down to the everyday person.

There’s a disease. People can have it before showing symptoms, and spread it before showing symptoms. It’s about protecting people from other people who might be endangering their lives. If most people would do this naturally, this wouldn’t be handled by the government. There wouldn’t be a quarantine enforced or mandated, people would quarantine themselves to protect themselves and their community.

A virus doesn’t care that you have your rights during those days you’re coughing on people not yet knowing you’re sick. It thrives on it even.

BUT, care must indeed be taken about overreach. The way our society works just handles diseases very poorly.

It shows the flat-footedness of our society today and how people are reacting to the situation.
It shows that our general misunderstanding of the delicate balance between common good and constitutional rights is such a tiny razor’s edge.

The rights argument is obvious.

Industrious demi-tyrants will obviously take advantage of the situation to further their political agenda. There are literally thousands of examples of this over the past few weeks. The governors of Virginia and Illinois and the mayor of Chicago for example.

The “common good” argument however is also valid in many respects because when does it become too painful to protect liberties over common good?

The reality is far more nuanced that what one can figure. The education level of the founders of this nation is obviously far higher than many of the modern politicos and media talking heads.

But the stern truth is, that if the common good (and here we are talking a real and measurable threat) may, because of its mechanisms not be respond-able to our liberties in the traditional sense nor the protections traditionally used.

We have to create guards of liberty in such times and hold accountable the politicians and others who abuse them.

I see the need to a degree of shuttering businesses to slow down its progression, but stripping rights or even suspending them is a bit more nuanced as I said previously. Not everyone will win.

But a check valve and the rights of the individual to fight government overreach should be and should have been in place and institutionalized long before the current crop of singing and fiddling morons took the helm.

THAT was the purpose of the 2A. It is such times as now that we must be vigilant and keep the politicians and other idiots in check.



Featured

Fearmongering and the loss of liberty

I see the need to a degree of shuttering businesses to slow down its progression, but stripping rights or even suspending them is a bit more nuanced as I said previously. Not everyone will win.


Many are talking about our rights being taken away during the Coronavirus pandemic. People on YouTube talking about how the government is suspending rights due to Coronavirus.

On the flip side, President Trump is barely using his authority. He seems to be scupulously following Constitutional principles.

There are several threads on FaceBook this topic, and I try to see it both ways.

Let’s be honest, people are acting like idiots with this outbreak. That goes across the board from government officials down to the everyday person.

There’s a disease. People can have it before showing symptoms, and spread it before showing symptoms. It’s about protecting people from other people who might be endangering their lives. If most people would do this naturally, this wouldn’t be handled by the government. There wouldn’t be a quarantine enforced or mandated, people would quarantine themselves to protect themselves and their community.

A virus doesn’t care that you have your rights during those days you’re coughing on people not yet knowing you’re sick. It thrives on it even.

BUT, care must indeed be taken about overreach. The way our society works just handles diseases very poorly.

It shows the flat-footedness of our society today and how people are reacting to the situation.
It shows that our general misunderstanding of the delicate balance between common good and constitutional rights is such a tiny razor’s edge.

The rights argument is obvious.

Industrious demi-tyrants will obviously take advantage of the situation to further their political agenda. There are literally thousands of examples of this over the past few weeks. The governors of Virginia and Illinois and the mayor of Chicago for example.

The “common good” argument however is also valid in many respects because when does it become too painful to protect liberties over common good?

The reality is far more nuanced that what one can figure. The education level of the founders of this nation is obviously far higher than many of the modern politicos and media talking heads.

But the stern truth is, that if the common good (and here we are talking a real and measurable threat) may, because of its mechanisms not be respond-able to our liberties in the traditional sense nor the protections traditionally used.

We have to create guards of liberty in such times and hold accountable the politicians and others who abuse them.

I see the need to a degree of shuttering businesses to slow down its progression, but stripping rights or even suspending them is a bit more nuanced as I said previously. Not everyone will win.

But a check valve and the rights of the individual to fight government overreach should be and should have been in place and institutionalized long before the current crop of singing and fiddling morons took the helm.

THAT was the purpose of the 2A. It is such times as now that we must be vigilant and keep the politicians and other idiots in check.

Featured

The media is not here to create disorder. The media is here to preserve disorder.

Folks are showing the stress in many ways. Some are showing verbal, (and in some cases physical), aggression over self-quarantining or the failure to self-quarantine.

We keep hearing reports from various media sources about how the medical professionals are being overwhelmed with people exhibiting symptoms of the Wuhan Corona virus. How the hospitals are being overwhelmed. The CDC spokespeople are estimating 100,000 – 250,000 fatalities.

 

We are under a suggested “shelter in place” “suggestion”. Businesses are shut down. Store shelves are barren of disinfectant, hand soap and toilet paper as well as, in some cases flour, eggs, butter and milk. Travel restrictions have been put into place. Dairy farmers are dumping thousands of gallons of milk.

 

Folks are showing the stress in many ways. Some are showing verbal, (and in some cases physical), aggression over self-quarantining or the failure to self-quarantine.

 

What is going on? Is this Armageddon? The Apocalypse? The end of the world as we know it?

 

The following video is 13 minutes long and worth your consideration. Watch it, absorb it and then make up your own mind.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aVFC5n-KnuA&feature=share
Featured

The media is not here to create disorder. The media is here to preserve disorder.

Folks are showing the stress in many ways. Some are showing verbal, (and in some cases physical), aggression over self-quarantining or the failure to self-quarantine.

We keep hearing reports from various media sources about how the medical professionals are being overwhelmed with people exhibiting symptoms of the Wuhan Corona virus. How the hospitals are being overwhelmed. The CDC spokespeople are estimating 100,000 – 250,000 fatalities.

We are under a suggested “shelter in place” “suggestion”. Businesses are shut down. Store shelves are barren of disinfectant, hand soap and toilet paper as well as, in some cases flour, eggs, butter and milk. Travel restrictions have been put into place. Dairy farmers are dumping thousands of gallons of milk.

Folks are showing the stress in many ways. Some are showing verbal, (and in some cases physical), aggression over self-quarantining or the failure to self-quarantine.

What is going on? Is this Armageddon? The Apocalypse? The end of the world as we know it?

The following video is 13 minutes long and worth your consideration. Watch it, absorb it and then make up your own mind.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aVFC5n-KnuA&feature=share
Featured

Black Beans and Rice

Mixing some chopped up canned green olives, the ones with pimentos in them, for giving an additional boost to basic black beans and rice makes for an interesting addition.


Ingredients

Ingredients

  • 1 cup uncooked white rice
  • 1 tablespoon extra virgin olive oil
  • 1 small onion, chopped
  • 1/2 green bell pepper, thinly sliced
  • 1/2 red bell pepper, thinly sliced (for added flavor you can substitute roasted red bell peppers or some chopped pimentos)
  • 3 cloves minced garlic
  • 2 16-ounce cans of black beans, rinsed and drained
  • 2 tablespoons white vinegar
  • A few dashes of Tabasco or 1/4 teaspoon cayenne powder
  • 1 teaspoon dried oregano OR 1 heaping tablespoon chopped fresh oregano
  • Salt and pepper to taste
  • Optional Lime wedges and cilantro for garnish

Method

1 Cook the rice: Cook rice according to package instructions. White rice usually takes 15 minutes to cook once the water is simmering, and 10 minutes to sit.

2 Sauté onions, bell peppers, garlic: Heat oil in a large skillet on medium high. Sauté onions and bell peppers for 3-4 minutes, until just beginning to soften, then add garlic and sauté a minute more.

3 Add beans, vinegar, Tabasco, then simmer: Add the black beans, vinegar and Tabasco or cayenne. Bring vinegar to a simmer, reduce heat, cover and simmer for 5 minutes.

4 Stir in rice and oregano. Add salt and pepper to taste.

Mixing some chopped up canned green olives, the ones with pimentos in them, for giving an additional boost to basic black beans and rice makes for an interesting addition.

This is a great side dish with grilled chicken.



Featured

Black Beans & Rice


Ingredients

  • 1 cup uncooked white rice
  • 1 tablespoon extra virgin olive oil
  • 1 small onion, chopped
  • 1/2 green bell pepper, thinly sliced
  • 1/2 red bell pepper, thinly sliced (for added flavor you can substitute roasted red bell peppers or some chopped pimentos)
  • 3 cloves minced garlic
  • 2 16-ounce cans of black beans, rinsed and drained
  • 2 tablespoons white vinegar
  • A few dashes of Tabasco or 1/4 teaspoon cayenne powder
  • 1 teaspoon dried oregano OR 1 heaping tablespoon chopped fresh oregano
  • Salt and pepper to taste
  • Optional Lime wedges and cilantro for garnish

Method

1 Cook the rice: Cook rice according to package instructions. White rice usually takes 15 minutes to cook once the water is simmering, and 10 minutes to sit.

2 Sauté onions, bell peppers, garlic: Heat oil in a large skillet on medium high. Sauté onions and bell peppers for 3-4 minutes, until just beginning to soften, then add garlic and sauté a minute more.

3 Add beans, vinegar, Tabasco, then simmer: Add the black beans, vinegar and Tabasco or cayenne. Bring vinegar to a simmer, reduce heat, cover and simmer for 5 minutes.

4 Stir in rice and oregano. Add salt and pepper to taste.

Mixing some chopped up canned green olives, the ones with pimentos in them, for giving an additional boost to basic black beans and rice makes for an interesting addition.

This is a great side dish with grilled chicken.



Featured

Basil Pesto and Roasted Corn Rice

Dressing up rice so we don’t get bored during the long haul-Part II


Ingredients

3 ears of corn, (or two cans)
1 cup fresh basil leaves, packed, (or the equivalent, dried)
1/2 cup grated parmesan cheese
1/2 cup walnuts
2 cloves garlic
1/4 tsp salt and pepper each
3 Tbsp olive oil divided
(you can substitute a jar of pesto for the previous 6 ingredients)
2 cups cooked white rice

Method
Preheat your oven to 400 degrees F. Trim the husks on the ears of corn and place directly on the oven rack. Roast for 30 minutes. Cool and then remove from the cob. (If using canned corn, sautee’ until browned a bit).
Meanwhile, make the pesto. Combine the basil, parmesan, walnuts, garlic, salt, pepper, and 2 Tbsp olive oil in a food processor.
Heat a large skillet over medium heat. Add 1 Tbsp olive oil. Add the corn, rice and pesto. Stir to combine.



Featured

Basil Pesto & Roasted Corn Relish


Ingredients

3 ears of corn, (or two cans)
1 cup fresh basil leaves, packed, (or the equivalent, dried)
1/2 cup grated parmesan cheese
1/2 cup walnuts
2 cloves garlic
1/4 tsp salt and pepper each
3 Tbsp olive oil divided
(you can substitute a jar of pesto for the previous 6 ingredients)
2 cups cooked white rice

Method
Preheat your oven to 400 degrees F. Trim the husks on the ears of corn and place directly on the oven rack. Roast for 30 minutes. Cool and then remove from the cob. (If using canned corn, sautee’ until browned a bit).
Meanwhile, make the pesto. Combine the basil, parmesan, walnuts, garlic, salt, pepper, and 2 Tbsp olive oil in a food processor.
Heat a large skillet over medium heat. Add 1 Tbsp olive oil. Add the corn, rice and pesto. Stir to combine.



Featured

Blog Re-tool

Due to the “shelter-in-place” quarantine, I am in the process of retooling the blog website while beefing up security. It will be migrating to patsanswers.com/Blog/ within the next two weeks.

Under Construction 002

Due to the “shelter-in-place” quarantine, I am in the process of retooling the blog website while beefing up security. It will be migrating to patsanswers.com/Blog/ within the next two weeks. (The site is live now but some parts are not yet functional).

You will need to re-register to continue to receive email updates.

I am also putting the final touches on an on-line store capable of accepting major credit cards.

A quick “Thank You” to all who have hung in with me and followed, either via email, Facebook or by subscribing here, (you can also now follow me on “twitter”  PatrickCraig@OzarksAuthor.)

Remember, Not all conspiracies are theories!

—tort–

Featured

Blog Retool

Due to the “shelter-in-place” quarantine, I am in the process of retooling the blog website while beefing up security.

Under Construction 002

Due to the “shelter-in-place” quarantine, I am in the process of retooling the blog website while beefing up security. It will be migrating to patsanswers.com/Blog/ within the next two weeks. (The site is live now but some parts are not yet functional).

You will need to re-register to continue to receive email updates.

I am also putting the final touches on an on-line store capable of accepting major credit cards.

A quick “Thank You” to all who have hung in with me and followed, either via email, Facebook or by subscribing here, (you can also now follow me on “twitter”  PatrickCraig@OzarksAuthor.)

Remember, Not all conspiracies are theories!

—tort–

Featured

Indian Rice and Potatoes



Ingredients

2 medium potatoes, diced in 1″ cubes
3 tbsp yogurt
2 tbsp minced fresh cilantro
1 tsp ginger, peeled and minced
2 cloves garlic
1/2 tsp cayenne pepper
1/4 c dried coconut
6 whole cloves
1 cinnamon stick
1 bay leaf
1 1/2 tsp cumin seeds
3 tbsp oil
1 cup basmati rice
3/4 tsp ground turmeric
1 tsp light brown sugar
1 tsp salt
1 tsp lime juice
2 cups water
1/2 c frozen peas
1 tbsp butter

Method
Combine yogurt, cilantro, ginger, garlic, cayenne pepper, and coconut. Add potatoes, stir well, and allow to marinate for a few minutes. Heat oil in large pan, and add cloves, cinnamon stick, bay leaf, and cumin seeds. Cook for 1-2 minutes, until cumin turns brown. Add potato and yogurt mixture, and cook for 15 minutes, stirring occasionally. Once potatoes are nicely browned, add rice, and cook for another minute or two. Add turmeric, brown sugar, salt, lime juice, and water. Bring to a boil, cover with lid, and lower heat to a simmer. Cook, undisturbed, for 15 minutes. Add peas to pot, and do not stir in. Cover with lid and cook an additional 5 minutes. Remove from heat, add butter and fluff with a fork.

Featured

Fried Rice Curry


Dressing up rice so we don’t get bored during the long haul

1 Cup White or Brown Rice (Cook this beforehand)
2 Tsp curry powder
1 Tsp pepper
1/2 Tsp ground ginger
2 Tbsp Oil
2 Heaping Spoonfuls of Peanut Butter
1 Egg
Vegetable (I use 1 lb fresh spinach. Since we’re moving to canned
vegetables, I’m going to use either 1 can carrots or 1 can green beans)
Meat (optional)

Add oil and half the curry powder, the pepper, and the ginger. Heat in skillet for two minutes.

Add cooked rice, stir thoroughly. Drain fluid and add the canned vegetable. Get the mixture hot and coated in oil. Add peanut butter and the rest of the curry powder. Mix.

Crack the egg on top of the hot rice/veg mixture. Add meat if you like (This is a good recipe to use for leftover meat)

Leave on medium/high heat till egg is cooked and meat is cooked/heated up.

Featured

Pine Needle Tea

If you are coughing, pine needles can help to make the cough more productive. They relieve congestion. They also support the immune system to do it’s job recovering from viruses and infections. Pine is high in antioxidant flavonoids including anthocyanins



Pine needle tea has significant amounts of vitamin C, vitamin A, and flavoniods that make it a citrus-y flavored tonic drink to forage in winter. 

Pine needle tea has a citrus-y flavor with a hint of resin. The flavor depends upon the pine or confer tree you harvest the needles from. Nibble on a few needles from several pine trees before you harvest and pick the tastiest for your tea. Save the more resinous flavored needles for making pine infused cleaning products.

Health benefits of pine needle tea

If you are coughing, pine needles can help to make the cough more productive.  They relieve congestion.  They also support the immune system to do it’s job recovering from viruses and infections.  Pine is high in antioxidant flavonoids including anthocyanins

How to Make Pine Needle Tea

  • Prep Time: 5 minutes.
  • Cook Time: 10 minutes
  • Total Time: 15 minutes
  • Yield: 1 cup 1x

Description

Pine needle tea is a vitamin C and antioxidant rich tissane that is tonic and restorative in winter, with 4 times the vitamin C of fresh squeezed orange juice.  It should be avoided, however by pregnant mothers and those who plan to become pregnant.


Ingredients

  • 2 tablespoons fresh pine needles
  • 1 cup boiled, hot water
  • Honey to taste

Instructions

  • Remove the fresh, unblemished pine needles from the pine branches.  Rinse the needles in cold water.
  • Using herb scissors or a sharp knife, cut the pine needles into smaller pieces.  Discard the brown scale that joins the needles to the brand.
  • Place the pine needles in a tea strainer.  Place the tea strainer in a mug.  Pour boiled water into the mug, over the pine needles.  Cover to inhibit the volatile oil from escaping in the steam.  Steep for 5 minutes.
  • Remove the strainer from the mug.  Add honey to sweeten the pine needle tea.
  • Drink while warm.

Notes

The needles of some species of pine can cause abortion in pregnant animals, including humans.  Avoid drinking or eating pine needles if you are pregnant.

Be cautious drinking pine needle tea:

Some species of pine have been known to cause abortion in pregnant cattle, so if you are pregnant or plan to become pregnant soon, avoid using pine needle tea.

The diuretic actions of pine needle tea can be irritating to the bladder.  If you are taking other medication check with your health professional before drinking pine needle tea regularly.

Some conifers can be toxic so make a positive identification of the specific species before using it in this recipe.  Avoid yew, cypress, and Norfolk pine as they are reported to be toxic.



Featured

Blog Retool

Due to the “shelter-in-place” quarantine, I am in the process of retooling the blog website while beefing up security.

Under Construction 002

Due to the “shelter-in-place” quarantine, I am in the process of retooling the blog website while beefing up security.

I am also putting the final touches on an on-line store capable of accepting major credit cards.

A quick “Thank You” to all who have hung in with me and followed, either via email, Facebook or by subscribing here, (you can also now follow me on “twitter”  PatrickCraig@OzarksAuthor.)

Remember, Not all conspiracies are theories!

—tort–

Featured

Isaiah 16:20-21



Isa 26:20 Come, my people, enter thou into thy chambers, and shut thy doors about thee: hide thyself as it were for a little moment, until the indignation be overpast.
Isa 26:21 For, behold, the LORD cometh out of his place to punish the inhabitants of the earth for their iniquity: the earth also shall disclose her blood, and shall no more cover her slain.



Featured

Scripture-Isaiah 26:20-21


Isa 26:20 Come, my people, enter thou into thy chambers, and shut thy doors about thee: hide thyself as it were for a little moment, until the indignation be overpast.
Isa 26:21 For, behold, the LORD cometh out of his place to punish the inhabitants of the earth for their iniquity: the earth also shall disclose her blood, and shall no more cover her slain.



Featured

Easy Navajo Frybread



Ingredients

  • 2 cups bread flour
  • 2 teaspoon baking powder
  • 1/4 teaspoon salt
  • ¼ cup powdered milk
  • 1 cup hot water
  • Oil for frying

Instructions

  • Mix dry ingredients in a bowl. Slowly add in hot water a little at a time, mixing with fingers until it forms a ball that pulls away from sides of the bowl.
  • Add more flour or water as needed to form a dough that is not too sticky. Cover and let the dough rest for 10 minutes. Pour 1/2-1 inch oil in a large skillet. Set a thermometer on the edge of the skillet and heat to 375 degrees F.
  • Meanwhile, pinch off golf ball sized pieces of dough. Flatten the balls and gentle stretch out the edges while turning to form a 5-6 inch disks, 1/4-inch thick. (You could also roll them out on a lightly floured board, but pulling the dough is more fun.)
  • Make a small hole in the middle of each disk, so the dough doesn’t balloon up. Lay them out in a single layer so they don’t stick together.
  • Gently lay dough disks in the hot oil pressing down with tongs so the oil goes over the top of the dough. Fry until golden brown around edges, then turn over and cook until the color matches. This only takes a few seconds. Place on paper towels to drain. Repeat until all the dough disks are cooked.

Top it with Cinnamon sugar, honey, butter, fruit, eggs, taco fixings and more. Easy Navajo Fry Bread is so simple and inexpensive to make you will want to try it with many different toppings!



Featured

Easy Navajo Fry Bread

Easy Navajo Fry Bread is made from a very simple dough. I’ll bet you already have everything you need to make it.

No need to worry about the frying either. No deep fryer or gallons of oil are necessary. You can make Easy Navajo Fry Bread in a skillet with only an inch of oil, or less.


Ingredients

  • 2 cups bread flour
  • 2 teaspoon baking powder
  • 1/4 teaspoon salt
  • ¼ cup powdered milk
  • 1 cup hot water
  • Oil for frying

Instructions

  • Mix dry ingredients in a bowl. Slowly add in hot water a little at a time, mixing with fingers until it forms a ball that pulls away from sides of the bowl.
  • Add more flour or water as needed to form a dough that is not too sticky. Cover and let the dough rest for 10 minutes. Pour 1/2-1 inch oil in a large skillet. Set a thermometer on the edge of the skillet and heat to 375 degrees F.
  • Meanwhile, pinch off golf ball sized pieces of dough. Flatten the balls and gentle stretch out the edges while turning to form a 5-6 inch disks, 1/4-inch thick. (You could also roll them out on a lightly floured board, but pulling the dough is more fun.)
  • Make a small hole in the middle of each disk, so the dough doesn’t balloon up. Lay them out in a single layer so they don’t stick together.
  • Gently lay dough disks in the hot oil pressing down with tongs so the oil goes over the top of the dough. Fry until golden brown around edges, then turn over and cook until the color matches. This only takes a few seconds. Place on paper towels to drain. Repeat until all the dough disks are cooked.

Top it with Cinnamon sugar, honey, butter, fruit, eggs, taco fixings and more. Easy Navajo Fry Bread is so simple and inexpensive to make you will want to try it with many different toppings!



Featured

Shelter in place


Exodus 12:22-23

Exo 12:22 And ye shall take a bunch of hyssop, and dip it in the blood that is in the basin, and strike the lintel and the two side posts with the blood that is in the basin; and none of you shall go out at the door of his house until the morning.
Exo 12:23 For the LORD will pass through to smite the Egyptians; and when he seeth the blood upon the lintel, and on the two side posts, the LORD will pass over the door, and will not suffer the destroyer to come in unto your houses to smite you.



Featured

Smiting the land

Exodus 12:12-13

Exo 12:12 For I will pass through the land of Egypt this night, and will smite all the firstborn in the land of Egypt, both man and beast; and against all the gods of Egypt I will execute judgment: I am the LORD.
Exo 12:13 And the blood shall be to you for a token upon the houses where ye are: and when I see the blood, I will pass over you, and the plague shall not be upon you to destroy you, when I smite the land of Egypt.




Featured

Psalm 91


1 He that dwelleth in the secret place of the most High shall abide under the shadow of the Almighty.

I will say of the Lord, He is my refuge and my fortress: my God; in him will I trust.

Surely he shall deliver thee from the snare of the fowler, and from the noisome pestilence.

He shall cover thee with his feathers, and under his wings shalt thou trust: his truth shall be thy shield and buckler.

Thou shalt not be afraid for the terror by night; nor for the arrow that flieth by day;

Nor for the pestilence that walketh in darkness; nor for the destruction that wasteth at noonday.

A thousand shall fall at thy side, and ten thousand at thy right hand; but it shall not come nigh thee.

Only with thine eyes shalt thou behold and see the reward of the wicked.

Because thou hast made the Lord, which is my refuge, even the most High, thy habitation;

10 There shall no evil befall thee, neither shall any plague come nigh thy dwelling.

11 For he shall give his angels charge over thee, to keep thee in all thy ways.

12 They shall bear thee up in their hands, lest thou dash thy foot against a stone.

13 Thou shalt tread upon the lion and adder: the young lion and the dragon shalt thou trample under feet.

14 Because he hath set his love upon me, therefore will I deliver him: I will set him on high, because he hath known my name.

15 He shall call upon me, and I will answer him: I will be with him in trouble; I will deliver him, and honour him.

16 With long life will I satisfy him, and shew him my salvation.



Featured

A parable for our times

The weather soon turned cold. All the food lying in the field was covered with a thick white blanket of snow that even the grasshopper could not dig through. Soon the grasshopper found itself dying of hunger.


The Ants & the Grasshopper

In a field one summer’s day a grasshopper was hopping about, chirping and singing to its heart’s content.  A group of ants walked by, grunting as they struggled to carry plump kernels of corn.

“Where are you going with those heavy things?” asked the grasshopper.

Without stopping, the first ant replied, “To our ant hill.  This is the third kernel I’ve delivered today.”

“Why not come and sing with me,” teased the grasshopper, “instead of working so hard?” 

“We are helping to store food for the winter,” said the ant, “and think you should do the same.” 

“Winter is far away and it is a glorious day to play,” sang the grasshopper.

But the ants went on their way and continued their hard work.

The weather soon turned cold.  All the food lying in the field was covered with a thick white blanket of snow that even the grasshopper could not dig through.  Soon the grasshopper found itself dying of hunger.

He staggered to the ants’ hill and saw them handing out corn from the stores they had collected in the summer.  He begged them for something to eat.

“What!” cried the ants in surprise, “haven’t you stored anything away for the winter?  What in the world were you doing all last summer?”

“I didn’t have time to store any food,” complained the grasshopper; “I was so busy playing music that before I knew it the summer was gone.”

The ants shook their heads in disgust, turned their backs on the grasshopper and went on with their work.

There’s a time for work and a time for play.



Featured

Prayer for Saturday, March 21, 2020


Psalm 23

23 The Lord is my shepherd; I shall not want.

He maketh me to lie down in green pastures: he leadeth me beside the still waters.

He restoreth my soul: he leadeth me in the paths of righteousness for his name’s sake.

Yea, though I walk through the valley of the shadow of death, I will fear no evil: for thou art with me; thy rod and thy staff they comfort me.

Thou preparest a table before me in the presence of mine enemies: thou anointest my head with oil; my cup runneth over.

Surely goodness and mercy shall follow me all the days of my life: and I will dwell in the house of the Lord for ever.



Featured

What can the average person do to prepare?

Get enough sleep and rest.
Relax and avoid stress.
Exercise at least three to four days a week.
Eat a healthy diet. Take vitamin supplements if you feel you don’t eat well enough.


What can an average person do to be prepared?

The basics for preparing for a pandemic is similar to preparing for a regional disaster, such as hurricane or ice storm, except for a few added precautions:

  • Have at least two weeks worth of stored food that does not need refrigeration. Don’t forget to store enough for kids, pets and other special diets. Increase your supplies if you have the means or the space.
  • Store enough water for your family for at least two weeks- the recommended amount is at least one gallon per person per day.
  • Have a power outage kit, which means backup lighting, cooking and communications, in case of power disruptions, Your car survival kit should also be fully stocked.
  • Have some emergency cash.
  • Keep a fully stocked first aid kit, complete with backup prescriptions
  • Make sure you also have toilet and sanitation provisions
  • Be aware – pay attention to the news, both mainstream and alternate sources.

Stock up on additional supplies if you can, including:

  • N-95 face masks
  • goggles
  • gloves
  • hand soap and antibacterial wipes
  • bleach – a good standby when in comes to disinfect surfaces. According to the Clorox website, use 2 tbsp bleach to one gallon of water, to sanitize a surface. Bleach loses its potency so always mix a fresh batch for cleaning.
  • garbage bags for disposal of waste

Bolster your Immune System

Strengthening your immune system is always good to do, whether there is a risk or pandemic or not:

  • Get enough sleep and rest.
  • Relax and avoid stress.
  • Exercise at least three to four days a week.
  • Eat a healthy diet. Take vitamin supplements if you feel you don’t eat well enough.

A few other tips:

Avoid crowds Being among lots of people increases your chances of getting contaminated. If you live in a condo or apartment complex, you would need to avoid common areas, possibly take the stairs that are used less frequently than elevators. If you must be around others, you’d need to wear a mask

Wash your hands Get everyone in the family in the habit of washing their hands as they come home from public places and before eating. If you cannot wash your hands right away, use antibacterial wipes.

Cover your mouth when you cough or sneeze Use tissues or a handkerchief to cover up and avoid spreading germs.

Stop touching your eyes and face Once you touch something with germs, and you touch near your eyes or mouth, you can instantly catch a disease. Be aware of this and if you cannot wash your hands right away, at least keep your hands away from your face.

Disinfect surfaces around you Droplets from coughing and sneezing travel several feet. These germ filled droplets can last for hours on surfaces such as paper, steel or plastic. For this reason, keep a box of antibacterial wipes and clean door knobs, light switches and other commonly touched items around you.

Learn basic first aid and herbal remedies If there is a pandemic, hospital emergency rooms and doctors’ office would be overwhelmed, and also filled with contagious people. If you had a minor issue such as a cut or a cold, and can take care of it at home using first aid or over the counter remedies, you are better off avoiding these places.

Preparing for a pandemic is similar to being prepared for other disasters. There is no need to panic or live in fear – being prepared will help you sleep better at night.



Featured

Something to think about

The government has instituted Draconian measures FOR OUR OWN GOOD!


“Remember a month or so ago when people were complaining about being sick and couldn’t get rid of it for weeks?

Let’s do some critical thinking. COVID-19 started emerging in early December. Given the incubation period, that means infection started in November, and given international travel and tourism rates, it DID NOT TAKE 3+ months for it to come here. It’s been here.

I’ve had numerous friends across the country who’ve had crazy bad colds in the last few months, that I now believe were actually Coronavirus.

US authorities only just started testing for it, and even now the testing is severely limited, so in all likelihood, many have had or do have it, and it’s gotten passed off as just a typical cold – because (AHEM, NEWSFLASH) it IS just a bad cold for the vast majority of people who get it.

The normal colds and flu that we’ve already been dealing with kill thousands every season – it just doesn’t get talked about because it’s nothing new and the media can’t use it to panic us at this point. It’s sad but expected that elderly and immunocompromised people are prone to complications from those viruses. This is no different.

Wash your hands, eat your vegetables, don’t touch any old people (for their safety) and calm the heck down.

Panic is what’s going to crash the market. Panic is what’s going to empty stores. Panic is what’s going to lead to serious economic impacts from this – YOU are causing economic impacts – not the virus.”

President Trump announced on Wednesday that he will be invoking the Defense Production Act in an effort to help the private sector ramp-up manufacturing and distribution of emergency medical supplies and equipment amid the coronavirus pandemic.

The act, which was first enacted in 1950 as a response to the Korean War and has since been re-invoked more than 50 times since, will streamline production of medical supplies to help the country battle the coronavirus pandemic and require businesses to sign contracts or fulfill orders deemed necessary for national defense.

President Trump was not specific on the details of what the act would be used for – besides mentioning ventilators and masks. The act also provides the government with the authority to obtain information from businesses, authorizes establishment of the National Defense Executive Reserve, and a Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States – which works on the effects on national security of certain mergers, acquisitions, and takeovers related to foreign investment in the U.S.

Borders have been closed. Public gatherings of more than 10 persons are strongly discouraged. Many municipalities, counties and some states have made “social distancing” , (A/K/A quarantining), mandatory with legal sanctions for violation. Restaurants are closed. Places of amusement are closed. Churches are closed. The town of new Rochelle, New York is under mandatory quarantine enforced by the national guard.

Actual where the military has been deployed isn’t really locked down. The NY National Guard is helping with everything from cleaning to food delivery. They’re not armed and they’re not enforcing movements. For now. So that’s probably only going to be the first move.

The government has instituted Draconian measures FOR OUR OWN GOOD!

Once the government provides you with basic utilities…
the government can then decide when to turn them on and off!!

Once the government pays for all your education…
the government cab decide what education and what career you get to have!

Once the government provides you with food…
the government can then decide who much OR IF you get to eat!

Once the government pays for your housing…
the government gets to determine where you live!

Once the government controls your healthcare and medicine…
the government gets to decide whether or not you are valuable enough to live!

Once a government gets you to agree to gun control…
you have NO way to prevent that government from doing what is listed above!

Consider the parable of the boiling frog.

If you drop a frog in a pot of boiling water, it will of course frantically try to clamber out. But if you place it gently in a pot of tepid water and turn the heat on low, it will float there quite placidly. As the water gradually heats up, the frog will sink into a tranquil stupor, exactly like one of us in a hot bath, and before long, with a smile on its face, it will un-resistingly allow itself to be boiled to death.

It is also used to reinforce that change needs to be gradual to be accepted.

Feeling a bit warm froggy?



Featured

Corona Virus Common Sense

The following video produced by Dr Eric Berg DC is straightforward and a common sense explanation regarding COVID-19 and other viruses and how to help protect yourself from them.


This post is for informational purposes only and is not intended to treat or cure disease.

There is a lot of hype and misinformation regarding the Wuhan Corona virus.

The following video produced by Dr Eric Berg DC is straightforward and a common sense explanation regarding COVID-19 and other viruses and how to help protect yourself from them.

The video runs for 14 minutes 3 seconds.



Featured

OUTBREAK!

What this world needs is a LOT LESS MEDIA, a lot more caring for each other, and a heck of a lot more faith.


Received from George Roof. Penned by Dawn Merrill

With all that is going on concerning the coronavirus, it might pay to do a little remembering.

I was born in the midst of the Polio epidemic in the late 40’s and early 50’s. I heard my parents speak of happenings many times. Being of the Lutheran faith that performs the rite of baptism usually in infancy, this was a great concern to my parents. In that I was the last delivery by the stork, the kindly minister waited until I arrived and then, three weeks later, my parents and myself, along with eight other sets of parents and their babies, arrived at the church on a Sunday afternoon.

The only other person present was the minister who administered the Rite of Baptism to nine infants. I would not be in church for almost two more years. The same applied to my husband, who was born in March, but was not baptized until July.

Again, his minister waited until the stork made the last delivery, and his baptism was on Sunday afternoon also – 150 miles away from where I was baptized. There was no visiting among neighbors, especially if a young child was present in the home. One parent was always home, and parents did not worship together for quite a while.

As winter approached, it was apparent that this little baby was beginning to walk and needed shoes. So my dad took a piece of cardboard, and drew around my foot. He then drove to the nearest town, walked in the shoe store, and talked to the manager. The manager looked at the drawing and gave my dad three different pairs of shoes. Daddy drove back home, tried the shoes on me, selected the one that fit the best, and then returned to the store to give back the two pair he did not want, and pay for the pair he kept. It’s simply called neighbor helping neighbor and trusting, and being honest.

How many of you remember getting a polio vaccine shot in elementary school, or later as a teenager, getting the polio vaccine on a lump of sugar? How soon we forget.

In a similar vein, I heard more than once the story of the 1918 flu epidemic. The closest neighbor to my great Aunt and Uncle had the flu and survived. Therefore, he became the person to “do” for everyone else. Every two or three weeks, we would “get word” that he was going into town. On the morning of the appointed day, neighbors for as much as two miles away would come to his house before daybreak and hang a basket in a tree. In the basket would be what they were sending for barter, along with a little money and a list.

He would go by horse and wagon to the nearest town, spend the greater part of the day bartering and buying and loading the baskets with the appointed items, then return home, and once again hang the baskets in the tree (this prevented animals from getting the goods). Shortly thereafter, people would begin arriving to get their goods, but only ONE horse and wagon would be in the yard at a time.

Again, neighbor helping neighbor. In both instances, there was no media as such. There weren’t even radios around. People were told there was a disease present, and they needed to take care and they did.

While a lot of people did contract polio, and a lot of people died from the flu, in an age when there were no “modern” medicines, people did survive. What this world needs is a LOT LESS MEDIA, a lot more caring for each other, and a heck of a lot more faith. We also need desperately to learn to take care of ourselves in such situations.

Too many people live day to day and never plan for tomorrow. How sad. DFM



Featured

It is written


Genesis 41

1At the end of two years, Pharaoh had a dream: he was standing beside the Nile River;

2and there came up out of the river seven cows, sleek and fat; and they began feeding in swamp grass.

3After them, there came up out of the river seven more cows, miserable-looking and lean; and they stood by the other cows at the edge of the river.

4Then the miserable-looking and lean cows ate up the seven sleek, fat cows. At this point Pharaoh woke up.

5But he went to sleep again and dreamt a second time: seven full, ripe ears of grain grew out of a single stalk.

6After them, seven ears, thin and blasted by the east wind, sprang up.

7And the thin ears swallowed up the seven full, ripe ears. Then Pharaoh woke up and realized it had been a dream.

8In the morning he found himself so upset that he summoned all the magicians of Egypt and all its wise men. Pharaoh told them his dreams, but no one there could interpret them for him.

9Then the chief cupbearer said to Pharaoh, “Today reminds me of something wherein I am at fault:

10Pharaoh was angry with his officials and put me in the prison of the house of the captain of the guard, me and the chief baker.

11One night both I and he had dreams, and each man’s dream had its own meaning.

12There was with us a young man, a Hebrew, a servant of the captain of the guard; and we told him our dreams, and he interpreted them for us — he interpreted each man’s dream individually.

13And it came about as he interpreted to us — I was restored to my office, and he was hanged.”

14Then Pharaoh summoned Yosef, and they brought him quickly out of the dungeon. He shaved himself, changed his clothes, and came in to Pharaoh.

15Pharaoh said to Yosef, “I had a dream, and there is no one who can interpret it; but I’ve heard it said about you that when you hear a dream, you can interpret it.”

16Yosef answered Pharaoh, “It isn’t in me. God will give Pharaoh an answer that will set his mind at peace.”

17Pharaoh said to Yosef, “In my dream, I stood at the edge of the river;

18and there came up out of the river seven cows, fat and sleek; and they began feeding in the swamp grass.

19After them, there came up out of the river seven more cows, poor, miserable-looking and lean — I’ve never seen such bad-looking cows in all the land of Egypt!

20Then the lean and miserable-looking cows ate up the first seven fat cows.

21But after they had eaten them up, one couldn’t tell that they had eaten them; because they were as miserable-looking as before. At this point I woke up.

22But I dreamed again and saw seven full, ripe ears of grain growing out of a single stalk.

23After them, seven ears, thin and blasted by the east wind, sprang up.

24And the thin ears swallowed up the seven ripe ears. I told this to the magicians, but none of them could explain it to me.”

25Yosef said to Pharaoh, “The dreams of Pharaoh are the same: God has told Pharaoh what he is about to do.

26The seven good cows are seven years, and the seven good ears of grain are seven years — the dreams are the same.

27Likewise the seven lean and miserable-looking cows that came up after them are seven years, and also the seven empty ears blasted by the east wind — there will be seven years of famine.

28This is what I told Pharaoh: God has shown Pharaoh what he is about to do.

29Here it is: there will be seven years of abundance throughout the whole land of Egypt;

30but afterwards, there will come seven years of famine; and Egypt will forget all the abundance. The famine will consume the land,

31and the abundance will not be known in the land because of the famine that will follow, because it will be truly terrible.

32Why was the dream doubled for Pharaoh? Because the matter has been fixed by God, and God will shortly cause it to happen.

33“Therefore, Pharaoh should look for a man both discreet and wise to put in charge of the land of Egypt.

34Pharaoh should do this, and he should appoint supervisors over the land to receive a twenty percent tax on the produce of the land of Egypt during the seven years of abundance.

35They should gather all the food produced during these good years coming up and set aside grain under the supervision of Pharaoh to be used for food in the cities, and they should store it.

36This will be the land’s food supply for the seven years of famine that will come over the land of Egypt, so that the land will not perish as a result of the famine.”

37The proposal seemed good both to Pharaoh and to all his officials.

38Pharaoh said to his officials, “Can we find anyone else like him? The Spirit of God lives in him!”

39So Pharaoh said to Yosef, “Since God has shown you all this — there is no one as discerning and wise as you —

40you will be in charge of my household; all my people will be ruled by what you say. Only when I rule from my throne will I be greater than you.”

41Pharaoh said to Yosef, “Here, I place you in charge of the whole land of Egypt.”

42Pharaoh took his signet ring off his hand and put it on Yosef’s hand, had him clothed in fine linen with a gold chain around his neck

43and had him ride in his second best chariot; and they cried before him, “Bow down!” Thus he placed him in charge of the whole land of Egypt.

44Pharaoh said to Yosef, “I, Pharaoh, decree that without your approval no one is to raise his hand or his foot in all the land of Egypt.”

45Pharaoh called Yosef by the name Tzafnat-Pa‘neach and gave him as his wife Osnat the daughter of Poti-Fera priest of On. Then Yosef went out through all the land of Egypt.

46Yosef was thirty years old when he stood before Pharaoh king of Egypt; then he left Pharaoh’s presence and traveled through all the land of Egypt.

47During the seven years of abundance, the earth brought forth heaps of produce.

48He collected all the food of these seven years in the land of Egypt and stored it in the cities — the food grown in the fields outside each city he stored in that city.

49Yosef stored grain in quantities like the sand on the seashore, so much that they stopped counting, because it was beyond measure.

50Two sons were born to Yosef before the year of famine came; Osnat the daughter of Poti-Fera priest of On bore them to him.

51Yosef called the firstborn M’nasheh [causing to forget], “Because God has caused me to forget all the troubles I suffered at the hands of my family.”

52The second he called Efrayim [fruit], “For God has made me fruitful in the land of my misfortune.”

53The seven years of abundance in the land of Egypt ended;

54and the seven years of famine began to come, just as Yosef had said. There was famine in all lands, but throughout the land of Egypt there was food.

55When the whole land of Egypt started feeling the famine, the people cried to Pharaoh for food, and Pharaoh said to all the Egyptians, “Go to Yosef, and do what he tells you to do.”

56The famine was over all the earth, but then Yosef opened all the storehouses and sold food to the Egyptians, since the famine was severe in the land of Egypt.

57Moreover all countries came to Egypt to Yosef to buy grain, because the famine was severe throughout the earth.



Featured

Quarantine!

It is unclear if New York or some other state will resort to more serious measures, such as mandatory quarantines. But can the government quarantine someone against their will?

The short answer is probably “yes.”

Chief political advisor to both political parties

“Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press; or the right of the people peaceably to assemble, and to petition the government for a redress of grievances.” -First Amendment to the Constitution

New York Gov. Andrew Cuomo (D) announced on Tuesday that the state would create a “containment area” in the city of New Rochelle, hoping to contain the spread of Covid-19, the coronavirus disease. The epicenter of this area is a synagogue believed to be connected to several cases of the disease. For now, the state plans to close gathering spaces near the synagogue.

It is unclear if New York or some other state will resort to more serious measures, such as mandatory quarantines. But can the government quarantine someone against their will?

The short answer is probably “yes.”

The federal government also has some power to apprehend individuals who may be infected with a communicable disease that could trigger a public health emergency, but this power is largely restricted to those entering the country or crossing a state border.

The Constitution prohibits both federal and state governments from denying anyone “life, liberty, or property, without due process of law.”

But the contours of this right to “due process” is not particularly well defined, at least in the context of quarantines.

Welcome to a fairy tale world folks;
“When I use a word,” Humpty Dumpty said, in rather a scornful tone, “it means just what I choose it to mean—neither more nor less.” “The question is,” said Alice, “whether you can make words mean so many different things.” “The question is,” said Humpty Dumpty, “which is to be master—that’s all.” –Lewis Carroll “Alice through the looking glass”



Featured

Prayer for Saturday, March 14, 2020

Weary now, I go to rest,
Close my eyes in slumber blest.
Father, may Thy watchful eye
Guard the bed on which I lie.


Müde bin ich, geh’ zur Ruh

Translation by Margaret Loewen Reimer

Müde bin ich, geh’ zur Ruh,
Schliesse meine Augen zu.
Vater, lass die Augen dein
Über meinem Bette sein.

Hab’ ich Unrecht heut’ getan,
Sieh’ es, lieber Gott, nicht an.
Deine Gnad’ und Christi Blut
Macht ja allen Schaden gut.

Alle die mir sind verwandt,
Gott lass ruh’n in Deiner Hand.
Alle Menschen, gross und klein,
Sollen dir befohlen sein.

Kranken Herzen sende Ruh,
Müde Augen schließe zu.
Gott im Himmel halte Wacht, 
Gib uns eine gute Nacht. Amen.

Weary now, I go to rest,
Close my eyes in slumber blest.
Father, may Thy watchful eye
Guard the bed on which I lie.

Wrong I may have done today,
Heed it not, dear God, I pray.
For Thy mercy and Christ slain
Turns all wrong to right again.

May my loved ones, safe from harm,
Rest within Thy sheltering arm.
All Thy children everywhere
Shall find refuge in Thy care.

Send Thy rest to hearts in pain,
Close the weary eyes again.
God in heav’n Thy vigil keep
Grant us all a restful sleep. Amen.



Featured

A Badge of Disgrace

They’re so desperate or fearful — or both — that they’re willing to water down who they are to protect the small space they’re standing on.


By Tony Perkins

It’s one of the saddest, most predictable “I-told-you-so” moments of our generation. The Boy Scouts, where future moon walkers and presidents learned the virtues and value of leadership, has finally collapsed. Turns out, the decade of compromise hasn’t been kind to the Scouts, who turned in their moral compass seven years ago to chase the approval of critics it could never win. Now, deep into the BSA’s self-imposed identity crisis, the group is filing for bankruptcy — an unhappy ending we all warned was coming.

For those who knew the Scouts through their proud and honorable days, the demise has been slow and painful. But this is what comes of throwing up your hands on a century of conviction: irrelevance and, ultimately, insolvency. For 103 of its 110 years, the Boy Scouts were a pillar of principle — not that it was easy. As most of us know, the fight to live out your beliefs in this world can be an exhausting one. The Scouts spent years in court just for the freedom to stick to their moral code. They won — but to the organization’s dismay — the battle didn’t end. Waves of LGBT activists kept coming. The pressure built and built until finally, in 2013, under the leadership of Rex Tillerson, headquarters gave into the lie that compromise would be their salvation. Seven years later, the irony is: there’s nothing left to save.

More than a half-decade into this radical experiment, the group that counted Martin Luther King, Jr., George W. Bush, and Buzz Aldrin as members is barely recognizable. A handful of local councils have managed to squeak by on solid reputations, but after the organization opened its arms to kids and leaders who identify as gay or transgender, membership became anemic. Then in a failed effort to fill the ranks they began recruiting girls, which not only angered its base — but pitted the organization in a legal war with Girl Scouts USA. Now, a program that used to be America’s finest, is knee-deep in Chapter 11.

If you’re wondering where raising a white flag on core values leads, this is it. The Scouts are a case study in moral compromise — the story of anyone who exchanges the truth for cowardly conformism. Leaders at the BSA dropped their moral mandate to accommodate what they don’t believe. In the current climate, that’s called “inclusion.” To everyone else, it’s considered betrayal.

Right now, too many churches, Christian colleges, even businesses are dangerously close to making the same mistake. They’re so desperate or fearful — or both — that they’re willing to water down who they are to protect the small space they’re standing on. There’s just one problem: the gospel’s truth isn’t up for negotiation. And in their rush to soften the blow of its confrontation, some believers are selling out their identity as followers of Jesus.

Christians in Paul’s time were no different. Like humans throughout history, they craved acceptance. “I am astonished,” he wrote to the Galatians, “that you are so quickly deserting the one who called you to live in the grace of Christ and are turning to a different gospel — which is really no gospel at all. Evidently, some people are throwing you into confusion and are trying to pervert the gospel of Christ… Am I now trying to win the approval of human beings or of God? …If I were still trying to please people, I would not be a servant of Christ.”

The Boy Scouts wandered so far away from who they are that by the end of 2016, they even dropped their most defining characteristic: boys. In the end, it ruined them. That’s the destiny of any Christian who takes the naïve view that world can be placated. It can’t. True love, I Corinthians 13:6 tells us, is truth. It’s being salt and light in a draining, hostile, unforgiving culture. “Come out from them and be separate,” Paul urged, because he understands that in the end, it’s not our sameness with the world that transforms people. It’s our distinction of standing on truth in their midst. That may not be easy — but, as the Boy Scouts are finding out, it’s a whole lot better than the alternative.



Featured

Discrimination -separating the boys from the girls

…regard the degree to which people have internalized ‘transphobia’ as a modern-day blasphemy against this religion, a heresy against the church of trans


An activist politician in Great Britain, Dawn Butler, recently remarked that ‘a child is born without sex’. is certainly one of the most bizarre things said by a politician in my lifetime. It is surprising that it hasn’t attracted more derision than it deserves.

The transgender myth – that one’s actual sex, not one’s gender, is entirely of one’s own choosing – is firmly embedded as the definitive popular delusion of the 21st century.

My theory is that it is the consequence of what might be called the Discrimination Dialectic. Our society is constantly at war with itself between two conflicting imperatives: the need to have an Other (every culture needs one) who we can define ourselves against and be mean about, and our more contemporary, and culturally specific, progressive imperative to ceaselessly end discrimination against minorities and erstwhile Others. This dialectic involves identifying, or maybe even inventing, the next Other in order to emancipate them.


When I was very younger it was still acceptable to be a misogynist – television comedians still made jokes about wives and mothers-in-law – and it was acceptable in certain circles to be racist. Homophobia was even more mainstream well into the 1980s, when ‘poof’ and ‘homo’ were unremarkable playground insults.

Going back further,to my young adulthood, misogyny, racism and homophobia were all pretty mainstream in the 1960s. They are all taboo today.

Most people under 30 probably don’t even know that Irish jokes were commonplace until the 1980s. So what discriminated Other should our society campaign for now? What minority can we be progressive about now?

Why, Trans people, of course.

It is owing to our culture’s cult of progress, and the liberal-left’s compulsion of forever ending discrimination, that the trans movement has captured the democratic socialists so virulently.

While Butler’s remark raised few eyebrows, a recent statement by the London mayor, Sadiq Khan, raised none, when he asserted that ‘Trans women are women. Trans men are men.’

Another transparent falsehood. A trans woman is a man… and a trans man is a woman. Unless they have had radical surgery they only need to look into their underwear for physical proof.

Transgenderism is a powerful myth, which explains how it demands some curious mental gymnastics and strange doctrines.

First was the notion that by having cosmetic surgery you can change your sex. (You can’t, because you can’t change your chromosomes or biology. I never have and never will menstruate or give birth.)

Then came the idea that you can change your sex through performative utterance, by merely declaring you have done so. And now comes the literally – literally – unreal dogma that babies have no sex.
Most people, especially those of a woke persuasion, like to ridicule Christians who believe the the creation story of the Bible. Democrat-Socialists find them irritating, because of what the “woke folk” see as their, (Christians), wilful, wanton resistance to accept the overwhelming scientific evidence that there are more than two sexes.

True trans believers have become intolerable for exactly the same reason: their flight from reality and denial of not just science, but also what is staring them in the face. You don’t even need a doctor to tell what sex a baby is.

The trans movement began as an extension of the gay-rights movement. But since gays are nearly totally accepted now, it has usurped it. It has since morphed into something more uncanny: a modern-day cult.

It’s an ersatz new religion, hence the doctrine among its believers that ‘transphobia’ is a most grievous transgression.

Look, too, at the way people demand that strangers use pronouns of their choosing. And regard the degree to which people have internalized ‘transphobia’ as a modern-day blasphemy against this religion, a heresy against the church of trans, with so many people terrified to speak openly and honestly about it.

It is nothing more than a case of hysteria, a modern-day delusion, a phenomenon that one day will – or should – be studied alongside witch-hunts and alien abductions.”



Featured

Japan approves first human-animal embryo experiments

Human–animal hybrid embryos have been made in countries such as the United States, but never brought to term. Although the country allows this kind of research, the National Institutes of Health has had a moratorium on funding such work since 2015.


Until March, Japan explicitly forbade the growth of animal embryos containing human cells beyond 14 days or the transplant of such embryos into a surrogate uterus. That month, Japan’s education and science ministry issued new guidelines allowing the creation of human–animal embryos that can be transplanted into surrogate animals and brought to term.

The ultimate aim of the research is to use animals, such as pigs, to grow organs that can be transplanted into humans. The relaxed regulations would allow Hiromitsu Nakauchi, a stem-cell biologist at Stanford University in California and the University of Tokyo, to pursue experiments in Japan that he has planned for more than a decade, pending ethical approval. Nakauchi has created pig embryos that are genetically altered so that they cannot produce a pancreas, and he plans to insert induced pluripotent stem cells into the embryos. These cells are obtained by reprogramming human cells so that they revert to an embryonic-like state from which they can form other cell types. The hope is that the stem cells will develop into a pancreas composed mainly of human cells as the embryo develops.

Hiromitsu Nakauchi, who leads teams at the University of Tokyo and Stanford University in California, also plans to grow human cells in mouse and rat embryos and then transplant those embryos into surrogate animals. Nakauchi’s ultimate goal is to produce animals with organs made of human cells that can, eventually, be transplanted into people.

Human–animal hybrid embryos have been made in countries such as the United States, but never brought to term. Although the country allows this kind of research, the National Institutes of Health has had a moratorium on funding such work since 2015.

A team led by developmental biologist Juan Carlos Izpisua Belmonte of the Salk Institute for Biological Studies in La Jolla, California, used CRISPR gene-editing technology to create mouse embryos without the genes that cause organs to form. The scientists then injected rat stem cells into the mouse embryos and implanted the embryos into a mouse’s uterus.

Now for a little history lesson.

Unit 731 was set up in 1938 in Japanese-occupied China with the aim of developing biological weapons. It also operated a secret research and experimental school in Shinjuku, central Tokyo. Its head was Lieutenant Shiro Ishii.

The unit was supported by Japanese universities and medical schools which supplied doctors and research staff.

For 40 years, the horrific activities of “Unit 731” remained one the most closely guarded secrets of World War II. It was not until 1984 that Japan acknowledged what it had long denied – vile experiments on humans conducted by the unit in preparation for germ warfare.

Deliberately infected with plague, anthrax, cholera and other pathogens, an estimated 3,000 of enemy soldiers and civilians were used as guinea pigs. Some of the more horrific experiments included vivisection without anesthesia and pressure chambers to see how much a human could take before his eyes popped out.

It is said that those who refuse to learn from history are doomed to repeat it. It is possible that there are enough safeguards in place to prevent unethical practices in this research, but two questions remain; “Unit 731 has been active for the last 75 years do they now have legitimacy” and; “I wonder where they are going to get the “surrogate uterus”?

It seems as though the only lessons we have learned from history is that we have not learned any lessons from history.



Featured

What if?

Our currently dysfunctional medical system is woefully unprepared to face a situation of this magnitude before there are even that many people looking for help.


We are now between a rock and a hard place regarding the COVID-19 virus.

Most likely this scare is just mostly about the media and the Democrats working hard to discredit President Trump. Hopefully things will turn out to be another molehill instead of a mountain.

I would be willing to bet that all of the media hype is selling a lot of newspapers, and a lot of airtime. Those that are involved with it probably have seen advertising rates go up. Viewership is probably up as people want to get the latest news. Panic and fear are great for business.

I am not taking it lightly. I just want an honest, and unbiased analysis. Buzz words for me are “May” and “Could”. As the media parade all their “experts” in front of you how many times do they say “this may happen” “this could cause”. It is an opinion just like any other.Hopefully this virus is just one more flavor of an upper respiratory infection that’s a bit nastier that your average head cold. The key word here is HOPEFULLY.

But, what if it’s not?

Simply look at China for an example. Long lines, people not getting treated, people in makeshift hospitals in sports arenas, locking people in buildings and feeding them by bucket and rope, etc., etc.

Some 328 immigrants from China have been caught crossing the border illegally so far this year, according to Homeland Security data that raises the prospect a coronavirus carrier could sneak into the country via the U.S.-Mexico border.

Three other people from South Korea — another country with rapidly spreading cases — have also been arrested at the border, as have 122 people from the Dominican Republican, where the coronavirus has now been detected.

All told, more than 1,000 migrants a day are caught attempting to sneak in illegally from Mexico, which detected its first case last week, and since has identified five others.

The International Housewares Association on Monday, March 2, 2020, announced the decision to cancel the annual trade-only event, The Inspired Home Show, which was scheduled for March 14-17 and was expected to attract 2,200 exhibitors from 45 countries. The show was expected to bring $77 million in spending to Chicago, including on hotels, restaurants, transportation and entertainment.

Natural Products Expo West, a food show set to start last week in Anaheim, Calif., announced that it would be postponed, with a new date announced by mid-April, after dozens of companies including Kraft Heinz, which is co-headquartered in Chicago and Pittsburgh, pulled out.

Is everything hunky-dory or is the sky falling? The information we are getting is muddled, at best.

Consider the situation in the large metropolitan areas of California that have been inundated with illegals and homeless. They have little if any sanitation. There is garbage and human fecal material piled up on the streets. People are living in temporary shelters in hobo jungle like conditions reminiscent of third world countries.

On Thursday, March 5, 2020, the Grand Princess cruise ship carrying some 2,500 passengers who may have been exposed to the coronavirus was scheduled to dock. What will happen to those aboard when the Grand Princess arrives remains unclear.

Our currently dysfunctional medical system is woefully unprepared to face a situation of this magnitude before there are even that many people looking for help.

Here’s the thing. Even if 100% of all medical personnel stay put, the hospitals will probably not be able to treat you unless you’re really sick. Even then maybe not. If you have something else like a heart attack, or car accident, you may die due to lack of medical care that may have saved you prior to this event. Assume the medical community may not get to you.

It would be just plain dumb to go running to a hospital in a pandemic, you will be exposing yourself to a huge dose of the primary disease, plus gobs of other stuff. What you will get is VERY poor care. How long could a hospital even be able to feed a massive number of sick, when the trucks quit running, maybe the water stops flowing, and sewers back up because ALL workers are either sick or just staying home looking after their own.

So listen to the everything is fine crowd or look at what’s actually happening. It’s probably somewhere in between.

Expect to be locked down in your home for a month and expect them to ignore you if you say you are sick until symptoms are bad enough that you require specialized hospital care. Then hope there is someone there to give it and the beds aren’t full. You’ll get to wait in the ER or hospital hallways with the other really sick.

We all saw this in China. Since 80% of people who catch it don’t get a bad version of it, expect to be stuck at home while you have it and the government to ignore you and not test for it while you rest and get over it on your own.

In short, prepare.




Featured

Some say that it’s mucus, but it’s snot!

With ongoing flu and emerging virus, most deaths are from infected mucous filling lungs. Nearly a hundred years ago, physical therapists began using gravity to help clear lungs, saving lives from flu & pneumonia, and helping other COPD issues.


Disclaimer: I am not advising anyone on how to treat their problems. This is purely an FYI on how to treat some people with these issues.

Postural drainage is done by positioning your body so that your head is lower than your chest. This allows mucus to drain better from the bottom of your lungs. Postural drainage is one way to help treat breathing problems due to swelling and too much mucus in the airways of the lungs. Chest physical therapy or postural drainage and percussion, uses gravity and percussion (clapping on the chest and/or back) to loosen the thick, sticky mucus in the lungs so it can be removed by coughing. Unclogging the airways is key to keeping your lungs healthy.

With ongoing flu and emerging virus, most deaths are from infected mucous filling lungs. Nearly a hundred years ago, physical therapists began using gravity to help clear lungs, saving lives from flu & pneumonia, and helping other COPD issues. Simply position yourself to orient bronchial tubes to gravity-drain. Pic above shows simplified method…

During this, perform a few pursed-lip blows: inhale only to just half-fill lungs, then purse lips as if blowing out a candle and exhale. As long as you can to totally empty lungs.

Do three of these. Spend 2-3 minutes in each position. Junk will gravity-flow high enough to cough up… and it can be a mess (you want that).

For more “in-depth” information click this link to Jade Health



Featured

Prayer for Saturday, March 7, 2020


Matthew 4:7

Jesus said to him, “Again it is written, ‘You shall not put the Lord your God to the test.’”

As in his response to the first temptation in Matthew 4:4 Jesus again responds by quoting scripture. This quotation comes from Deuteronomy 6:16 a verse that comes two chapters before that quoted in 4:4. As with the earlier quotation it uses the exact translation found in the Septuagint. In this section of Deuteronomy Moses is instructing the Israelites on proper behaviour. In full Deuteronomy 6:16 reads “Do not test the Lord your God as you did at Massah.” This is a reference to the events of Exodus 17:5 where the Israelites wandering in the desert doubted God was with them (cf. Psalm 95:9; Numbers 14:22ff). This passage is thus seen as the clearest evidence that the temptation narrative shows how Jesus avoided making the same errors as the Israelites. The quoting of Moses’ dictate is also seen as a rejection of Antinomianism. Satan had originally quoted from Psalms, but Fortna notes that Jesus replies with a more fundamental verse by quoting from the Torah.



Featured

CoVid-19 preparation

I have to wonder if smoking plays a role. The Chinese have the world’s largest percentage of smokers in their population. Italy is not far off, nor is Iran and other similar locations.


There’s a lot of “Chicken Little, the sky is falling” coverage over the CoVid-19 virus. Much conflicting information is bandied about.

In his press conference last week, President Trump attempted to calm fears by saying so far, it is under control here and the government has moved quickly. He has also stated that there is no need to worry too much about personal protective gear such as face masks.

On the other hand, the Center for Disease Control has come out with a memo that says men who wear facial hair should shave it because it interferes with the proper fitting of face masks.

The Democratic majority in Congress has claimed that the Trump administration has not done enough to combat the illness.

We need to be more concerned about supply chain issues here than about the virus. The virus itself may or may not be bad here. There are, however, some common sense measures that you can take to protect yourself and your family.

Fake info or real? This is like a game of wack a mole, look here is fact, no, over there, a better fact.

Health factors realistically factor in. Let’s look at US.

How many smoke, cigarettes or dope, vape or abuse drugs?

How many have diabetes, are obese, or have a compromised immune system?

Crowded living conditions, look at any multi-story building with shared elevators, doors, laundry, etc.

Think people are clean in the US? Just clean a bathroom used by the public or high school kids. Used products, diapers, tampons, are commonly left out of the trash. I remember going into a men’s room and finding a dirty diaper.

Touching your face, how often do those with face piercings do that?

I have to wonder if smoking plays a role. The Chinese have the world’s largest percentage of smokers in their population. Italy is not far off, nor is Iran and other similar locations.

Smokers touch their face more. Touch their cigarette, cigarette goes into mouth.

Hand has touched everything everyone else has.

So, wash your hands and don’t touch your face, no eating, drinking, smoking, or chewing…… add vaping.

Pretty simple.

There are those who will say that we have a higher standard of sanitation than China or Korea or Mexico. Not sure we are that much more sanitary….



Featured

SATIRE: Covid-19 & Amazon

Sometimes you have to laugh because if you don’t you’ll drive yourself nuts!


Sometimes you have to laugh because if you don’t you’ll drive yourself nuts!

Some wag has figured out what’s behind the WuFlu.

It’s Amazon…….. and a handful of other conglomerates, jointly wanting to propel their cutting edges of their businesses….

Can anyone imagine a better scenario where Amazon could quickly get the regulators out of the way for an explosive use of drones????

Help start the spread of a little virus, get people quarantined….. and then online shopping and drone delivery goes stellar!!!

Drones dropping groceries at your doorstep, without a human delivering them.

Drones dropping pizza deliveries at your doorstep. (Pizza Hut)

etc….

Online shopping will go ballistic….. Stores and shopping malls will be vacant for months and months…..

You know the above is a joke… but you better believe that Jeff Bezos has a huge ass smile on his face right now!



Featured

Weaponized virus?

A cancer researcher, Zaosong Zheng, was indicted for trying to smuggle 21 vials of biological material out of the US to China and lying about it to federal investigators.

Zaosong, 30, whose entry was sponsored by Harvard University, had hidden the vials in a sock before boarding the plane

death of nature

A Harvard University professor and two other Chinese nationals were federally indicted in three separate cases for allegedly lying to the US about their involvement with China’s government.

Dr. Charles Lieber, 60, who is the chair of Harvard’s Chemistry and Chemical Biology Department, is accused of lying about working with several Chinese organizations, where he collected hundreds of thousands of dollars from Chinese entities.

The complaint alleges that Lieber had lied about his affiliation with the Wuhan University of Technology (WUT) in China and a contract he had with a Chinese talent recruitment plan to attract high-level scientists to the country.

 A cancer researcher, Zaosong Zheng, was indicted for trying to smuggle 21 vials of biological material out of the US to China and lying about it to federal investigators.

Zaosong, 30, whose entry was sponsored by Harvard University, had hidden the vials in a sock before boarding the plane.

Here’s another tin-foil hat conspiracy theory;

Let’s say China wanted to start a biological war and not be blamed.

They create a virus that’s easy to transmit and has a lower mortality rate, but just high enough to disrupt the world.

Then have an incident where they infect a boat load of people but shoo half of them around the globe by warning them of a lock down.

They implement a draconian lock down of their entire country to burn it out locally while few other countries have the ability to do the same.

They crash the world’s economies by disrupting global supply chains, but in the end can recover faster due to their lock down.

In the end they have the ability to come out on top of the heap after losing 6 months to a year of economic activity, a relatively small percentage of people, and no real blame since they were part of it all. Who wouldn’t take that sort of payback at the end of a world war for economic dominance?

The stuff of fantasy, right? Or is it…



Featured

Herd immunity?

We also know that individuals receiving the “live” vaccines (measles, mumps, rubella, chickenpox, rotavirus, and oral polio) “shed” them for weeks afterward, and are contagious to family members, friends, and close contacts.

death of nature

With the advent of CoVid-19 there is a renewed push for A) speedily finding a vaccine to “treat” this menacing outbreak of the “Wu Flu”, (which is, most likely, not a flu at all). There has been talk bandied about regarding the declaration of martial law to “enforce” administration of vaccines in the name of public health. This is the same argument leveled against parents who objected to the vaccination of their children. There is still not enough hard evidence regarding the CoVid-19 virus but we can extrapolate from what was posited regarding inoculations against measles, mumps, rubella, chicken pox, whooping cough and the HN strains of influenza. The public hysteria that has led a number of states to declare an emergency arose largely in response to measles outbreaks in 2016 and 2019.

It’s also worth remembering that virtually everyone of my generation came down with measles in grade school and recovered without complications; nobody thought it an emergency back then, so there was no urgent need for a vaccine in the first place.

The alleged emergency rests on two assumptions so widely regarded as self-evident that they are rarely challenged:

  1. that these measles outbreaks are spread mainly by the unvaccinated, and
  2. that vaccines are so effective that only the unvaccinated are still susceptible and thus capable of transmitting the disease to others.

But, there is ample scientific evidence that exactly the opposite is true.

Although public health officials rarely admit it, the vast majority of the cases of measles, mumps, chicken pox, whooping cough, and influenza in both past and recent outbreaks, typically from 75-95%, have been in vaccinated individuals;5 in the case of mumps, the figure is typically 95-100%.6   So even if everyone were vaccinated, and all non-medical exemptions eliminated, as the new laws require, similar outbreaks are virtually certain to continue.

We also know that individuals receiving the “live” vaccines (measles, mumps, rubella, chickenpox, rotavirus, and oral polio) “shed” them for weeks afterward, and are contagious to family members, friends, and close contacts.  As for the “non-living” vaccines, recent studies show that current outbreaks of whooping cough are likewise being spread mainly by vaccinated individuals, through the development of vaccine-resistant strains, while analogous mutations have been documented in the case of HiB, pneumococcus, IPV, HPV, and other non-living vaccines as well.  In short, the push to vaccinate everybody, and the bullying that typically accompanies it, actually help to propagate the diseases that the vaccines were meant to eradicate.

The only scary feature of the 2019 outbreaks is that a large number of those infected have been shown to bear the genotype of the vaccine virus, rather than the wild type, so that for the first time a significant proportion of the cases are unvaccinated, providing still more convincing proof that the vaccine is spreading the disease, because the disease itself has mutated in response to it, an ominous sign for the future.

Vaccines are much less safe and effective than we’ve been led to believe. Keep in mind that they’re given purely on the basis of long-term health policy, rather than in response to a genuine public-health emergency. Most of them are directed against:

  1. diseases that were once life-threatening, but already declining in incidence and mortality before the vaccines were introduced, thanks to improvements in sanitation, water quality, and other public-health measures (diphtheria, pertussis, tetanus);
  2. ordinary diseases of childhood that most people contracted and recovered from without complications or sequelæ (measles, mumps, rubella, flu, rotavirus, chickenpox); or
  3. sporadic illnesses linked to mutant strains of organisms that are part of our normal flora and relatively seldom cause invasive disease (pneumococcus, HiB).

To be pronounced effective, vaccines need satisfy just two narrow criteria: a significant reduction in the incidence, morbidity, and mortality of the corresponding illnesses following their use; and significant, prolonged increases in the level of serum antibodies against the micro-organisms targeted by them.

Vaccines achieving these objectives often prove to have been much less successful when investigated more systematically. For two reasons, the flu vaccine, for example, is virtually predestined to fail, even when it succeeds in preventing many cases of the strain it is directed against: first, because the extreme mutability of the influenza viruses virtually guarantees that a different vaccine will be needed every year, and sometimes even within the same season, with different specifications that cannot be known in advance; and second, because the generic illness we know as “the flu” is linked to many different viruses, by no means restricted to the influenza group for which it is named.

Some version of the same issue hovers over the other vaccines as well. Even when they satisfy both criteria, the viruses and bacteria they are directed against reliably mutate into different strains of the same or closely-related organisms, which are not counted in the statistics, a process which is greatly accelerated by these determined and systematic attempts to eliminate them.

Likewise, the level of specific antibodies in the blood has dismally failed to provide an accurate measure of immune status after vaccination. Even their advocates admit that vaccines are never completely effective, since most targeted diseases continue to break out and even predominate in highly-vaccinated populations, as we saw.

These alleged “vaccine failures” are then invoked to impose additional booster doses, based on the assumptions:

  1. that they represent “bad batches,” and nothing more;
  2. that low antibody levels in the vaccinated mean that the vaccines have simply “worn off,” leaving behind nothing but a “blank slate;”
  3. that the titer can be ratcheted up to the desired level by simply adding more shots; and
  4. that the antibody level is an accurate measure of immune status, of the extent to which the vaccinated are resistant to infection with the natural disease.

Unfortunately, none of these assumptions stands up to careful scrutiny.

The vaccine manufacturers design, (and in many cases fund), the safety trials.)

As to safety, vaccine safety trials, virtually without exception, are funded, conducted, and micromanaged by the manufacturers themselves, and then rubber-stamped by the government agencies that are supposed to be regulating them, a more blatant style of corruption pithily summarized by a former Vice-President of Pfizer who had witnessed and indeed helped to perpetrate it:

Everybody is out there begging for money. The big international corporations have lots of money. They give grants for research, pay doctors and researchers thousands to travel around, speak at conferences, and establish educational programs, all to make profits for their products. The safety trials are supposed to be third-party and independent, but the money won’t keep coming unless they say what you want them to say. The insiders know this is how things work. Only the public doesn’t know it.

The basic strategies developed to conceal or minimize adverse reactions include the following:
instead of inert placebo, the so-called “control” groups are given the toxic chemical ingredients of the vaccines under study, or a different vaccine entirely;24
to qualify as vaccine-related, adverse reactions must occur within hours, or days, or at most a week or two after the shot, thus arbitrarily ruling out the entire chronic dimension, within which the majority of them occur.25
they must appear on the vanishingly small list already recognized by the industry, thereby excluding the possibility of discovering new ones; and
adverse effects reported by the recipients but not specifically asked about by the research team are subject to numerous restrictions, with the lead investigator given complete authority to disqualify them, based on criteria that are never specified.26
Naturally, the upshot of these shenanigans has been massive under reporting of adverse reactions, estimated at somewhere between 1% and 0.1% of the true figure.

The manufacturers have been in command of the process ever since the 1980’s, when multiple lawsuits resulted in large payouts for brain damage following the DPT vaccine, whereupon they threatened to stop making vaccines entirely unless Congress excused them from all further liability.

In 1986, Congress  acceded to their ultimatum by passing the National Childhood Vaccine Injury Act, which created the taxpayer-funded VICP program for compensating claims, and deprived patients and experimental subjects of their right to sue the manufacturer for damages, a free ride granted to no other industry. In 2011, the Supreme Court actually signed off on this devil’s bargain, ruling that vaccines are “unavoidably unsafe,” so that the industry must indeed be excused for whatever deaths or injuries may result from them!

Another bottom line of the fake emergency, and the bad science cited to justify it, is the aggressive campaign by the drug industry, the CDC, and the doctors who follow their lead to dispense with fundamental human rights that have long been inseparable from our American way of life, upheld in our courts, and still loudly proclaimed even by those most determined to take them away.

Without a real emergency, forcing parents to vaccinate their children against their will, their best judgment, and their deepest instincts:

  1. denies them the right to choose the form of health care that they feel is best for their children;
  2. forces them to accept an unnecessary and unsafe medical procedure without their fully-informed consent; and
  3. forfeits their children’s right to an education if they persist in refusing the procedure.

The Nuremberg Code and the Helsinki Declaration, both of which we helped write and still profess to abide by, explicitly forbid any medical procedure, treatment, or experiment undertaken without the fully-informed consent of the recipient.



Featured

There’s more to being prepared than just a face mask.

A major part of that emergency kit is food and water for you and your family. But, what types of food should you store?


FEMA, the Federal Emergency Management Agency, advocates disaster preparedness. They advise people to be informed, make a plan, and prepare an emergency kit.

A major part of that emergency kit is food and water for you and your family. But, what types of food should you store? How much food should you store? How will you cook it? Does it need to be refrigerated? How much water needs to be stored and how? Will these foods go bad during storage? Can my family or I become sick if we store these foods incorrectly? Can I throw these foods in my car in case I am forced to evacuate my home?

FREE

There is a printable book from University of Utah’s extension office on food storage for emergencies.

FOOD STORAGE BOOKLET



Featured

Tinfoil conspiracy? Maybe not…

The powers that be, the media, medical leaders all say; “Keep calm. We have the Covid 19 virus under control.


We, the general public, are being lied to so we keep calm. Just like sheep in the loading chutes leading to the charnal house. The powers that be, the media, medical leaders all say; “Keep calm. We have the Covid 19 virus under control.

I have found another possible explanation. It is far out… it is probably “unlikely”… and it is scary as hell.

Covid-19 was released early October, right before the start of the flu season, for exactly that reason. This may be easier to do it in a list:
*Covid-19 is an immunosuppressant.
*It binds with the ACE2 receptors
*The less you have, the longer it takes to colonize your body, which means you’re an asymptomatic for longer, which explains the lag time seen in Western Countries and the explosion in cases in other Geographic areas.
*Likely was released in Iran and China, not too long apart, Iran being earlier than China.
*Covid-19 slowly builds up and keeps the immune system suppressed. It’s highly contagious. R9+ or more. Thailand was able to treat it with anti-HIV drugs, for a reason.
*You’re already infected. I am not fear mongering, it’s been out since October.
*Asian countries start showing signs first, because ACE2 is highest
*It’s not “reinfecting”, it’s being smashed out by your immune system, then pulls the old “Dengue” effect, it then infects those antibodies and this is what leads to the Cytokine storm.
*Children weren’t especially hit by flu, while adults in every area are reporting significantly higher numbers than normal and R1 is more like R-Everyone.
*Children aren’t being hit as hard because it’s taking longer to suppress their immune systems. Except babies, they are getting smashed this year in ili deaths.
*Again, you’re already infected.
*Once you get to critical levels of the virus load (and this is why we see damage in testes, kidneys and lungs because they’ve been there for quite some time) your body will fight it off, unless you get a secondary viral or bacterial infection.
*Once you produce the antibodies to it, the viral store (just like HIV) reemerge and cause the cytokine storm, which is why they are observing the “reinfection” causing sudden death.
*Elderly have weak immune systems, it’s why they fall ill faster. Everyone on that cruise ship is infected, symptoms or not. Testing for fever isn’t effective, since it suppresses the fever reaction.
*Asian countries will fall first, following Western Countries, and it would have dragged the Middle East at the same time as Asia but they miscalculated the lag due to ACE2 amounts being more unpredictable than the models.
*Kids will get sick last, die faster.
*It’s not inherently deadly, it’s the secondary illness danger and cytokine storm once your body realizes it’s completely colonized.
*Chloroquine works because it’s stopping the growth inside the cells, or killing it once it emerges after replication. Unsure.
*Anti-HIV drugs work because it’s keeping the viral load down and not triggering the cytokine storm response. It won’t let the immune system be as suppressed, so you can fight it off.
*The longer it runs inside you, the faster and deadlier the cytokine storm will be. Stop the Cytokine Storm and stop the Immunosuppressant action and you stop the death rate.
*You will stay infected after you get better, you need to help keep the viral load down until they finally make DRACO a reality. It’s highly likely due to the size of the RNA in Covid-19 that DRACO will prove to be highly effective in eliminating it from your body.
*USE A NETI POT TO CLEAN YOUR SINUSES to keep the viral shed low and it from being constantly put back in your lungs and back in your body. Don’t wear a respirator without cleaning your sinus cavity first.
*Again, trying to stay uninfected won’t work, you’re already infected.
I’ll add more, I typed this as fast as I could. Vitamin D has been said to stop a Cytokine Storm. I hope I’m wrong, but looking at what we have seen as far as patterns go, this makes the most sense. It goes exponential once it reaches a certain viral threshold due to geographic genetic similarities in ACE2, it means it’s not traveling in pipes like SAR’s it’s simply that everyone is already infected.
*Don’t spend time in a hospital where the infected already are.
*Don’t keep in close contact with anyone as it could increase the amount of viral shed you take in and lead to a faster immune response.
*Western countries lag time will be twice that of Asian Countries, it won’t take off here until Mid-March.

Let us HOPE that this is the stuff of science fiction and not the result of science fact.



Featured

Prayer for Saturday, February 29, 2020

Proverbs 1:7 The fear of the LORD is the beginning of knowledge: but fools despise wisdom and instruction


Exodus 18:21

Moreover thou shalt provide out of all the people able men, such as fear God, men of truth, hating covetousness; and place such over them, to be rulers of thousands, and rulers of hundreds, rulers of fifties, and rulers of tens:

A Republic is representative government ruled by law (the Constitution).   A democracy is direct government ruled by the majority (mob rule).   A Republic recognizes the inalienable rights of individuals while democracies are only concerned with group wants or needs (the public good). 

This is an important distinction, one which modern Americans have failed to understand. While the nation began as a republic, there are glaring signs that the nation is veering away from its republic roots, favoring majority rule and the rejection of the Constitution on issues from granting amnesty to illegal aliens to imposing unconstitutional dictates to churches.

Proverbs 1:7 The fear of the LORD is the beginning of knowledge: but fools despise wisdom and instruction 



Featured

The barbarians at the gate

Serious moral conservatives can no longer live business-as-usual lives in America. We must develop creative solutions to help us hold onto our faith and our values in a world growing ever more hostile to them.


Western civilization has lost its moorings.

The time has come when men and women of virtue understand that full participation in mainstream society is no longer possible for those who want to live a life of traditional virtue.


Serious moral conservatives can no longer live business-as-usual lives in America. We must develop creative solutions to help us hold onto our faith and our values in a world growing ever more hostile to them.


The culture war that began with the sexual revolution of the 1960s has now produced a perhaps a mortal defeat for moral conservatives. The cultural left-which is to say, increasingly the American mainstream-has no intention of living in peace with conservatives. It is pressing forward with a harsh, relentless suppression of traditional morality. One that is aided by the cluelessness of mainstream churches who don’t seem to understand what’s happening.


It is time to wake up and to encourage our families friends and like-minded associates to strengthen themselves, while there is still time.


If we want to survive, we have to return to the roots of our faith and morality, both in thought and in practice. We must relearn habits of the heart forgotten by our society in a relentless quest for what is new, modern and inclusive.


It will not be easy.


There is no easier, softer way. We are going to have to change our lives, our expectations and our approach to life in radical ways.


In short, we must rededicate our lives, our fortunes and our sacred honor to the rebirth of the principles upon which our nation was founded, without compromise, no matter what the cost.



Featured

New acting director for national intellegence.

The Washington Post also buried the historic news, and then didn’t even get it right. “Grennell would be the first openly gay member of the Trump Cabinet.” Uh, that would make him the first openly gay member of ANY Cabinet.


FROM NPR: There has been another shakeup tonight with President Trump’s national security team. The president tweeted this evening that he’s replacing his acting director of national intelligence with another official who will also serve in an acting capacity. The man who’s been in the job since last August, Joseph Maguire, is out. And Richard Grenell, who’s been the U.S. ambassador to Germany, is in.

Richard Grenell has been the ambassador to Germany for the past couple years. Much of his career, he was an adviser to Republicans, Republican politicians or Republican operatives. His other diplomatic experience was – he served as a spokesman for the U.S. to the United Nations during a George W. Bush presidency. But he’s best known, really, as sort of this Trump loyalist and for being not the most diplomatic of diplomats. He very vociferously called for more NATO spending when he was in Europe, sort of angering some of the European partners. He’s been a critic of European countries who use the Chinese telecom Huawei, so he hasn’t shied away from sort of poking European countries when he served as an ambassador to Germany.

Here’s where the story gets interesting…

“Trump Names Richard Grenell as Acting Head of Intelligence,” said the New York Times.

The once-great newspaper had nothing good to say about Grennell in its fiercely biased piece.

President Trump on Wednesday named Richard Grenell, the ambassador to Germany who quickly antagonized the establishment after arriving in Berlin in 2018, to be the acting director of national intelligence overseeing the nation’s 17 spy agencies.

By choosing Mr. Grenell, who has little experience in intelligence or in running a large bureaucracy, the president signaled that he wants a trusted, aggressive leader atop an intelligence community that he has long viewed with suspicion and at times gone to war against.

Way down in the ninth paragraph, The Times wrote this: “Mr. Grenell, who has pushed to advance gay rights in his current post, is also thought to be the first openly gay cabinet member.”

“Thought to be”? Doesn’t the New York Times have any reporters anymore?

Grennell is the first openly gay Cabinet member, period. Fact. And not even a hard fact to confirm.

The Washington Post also buried the historic news, and then didn’t even get it right. “Grennell would be the first openly gay member of the Trump Cabinet.” Uh, that would make him the first openly gay member of ANY Cabinet.

But Log Cabin Republicans, the nation’s largest Republican organization dedicated to representing LGBT conservatives and allies, was pleased with the appointment, noting its significance.

“We’re excited that @realDonaldTrump has appointed the first openly gay presidential cabinet member. @RichardGrenell is totally qualified and we’re exciting that he’ll be making history,” the group wrote on Twitter.

Just imagine the MSM’s swoon if Barack Obama had appointed the first openly gay Cabinet member.

But he didn’t. Trump did.



Featured

Is former President Obama nervous?

In 2011, Blagojevich was sentenced to 11 years in prison on corruption charges. Of course, he wanted a pardon from Obama, but never got one.


Ever since President Trump commuted the sentence of disgraced former governor of Illinois Rod Blagojevich, I’ve been asking myself why he would do such a thing. I have a theory about what might have contributed to the decision, and if I’m right, Barack Obama should be concerned.

When Barack Obama won the presidency in 2008, it was then-Governor Blagojevich’s responsibility to appoint someone to fill the seat. But, Blagojevich didn’t just want to give it away, he wanted something for it. “A Senate seat is a f—ing golden thing. You don’t just give it away for nothing,” Blagojevich said at the time.

In 2011, Blagojevich was sentenced to 11 years in prison on corruption charges. Of course, he wanted a pardon from Obama, but never got one. That had to be tough for the disgraced governor, considering Obama granted clemency to terrorists and traitors, but couldn’t (or wouldn’t) give one to a former political ally.

This naturally should have people asking: Why?

In my opinion, it all comes back to Blagojevich’s attempt to sell Obama’s former Senate seat. Soon after Obama’s victory, negotiations began for Blagojevich to appoint an Obama-approved candidate to fill his seat. Obama even provided a list of suitable candidates. At the top of the list was Valerie Jarrett. But, as previously mentioned, Blagojevich didn’t just want to give away the seat to someone. He wanted something in return: a position in Obama’s cabinet. Unfortunately for him, at the time, he was politically unpopular and the target of a federal corruption probe, and being wiretapped by the FBI. The chances of him getting picked for a cabinet position were slim. Jarrett also eventually decided to follow Obama to the White House as an advisor.

When the Senate-seat-for-sale scandal broke, Obama denied having any contact with the governor about his Senate seat, and his transition team conducted an internal investigation, which obviously cleared him of violating any laws–because what other conclusion would the Obama transition team come to? However, the criminal complaint and sworn testimony during Blagojevich’s trial contradicted Obama’s statements, as did media reports at the time. Obama advisor David Axelrod also accidentally revealed that Obama spoke directly with Blagojevich about the Senate seat–though he later claimed he misspoke.

Blagojevich even wanted Obama subpoenaed to testify in his trial. One government witness in the trial testified that Obama sent intermediaries to negotiate on his behalf about who should be named to fill his former seat–directly contradicting Obama White House claims to the contrary.

Now that Blagojevich is a free man, slighted by Obama but ingratiated by Trump, it could mean that he’ll be willing to talk more freely about Obama’s illegal actions in the Senate-seat-for-sale scandal. I’d love to see that happen. That scandal was one of many that Obama was never held accountable for.



Featured

Natural medications

numerous “natural” plants and herbs that have been used over the centuries by folklore medicine men and women


NOTE: This post is for educational purposes only. It is NOT intended as medical advice. No health claims are to be construed or implied from the information herein.

With the “regular” flu season in full swing, not to mention the Wuhan Corona virus scare many folks are more than a bit nervous about staying healthy yet avoiding “Big Pharma”. There are, however, numerous “natural” plants and herbs that have been used over the centuries by folklore medicine men and women.

Here are a few examples;

Can you recall the last time you took antibiotics? You might have also felt a slew of side-effects like constant fatigue and digestive problems.

Granted, pharmaceutical antibiotics will destroy most kinds of bacteria, but the price you have to pay makes it completely not worth it – at least in my eyes. Pharmaceutical antibiotics kill all types of bacteria in the body – including the good ones in your gut.

When our gut gets attacked by antibiotics, we compromise our immunity big time. Our healthy gut microflora is actually how our immune system stays strong, and when antibiotics kill these bacteria, we become more prone to sickness and ill health. Not to mention, super-bugs have developed resistance to most antibacterials, making them practically useless in this day in age.

These facts alone have prompted people to turn to natural remedies that not only fight off infection, but heal the body too. Not to mention, natural antibiotics have been used for thousands of years, and have been tried and true for centuries.

With that being said, here are a few of the best time-tested antibiotics nature has to offer!

1. Garlic

Garlic contains an incredibly potent compound called allicin, which has been shown in studies to kill the super-bacteria MRSA. Garlic is also cancer-preventing, anti-viral, anti-fungal, and anti-parasitic. Eating one clove of raw garlic 3 times a day should be enough to ward off bacteria and viruses.

2. Colloidal Silver

Colloidal silver has been extensively studied in its ability to control antibiotic-resistant superbugs, such as in one study, where over 650 different disease-causing pathogens were destroyed in minutes after being exposed to a small drop of colloidal silver. Take 1-2 tsp. of colloidal silver per day, and hold it under the tongue for 30 seconds before swallowing.

3. Ginger

Ginger has not surprisingly been found to be more effective against staph infections than antibiotics (without adverse side effects). As an antibiotic, ginger out-performs commercial chloramphenicol, ampicillin, and tetracycline against pathogenic bacteria.

4. Olive Leaf Extract

Olive leaf is an incredible antioxidant, and can help metabolize blood sugar and moderate LDL cholesterol. It is great for ridding the body of candida and parasites, and can inhibit and kill harmful bacteria and viruses .

5. Turmeric

One of the most thoroughly researched plants in existence, turmeric has been proven to be as effective as 14 different drugs, including aspirin, ibuprofen, sulindac, phenylbutazone, naproxen, indomethacin, diclofenac, dexamethasone, celecoxib, and tamoxifen. It is especially great for reducing inflammation in the body, which is a major contributor to most chronic disease we see today. Try to get in at least a tablespoon of turmeric every day!

6. Oregano Oil

Oregano oil is one of the world’s greatest sources of the powerful phenol component thymol. It has been recently found to be significantly better than all of the 18 currently used antibiotics in the treatment of MRSA staph infections. When you buy oregano oil, make sure the oil is derived from the proper potent oregano plant, and that the carvacrol concentration is at least 70%. Adults can take up to 8 drops mixed in a glass of water, 3 times per day.

7. Echinacea

Echinacea is one of the most well-known herbs native to Eastern and Central North America. It is great for treating infections such as the cold and flu and other upper respiratory infections. The herb can be used against urinary tract infections, vaginal yeast infections, herpes, HIV/AIDS, HPV, tonsillitis, streptococcus infections, syphilis, typhoid, malaria, ear infections, warts and nose and throat infections. Do not take this herb for more than 2 weeks, otherwise, you may weaken your immune system.

8. Goldenseal

One of my favourites for fighting off a cold, goldenseal is an incredibly potent antibiotic. It contains the active component, berberine, which literally prevents bacteria from “sticking” to our cell walls. Goldenseal can be taken by mouth 3 times daily when trying to fight off infection – but don’t take for more than 2 weeks at a time.

9. Raw Honey

The best raw honey to consume locally produced. Honey works so well that it even comes in a “medical grade” for hospitals to be used for burn and wound treatment. It’s also used to kill Staphylococcus aureus and Heliobacter pylori (the bacteria that cause stomach ulcers). Honey can be eaten normally, and a couple teaspoons a day should suffice.

10. Onion

Onions are garlic’s cousin with many of the same phytochemical properties. It is best when eaten raw, and has been shown to be effective against various strains of pathogenic bacteria. It can help reduce fever, relieve nausea, clear ear infections and relieve respiratory ailments. Include some onion in your salad, sandwich, or other meal so that you can protect yourself and your body.

11. Pau D’Arco

Pau D’Arco contains two active chemicals called lapachol and beta-lapachone (otherwise known as naphthoquinones). These chemicals have the power to kill bacteria, fungi, viruses and parasites. They also have shown anti-inflammatory properties, which can help with individuals dealing with osteoarthritis. Steep one tablespoon of Pau D’Arco bark in 2 cups of water and drink while warm.

12. Grapefruit Seed Extract

Grapefruit seed extract (GSE) is highly antibacterial, and have been comparable to proven topical antibacterials for a wide range of gram-negative organisms and gram-positive organisms. It is also a great remedy against yeast and fungus, and can help rid the body of mold and parasites, too. A few drops in a glass of water is more than enough each day.

13. Horseradish

This spicy root is used to clear sinuses, increase circulation and expel mucus from the upper respiratory tract. It is typically used against colds, influenza and lung congestion. You don’t need a lot of this root to feel the effects – a quarter teaspoon mixed with a tablespoon of honey will have to expelling mucus in no time.

14. Myrrh

Used since time immemorial, myrrh has been traditionally used to treat indigestion, ulcers, colds, cough, asthma, lung congestion, arthritis pain, cancer, leprosy, spasms and syphilis. It is most commonly recommended for bacterial oral infections (such as mouth sores), bronchitis and sore throat. It shouldn’t be taken for longer than 2 weeks at a time.

With respect to CoVid-19 specifically;

https://www.nejm.org/doi/full/10.105…=featured_home


At first, this particular case seems encouraging because the guy survived. Glad he did, but there are some things to read between the lines.

He was young and seemed healthy enough at the onset, except for some mild symptoms that could be easily mistaken for allergies or some mild upper respiratory issues, or something equally NOT SERIOUS.

If he was not already alert to the fact that he needed to be watchful for the possibility of coming down with the dreaded CiVid-19, no one would think he had anything of serious consequence until day 9 kicked in and things started getting real…

The full import of this virus scares the crap out of me.

It is cold and flu season right now, and the spring allergy season is right around the corner… People who are infected with this virus will think they have just a cold or an allergy, nothing to worry about, right? The symptoms are not that bad. Meanwhile, they are spreading germs everywhere they go…

So, yes. I hope I can beat it in the beginning stages with elderberry syrup. And I will be watchful for worsening symptoms, in which case I will immediately discontinue the elderberry.

Hopefully, this nasty virus won’t take too long to burn out of the population (and won’t mutate like the common cold)! Meanwhile, if you get what you think is just a cold, flu, or allergies, PLEASE wear masks and do what you can to stay away from as many people as you can (self-quarantine).